Days for urgent letters and 3 days for immediate and top ...
Days for urgent letters and 3 days for immediate and top priority letters.
(124) These instructions only apply to reports called for from the subordinate officers and as regards communications addressed to the Government or other Heads of the department reminders should be sent according to the needs of each such cases and where necessary instructions obtained from the A.I.G concerned. Normally reminders to Government should be sent atleast once every month.
(125) Every day, the dealing clerk shall take out the files marked for the issue of reminders on that day and put up reminders to the Superintendent without waiting for any orders. After doing so, he shall strike out the number of files in his diary.00
(126) Even after the issue of three routine reminders if reply is not forthcoming from a Sub office, the dealing clerk without waiting for any further orders should submit a note with a draft D.O. letter to the concerned-Officer.
(127) Follow up after a D.O. reminder has been issued shall be by further D.O. letter under the signature of the same officer who issued the first D.O. reminder; such further D.O. letter being drafted by the officer concerned.
(128) In urgent cases, under the orders of the A.I.G concerned, Radio messages or telegrams may be sent reminding the sub offices from which reply is due.
(129) If data, information, comments or suggestions are required from other sections, ordinarily the file itself be sent marked to the concerned Section Superintendent.
(130) When a file is marked to another section, it should not be expected of that section to study the entire file and put up a note. The other section to whom the file is being marked should be given a brief note of the case and asked to give information, data suggestion or opinion as the case may be on a specific point or points, the urgency of the case, if there should be any, should also be brought out in the note.
(131) The responsibility of Section does not cease once a file has been marked to another section. The concerned dealing clerk of the originating section shall remind every three days, the other section for the return of the file through memos signed by the Superintendent and a note made to that effect in his diary. If even after three reminders the file is not forthcoming from other section, the matter should be brought to the notice of the concerned A.I.G
(132) The responsibility for files submitted to officers rests with the dealing clerks, who will report the non-return of the files after two days of submission so that the Section Superintendent may take action to trace the file and return it to the dealing clerk. When a date is fixed for a report, the Section Superintendent should see that the report is put up to the Officer on the due date. If the report due is not still ready, the papers should be put up on the due date, explaining why a report was still not ready. Similarly where TOP PRIORITY and URGENT communications are received, it will be the responsibility of the Section to make a special note of such communications and cause for such files to be put up promptly. If replies cannot be sent promptly, orders should be obtained fixing the dates for sending such reports and action taken to see that reports are sent accordingly on the date so fixed.
XI. ARREARS LIST:
(133) Each dealing clerk shall prepare a monthly arrears list and submit to the Section Superintendent.
(134) A monthly arrears list shall be made on a separate sheet at the end of the month in the current register and submitted on 3rd of each month.
(135) Currents pending for more than one calendar month should only be listed in the following proforma –
|Sl. No. of the |From whom |No. & date |Reasons for pendency |Remarks of the |Order of A.I.G. |
|Current | | | |Section | |
| | | | |Superintendent | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
(136) Failure to submit the arrears list on the due date will be viewed seriously.
XII INFORMATION OF CHICKET BOOK:
(137) All important circulars such as calling for periodical returns or other circular instructions of importance shall be issued in the form of Standing Order copies of which shall be filed seriatum in the Standing Order Register and published in the Police Gazette.
(138) Each Section should maintain an Information Book or Chicket Book pasting therein copies of all Standing Orders issued by the Section.
(139) Extracts of rulings, clarifications or orders of general interest passed by the Superior officers on any particular current or file should be taken out and pasted in the Chicket or Information Book.
XIII. RECORDS:
(140) The Records Section shall consist of an experienced Upper Division Clerk and one or more Lower Division Clerks assisted by a suitable number of Dalayats and Attenders.
(141) The following are the principal duties of the Record Keeper:-
a) To see that all files, Registers, Books and other records-lodged in receptacles Almirahs Rocks, boxes etc) are kept neat and tidy by daily cleaning, that they are not affected by moths or other insects and that the papers, files or bundles are frequently taken out and exposed to air and light.
b) To maintain an upto date list of the various categories of records, books registers, records, Gazettes, Periodicals etc., kept in the Record Room and the Almirahs, racks or other receptacles (to be numbered) in which they are lodged. In other words a blue print of the contents of the Record Room should be maintained to enable any official other than the Record Keeper to lay his hands on the particular file on record required for reference. The practice of keeping files received from dealing clerks in suspense for more than a day or two is most un-wholesome and should not be resorted to. There should be a place for everything coming into record room and every thing should be in the proper place.
c) To check and receive all disposed of files and closed registers, books etc., of the office for safe custody in the manner prescribed hereafter.
d) To furnish files, records or other documents on requisition from office staff or under orders to the Officer after observing the prescribed rules in this behalf.
e) To arrange for the timely destruction of time barred records after following the required formalities.
(142) The locks put for the receptacle in the Record Room shall have duplicate keys, one set of keys shall be with the Record Keeper and the other set with the Manager. At the end of the day the Record Room should be locked and sealed and the keys incharge of the Records Clerk shall be left in the Manager’s Room.
(143) The first duty of the Record Keeper before commencing work for the day is to see that the rooms are thoroughly cleaned and all corners and sides cleaned to see if there is any damage to the furniture or records. The doors of all Almirahs boxes and other closed receptacles shall b kept open for at least one hour to allow air and light.
(144) Two buckets full of water shall always be kept in the Records room with two other buckets filled up with stand for use in emergencies.
(145) The Record Keeper is primarily responsible for the safety of records and shall take all precautions in this behalf. Before closing the work for the day, the Record Keeper should see that all lights are put out and all windows are closed.
(146) The Superintendent, General Section shall visit the Record room everyday and give needful instructions to the Record Keeper.
(147) The Manager shall inspect the Records atleast once a week and note down in the note book kept for the purpose any short comings or irregularities with suggestions for remedying them or to set right the irregularities.
XIV. LODGED FILES:
(148) When files are ordered to be LODGED’ they should be sent to records with the concerned current Registers for safe custody. A rubber stamp Lodged Record Keeper shall be affixed in column No. 10 in the Current Register against the concerned number before sending them to the Records.
(149) The Record Keeper shall examine each lodged file and then initial in the column No. 10 of the current Register, in token of having received the files.
(150) He should then arrange in serial order all Lodged files of each subject clerk separately. For example the Lodged files of Est. Clerk 2 – will be arranged separately and kept at one place in the sequence of the current number. The current registers will then be returned to the subject clerk.
(151) A separate shelf or series of shelves in a receptacle should be set apart for keeping the lodged files of each dealing clerk who maintains a current register. A label should be attached on the front of the shelf with the number of clerk and the file numbers contained in the shelf written legibly and in bold characters Thus
A-5-C 1 to 200
S.R.3 200 to 500
XV TRANSMISSION OF RECORDED FILES TO THE RECORDS
152) Files ordered to be ‘RECORDED’ under D.Dis Series shall be sent by the concerned subject clerk to the Records Section with the concerned current Register or Registers.
153) The Record Keeper will scrutinise as far as practicable to see that the file is one ready for being recorded and carefully examined if the proper approvals for recording have been obtained, the pages properly numbered, the flag tags, pins etc., are removed, and lastly the file is properly stitched. Thereafter he will enter particulars in the Disposal List Register and assign the same number of the Disposal List Register on the recorded file. A cross reference of the Disposal List Register shall be made by him in column No. 10 of the Current Register in token of having acknowledged receipt of the file. The current thereafter will be considered as closed and the current number rounded off or circled.
154) Instructions for indexing have been given in para 168 below. Only ‘Recorded’ files received need be indexed.
155) ‘Recorded’ files (D.Dis) of all Sections should be kept in almirahs in serial order of the Disposal list Register separately for each year. The file should be bundled in convenient sizes and tied in Dafter Chauks (Cloth). On each bundle a label should be pasted showing the Sl. Nos. of D.Dis. file contained in the bundle. For instance a bundle will consist of D.Dis. 73 to 107 of 1955.
156) If any file has been by mistake or oversight ordered to be RECORDED or LODGED the Record Keeper should return such files to the Dealing clerk. Similarly files not properly stitched or tagged should be returned to the Dealing clerks.
XVI. REGISTERS ETC.
157) An Index Register in the following proforma shall be maintained by the Record Keeper for receiving and preserving Registers, ledgers i.e., records other than those without current number.
1. Sl. No.
2. Date of receipt
3. Name of Section
4. Description of the Register and the number of volumes.
5. Period for which the entries relate.
6. Time of preservation
7. Remarks.
158) One or more pages should be set apart for each category of Registers and entries made therein as and when they are received in the Records.
159) The Record Keeper shall acknowledge in Separate slips sent by clerks the receipt of registers sent to records which do not bear current numbers. These receipts shall be pasted on the inner cover of the subsequent volumes of the Register in use with the clerk.
160) Spate copies of Printed Government orders, I.GP’s Circulars et. Given to records shall be arranged in chronological order to facilitate quick tracing of the required order or circular.
161) News papers subscribed for in the Chief Office or received on complimentary basis shall be sent to Records after perusal by officers. They shall be kept in chronological order and sold as waste paper at the end of each year the proceeds being credited to Government account.
162) A check Register of News papers, Gazettes, Administration Reports and other periodical reports or Journals shall be maintained in the Records and entries made therein as and when they are received. Separate pages should be allotted for each periodicals, Mysore Gazette, Mysore Police Gazette, Criminal Law Journal etc. The Record Keeper should bring to notice of higher authorities the non-receipt of periodical Journal Gazette or other Publications.
163) Certain reference publications like the Police Administration Report, Criminal Law Journal etc., shall be got bound and sent to the Chief Office Reference Library. The Record Keeper shall obtain orders form superior officers as to what publications need be bound for being retained in the Chief Office Reference Library and what publications need be bound and kept in the Record Room.
164) The monthly proceedings of the Govt. (bound books) should be kept separate. These should be unbound and portions of interest detached two years after the period to which the proceedings relate. The detached portion should be conveniently bound and the rest destroyed.
165) As each Gazette is received portions of special interest to the Office should be detached and eventually bound for preservation. The rest of the Gazette should be put in annual bundle and sold as waste paper at the end of 3 years.
166) The portion of Mysore Gazette containing Legislative enactment, framing of rules under Enactment Notification etc., should be bound in annual series and preserved for permanent reference.
167) Issues of the Mysore Police Gazette and the Mysore Criminal intelligence Gazette should be bound annually and preserved for permanent reference.
INDEXING:
168) The maintenance of an Index shall be an essential duty of the Records. The Index shall closely follow the title heading given on the Records file by the dealing clerks. It is necessary that the Index of each Recorded (D.Dis) file is prepared at the time of entry of the file in the Disposal List and the work should not be postponed to the end of the year.
169) An Index Register, one for each year with pages allotted for each letter should be maintained, leaving sufficient number of pages for letters under which large number of files are likely to be Indexed e.g., A, D, S, R, P. etc.
170) The following rules shall be observed in Indexing:-
i) The title of the file in the Current Register should be identical with the index and so worded as to facilitate the tracing of a file in the Records Room.
ii) The file heading should be concise and accurate.
iii) Each file should be indexed under the word in the file heading which would naturally occur to one who searches for the file.
iv) If a disposal deals with two or more subjects it should be indexed under each head and cross references given.
v) When, in a file heading two or more words are equally important, it should be indexed under each of the words.
171) A list of Index heading under which most of the files in the office are generally indexed should be prepared and kept in the Record- eg., Reorganisation of Police Force, Re-allocation, Dismissal, Suspension. V.I. Ps. Visit- Special Duty Sanctions – Audit reports Amendments etc.
172) Recorded and Lodged files shall be sent to Records by dealing clerks after informally consulting the convenience of the Record Keeper so that the current Registers may not be stuck up with the Records. For this purpose, the disposed of files of each Section may be sent to Records once a week or fortnight so that the Record Keeper may not be burdened with too many files on any one day or one week. In other words, there should be a regular and uniform flow of work to the advantage of all concerned. The Record Keeper may draw up a calendar for this purpose and act up to it.
ISSUE OF RECORDS
173) Clerks should not enter the Records Room and take out record for themselves. They must obtain Records required from the Record Keeper or his Assistant by handing or sending the prescribed printed Requisition slips dully filled in. On receipt of the requisition slips in the Record Room, the Record keeper will arrange for the concerned record or file to be taken out promptly by placing the Requisition slip. Thereafter an entry should be made in the Record Issue Register and acknowledgement of the Section Superintendent or the clerk origination the Requisition slip shall be obtained. Such records taken out of Records Room shall be returned soon after they are done with when the Record Keeper shall make appropriate entry in the Record Issue Register. The concerned record shall then be kept in its appropriate place and the Requisition slip taken out, endorsed and returned to the concerned clerk.
174) The Record Keeper is solely responsible for the proper maintenance of the Records issue Register and he must see that the records taken out of the Record Room are not kept back by clerks unnecessarily and for unduly long periods.
175) To ensure the regular and systematic return of the Records to the Records Room the Record Keeper should prepare on the 1st of every month an arrears list for each Section listing therein records taken out and not returned for over two months. Such lists should show the name of the clerk, Section, date on which records were taken out etc., and circulated to Section Superintendents to see that the unwanted records are promptly returned to the Records Room.
176) A list of records remaining out of the Records Room for more than 3 months shall be sent to the Manager through the Superintendent of the General section by the Record Keeper for enquiry and needful action.
DESTRUCTION OF RECORDS
177) Records must be destroyed soon after the prescribed period. Appendix “A” shows the minimum period of retention of each category of files, record, register etc.
178) The following procedure should be observed for destruction of records:-
(i) Brief particulars of Records, Registers, books or other files intended for destruction shall be entered in the “Records Destruction Order Book” and sent to the Superintendent of the concerned Section. The Superintendent shall then go over to the Records Room and scrutinize each file and record meant for destruction. He shall pick out files or papers, if any, that may have to be retained either permanently or for longer periods in which case such records shall not be destroyed till then. After scrutiny the Records Destruction Order Book shall be sent through Manager to the A.I.G. concerned for orders for destruction.
(ii) After orders of A.I.G. are passed, the Record Keeper will enter the abstract of the Records ordered to be destroyed in the “Records Destruction Register” and proceed to destroy them.
179) The difference between the Records Destruction Order Book and the Records Destruction Register is that while the former is in the nature of an Office Note with the orders of the Officer, the latter is a factual list of records actually given up for destruction. It is not necessary to detail every paper destroyed in the Records Destruction Register. It is sufficient if reference is drawn to the pages of the Record Destruction Order Book, which contains full details of papers so destroyed.
180) A note of destruction of a file or register or other record shall be immediately made against the concerned entry in the Disposal List (D. Dis. Series) and in the ledger of the registers and books etc.
It is not necessary to note the details of destruction of “Lodged” and “Filed” papers in the current registers.
MDOE OF DESTRUCTION :
181) The papers ordered for destruction shall be sorted in the following categories and disposed of-
i) Spare copies of Mysore Gazette, Journals, News Papers, Administration Reports and other printed matters which are published for general information.
These shall be kept separate and sold in auction and the proceeds credited to Treasury. (One of the Mysore Gazettes must be kept in tack permanently).
ii) Office files (Recorded and Lodged Papers) Circulars, Government Orders etc.
These shall be got torn into small pieces and kept in gunny bags and sold as waste paper in accordance with G.O. No. M. 1380-479/P. S. 59-55-2 dated 30-4-1956. Under the latest orders of the Government waste paper Mills. (H.D. No. 3293/Pol. dated 9-8-57). The proceeds shall be credited to Treasury.
iii) Strictly Confidential files – records and other documents.
These should be burnt to ashes in the presence of the Record Keeper.
DAY BOOK OF RECEIPTS:
182) The Record Keeper shall maintain a Day Book in which he will note the Nos. of files registers, books etc., received and issues in the Records in the course of the day.
For example – 15-3-1957
Received: 1. D.Dis. file 43 to 70 (inclusive)
2. Lodged Files A5C.57.. 25
CR.5 20
3. Criminal Law Journal – For Feb. 54
4. Mysore Police Gazette for the week ending 1-2-1956.
5. Current Registers of Crime Branch
volumes III and IV of 1953.
6. Already recorded files 10
Issued: 1. D.Dos. files 15
2. Lodged files 5
3. D Destroyed 20
STANDING ORDER NO. 307
No. 270/SGI/57, Dated 31st October 1957
* * * * *
I am surprised to find that some of the Traffic Head Constables and constables as also other Police Constables in Bangalore City wearing Independence Day medals everyday on their uniforms. This only shows colossal ignorance of the concerned Police as well as the entire absence of attention to the turn-out of subordinates on the part of their superiors. The daily wearing of Independence Day Medals or other medals should stop forthwith, while medal ribbon alone should be worn daily. The following should be noted for future guidance.
1. Independence Day medals or any other medals should be worn with their ribbons only when one takes part in ceremonial parades on occasions like Republic Day, Independence Day parade or parades in connection with any National Day Celebrations, Ceremonial Parades in connection with the inspection of Superior Officers etc., and they should be worn on their full ceremonial dress. At no other times should the medals be worn.
2. On Ordinary days only medal ribbons without the medals should be worn.
These instructions should be carefully followed and any disregard to them should be taken severe notice of.
STANDING ORDER NO. 308
No. 110/57-C2, Dated 5th November 1957
Monthly Statement showing Important Govt. cases involving Govt. Property
* * * * *
In the case of a clandestine transport of timber filed before the Sessions Judge, Shimoga District, the accused were acquitted on account of certain lapses in the investigation. The police had taken one year for investigation and because of perfunctory and protracted investigation an important case like this failed in the court.
It cases involving theft of Government property are not promptly and carefully handled, apart form the loss of Government money there is also the loss of prestige of the Government.
It is impressed on all concerned that when a criminal complaint is lodged the investigation and successful prosecution is the entire responsibility of the Police.
The Government have accordingly directed for the submission a monthly report in important cases under investigation involving Government property and have further directed that such cases should be handled promptly and judiciously.
The District Superintendents of Police should note the instructions of the Government and see that they are strictly complied with.
The District Suptd. of Police should send a monthly return in the enclosed proforma so as to reach this office not later than 5th of the following month.
A copy should be endorsed to the Range D.I.G concerned who issue suitable instructions for prompt and judicious handling of such cases.
PROFORMA
Statement showing important Govt. Cases involving Government Properties
Name of the Dist. ……………………………. For the month of …………….
|Sl. No |Cr. No. |Name of P.S. |Date of offence |Date of report |Section of Law |Nature of Property lost |
STANDING ORDER NO. 313
No. 59/SA2/57, Dated 21st November 1957
Use of Police Wireless Grid-Scrutiny of
This Office Circular No. A10-C.223/57
Dated 29-3-1957
* * * * *
Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs New Delhi, have issued an addendum No. 40/26/57-Police I.D.A dated 5th October 1957 for inclusion as an item under Appendix “A” published with this Office Circular under reference. The same is reproduced below to be inserted as item (25) under Appendix “A”.
Please add “violation of Narcotics laws and measures taken to prevent such violation” to appendix “A” to this Ministry’s letter No. 32/4/57-P.I., dated 7-2-1957 regarding scrutiny of Messages over Police Wireless Grid.
STANDING ORDER NO. 314
No. SG2/57/57, Dated 26th November 1957
Proper Custody of Arms
* * * * *
During my recent tour of the Northern Districts I observed that proper locking arrangements did not exist for securing the Arms kept in the Bell of Arms and in the Guard Room.
All Arms should be kept in the Arms Racks and arrangements should be made to have a rod or chain pass through the Trigger-Guard of the Arms kept in an Arms Rack and the rod or chain should be locked. Similarly arrangements should be made in respect of Arms in the Guard room.
Compliance report for action taken should be sent within a fort night from the date of receipt of the memo.
STANDING ORDER NO. 317
No. C2-485/57, Dated 4th December 1957
Illicit Removal and Transport of Sandal wood from Mysore State to Bombay
* * * * *
It has been brought to my notice that illicit transport of smuggled sandalwood is being carried on systematically between some parts of the New Mysore State and Bombay. It is also reported that sandalwood is being smuggled from this State to far off places like Calcutta, Kanoj, Delhi, Punjab, Lucknow etc.
The following information have been placed at my disposal.
1) 50 to 60 tons of illicit sandal wood is smuggles into Bombay City every year, and the following trucks are suspected to indulge in this illegal smuggling and transporting of sandalwood.
1. Bul.5389 2. BMR. 6464 3. BMS. 6519 4. BYL. 7009 5. BMR 1464 6. BMS. 5096 7. BMR.6225
8. BYL.1857 9. HYD 18.
2) The following transport contractors are suspected to be indulging in this illicit traffic of sandal wood.
1. Mahalaxmi Motor Company, Bombay.
2. Lakshmi Motor Company, Bombay.
3. Mujawar Motor Company, Belgaum.
4. Irani Motor Company, Bombay.
5. Sha Damji Deva Bhi Moniya of Hubli.
3) The modus operandi adopted in smuggling of sandalwood are reported to be following:-
1. The billets of sandalwood are mixed with billets of firewood and transported as firewood under the forest pass.
2. In sealed boxes along with other packages.
3. Cut portions of sandalwood trees illicitly transported are converted and cleaned at way side places like Taloda, Kalyan, Panvel etc., and are then carried when it is felt safe.
4. By changing trucks enroute.
5. By changing number of plates of the trucks while in transit.
6. Booking by rail under some name in sealed boxes after wetting the sandal wood in water or smearing it with salt or parafine to minimize the sent. At times it is also carried in truck alongwith chilies, potatoes and other goods.
7. By hooking it as personal luggage in trucks, handbags etc., which carried by rail.
2. These reports show a very serious state of affairs requiring a systematic and prompt attention by all the Dt. Superintendents of Police. The D.S. Ps. Should issue suitable SECRECT INSTRUCITONS to their Gazetted Assistants Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors to keep a close watch on the movement of trucks and persons who suspected to be indulging in illicit smuggling and traffic of sandalwood. They should thoroughly check the lorries suspected to be indulging in illicit transport and the culprits should be brought to book. As the Sandalwood is one of the rare and valuable materials and the smuggling of this important forest product means a severe loss to the Government. It is impressed on all the DS Ps. that they should evince special interest in tracing down smugglers and catching lorries indulging in illicit transport.
The information now made available should be considered Strictly Secret, and should be fully utilised for purposes of putting down smuggling of Sandalwood.
Receipt of these instructions should be acknowledged.
STANDING ORDER NO. 319
No. Pen 3-19/57, Dated 12th December 1957
The Mysore Pension Rules 1957
* * * * *
The mysore Pension Rules 1957 have been published in part IV of the Mysore Gazette dated 26-9-57 and are deemed to have come into effect 1-9-57. the following instructions are issued for strict guidance.
1. The heads of offices should make known to all subordinate officers of the advantages of the present Pension rules & advise-them to exercise their option to be governed by these New Rules very early. The option should be exercised within a period of 1 year from 1-9-1957 and the direction contained in Rule 3(b) of the said Rules compiled with. In the case of Gazetted Officers the declarations may be sent to this office very early for transmission to the Accountant General, Bangalore.
2. The Dy. Inspectors General of police, Dist. Supdts. Of Police, Principals, P.T.C., & C.R.S., and Commandants, Palace Guards should send by 10th of May each year a list of all Govt. servants who are due to retire within a period of 2 years from the date, to this office as per Rules 118 and 120. The returns should be sent on the due date promptly. In the meantime a list of Govt. Servants who are due to retire before 1-12-1958 should be sent to this office by 1-1-1958 and necessary steps also taken to obtain applications as per Rule 118 and finalise their cases.
3. Under Rule 134, the power of sanctioning invalid and superannuation pensions including retirement gratuity is delegated to the subordinate Gazetted officers not lower in rank than the Principal District Officers who are competent to fill up the appointments vacated by the retiring Government servants. It is therefore necessary that the Dy. Inspector General of Police and Dist. Supdts. Of Police should take prompt action to send pension papers direct to the Accountant Genera, Bangalore with copies of pension applications to higher authorities i.e., appointing authorities in cases where sanction is necessary.
4. Government servants who have put in more than 20 years of service may also be advised of the advantages of making nominations as per Rule 90 (b) (vi) of the pension Rules.
The receipt of this should be acknowledged.
STANDING ORDER NO-320
No. 135SA1/57, Dated 18th December 1957
Government Vehicles of the Police Department – Use of for normal touring and inspections not permitted
* * * * *
It is observed that some of the District Supdts. Of Police are using Government vehicle for their normal touring and inspection. This is opposed to the rules regulating the use of Government vehicles laid down in S.O. No.162, an extract of which is reproduced below for the information of all the Officers concerned.
2. These rules clearly specify the duties for which the Government vehicles can be used as well as those for which they shall not be used. The instructions contained in these rules should be strictly followed. If, however, due to unavoidable circumstances they were to use the Government vehicle for purposes other than those for which rules permit such as normal touring and inspection, the officers using the vehicle should pay hire charges at the rate of 12 annas (75 NP) per mile if it is a heavy type vehicle of the order of 3 to 8 tons or 8 as. (50 NP) per mile if it is a light vehicle (i.e., other than heavy type of vehicle of 3 to 8 tons), as laid down by G.Os 1. FD. 3340-3489-GF. 88-53-2, dated 21-7-53.
2. FL.5574-773 GF. 88-53-4, dated 6-12-54 and
3. FL. 2294-2394 GF. 103-56-2, dated 17-9-56.
Standing Order No. 162
Part III
The rules for the use of Government Vehicles as approved in G.O. No. H.A. 1574-Pol. Dated 1st July 1954 is reproduced below for guidance.
Motor vehicles attached to the Department are intended for speedy and accelerated movement of the force to the disturbed areas, for the maintenance of law and Order and for other miscellaneous duties allied with Police work.
The following rules are laid down for strict guidance of all Officers concerned:-
1. Staff Cars
Staff cars will be used for escorting and pioloting distinguished visitors and Royal personages and for such other Departmental duties that may arise from time to time. The cars will be under the control of the Inspector General of Police in Mysore, Bangalore, and shall not be used without his orders.
2. Police vans, station Wagons, Jeeps and Motor Cycles
Department vehicles will be normally used for the following duties:-
1. Rushing Police personnel to disturbed areas.
2. Patrolling in areas to prevent disturbances and breach of peace.
3. Proceeding to the scene of occurrence in heinous and grave offences for the investigation purpose.
4. Escort of treasure to and from Treasuries and Banks.
5. Escort of prisoners to and from Jails and Lock-ups.
6. Changing of Armed Guards and Sentries in and around cities of Bangalore, Mysore and other places.
7. Transport of kit articles from Chief Office Stores to District Headquarters.
8. Piloting and escorting of very important personages.
9. Transporting Police Personnel for Road lining and other-special duties. Transporting food for personnel employed for such duties.
10. Transporting Police Personnel to the Shooting Range for periodical shooting Practice.
11. Patrolling selected areas in cities and Districts for the prevention of crime.
12. Surprise checks and speed checks to detect violation of traffic laws.
13. Visiting scene of motor or fire accident cases.
14. Transport of kit articles from District Police Office stores to Stations, outposts for annual kit inspection and issue of kit.
15. Rapid patrolling in such areas as on the frontiers to prevent smuggling of foodgrains, liquor, Ganja, etc.
16. Transporting of Police personnel for participating in recognized sports, athletics, under the orders of Inspector-General of Police.
17. In other emergent cases as ordered by the Inspector-General of Police Deputy Inspector General of Police, Deputy Commissioners and District Superintendent of Police.
2. DEPARTMENTAL VEHICLES SHALL NOT BE USED FOR.
1. Routine work and Inspections.
2. Personal work of Police Officers.
No unauthorized person should be permitted to travel in any departmental vehicle, except for conveyance of medical and health authorities in cases of accidents and emergencies where medical aid is essential, and for the conveyance of sick and injured persons concerned in such accidents and emergencies.
4. All Police Officers using the departmental vehicles (except staff Cars) shall be attired in the proper uniform of their rank. This rule shall not apply to S.B. and CID staff.
5. Officers in receipt of conveyance and consolidated allowance, using Departmental vehicles will be liable for a corresponding deduction of their allowance for each day’s use of such vehicles.
STANDING ORDER NO. 322
No. PUNC. 229/57, Dated 12th December 1957
Men on Guard Duty to be Alert not to play Cards on any other Games
* * * * *
It has come to the notice of the undersigned that men on Guard duty are in the habit of playing Cards or other games near Guard room.
The D.Ss.P. will instruct the men on guard duty and wile in uniform especially should not play any kind of Cards game or any other games. It should be noted that even the waiting men, who are not actually on sentry duty are also on duty and therefore, they cannot roam about from the Guard room or play games etc. If inspite of these instructions anybody on Guard duty is found playing cards or any other games at or near the duty post or Guard room they should be severely punished.
STANDING ORDER NO. 323
No. C7-562/57, Dated 20/21st January 1958
Nomads and Strangers
* * * * *
It is observed that no uniform procedure is followed at present, in watching and dealing with the activities of gangs of nomads. Pending compilation of a common Police manual, the following instructions are issued for strict guidance of all the Police Officers on the above subject:
a) Reporting presence of Nomads
1. The entry of a gang of Nomads into a Dist. And its movements should be reported to the Dist. Superintendent of Police and the C.I.D direct by the S.H.O in BC Roll form B. The behaviour of the Gang and any complaints or cases against its members should be noted in the reports.
2. Members of gang should, on no account, be granted sale conduct passes or certificates by any Police Officers.
3. Gangs of Nomads require close watching as they are apt to break the law and to terrorise the people.
4. If they commit offences or are unruly, they should be proceeded against for specific offences committed and or under security sections of Code of Criminal procedure.
5. No licence for arms should be granted to them. If found in possession of arms, they should promptly be disarmed.
b) Strangers
1. The Police should take note of suspicious strangers. S.H.Os should arrange for a careful watch of strangers whose actions give rise to suspicious. Preventive action may be taken against them under section 55 and 109 of the Code of Cr. Procedure.
2. Bad character roll from ‘B’ is to be used for making enquiries about suspicious strangers.
STANDING ORDER NO. 324
No. SC.105/56, Dated 17th January 1958
Police Colours
* * * * *
Accepting the suggestion of the Government of India that the entire Police of a State should have one flag only which can be flown at important centres such as the Head Quarters of the Armed Police Training Colleges etc., and that colours which have already been presented in any State may be laid in the Police Lines and taken out only on special ceremonial occasions, the Government of Mysore, have approved in Order No. HD 64 Exp. 57, dated 30-8-57, the flag of the following design, for the police of the New Mysore State.
1. Dimension of the flag 6’ X 4’
2. Colours Royal Blue,
Yellow & White
With tints of
Black & Red.
3. Material Mysore Silk.
On a Royal Silk background having a three lion head crest on the top, Gandaberunda in the middle encircled with a curved belt and two animals having the body of a lion and head of an elephant (Shardulas) on either side of the belt, Devanagari script at the foot, all these being embroidered in yellow silk threads and the words “Mysore State Police” embroidered on the top of the design in a semicircular shape in white silk threads, the crest being the State Emblem as approved by Government in their No. GAD. A-1-801, dated 1-2-57.
2. The above Police Flag will be flown over the Offices of
i) The Principal, P.T.S, Mysore.
ii) The principal, C.R.S. Bidar.
iii) The D.S.P., M.A.R.P., Bangalore.
iv) The Commandant, M.A.R.P., P.G., Dismtd. Co., Mysore.
v) The Reserve Police Lines, Bangalore.
vi) The Commandant, M.A.R.P., P.G. Mtd. Co., Mysore.
vii) The Asst. Commandant, M.S.R.P., Belgaum.
viii) The Asst. Commandant, M.S.R.P. , Bidar.
ix) The Officer of the Armed Police Units, in the Districts.
3. Police launches, Dingnies and other water crafts of the Police Department will have the Police Flag when they carry Police Officials or Police parties.
4. The Police Flag will be used during the Police Sports and at ceremonial parades.
5. The use of the Police Flag should be restricted to the purposes noted in paras 2, 3 & 4 supra.
6. Colours that have already been presented in any of the integrated areas may be laid in the Police Lines.
STANDING ORDER NO. 325
No. B1-C. 45/58, Dated 29th January 1958
Acquisition of land for purpose of construction of Police building
* * * * *
The following instructions are issued for strict guidance of all concerned. The Government have pointed out in several instance that the heads of the Departments are not expected to negotiate direct with private parties for acquisition of land for construction of Police buildings. The chairman, City Improvement Trust Boards at Mysore and Bangalore and the Deputy Commissioners of the Districts may therefore be moved for such acquisition of land.
2. Approximate cost of acquisition should be included in the estimates for construction of building on the land concerned before administrative sanction is obtained.
3. Regarding land in possession of other Departments, the Deputy Commissioners concerned may be addressed for the transfer of the land after obtaining consent of the Department concerned.
4. In cases of free offer of land by private and local bodies sanction of the Government for the acceptance of free offer of land will have to be obtained through the Deputy Commissioner and the commissioner for local Self Government.
5. Regarding purchase or exchange of land belonging to the Corporation of City of Bangalore and Major Municipalities sanction of Government will be obtained by this Office.
6. Taking or handing over possession of land direct by this Department should be avoided and these transactions will have to be made through the Public Works Department.
7. Whenever any land is taken possession of boundary stones may be arranged to be fixed in order to avoid unauthorised encroachments.
8. the receipt of this memo may be acknowledged.
STANDING ORDER NO. 326
No. C5-467, Dated 28th January 1958
Uniformity in Traffic Signals
* * * * *
The question of uniformity of Traffic Signals was discussed at the Conference of Inspectors General of Police at Delhi in May 1956 and a Sub-Committee was appointed to go into the question. The Sub Committee formed have recommended the following traffic signals. These recommendations are considered acceptable and should be introduced with immediate effect.
2. All Dist. Superintendents of Police are, therefore, requested to introduce these signals in all towns and cities. Gazetted Officers should see that the traffic police are suitably instructed and well trained in the different positions of signals.
Signal No 1: To Stop a vehicle approaching from behind.
The signaller should extend his left arm horizontally from the shoulder and parallel to the ground, with the palm facing front, its back being towards the rear vehicle.
Signal No 3: To Stop the vehicle approaching simultaneously from
front and behind.
The signaler should extend both the arms as described in signal Nos 1 & 2.
Signal No 4(A): To Stop traffic approaching from left any desires
to turn right:-
It will be given by extending the left arm as in signal No. 1, the right arm will be extended little forward with the palm facing downward.
Signal No 4(B): To Stop traffic approaching from the right to
Allow traffic approaching from the left to turn
right:-
It will be given by extending the right arm as in signal No. 2, except that the arm will be sideways and the palm facing right.
Signal No 5: To allow traffic coming from the right and turning
right by stopping traffic approaching from the left.
The right hand is raised to the position as stated in Signal No. 2, and the left arm is raised sideways with the palm facing left.
Signal No 6: Warning Signal to close traffic..
This should be done by raising both the arm sideways. The left hand palm facing left and the right hand palm facing right.
Signal No 7: Come on; Beckoning on a vehicle approaching from
Left.
The right arm should be in a position as in Signal No 2 and the left arm should be raised form the elbow upwards and brought upto the position of the shoulder. The signaler should also look to the left. This movement should be repeated so that the motorists can understand that he is being called up.
Signal No 8: Come on; Beckoning on vehicles approaching from
Right.
The left arm should be stretched as in Signal No 1 and the right arm should be raised from the elbow upwards and brought upto the position of the shoulder. The signaler should also look to the right.
Signal No 9: Beckoning on a vehicle from right.
The right hand should be raised from the elbow, back of the palm facing towards the vehicle. The movement should be repeated.
General: The P.Cs should stand to attention when carrying out traffic signals.
STANDING ORDER NO. 327
No. Pun.C. (1) 12/58, Dated 31st January 1958
* * * * *
Standing Order No. 293 dated 6-9-57 requires that the departmental enquiries should be completed within three months from the date of suspension and if delayed due to unavoidable circumstances, sanction of the I.G.P or Government where necessary should be obtained furnishing reason for the delay.
2. Rule 10(6) of the Mysore Civil Services (Classification Control and Appeal) Rules, 1957 reads as follows:-
“Where a Government Servant has been suspended by an authority other than Government and final orders in the inquiry pending against him have not been passed within a period of six months from the date of order of suspension, the case shall be reported to Government for such orders as it may deem fit.
3. As it is irregular to continue an officer under suspension beyond six months, without the specific orders of Government, the D.I.s.G. and D.Ss.P. will send their proposals in the fourth or fifth month of initial suspension period to enable Chief Office to address Government well in advance.
4. The Proposals should specify:-
(i) The reasons for continuing the delinquent under suspension beyond six months; and
(ii) also the subsistence allowance to be paid to the delinquent as per rules.
STANDING ORDER NO. 328
No. C3-31/58, Dated 12th February 1958
Factious Murders
* * * * *
A study of the several cases of factious murders show that some of these murders could have been averted if the police had taken prompt preventive measure. It is found that these factious murders are preceded by several small incidents like rioting trespass of Lands, hurt cases, mischief, burning of hay ricks etc. in fact, recently, I came across an instance where a case of rioting had been reported, but as the local police did not take prompt and strong action a murder ensued. The murder could have easily been averted had the local police used some imagination and taken suitable action against factious parties. In order that cases of this nature may not recur the following instructions are issued:-
1. The Inspector in-charge of the Circle should make a through study of the history of all the villages in his jurisdiction. He could do this by visiting the P.Ss. and studying the records pertaining to the history of the villages maintained in each P.S or by calling reports form the S.Is.
2. Thereafter he should make out a list of villages in which faction either existed in the past or is still existing.
3. In respect of each of such villages he should prepare self contained brief note showing the history of the faction, the several offence and other incidents that have occurred in the last few years.
4. Where sufficient data is not available, intelligent H.Cs. and if necessary S.Is. should be deputed to collect full history of such factious villages.
5. Thereafter the list of the factious villages should be divided into two parts:-
(i) Where the factions are defunct and
(ii) Where the factions still exist.
6. In respect of villages where the factions are defunct, a close watch should be kept on the activities of the rival parties. Whenever it is found that there are signs of revival of the faction, prompt measures should be taken to nip them in the bud.
7. As regards villages where the factions continue to exist, it will be necessary for the Police to take all possible preventive measures to prevent the occurrences of breach of peace and commission of serious type of Offences.
8. Following are some of the steps that should be taken by the Police in each case:-
(a) All incidents however tri-vial they are, pertaining to the activities of the factious parties when brought to notice of the Police should be recorded in the Station House Diary as that twill be a valuable data for taking action at a later stage.
(b) Beat P.Cs should be sent more often to such villages to collect current information about the factions.
(c) If the villages are not part of the existing beat areas then action should be taken to include them in the existing beat areas or if necessary new beats should be opened.
(d) Rowdy sheets should be opened in each PS for ring-leaders who indulge in acts of violence and are known to be instigating others. The activities of such ring-leaders should be watched and the information collected through Police intelligence entered then and there in the Rowdy Sheets.
(e) Each case of action should be thoroughly examined and promptly action taken to run the parties under Security Sections like 107 Cr. PC. This should be done in addition to the Prosecution of one or both the parties on specific offences that they might have committed.
(f) In cases where factions are strong and the other preventive measures are not effective, then steps should be taken for externment of ring leaders if the provisions of law permit such an action.
(g) In grave cases matter should be taken up with higher authorities for imposing Punitive Police in such villages after collecting all necessary data.
(h) Whenever Gazetted Officers and Inspector visit villages either for investigation of specific cases or for village visit they should make a particular point to find out the present stage of faction and take prompt action to curb the activities of factious parties.
9. I firmly believe that if the local Police take sufficient interest and if the above orders are strictly compiled with the factious murders and other serious type of factious troubles or offences can be brought down.
10. Immediately on receipt of this Standing Order the DSP should issue appropriate instructions to their subordinates and a compliance report for the action taken obtained from the Inspectors within a month from the date of this memo and in turn the Dist. Supdt. Of Police should send a compliance report to me for having implemented the above instructions.
STANDING ORDER NO. 330
No. A4-C.35/58, Dated 21st February 1958
Secret Service Expenditure
* * * * *
The following instructions are issued for the administration and accounting of Secret Service expenditure in accordance with Note to article 214 of Mysore Finance Code Volume 1 :-
1. Each Office will be provided with a separate allotment to meet the expenditure on this account. The expenditure should be classified under “29 Police-(6) Dist. Executive Force – (A) Police Force-6-Secret Service Expenditure”.
2. A register in the undermentioned form as envisaged in para 3 of the above cited note to art. 214 of M F C. volume I, will be maintained by all officers provided with grant under this head and all expenditure incurred should be recorded therein.
|Sl. |Date of payment |Amount Paid |Nature of Secret Service |Number and date of |
|No | | |for which the amount paid|sanction of competent |
| | | | |authority |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |
3. This register will be a secret record and will be maintained personally by the Officer to whom the grant is allotted and kept in his personal custody.
4. Amount required for this expenditure will be drawn on a detailed contingent bill-Payable at Treasury as and when required making necessary entries in the contingent register.
5. Sanction of appropriate authority should be obtained when necessary and the same entered in column 5 of the register referred to in Para 2 above.
6. This register is subject to administrative audit only and will not be subject to scrutiny by the Audit authority.
7. The permanent advances of any Officer for this purpose should be credited to the Treasury under the head “S-Deposits and Advances-Part III Advances not bearing interest-Permanent Advances (Civil)-General” immediately and the fact reported.
8. The above instructions are in supercession of S.O. 241 dated 3-4-1956.
STANDING ORDER NO. 330-A
No. A4C. 35/58, Dated 10th June 1958
Secret Service Expenditure
* * * * *
The following addition is ordered to the Standing Order No. 330 in regard to expenditure on Secret Service.
Para 9. Bills on account of Secret Service Expenditure requires counter-signature of the Inspector General of Police before encashment as per instructions contained in G.O. No. FD 72 TRY 58 dated 14-4-1958 communicated to all officers with Chief memo No. A1-C.I/58 dated 28-4-58.
STANDING ORDER NO. 331
No. Compt. 176/58, Dated 21st February 1958
* * * * *
I find that some of the Police Officers are not conducting themselves in the manner they should. They are rude in their behaviour towards the members of the public. For a proper and efficient functioning of the Police Department, the co-operation of the members of the public is a prime necessity. Without the Public co-operation the task of the Police Dept. in controlling crime and maintenance of Law and Order becomes extremely difficult. Public co-operation can only be got by inspiring confidence in the comman man and by infusing a feeling among the members of the public that they can always look up to the Police when they are in distress. In this connection I invite reference to the edifying address given by the Home Minister at the D.Ss.p. Conference held on 16-1-1958. The general complaint against the Police is that they are rude in their talk and indulge in abusive language. Firmness does not mean use of abusive or impolite or unparliamentary words. The system of addressing members of the public in singular language like (¨ÁgÉÆ, ºÉÆÃUÀÆ, ¤Ã£ÀÄ, etc) should be eschewed completely. Similarly, the practice of superior officers talking to their subordinates in singular and abusive language should cease so that the superior officers may set an example to their subordinates as to how the fellow human beings should be addressed.
Another serous charge against the Police is that they are not sympathetic and do not take prompt action when complaints are preferred to them. It is alleged that in many cases no action is taken by the Police and on account of the inaction of the Police, the members of the Public feel frustrated and disappointed. When an individual or a group is in distress, he or they look to the nearest Policeman or to a Police Constable or a superior officer, for relief. Such an individual or a group expect everything from the officer to whom the complaint is made and if the officer whether he be a P.C or a superior officer does not take prompt action then so far as that particular individual or group is concerned, they think that the entire Police machinery has failed. Accordingly they would consider at that time that the entire machinery of the Government has been ineffective and has failed in proper discharge of its function. It is therefore, very necessary for the Police officers of all ranks to conduct themselves in such a manner so as to inspire confidence in those who approach them. Confidence cannot be infused by being rude or unsympathetic. Confidence can only be inspired in the minds of the public by being courteous, by giving patient hearing, by being sympathetic and by taking such prompt action as is necessary. It is, therefore, very necessary for every Police Officer to be not only firm in his dealings but also very courteous and sympathetic to those who come to him for relief. It is not enough if he is courteous, effective, helpful etc., but he should also appear to be so.
Several petitions have come to me complaining of inaction by the Police and on enquiry, it has been found that they are non-cognizable offences and as such. Under the law, the Police are not required to take further action. It may be that the nature of the complaint is such that it is a non-cognizable offence and perhaps action under law may not be necessary. This, however, does not mean that the persons who come up with grievances and who are in distress should be summarily disposed of or treated in an inhuman and rude manner. For instance, a person complains of a beating and he has a bleeding injury. It may be that the offence is a non-cognizable one and therefore, a case may not have to be registered and investigated. This, however does not prevent the Police officer to give the person in distress the assistance and help that a normal human being would extend under such circumstances. In the case cited, the person aggrieved should be given a patient hearing and promptly taken or sent to the medical officer or a hospital and give all assistance to have some relief. This is an illustration of one such instance of how a Police officer of the lowest or highest rank could be serviceable to the members of the public.
The Police Public relationship is a very important matter for the proper functioning of the Police Department. With a view to improve this relationship. I want the officers of all ranks to change their attitude towards the members of the public to win their gratitude. The Police officers should be prompt in their action and should always maintain a high sense of discipline and dignity of the Department.
The subordinate Police officers should be constantly reminded of their duties and responsibilities and this is best done during the educational classes held in the Police Stations and Headquarters. Whenever the Gazetted Officers visit the Police Stations or Headquarters Lines, they should make it a point to address the Police officers under them of on their duties and responsibilities and will conduct demonstrations as to how a Police Constable or any Police Officer for the matter of that could serve the common man. Similarly, arrangements should be made for lectures to be delivered in P.T.S., Mysore and C.R.S., Bidar, so that the young recruits who join the Police Force may be brought up on proper lines and made fit to discharge their duties efficiently in their later life. In fact every morning before the normal classes begin a talk on the kind and helpful treatment of the members of the public should be given.
STANDING ORDER NO. 333
No. SG1/133/57, Dated 26th February 1958
Condemnation and disposal of clothing article
* * * * *
After examining the procedure obtaining in the New Mysore State on the subject, proposals were submitted to the Government recommending that the clothing articles issued to H.C.s and P.Cs may be left with them for their private wear after they are condemned as unserviceable on the expiry of the periods of wear. The Government have approved the recommendation vide their Order No. HD 186 EXP . 57 dated 5-12-1957 copy enclosed.
In conformity with the above orders of the Government, the following detailed instructions are issued in the matter. These instructions will supercede all previous orders and procedure on the subject in the different areas of the State and will come into force forthwith throughout the State.
Unserviceable articles should be entered in the register of condemned articles in form No. “A” to be kept in the Stores and shall be condemned by the District Superintendent of Police if they have lasted for the prescribed period.
Sanction of the Inspector General of Police shall be obtained to condemn such articles as have not lasted the full prescribed period and are more than Rs. 100/- in value.
The unserviceable articles of clothing as shown in Annexure “A” shall not be sold but shall be allowed to be used by the men for private wear. The articles shall however be stamped with the seal “condemned” before they are so permitted to be used for private wear.
All clothing articles which have become unserviceable within the prescribed period of wear shall be withdrawn from the men and disposed of either by sale to the departmental personnel or to the public at auction held under the supervision of a Gazetted Officer and the amount realized shall be credited to the Government.
Metallic articles such as worn out buttons, numerals, stars and whistles and chains, brass on belts etc, shall be collected at the District Headquarters reduced to scrap, and disposed of in public auction once in a year after obtaining sanction of the competent authority. The amount realized shall be credited to the Government.
All the condemned articles with the exception of those which should under the rules, be left with the men or returned to the personal will be sold by public auction and the amount realized credited to Government. Articles must be sold at auction for cash only. The auction shall be held in the presence of a Gazetted Officer or of the Manager. A list of the biddings shall be made out and the price realized for each lot entered in the register of Disposal of condemned articles in form No. “B”. Both the registers in form Nos. “A” and “B” should be carefully checked one with the other.
The clothing of men who die or who are invalided on account of any of the following diseases should be treated as condemned and burnt by the S.H.O who will send a certificate to that effect to the District Office.
1. Acute Influenza or Pneumonia.
2. Anthrax
3. Cerebrospinal fever
4. Chicken-pox
5. Small-Pox
6. Diphtheria
7. Cholera
8. Enteric fever
9. Erysipelas
10. Leprosy
11. Measles
12. Plague
13. Rabies
14. Relapsing fever
15. Scarlet fever
16. Tetanus
17. Tuberculosis
18. Typhus
PROCEEDINGS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF MYSORE
Read:-
Letter No. SG.1/133/57 dated 9th August 1957 from the Inspector General of Police in Mysore, Bangalore, proposing that the clothing articles issued to the subordinate Police Officials of the Police Department of the New Mysore State may be left with them after the prescribed period of wear and tear, that articles which become unserviceable before the prescribed period of wear and tear may be withdrawn and made use by subsequent issue to men or by selling them in public auction.
Order No. HD. 186 Exp-57
Dated. 5th December 1957
It was decided by the erstwhile Government of Mysore that the condemned clothing of the Police Constables and Police Daffedars need not be recovered from them but may be left with them to be made use of by them.
2. This question was examined and subsequently the concessions granted as Stated above, were withdrawn by the then Government.
3. The Government after reconsideration approve the recommendation of the Inspector General of Police.
4. The Inspector General of Police is requested to take necessary action with regard to the framing of the uniform rules to condemn clothing articles issued to the subordinate Police Officials of the new Mysore State in due course.
ANNEXURE “A”
I. List of articles which can be allowed to be used by the men for private wear.
1. kurthas
2. Coat Khaki
3. Shirts Khaki
4. Shorts
5. Socks
6. Hosetops
7. Ankle boots
8. Ankle putties
9. Overcoat
10.P.T. Vests
11. Boot Polish
12. Khaki Knicker boker
13. Khaki Woolen
14. Khaki woolen kurtha
15. Khaki full putties
16. White Kurtha
17. Sun hat
18. Ground sheet
19. Haversack
II Articles which should be withdrawn after condemnation
1. Turban
2. Slouch hat
3. Buttons
4. Snake buckle belt
5. District letters
6. District General numbers
7. MSAP badges
8. Chevrons (to be destroyed)
9. Whistle and chain
10. Lathi
11. Kit box
12. Waterproof coat
13. Water bottle
14. Letter “T” of traffic Police.
STANDING ORDER NO. 336
No. Pen C 426/56, Dated 8th March 1958
Monthly Statement of Pension and Gratuity cases
* * * * *
Under rule 134 (b) of the Mysore Pension Rules 1957, the power or sanctioning invalid and superannuation pensions including retirement gratuity to non-Gazetted Government servants has been delegated to Gazetted Officers not lower in rank than the Principal District Officer who is competent to fill the appointment vacated by the retiring Government servant. The attention of all the District Superintendents of Police and Deputy Inspector General of Police is invited to rules 118, 119, 123 to 130, 132 and 133 of the Mysore Pension Rules 1957, prescribing the procedure for submission of pension applications to the higher authorities and the Audit Office and the sanction of pension claims. In order to watch whether pension and gratuity cases are sent to the Accountant General, Mysore, for preliminary verification well in advance of the date of retirement and whether the pension and D.C.R. Gratuity are sanctioned to the retired Government servants in time and in supersession of all previous orders on the subject, the Deputy Inspector General of Police and the District Superintendents of Police are requested to send so as to reach this office by the 5th of each month statements in the form appended in respect of all subordinates under their control who have retired or died and whose pension claims are outstanding and also in respect of those who are due to retire with a period of six months. If there are no cases in any particular month, a NIL statement should be sent. The reasons for delay in taking action at any stage should be clearly explained.
Statement of Pension and Gratuity cases for ………….195
|Sl.No. |Name & Rank |Date of superannuation invalidation, compulsory |Date on which preparation of pension |Date on which the pension papers|Interim |
| | |retirement or death |papers stated and if not started yet,|were sent to the AG for |reference|
| | | |the reasons therefor |verification if not yet sent the|if any, |
| | | | |reasons therefor |received |
| | | | | |from the |
| | | | | |A.G. |
| | | | | |When |
| | | | | |received |
| | | | | |When |
| | | | | |reply |
| | | | | |sent |
|1. |CRASH (OE) |Is restricted for an extreme emergency and |Chief Minister and other Ministers of|If a message of this priority is| |
| | |resorted to the extreme circumstances. It is |State Chief Secretary, IGP, |received in the Radio Station | |
| | |used where the recipient has to take absolutely |Divisional Commissioner, DIGP and |transmission of all other | |
| | |immediate executive action to save human life or|other Officers to whom such powers |priority message will be | |
| | |to prevent damage to valuable property. |have been delegated |suspended and the message will | |
| | | | |be transmitted. No delay is | |
| | | | |permitted. | |
|2. |MOST IMMEDIATE |Is restricted to messages conveying information |Officers mention above in para 1 |10 minutes form the receipt of | |
| | |or instructions relating to natural calamity, |above and in addition Commissioner of|the message. | |
| | |disturbances (Communal, anti-social and |Police, Dist. Magistrates, Home | | |
| | |political) Strikes, accidents, riots, murder, |Secretary Asst. Inspector General, | | |
| | |security measures and important movements of the|D.S.Ps Dy. Commissioners of Police, | | |
| | |Police force which in the opinion of the |Dy. Commissioners and Collectors of | | |
| | |originator should reach the addressee |Dist. And Spl. D.S.P. Police Radio | | |
| | |immediately. Also breakdown in communication or |Grid. | | |
| | |dispatch of wireless stores for maintenance of | | | |
| | |communication. | | | |
|3. |IMMEDIATE |Use of this priority is restricted to messages |All officers mentioned in para 1 and |30 minutes to one hour from the | |
| | |conveying important information relating to Law |2 above and in addition Deputy |time of receipt of message. | |
| | |and Order for immediate attention and action; |Secretary (Home) and Sub-Divisional | | |
| | |for instance information regarding probability |Officer and Police Officers, Asst. | | |
| | |of Strikes, disturbances or any other political |Secretary (Home), Dy. S.P and Police | | |
| | |upheaval; movement of Govt. official dealing |Offices who hold independent charge | | |
| | |with law and Order tour of Ministers, movements |of stations, Duty signal Officers of | | |
| | |of Political leaders, agitators and dangerous |the Signal centre and Officers | | |
| | |criminals and suspects; other important matters |incharge of Radio Stations. | | |
| | |relating to communication. | | | |
|4. |ORDINARY |This category is used in messages of routine |All Officers mentioned in para 1, 2 |Upto 12 hours | |
| | |nature pertaining to Law and Order and other |and 3 above and in addition Officer | | |
| | |messages pertaining to subjects contained in |of the rank of S.I.s and above | | |
| | |I.G.P’s Standing Order. |categories and other Police Officers | | |
| | | |incharge of outposts. | | |
STANDING ORDER NO. 349
No. MPM 2/58, Dated 24th April 1958
Superior Officers’ Visiting Book Maintenance of in Police Stations and Out-Posts
* * * * *
It is brought to my notice that in some of the districts “Superior Officers’ Visiting Book” is not being maintained in Police Stations and Outposts. In order to bring uniformity in this respect in all districts, the superior Officers’ Visiting Book should be maintained in all Police Stations, Out Posts, Police Inspectors’ Offices S D O’s Office, D.S.P’s Office, Offices of the Principals P.T.C., Mysore and C.R.S. Bidar, office of the Asst. Commandants. M.S.R.P., All fire Stations et. In the following Proforma, for recording the remarks of the Superior Police Officers.
Indents for the supply of the Booklets may be placed with the Director of Printing and Stationery, Bangalore, by quoting Old Mysore Police Form No. 11
PROFORMA
|Date of arrival |Date of Departure |Name of the Inspecting Officer & rank |Remarks (These, if lengthy, should be |
| | | |written right across the page) |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |
(On the label outside : Visiting Book for Superior Officers)
STANDING ORDER NO.350
No. SC. 54/57, Dated 23rd April 1958
Issue of District Letters to the HCs. and PCs.
of both Civil and the Armed Police
in the State
* * * * *
The Dress Committee which examined the question of a common Police Uniform for the subordinate Police personal suggested inter- that the Head Constables and Constable of both the Civil Police and the Armed Police should have distinguishing letters (not more than three) for each District in addition to the general numbers. In conformity with the recommendations of the Dress Committee, proposals were submitted to the Government in Chief Office letter No. SC. 54/57 recommending the issue of District letters to the constabulary. The Government have approved the proposal in their order No. H.D. 69 EXP 57, dated 17-1-58 copy enclosed.
2. The Dist. Letters to be issued to the H.Cs. and P.Cs. of the several Districts will be as shown in the annexure to the G.O. dated 17-1-58, copy of which is enclosed. The District letters will be of white metal and ¾ “ in height except the letter ‘T’ which will be I” in height and worn on red back ground.
3. The nomenclatures except ‘BCP’ for the Bangalore City Police will come into force with immediate effect. The nomenclature BCP will come into effect in lieu of BN and BS only after the City Police is reorganized.
4. There will be no separate distinguishing letters for the DAR. The District Letters will be common for both the DAR and Civil Police.
The numbers will start with DAR and continue for Civil Police. In other words, if there are 120 Armed P.Cs. in a District, the metal nos. from 1 to 120 will be issued to them and the metal numbers for the Civil Police will commence from 121.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF MYSORE
Read:-
Government Order No. HD 15 EXP.57, dated 23-7-1957 according sanction to the common uniform for subordinate Police Personal in the Mysore State.
2. Correspondence ending with letter No. SC. 54/57, dated 30th September 1957, recommending the issue of District Letter for the Constabulary.
Order No HD.69 EXP 57, Bangalore
dated the 17th January 1958
The Inspector General of Police has stated that the Dress Committee has recommended the issue of distinguishing district letters for Head Constables and Constables of both the Civil and Armed Police Forces in the State and has accordingly requested approval to his proposal to allot such letters as per details annexed to this order.
1. The proposal of the Inspector General of Police is approved.
To
The Inspector General of Police, Bangalore.
District Letters to be issued to the Head Constables and
Police Constables in the New Mysore State.
Sl. Name of the District Dist. Letter
No. proposed.
1. Bangalore North BN
2. Bangalore South BS
3. Bangalore District BD
4. Mysore (Both City and District) MY
5. Mandya MA
6. Hassan HN
7. Chickmagalur CM
8. Shimoga SH
9. Chitradurga CH
10. Bellary BE
11. Tumkur TR
12. Kolar KO
13. Kolar Gold Fields KG
14. South Kanara SK
15. Coorg CG
16. North Kanara NK
17. Dharwar DR
18. Belgaum BM
19. Bijapur BJ
20. Raichur RC
21. Gulbarga GB
22. Bidar BR
23. Railways MRP
24. Traffic T
25. Bangalore City Police BCP
(To be issued to the Corporation Police after the Functional Divisional is formed).
Note:- The District letters will be of white metal and ¾” in height except the letter ‘T’ which will be I” in height and worn on red back ground
STANDING ORDER NO. 353
No. 160 RA (1) 57, Dated 28th April 1958
Opening of Police Stations and Out Posts at placed which are noted for Seasonal Festivals, etc., Instructions issued
* * * * *
During my recent Inspection Tours of certain Districts and in connection with finalizing the Re-organisation proposals, instances came to my notice that the continues or the establishment of Out Posts have been proposed at certain places merely for the reason that they are noted for Jatras or Festivals which are seasonal. It should be noted that such considerations do not justify the maintenance or opening out posts on a permanent basis. It is enough if temporary Out Posts are opened at such places during the occasions of the Jatras and Festivals by posting the required strength from the District strength for which no Government sanction would be necessary.
2. It should also be noted that it is not only enjoined on the Police to maintain law and order on such occasions, but also to enforce the provisions of the Public Nuisance Act and any other Prohibitory Orders as may be applicable or in force in the District.
3. The receipt of this will be acknowledged.
Letter No. FD.280/CW, dated 10-4-58, from the Secretary to Government Finance Department, Bangalore, to the Inspector General of Police, Bangalore.
City allowance reduction of certain clarification sought for
With reference to your letter No. 110/RA (1) 57 dated 18-3-58, on the above subject, I am directed to furnish as follows:-
1. City allowance at the reduced rates is not admissible to the Police Constable appointed in the City after 1-1-57.
2. It is also not admissible to Police Constables who are transferred to the City after
1-1-1957.
However, the City Allowance given in lieu of rent-free quarters will continue to all those entitled to rent-free quarters.
STANDING ORDER NO.355
CB2-163/58, Dated 10th May 1958
* * * * *
There is no uniform set of instructions regarding restrictions to be imposed on the officers who are kept under suspension pending enquiry. In one instance, based on the Circular of the Inspector General of Police of the erstwhile Bombay, the District Superintendent of Police, Belgaum imposed some instructions on an officer placed under suspension pending enquiry but later on withdrew the same after a query from this Office. In view of the above the following instructions are issued for note and guidance.
“When a subordinate Police Officer is placed under suspension pending enquiry, he will be free to go anywhere he likes, but he must be leave his address with the head of his office. He must also leave his address with the officer, if any, holding an enquiry into his conduct. If and when there is a change in his address he must promptly intimate the same to all concerned. He must also obey orders requiring him to attend any enquiry and if he fails to do so, the enquiry will be made in his absence”.
STANDING ORDER NO. 356
No.C4/Law/58, Dated 14th May 1958
Proof of omissions and contradictions Duties of Prosecuting officers
* * * * *
It is brought to my notice that in the conduct of cases in criminal Courts, when defence counsels attempt to prove through the prosecution witnesses, contradictions and omissions with reference to statements recorded under section161(3) of the Code of Criminal Procedure, the prosecuting Officers are not vigilant and have frequently failed to promptly bring to the notice of the Court that most of such statements intended to be contradicted and omissions sought to be proved, do not in the eye of law and on facts amount to contradictions or omissions . They allow them to go into record to the detriment of the Prosecution case. This is mainly attributable to their lethargy and lack of correct understanding as to when a statement amounts to a contradiction and when an omission in a case dairy statement, amounts to a contradiction.
The following instructions are hereby issued for the future guidance of all Prosecuting Officers:
1. Whenever in the course of the cross- examination of a Prosecution witness, a statement in the case diary is sought to be contradicted, the Prosecuting Officer should carefully examine the case diary and find out if the statement contradicts the evidence given by the witness in the Court. If it does not contradict in substance, the Prosecuting Officer should object to the statement going into record and ask for a ruling. If on the contrary such statement contradicts the evidence, the Prosecution should be vigilant to see that only the relevant part of the statement is marked as an exhibit and request the Court to incorporate in the evidence, the very words intended for contradiction, to facilitate re-examination.
2. The Prosecutor should than examine the entire case diary statement of the witness carefully and if it contains any other statement which explains the contradiction, he should get it marked as a Prosecution exhibit in re-examination, It is regretted that this course ff is rarely adopted by the Prosecutors.
3. For this purpose, the Prosecuting Officers should bear in mind that a statement under section 162 Cr. P.C. is the entirety of the facts started by a witness to a Police Officer during investigation. Facts stated by a witness in the morning as well as in the evening or on one or more days, all go to constitute the statement of a witness. The Prosecutors are within their limits to use the later part in explaining the contradiction or omission in the earlier part.
4. The proof of a positive contradiction is easier than the proof of an omission as a contradiction. It is erroneous to consider that any and every omission in a Police statement is a contradiction. The test to find out whether an omission is a contradiction or not is to see whether one can point to any sentence or assertion in the case diary statement which is irreconcilable with the deposition in Court.
5. As an example, if a witness had state under section 162 Cr. P.C. that A was attacked by X and makes no reference to Y at all but in court deposes that A was attacked by X and Y, it is possible to argue that his statement under section 162 Cr. P.C. amounts to this, that A was attacked by X alone and that Y did not take part in the attack and thus contradicts the deposition in Court. It depends upon whether the witness intended to name all the assailants of A in his Police Statement and if so, the omission is a contradiction and he could be asked about it. If on the contrary a witness had stated to the Police that an incident had been witnessed by S.T.W.X & Y, and X, there may are may not be any conflict between the two, as if his list of the eye-witnesses was intended to be exhaustive there would be a conflict when he could be asked about his omission to mention to the Police about Z as an eye-witness & if his list was not intended to be exhaustive, there would be no conflict when he could not be asked about his omission to mention about Z to the Police.
6. The determination of an omission in a Police statement as contradiction, therefore depends on such factors and when an omission is intended to put in as a contradiction, the Prosecuting Officers should carefully examine the statement and the evidence in Court and promptly explain to the Court how the omission does not amount to a contradiction and how the witness can not therefore be questioned about it.
7. An omission cannot be proved by merely filling the case diary. The practice of proving an omission by filling the case diary as an exhibit is illegal and unwarranted.
8. Lack of knowledge as to when and under what circumstances an omission amounts to a contradiction has resulted in a lot of public. Time having been spent in long cross examination about omissions by Defence Counsels. The Prosecuting Officers should be well prepared with the Statements of witnesses and promptly bring to the notice of the Court any such attempt on the part of the cross examining Counsels.
9. When a witness in cross examination denies having made to the Police a statement or does not remember having made it, the cross examining Counsels move the Court to peruse the statements and make a record in the Deposition that such a statement exists or does not exist. It is quite wrong to move the Court to do so or for the court to make such a record in the deposition. The prosecuting Officers should be vigilant to see that no such thing goes on record.
10. It is not sufficient to ask a witness whether he did or did not make certain statement to the Investigating Officer, unless the witness in answer to that question admits that he made such a statement. If in that case, the Statement is contradictory of something else which the witness has said in court, it is the duty of cross examiner to give the witness an opportunity of reconciling his statement. But if the Cross-Examiner does not do so, the Prosecuting Officer could on reexamination give that opportunity to the witness or the Court itself could do so. Very rightly the Prosecuting Officers have done so and they should on no account repeat the mistake hereafter.
11. These instructions should strictly be adhered to by all the Prosecuting Officers.
STANDING ORDER NO.358
No. E3 C 851/57, Dated 15th May 1958
Transfer of H.Ca. (Daffedars), P.Cs.
And other Officers
* * * * *
Applications for transfer of P.Cs. and H.Cs. from one District to another and from one range to another are now being frequently received in this Office. These applications are forwarded to this office in an incomplete form resulting in protracted correspondence and consequent delay in disposal of such requests.
2. It is impressed on all officers that it is not possible for the Inspector General of Police to find out in which vacancy or in whose place a particular P.C. or H.C. should be transferred. All these preliminaries should be attended to at appropriate levels and only concrete proposal in complete orm should be sent to the Inspector General of Police where necessary.
3. The Police Constables and H.cs. are principally recruited for the District and therefore, ordinarily there should not be any necessity for transfer of a P.C. or H.C. out of his District to another District. Whenever application for transfer out of a District is received by the D.S.P, recommending the transfer of P.Cs or H.Cs should first consult the District superintendent of Police of the District concerned and on receipt of his reply address if necessary the range Dy. Inspector General of Police for orders.
4. The Dy. Inspectors of General of Police may order the transfer of P.Cs. from one District to another in their respecting ranges. As far as possible in ordering these transfers substitutes should be sent. Whenever it is not possible to send substitutes the vacancies in which the P,Cs.or H.Cs. are to be absorbed should be clearly indicated. In this connection reference is invited to Standing Order No. 352 and instructions contained therein, should be borne in mind in passing transfer orders of Head Constables from one District to another.
5. In cases where the transfer is from one range to another the papers should be sent to the Inspector General of Police by the Deputy Inspector General of Police in whose range the applicant is employed after obtaining the concurrence of the Dy. Inspector General of Police of the range to which the transfer is proposed with full particulars showing among others the grade, the nature of vacancy, the substitute etc.
6. Applications for transfers which do not satisfy the above procedure should neither be entertained by the Dy.IGP nor be sent to this Office.
7. Similar procedure may be followed in respect of transfers of ministerial staff and other executive staff. Where the Dt. Superintendent of Police or the Dy. Inspector General of Police concerned is not competent to effect transfer the same should be sent to the Inspector General of Police in a complete form, after consulting Dt.Supdt.of Police and Dy.IGP concerned. This is an amplification and supersession of Standing Orders No.98 and 152 dated 15th October 1954 and 18th Feb. 1955 respectively.
STANDING ORDER NO. 359
No. 2-C383/57, Dated 16th May 1958
Arrest of Member of Parliament and State Legislature Intimation of-Instructions Issued
* * * * *
1. Instances have come to my notice in which I find. That most of the police Officers are not aware of the rules and procedure to be followed in the matter of communicating the fact of arrest. Of members of the Lok Sabha, Rajya Sabha, State Legislative Assembly & Legislative Council. Though clear instructions have been issued by the Govt. of India and the State Government from time to time in this regard.
2. Whenever a member of the Lak Sabha, the Rajya Sabha or of the State Legislative Assembly or Council is arrested on a criminal charge or for a criminal Offence or is detained under an executive order, the fact of the arrest or detention should be communicated by the Station House Officer immediately to the Speaker of the Lok Sabha or the State Legislative Assembly, or the Chairman of the Rajya Sabha or the State Legislative Council, as the arrest or detention as also the place of detention of the member in the enclosed form I.
3. When a member is arrested and after conviction released on bail pending an appeal or otherwise released, such fact should also be intimated to the presiding Officer concerned by the Station House Officer in form II enclosed.
4. Copies of both the above communications should be sent simultaneously to the Inspector General of police, Dy , Inspector General of Police, Rlys. And CID., Bangalore; the range Dy. Inspector General of police concerned; and the District Superintendent of Police through the concerned Inspector of police.
5. The arrest report required by the law to be sent to the Magistrate who has jurisdictions should not be delayed under any circumstances and should be accompanied by a copy of the report sent to the District Superintendent of Police as required above.
6. In a case where a member is not arrested by police but surrenders himself before the Court, the instructions do not contemplate the intimation of such surrender before the Court by the Police.
7. As regards intimation of conviction is concerned, it will be done by the Magistrate as contemplated in the Erstwhile Mysore Government Order LD. 404-423-LA-84-52-9, dated 5-8-53 copy enclosed.
8. All the District Superintendents of police are requested to bring immediately to the notice of all the concerned police Officers of the above instructions and to see that they adhere to it implicitly.
FORM 1.
Form of communication regarding arrest or detention of a Member.
Place ……………..
Date ……. ………
To
The Speaker/ Chairman,
Lok Sabha/Rajya Sabha/New Delhi,
Legislative Assembly/ Council, Bangalore.
Dear Mr. Speaker/Mr. Chairman,
I have found it my duty, in the exercise of my powers under section of the (Act), to direct that Sri ………………….. Member of the Lok Sabha Legislative Assembly of Mysore Rajya Sabha/ Legislative Council of Mysore be arrested / detained for ……………………………………………. (reasons for the arrest or detention as the case may be). Sri ………………… Member of Parliament / of the Legislative Assembly /Legislative Council was accordingly arrested/taken into custody ……………………… (time) on ……….. (date) and is at present lodged in the ………………………. (jail) ……………..(place)
Yours faithfully,
Police Officer
FORM II
Form of communication regarding release of Member
Place …………………..
Date …….…………….
To
The Speaker/Chairman,
The Lok Sabha/Rajya Sabha, New Delhi,
Legislative Assembly/Council, Bangalore.
Dear Mr. Speaker/Mr.Chairman.
I have found it my duty to inform you that Sri………………………………. member of the Lok Sabha, Legislative Assembly / Rajya Sabha / Legislative Council, who was convicted……………………...(dated) and imprisoned for …………………….(period) for …………………... (reasons for conviction) was released on bail pending appeal (or as the case may be, released on the sentence being set aside on appeal) on the ………………………….. (date).
Yours faithfully,
Police Officer
THE MYSORE POLICE GAZETTE
(Departmental use only)
Published by authority
Volume LXVII Bangalore, Saturday
5th September 1953 No.36
PART 1
a) Extracts from the “Mysore Gazette”.
NIL
b) Orders by the Government of Mysore.
Proceedings of the Govt. of Mysore
Read:-
Government Order No. L.D. 2018-40-L.A. 67-51-2, dated the 6th February 1952, issuing orders regarding the Privilege of Members of Parliament etc., and the communication of arrest, detention or imprisonment of Members of Parliament and State Legislatures.
2. Letter No. 91-51- Police 1, dated the 18th June 1953, from the Under Secretary to the Government of India Ministry of Home Affairs, New Delhi, stating that the rules of Procedure of the House of the people regarding intimation to the Speaker of the arrest, detention, conviction and release of Members of the People as well as the forms of communication to the Speaker have recently been amended and notified in Notification No.290-C-53,dated the 19thmay 1953, in Gazette of India Extraordinary, dated 30yh May 1953 and requesting that the contents of Rule 214 A and 214 B and the specimens of the form of communication to the Speaker may be brought to the notice of all the State authorities concerned for strict and prompt observance.
Order No. L.D. 404-423-L.A. 84-52-9, dated
Bangalore, the 5th August 1953
In continuation of the instructions conveyed in Government order No. L.D. 2018-40-L.a.67-51-2, dated the 6th February 1952 all Government Officers and other authorities are directed to note the provisions of rules 214 A and 214 B of the Rule of Procedure and Conduct of Business of the House of the People and the appropriate forms printed hereunder and to take necessary action for the strict and prompt observance of those provisions. The same forms with suitable changes may be adopted for communication to the Presiding Officers of other Houses of Legislature.
“Rules 214 A and 214 B of the Rules of Procedure and Conduct of Business of the House of the People”.
214: When a member is arrested on a criminal charge or for a criminal offence or is sentenced to imprisonment by a Court or is detained under an executive order, the committing Judge, Magistrate or executive order, the committing judge, Magistrate or executive authority, as the case may be, shall immediately intimate such fact to the Speaker indicating the reasons for the arrest, detention or case may be , as also the place of detention imprisonment of the member in the appropriate set out below.
214 B : When a member arrested and after conviction released on bail pending as appeal or otherwise released such fact shall also be intimated to the Speaker by the concerned authority in the appropriate form set out below” .
Form of Communication regarding arrest, detention
conviction or release as the case
may be of a member.
Place……………………………..
Date………………………………
To
The Speaker
House of the People
New Delhi.
Dear Mr. Speaker,
I have the honour to inform you that I have found it my duty, in exercise of my powers under Section……………………………………. Of the….………………………………….. (Act), to direct that the Sri…………………………….. Member of the House of the People, be arrested/detained for …………………….. (Reasons for the arrest or detention as the case may be).
Sri ……………………………. Member of parliament was accordingly arrested/taken into custody ……………………………… time……………………………( date ) and is at present lodged in the ………………….. Jail ……………………. (Place).
B
I have the honour to inform you that Shri …………………………….. ……………………….Member of the House of the People, was tried at the …………………………………. Court before me on a charge (or charges) of ……………………… (reasons for the conviction).
On ……………… (date) after trial lasting for ……………………….. days, I found him guilty of …………………………… and sentenced him to imprisonment for ………………………. (period).
……………. (His application for leave to appeal to *…………………... is pending consideration).
* Name of the Court.
C
I have the honour to inform you that Shri …………………………….. ……………………….Member of the House of the People. Who was convicted on ………………. (dated) and imprisoned for ………………..….. (reasons for conviction) was released on bail pending appeal (or as the case may be, released on the sentence being set aside on appeal) on the ………… (date).
Yours faithfully,
(Judge, Magistrate or Executive Authority)
STANDING ORDER NO. 360
No. GB1C 66/57, Dated 16th May 1958
* * * * *
In my Standing Order No. 331, dated 21-2-1958. I have issued instructions that the practice of superior Officers talking to their subordinates in singular and abusive language should cease, so that the superior Officers may set an example to their subordinates as to how the fellow human beings should be addressed. In the interest of the maintenance of the morale and discipline of the Police Force it is necessary that the subordinate personnel who constitute the bulk of the Police Force are treated with dignity and due consideration to fellow feelings. While it is necessary to maintain a high sense of discipline and deal with subordinates firmly it does not mean that abusive or vulgar language should be employed. The use of impolite and abusive language or ill-treatment is not conducive to maintenance of discipline and does not help in winning the respect and loyalty of subordinates officials. The use of vulgar or abusive language in dealing with subordinates should be completely eschewed. The practice of addressing lower subordinates in singular like “ “ both in correspondence and in conversation should be completely avoided. When a Head Constable or Constable is to be addressed individually, he should be addressed as “P.C.50” or “Head Constable. 125: etc., When a body of Police Officers irrespective of their rank are to be addressed, they should be addressed as :Police Officers”.
2. I therefore expect all Officers to treat their subordinates as they themselves expect to be treated by others. Good manners and treatment cost nothing, but help to win the confidence ill-treat their subordinate or bully them, they would repeat the same with their subordinates or juniors, and in their dealings with the public also. While on inspection tours and during conferences and meetings, the Dist. Superintendents of Police and Dy. Inspectors General of Police should impress on all the Police Officers in their jurisdiction, the necessity of according good treatment to their subordinates, and to avoid impolite and singular terms.
STANDING ORDER NO. 361
NoC2 86/57, Dated 20th May 1958
Acquittals and Discharges
* * * * *
Enclosed is a copy of/Circular Bo. Law 91 CRL 57. dated 1-5-1958, issued by the Additional Secretary to Government, Law Department, dealing with the procedure to be followed in filling an appeal against the orders of acquittal or discharge.
2. The instruction contained in the Law Department Circular should be strictly followed. The time limit fixed by the Government for the records to be sent, etc, should be strictly adhered to.
3. In order that the superior Officers may watch the number of acquittals and to enable the higher Officers to issue timely instructions, a monthly return in the proforma enclosed is prescribed. The return should be submitted to the concerned Range D. I. G. by the 5th of the following month with a copy to me.
4. The concerned Range Dy. Inspector General of Police should review the return issue promptly appropriate instructions with a copy to me for expeditious handling of cases that and in acquittal or discharge.
5. These instructions will superseed the instructions issued in S. O. No. 301 dated 6th October 1957.
Circular Latter No. Law 91 CRL 57, dated 11th/ Vaishaka, 1880,/ 1st May 1958, from the Additional Secretary to Government , Law Department, Bangalore, to the Heads of Departments.
In virtue of the amendment of article 157 of the Indian Limitation Act ( IX of 198 ) effected by the Code of Criminal Procedure (Amendment ) Act ( XXVI of 1955) the period of limitation for filling an appeal against as order of acquittal has been reduced to three months. With a view therefore to eliminate delays in the transmission of records to Government it has become necessary to issue revised instructions as regards the procedure to be followed in submitting recommendations to Government for orders of sanction for the instruction of appeals under section 417 of the Code of Criminal Procedure. Government are accordingly pleased to lay down for the guidance of all concerned the following procedure in supersession of all rules and in instructions previously issued in this behalf.
1. Additional or Executive District Magistrates and District Superintendents of Police should bear in mind the responsibility which rests upon them to bring to the notice of Government at least one month before the period of limitation, instances or perverse or unreasonable acquittals in which the importance of the case and the probability of securing a conviction justify of securing a conviction justify an action under sction 417 of the Code of Criminal Procedure.
2. The proceedings in such cases may be initiated by the Additional or Executive District Magistrate or the District Superintendent of police.
3. In every case ending in an acquittal in the Court of any Magistrate, the Police Prosecutor in charge of the case should within seven days from the date of the judgment obtain and submit a certified copy of the judgment obtain and submit a certified copy of the judgment to the District Superintendent of Police with his report briefly but clearly indication his reasons for filling or not filling an appeal, with reasonable chances of success. The District Superintendent of Police, if he decide that an appeal be preferred, should see that complete record of the case together with a memorandum of grounds of appeal, reaches the Additional or Executive District Magistrate within one week from the date or receipt of a copy of the judgment from the Police Prosecutor. The complete records of the case should reach the District Magistrate not late than fourteen days from the date of judgment.
4. In every case ending in an acquittal in any Court of Sessions, the public Prosecutor should likewise within, seven days from the date of the judgment obtain two certified copies of the judgment and forward one copy to the Additional or executive District Magistrate with his report indicating his reasons for filling or not filling an appeal with reasonable chances of success and send the other copy with a copy of his report to the District Superintendent of Police who in his turn within three days thereafter should furnish to the Additional or Executive District Magistrate, his views on the propriety of preferring an appeal,. The Additional or Executive District Magistrate, if he decides that an appeal should be preferred, shall obtain from the District Superintendent of Police records of the case and from the Public Prosecutor a memorandum of grounds of appeal within twenty one days from the date of the judgment.
5. In either of the cases referred to in paras 3 and 4 supra if the Additional or Executive District Magistrate finds that there are reasonable grounds for filling an appeal, he shall within one month from the date of the judgment forward complete records of the case including a certified copy of the judgment and a draft memorandum of appeal to the Advocate General, for further action.
6. Whenever the District Superintendent of Police considers that there are good grounds for filing an appeal and the Additional or Executive District Magistrate differs from that view, the latter shall send to the Advocate General complete records of the case with his own remarks. He shall also send a copy of his remarks at the same time to the District Superintendent of police who may furnish his further views. If any, directly to the Advocate General.
7. The Advocate General within fifteen days from the date of the receipt of the records referred to in para 5 or para 6, shall forward the same to the Law Department with his remarks
8. In every case ending in an acquittal in the High Court, the Advocate General within 15 days from the date of the judgement of the High Court shall forward a certified copy of the judgement with his own remarks as to whether or not there are reasonable ground for submitting an application for a Certificate under article 134 or for special leave under atricle136 of the Constitution to the Law Department. He shall also send a copy of his remarks to the Additional or Executive District Magistrate concerned, who while keeping the District Superintendent of Police informed, may furnish his remarks if any direct to the Law Department.
9. If in any case in which the Inspector General of police considers that an appeal should be filed and there is no time to move the District Magistrate, he may refer the case direct to the Law Department for orders of Government. The Law Department will then obtain the advice of the Advocate General who, at the same time, will send The letter may furnish to the Law Department his further views, if any, in the matter.
10. If the Law Department is in favour of filing an appeal, they will obtain orders of Government and take steps to file an appeal Sanction of Government will be communicated to the Advocate General with copies to the Inspector General of police the Additional or Executive Dist Magistrate and the District Superintendent of police concerned. It will thereupon be the responsibility of the concerned District Superintendent of police and the Additional or Executive District Magistrate to supply to the Advocate General the necessary papers and other information to facilitate the filing of an appeal within the prescribed period of limitation.
11. A complete record of the case should consist of copies of the judgment, depositions, prosecution and defence exhibits, charge, pleas and statements of the accused and such other relavant papers.
12. The procedure prescribed above for appeals shall also apply to a proposal for filling a revision petition for enhancement of sentence, subject to the modification that the time allowed for each Officer at each stage to forward the record is reduced to about half the time limit prescribed above.
13. Public Prosecutors should keep in close contact with District Superintendent of Police and other responsible Police Officers and should furnish them with any information or reports which may be required by them in this connection. Monthly Statement of Acquittals and Discharges.
1. Name of the District.
2. For the month of
3. Nos. of cases that ended in acquittal discharge from 1st January till the end of last month.
4. Additional Nos. of cases that ended in acquittal/ discharge during the month under review.
5. Total No. of cases that ended in acquittal/ discharge from 1st January till the end of the month (Cols. 3,4)
6. Nos. of cases out of those shown in Col.5 in which appeal or revision petition filed.
7. Nos. of cases out of those shown in Column. 5 in which final decision has been taken not to prefer appeal or file revision.
8. Total No. of cases disposed Offices (Col. 6-7)
9. Nos. of pending cases in which final action is yet to be taken (Col. 5-8).
10. Details for pending cases shown in Col. 9.
|Sl. No |Name of P.S |Crime No |Section of law |Date of Acquittal/ |Present Position |
| | | | |Discharge |(State here the |
| | | | | |action taken). |
STANDING ORDER NO.361-A
No.C2-86/57, Dated 17th October1960
Procedure for taking action against
acquittals discharges and for enhancement
of Sentence
Government Circular No. Law 210-LCM 60
Dated 21-9-60
* * * * *
The attention of all the Superintendents of Police is invited to instruction No. 12 of the Government Circular No. LAW CRL 57 dated 1-5-58 communicated in this office No. 361 (S.O.)
The instructions now issued by the Government in the above Circular (Copy attached) in regard to the filing of revision petitions for enhancement of sentences should be followed in future.
Copy of letter No. LAW 210 LCM 60 dated 21-9-60
Form the Additional Secretary to Government,
Law Department, Bangalore.
C I R C U L A R
Procedure to bring Criminal Cases before
the High Court of Mysore for
enhancement of sentence.
* * * * *
In partial modification of Circular No. LAW 91 CRL, 57 dated 1st May 1958 in respect of the procedure for filing a revision petition for enhancement of sentence, Government are pleased to issue this Circular for the guidance of all concerned.
2. Government consider that it is more appropriate that in all Criminal cases where inadequate sentence is awarded by a Magistrate the Additional or the Executive District Magistrate shall make an application through the Public Prosecutor before the Judicial District Magistrate or the Sessions Judge, praying that a reference may be made to the High Court for enhancement of sentence, instead of making an application before the High Court directly. Accordingly, Government direct that in all such cases, action may be first taken to make applications to the concerned Judicial District Magistrate or Sessions Judge before moving the Government to apply to the High Court for enhancement of sentence.
STANDING ORDER NO. 364
No. E1C. 330/58, Dated 24th May 1958
Transfer of M.A.RP detachments
to be stopped.
* * * * *
In the old Mysore State it was in practice to periodically transfer Armed Police (M.A.R.P) from District to District. It is observed that on account of this practice of frequent movements, efficiency suffered considerably and the District Superintendent of Police of the Districts to which the respective M.A.R.P detachments are attached took little or no interest in the training and welfare of the M.A.R.P detachments stationed at their respective Districts.
In Chief Office No. GIC 579/1956 dated 18-12-1956 it was ordered that the M.A.R.P detachments in Old Mysore State should not be rotated form District to District. As a result of suspension of the practice of rotating M.A.R.P. detachments from time to time, I find a considerable improvement in the training, drill efficiency etc., of the M.A.R.P detachment.
The system of rotating M.A.R.P detachments should completely cease. These Units should no more be treated as M.A.R.P detachments, but should be considered as District Units i.e., District Armed Reserve permanently attached to the respective Districts. The District Superintendent of Police will be responsible for everything connected with these Armed Reserve Units.
The District Superintendent of Police, M.A.R.P should no more effect transfers of these personnel stationed in the Districts and need not make recruitment at Bangalore for filing up the vacancies in the Detachments in the Districts.
The District Superintendent of Police in the Districts are solely responsible for filing up the vacancies that occur in the M.A.R.P in the District . Recruitment should be made in the concerned District itself enlisting recruits preferable form the Rural areas of the District.
The indent for the uniform etc. should be sent by the District Superintendent of Police concerned and not by the District Superintendent of Police, M.A.R.P.
Promotions form the rank of PCs to HCs (Havildars and Naiks) should be made out of a select list prepared by the District Superintendent of Police concerned.
Vacancies in the ranks of Subedars and above should be filled up according to the existing practice with the approval of the undersigned pending formulation of common rules.
Detailed rules regarding the promotions and the preparation of select lists are under the examination of Government and will be issued in due course.
STANDING ORDER NO. 365
No. 90/SGI/58, Dated 26th May 1958
Supply of – Ammunition Boots
* * * * *
A question has been raised as to whether the ammunition boots now supplied to both Armed and Civil Police should be issued as and when they wear out. It is hereby clarified for the information of all concerned that in the new dress regulations approved in G.O. No. HD. 15 – Exp 57 dated 23-7-57 the period of issue has been fixed as one year. This is the minimum period that has been fixed for the use of a new pair of ammunition boots.
2. The District Superintendent of Police and the Gazette Officers during their inspections of Police Stations, and District. Armed Reserve should inspect the boots used by the H.Cs. and P.Cs. They should condemn the boots which are unfit for use. If the boots are condemned within the prescribed minimum period of one year then new or part worn boots should be supplied on payment of necessary cost. However if the boots are found fit for use for longer periods than a year the H.Cs. and P.Cs. should be allowed to use such new boots and pairs of boots are issued only after the boots become unserviceable.
STANDING ORDER NO . 367
No. E3-,C, 203/58, Dated 28th May 1958
Posting of P.Cs. and H.Cs. at the Police Outpost
* * * * *
It has been ordered in S.O No. 351 dated 28-4-1958 that P.Cs. in
outpost should be kept only for six months.
2. Now it has been represented that it would be more convenient if P.Cs. on duty in Outposts are changed once a year so that the education of their children may not suffer.
3. In modification of the S.O. dated 28-4-1958 it is ordered that the P.Cs, at the outposts may be retained for one year at a time.
STANDING ORDER NO. 368
No. GB2-C. 410/58, Dated 4/5th June 1958
Correspondence :- Matters on which
References and reports are to be submitted
by District Superintendent of
Police and / through the Range
D.I.Gs. – Instructions issued.
* * * * *
There are at present no definite instructions regarding the subjects on which the District Superintendent of Police may correspond direct with the Inspector General of Police and / or THROUGH the Range DIGs with the result there is unnecessary and avoidable waste of time in correspondence. Important and urgent references and reports on which it is necessary for DIGs to express their opinion or offer their remarks are sometimes sent direct to the Chief Office while ordinary correspondence which need not pass through the Dy. Inspector General of Police are actually routed through them.
2. With a view to regulating the mode of correspondence and to avoid unnecessary delay, a list of subjects on which references and reports are to be submitted by District Superintendent of Police direct to the Inspector General of Police or through the Dy. Inspector General of Police is enclosed for guidance. In urgent cases, advance copies of reports should always be sent to the Inspector General of Police direct.
No. FDs. 4.C, 453/62 Dated 23rd June 1962
MEMO
Correction of S.O. No. 368, dated 4-5-1958
* * * * *
The item No. 15 [in which it has been stated that the applications for advances to personnel (Gazette & Non-Gazetted) for purchase of conveyances, houses, House Building Advances etc., shall be sent through the D.Is.G] is hereby deleted from the S.O. No. 368 dated 4-5-1958.
List of Subjects on which correspondence should
be sent to the I.G. of Police by the D.S.Ps
through the Range D.I.Gs.
1. Appointments requiring orders of Inspector General of Police.
2. Promotions - do –
3. Transfers - do –
4. Retirements - do –
5. Punishments - do –
6. Exemptions from the prescribed rule or order for enlistment or for promotion.
7. Appeals and revisions addressed to I.G.P
8. Confidential reports to be perused and or to be maintained in Chief Office.
9. Application for grant of land.
10. Re-allocation of staff and incidental matters affecting the sanctioned strength of Police Stations and other Units.
11. Construction of and repairs to buildings additions and improvements to buildings.
12. Telephone and electrical installations.
13. Recommendations for Medals, Honors and titles etc.
14. Reward Rolls requiring the sanction of the I.G.P.
15. Advances to personnel (Gazetted and Non-Gazetted) for purchase of conveyances, houses, House building advances etc.
16. Extraordinary Pension and Gratuity.
17. Reduction and withholding of pension.
18. Interpretation of Rules and amendments to rules and standing order etc.
19. Training and deputation of Police personnel including Gazette Officers within and outside the State-Except the training of H.CS. and P.Cs in the Police Training Institutions.
20. Correspondence relating to recruitment and training of Sub Inspectors.
21. Correspondence relating to the P.T.C and CRS final and supplementary examinations requiring the orders of the I.G.P.
22. Reports regarding complaints against Police Officers.
23. Prosecutions of Police Officers.
24. Leave requiring sanction of the I.G.P.
25. Audit reports.
26. T.A. bill of Gazette Officers.
27. Protection and Security Schemes.
28. Correspondence on all Policy matters.
29. Proposals and schemes on any subjects and special reports.
30. Condemnation and replacement of Police vehicles.
31. Any other important matter on which the opinion or remarks of the DIGs is necessary.
32. Arrangements for visit of VIPs.
List of Subjects on which correspondence may be
carried on by D.S.Ps direct with the
Inspector General of Police.
1. References and reports regarding Strikes.
2. Riots and disturbances.
3. Reports about movements or capture of notorious dacoits or gangs of dacoits and dacoit operations and matters exciting public interest.
4. Report of death of Police Personnel.
5. Annual Budget.
6. Monthly return of punishments.
7. Charge Reports.
8. Pension and gratuity cases requiring I.G.’s opinion or sanction.
9. Indents for articles of clothing, equipment and stationery and forms.
10. Period returns.
11. All routine correspondence relating to bills, accounts and special advances.
12. Annual Administration report.
13. All other routine correspondence.
In these cases, copies of reports or statements should be sent to the Range D.I.G concerned.
STANDING ORDER NO. 369
No. 124/Law/58, Dated 3rd June 1958
Village Beats and Patrols-Day and Night
Beats and Patrols-Organising of
Instructions issued
Ref :- standing order No. 263.
Dated 11th March 1957
* * * * *
Instruction were issued in standing order No. 263, dated 11th March 1957 stressing the need for detailing night beat Constables to villages where BCs reside or are suspected to reside. It has come to my notice that these instructions are not being implemented. Evidently the District Superintendent of Police have not either applied their mind to these instructions or have not understood them clearly, I am constrained to observe that the trend of crime in this State generally indicate an increase & it is high time that immediate steps are taken to organize effective night beats and patrols in the rural areas as well as Urban areas. The surprise checks on the BCs and Criminals during nights will be one of the positive measures that will serve to minimize their activities and assist in controlling crimes. The following detailed instructions are, therefore, issued for guidance of all officers. The District Superintendent of Police may issue further instructions to suit local conditions.
2. Village Beats-principles
The principles governing the dispatch of Constables on village beats are firstly, that the village authorities should be held responsible for reporting crime and supplying information about the movements of Bad Characters, and secondly, the Constables should not as a rule, visit villages except under definite orders for as definite purpose or unless the village lies on their way to or from any duty.
3. Village Beats-Groupings of Villages into Beats
The Station House Officer should first determine what village should be visited and how frequent the visits should be and also which criminal must be watched by the Police alone; which by the Police as well as by the village Officers and which may be left to be watched by the village Officers alone. The contiguous villages where KDs, BCs, suspicious strangers, ex. Convicts, active and dangerous criminals etc. reside; where crimes are more & require special attention should conveniently be grouped together into one or more beats depending upon the distance form the Station, geographical nature of the village, type of criminals residing etc. The remaining villages should be grouped as a miscellaneous beat to be visited as occasion requires. The discretionary power vested in the Station House Officer in the matter of grouping of villages into several beats should be carefully supervised by his superior Officers like Inspectors, District Superintendent of Police.
4. Night Beats
(a) The main purpose of serving night beats is to check the BCs i.e., KDs, Ex. Convicts, Suspects and dangerous criminals by surprise.
(b) Night Beat PCs should be given specific instructions. They should be fully acquainted with their beat area. They should know the KDs, Ex. Convicts, Suspects and dangerous Criminals who reside in each beat. They should also be acquainted with the undetected crimes of each beat.
(c) Two P.Cs should always be deputed together for night beats. They should carry short lattis with them. In North Karnataka Districts like Belgaum, Gulbarga where armed dacoities are common the night beat PCs may be permitted to carry muskets in addition to their lattis.
(d) While deputing PCs on night beat duty they should be so marched that they arrive at a specific hour at the village where the BCs. are to be checked.
(e) The checking of BCs should not be according to any routine time table or on fixed days. BCs should be checked by surprise more often during dark nights, preferably between the hours of 11 P.M. and 4 A.M during which hours the criminals are generally active.
(f) Beat PCs should not be marched off earlier or during the day time, otherwise they are likely to arrive in the village in advance of the hour specified for checking B.Cs and thereby defeat the very purpose of surprise visit to the village.
(g) Beat PCs. Should go on foot and should not be allowed to use any conveyance when they are sent on Village beats. This is not only to prevent the Beat P.Cs in arriving at the village far in advance of the time fixed for checking the BCs. but also to see that the Beat PCs. On their way to the Villages check suspicious characters moving from one village to the other on the high-ways.
(h) As element of surprise is the key note of night beats, the PCs should immediately after their arrival in a particular village, check the presence of KDs, Ex. Convicts, suspects and Dangerous Criminals, by physically seeing them with their own eyes.
(i) After such check the Beat PCs should contact the Village Officials and collect information about crimes and criminals and proceed to the next or other nearby village for similar work. BCs. who are suspected to be active should be checked for the second time on the same night to prevent them from leaving their normal residences after first check to continue their nefarious activities.
(J) The surprise visits to the villages should be sufficiently thorough and mere flying visit of a formal nature either by conveyance or by some other means should be strictly avoided.
(k) The Beat PCs should take with them the Beat Books during their visits to the Villages.
(l) Separate Beat Book should be kept for each beat.
(m) The Beat PCs. Should bring the signature of the village Officer or of a respectable inhabitant of the village in proof of their visit to village.
(n) For the purpose of checking Beat Books a sample signature Book should be kept in the PSs and OPs in which usual signature of the village officer or of a respectable inhabitant of the village selected to sign the Beat Books should be entered. Sample signatures of two or three respectable villagers should be obtained and maintained in sample signatures Books.
(o) Points Books should be supplied to village Officers and selected respectable persons in the village.
(p) It is the duty of the Beat PCs and Officers checking beats to sign in the point books with date and time whenever they visit the Villages.
(q) The checking Officers like HCs, Sis and Inspectors should see that the PCs who have visited the villages subsequent to the previous check have signed the point books.
(r) The S.H.Os should question the beat PCs on their return from the beat as to the performance of the duties, ascertain the information they might have collected regarding crimes and criminals during their beats and make a record of this is the Station House Diary.
(s) The SHOs should examine each Beat Book and tally the signature obtained by the beat PCs from village Officers or important and respectable persons of the village in proof of their having visited the particular village.
5. Special Beats
Special Beats should be devised for extra-ordinary occasions as and when there are outbreaks of crimes and the presence of criminal gangs is suspected in the Station limits.
6. Road Patrols
IT is incumbent upon the Police to ensure the safety of the roads and strict attention must therefore, be paid to road patrolling. Unduly severe work should not be demanded form night patrol men. They should be sent out with definite instructions which may be varied, as circumstances permit, with respect to the time to be passed at particular spots. It should always be possible to arrange for a patrol to take some rest a named place. If possible, two Constables should patrol together, or a Constable should be accompanied by a village servant through his village limits. It is often useful for patrol Constable to look up BCs, in villages not far from the roadside.
7. Town Patrolling
The town should be conveniently divided into few beats. Patrolling by day need not be resorted to in all the areas, it should be enough if patrolling by day is only arranged in important areas, or localities.
8. Systematic Patrolling of the Town at Nights:
(1) The night patrolmen should be sent to important junctions, street or lane corners where house breakers are likely to pass from their sphere of operations.
(2) While some of the men hide themselves in unobservable parts of the locality, alert and ready to pounce upon night hawks, the rest of the men should beep on moving on roads within their jurisdiction with a special eye towards strangers whom they may come across. They should also check the presence of the B.Cs etc.
(3) Two PCs should always be deputed together for night patrolling.
(4) The patrolmen should also make it a point to see whether there is any house or shop left unbolted and unlocked or whether any article is left before any shop uncared. They should take care of such articles and guard it if necessary.
(5) Such of the roads or localities to be traversed by patrols should be changed from night to night.
(6) The patrolmen should be given specific instructions in the beat books as to the roads and places which they should patrol and also the hour at which they should visit a particular place.
(7) They should be able to spot their checking Officers when they pass.
(8) H.Cs, Sis and the sergeants in the Town P.Ss should systematically check the night beat Constables to ensure that the Town is properly patrolled at nights.
(9) Point Books should be maintained at important places and the P.Cs, on night patrols in the area should sign in the concerned point books.
(10) The system may be varied to suit circumstances but it should be ensured that the special day or night patrols are arranged in areas in which crime is of frequent occurrence.
(11) The Gazette Officers must see that all subordinate Police Officers perform due share of their duties in regard to the organizing beats and patrols in rural and urban areas.
(12) During the inspections of the PSs and OPs the Inspecting Officers should verify and assure themselves that the instructions contained in this order are being fully implemented by the S.H.Os.
STANDING ORDER NO. 370
125/Law 58, Dated 3rd June 1958
Enquiry into petitions alleging death,
torture hurt or injury by the Police-Prompt
action required – Instructions
* * * * *
In continuation of my S.O. Number 291, dated 3-8-1957, on the subject, the following instructions are issued. It has come to notice recently that there was avoidable delay in enquiring into a petition alleging torture and high handedness by the Police and by the time the Police took up the enquiry, the petitioner was no more. This has raised to further complications. All this could have been avoided, if the District Superintendent of Police had taken prompt steps to enquire into the petition.
2. In future, whenever petitions alleging ill treatment at the hands of the Police i.e., assault, hurt, injury, torture or death are received, the District Superintendent of Police should personally enquire into the allegations without any loss of time or depute one of his Gazetted Assistants to take up the enquiry and get the report as soon as possible. Such petitions should receive the personal attention of the District Superintendent of Police and action called for taken promptly and most expeditiously.
3. I wish to reiterate that in all such cases where allegations are made against the Police, I hold the District Superintendent of Police personally responsible to see that the prescribed instructions are strictly and scrupulously followed and the reports are sent promptly to the higher Officers and action taken to report to the Magistracy whenever necessary.
STANDING ORDER NO. 374
C3E-290 1958, Dated 11TH June 1958
Date of birth-Entry in Service Book
* * * * *
Several instances have come to light where in the entries regarding the date of birth of the Officials (Executive and Ministerial) have not been correctly made in the Service Books at the time of entry into Service. The entries are either illegible or over written or bear no authority on which entries as to date of birth are based. It is necessary that the District Superintendents of Police and other authorities concerned should see that at the time of enlistment of an Official Service Book is opened and all the colums filled up after duly verifying the original documents on which the information is furnished.
2. The following documents have been considered as satisfactory proof of age (Mysore Financial code Volume I)
1) An authenticated extract from the Birth Register or the Baptismal Register.
2) Original copy of the horoscope or correspondence at the time of birth supported by a declaration before the Head of the Office.
3) An affidavit of the parent of the applicant or a close relative who has knowledge of the approximate date of birth of the applicant signed before a Government Servant who is competent to administer oath.
4) An authenticated copy or extract of the entries made in School or College records in regard to the date of birth.
3. The date of birth should not only be written in full in figures but also in words in the service Book e.g “ 10-7-1934 (Tenth July Nineteen hundred and thirty four)”
4. The documents on which the date of birth is based should invariably be noted and initialed by a Gazetted Officer with his designation.
5. The entries regarding the date of birth, father’s name, residence, Examinations passed are required to be attested by the concerned Government Servant himself. He should be required to make those entries himself before a Gazetted Officer so that he may not question the validity of the entries at a later stage.
STANDING ORDER NO. 375
No.59/SAII/57, Dated 12TH June 1958
Use of inter State Police Wireless Grid
Ref:- 1. This office Circular No. A10-C
223/57, dated 29-3-57
2. Circular No. 59/SAII/57.
Dated 15-7-57.
3. S.O. No. 313, dated 21-11-1957
* * * * *
The Director, Directorate of Coordination (Police Wireless), New Delhi, intimates in his letter No. C.81/6/58 wireless dated 16th May 1958 that the permission of the Government of India (Ministry of Transport and Communication Branch) has now been accorded to the Police wireless Circuits for the transmission of information directly pertaining to the rescue, relief and search of air-crafts in distress, and that all concerned may kindly be informed accordingly.
2. Hence the following is added as item (26) to Appendix ‘A’ – Law and Order Messages” issued under Circular No. A10-C. 223/57, dated 29-3-57.
“No. 26 Information directly pertaining to the rescue relief and search of aircrafts in distress”
STANDING ORDER NO. 376
No.163/law/58, Dated June 1952
Prevention of rowdyism in Towns and
Villages
* * * * *
It has been brought to my notice that in the Towns and Villages, proper and effective action is not taken to put down rowdyism. The Subordinate Police Officers appear to be blissfully ignorant of activities of rowdy elements in their jurisdiction. This is very unsatisfactory. It need hardly be impressed that It is one of the primary duties of every Police Officer to put down all anti-social activities of rowdies and thereby promote public peace.
The following instructions are issued for the guidance of all concerned in this connection.
1. Every Station House officer should at once maintain a Rowdy check Register of all rowdies living in his jurisdiction with their names and addresses and, in addition, a rowdy sheet should be maintained separately for each rowdy. The Rowdy Check Register will be on the lines of the KD’s Check Register and the rowdy sheets will be in the form enclosed.
2. For this purpose, the following persons are classified as rowdies:-
a) Persons bound over under sections 106 and 107 Cr. P.C.
b) Persons who have been convicted under Sub-Sections (o) (q) or (r) of section 56 M.P. Act or corresponding provisions of the Police Acts in force in the integrated areas of the State.
c) Persons who habitually commit or attempt to commit or abet the Commission of offences involving a breach of the peace.
d) Any other person who in the opinion of the Station House Officer, deserves to be classified as “rowdy”.
Note:- Persons who indulge in beating people by deliverately drawing them into petty quarrels and persons who tease women & School girls by menacing gestures and such other acts are ‘rowdies’ for this purpose.
3. The object of maintaining the Check Register of rowdies and rowdy sheets is that the local Police should have a constant check over the activities of the rowdies in their jurisdiction and thereby ensure peace for the innocent and law abiding citizens. The Sub Inspectors and Head Constables of Stations should, as often as possible visit all villages where rowdies reside and make detailed enquires about them, collection every information about their anti-social activities and take such action as the circumstances warrant to put down such activities. They must contact the leaders and prominent persons of the village and take their help and co-operation to put down rowdyism in the village. At the same time, they must also meet the persons affected by the activities of these rowdies, give them the required protection and thereby create a feeling of security.
4. On his return from such villages visits, a brief record of the information collected regarding each rowdy which may be useful to run him under the security sections of law should be made in his rowdy sheet by the Station House Officer, a note of having checked him being made at the same time in the rowdy Check Register.
5. If the material collected is sufficient to justify prosecution under Sub-Sections (e) or (f) of Section 110 or 106 or 107 Cr.P.C. cases should at once be registered and the offenders placed before the Court to take their trial.
6. There may be cases where rowdies cause annoyance to the public by doing obscene acts in public places. It is noticed that in such cases, no action is taken. All such obscene acts amount to an offence under section 294 IPC which is cognizable and there shall be no difficulty for the Police to take immediate action in respect of such cognizable offences.
7. If, during an enquiry by the Sub Inspector or the Head Constable of a station, it is disclosed that the acts committed amount to non-cognizable offences and there is sufficient evidence to justify prosecution, nothing prevents the Police Officer from making a complaint to the Court although the offence may be non-cognizable. Action should accordingly be taken when the circumstances warrant. For example a complaint under section 509 IPC could be laid before the Court when it is found that a rowdy has committed that offence.
8. In towns, proper patrols should be arranged near Markets, Cinema Theatres, Bathing ghats, Girls Schools, Parks, Temples and other places of worship where undesirable elements loiter and cause embarrassment to women and girls. A note of having deputed such patrol should be made in the Station House Diary of the day.
9. Inspecting Officers will satisfy themselves during their inspections that the Rowdy Check Register and the rowdy sheets are properly maintained and effective action is taken to put down the activities of rowdies.
These instructions are supplementary to the instructions already in my S.O. No. 328 in respect of factious villages. The instructions contained in both the Standing Orders must be scrupulously followed with a view to maintaining law and order effectively and thereby ensure peaceful living possible for every citizen. Any remissness will be severely notices.
Mysore Police Form No. 137 M.P.M. 689
ROWDY SHEET
No. Date
Name and aliases
Son of age/Year of entry
Caste Occupation
Native place, Police Station and District.
Type of offender nature of rowdyism and favourite localities for offences etc.
Associates –
|Name, |Father’s name, Address, |Instances of Association |Sheet number |
| |and caste | |if any |
| |
CONVICTION PARTICULARS
|Serial |Petty Case |Brief nature of the offence and date conviction details; Court C.C. |
|No. |No. |No. Police officers Present. |
| |
Remarks – (Here enter further instances of rowdysim details of petition or complaints useful for a security case and present conduct).
STANDING ORDER NO. 377
No. C5-217/58, Dated 20th June 1958
Misuse of Private vehicles for hire-Check &
Prevention of-Instructions issued
* * * * *
It has been brought to my notice that a large number of private cars and vehicles are plying for hire and such a state of affairs is a sad reflection on the efficiency of the Police. This clandestine and illegal use of motor vehicles not only results in the loss of revenue to Government but is also the cause for a number of serious accidents, as such vehicles will be mostly rickety and not worthy of being put on road. The drivers of such vehicles will not be in possession of valid licenses and other documents required under the provisions of the Motor Vehicles Act and Rules. They will always over load these vehicles and drive them with great speed. I am sure that such a state of affairs cannot exist without the connivance and utter negligence of the jurisdictional Police Officers. I warn that sooner it is remedied the better for them.
2. In respect of every vehicle that is suspected to run as a private taxi, the jurisdictional Police Officers will immediately make a list of them and maintain a record of their frequent checking, noting the particulars of persons found travelling in it on different occasions. These vehicles should be frequently checked by surprise and every time they are checked, the place, date and hour of checking should be noted, the name and address of the drivers should be taken and the name and address of each person travelling in that vehicle together with any information that he may give regarding the payment of charges and the place from which and to which he is travelling, etc., should be noted when a motor car or vehicle plies on different routes at different and with different persons who cannot always claim to be the friend or relation of its owner it is a positive proof that the said motor vehicle is running for hire. Such records as these will come in very handy to prove in a Court of Law that the vehicle is habitually used for hire, and to prosecute the owner and the driver of the vehicle concerned for running it for hire without getting it registered as such. Further, in order to book such cases of clandestine running of vehicles as taxies, traps must be laid by the jurisdictional Police by employing reliable private persons for hiring out such vehicles and then catch them red-handed. Besides prosecuting the owner and driver, the registration of such vehicles should be got cancelled.
3. A statement of cases so put up, giving details about the name of the officer detecting the case, vehicle number, owner’s name result of action taken etc., may be incorporated in Statement ‘c’ referred to in my Standing Order 262, date 7th March 1957. Any slackness in this regard will be severely noticed. The subordinate Police Officers in whose jurisdiction such plying of Motor vehicles take place should be suitably instructed and when instructions are not fully implemented, the concerned subordinates should be deterently punished. All Gazetted Officers should take personal interest in dealing with and rooting out this evil of running private motor vehicle for hire.
STANDING ORDER NO. 378
No. C5-218/58, Dated 26th June 1958
Regulation of Control of Traffic
in the City of Bangalore
* * * * *
I have observed that inspite of issue of several Circulars and Standing Orders containing detailed instructions for the regulation of traffic, there has been no appreciable improvement. The problem of proper control and regulation of traffic particularly in Bangalore City has assumed great importance on account of the increase in population, vehicular traffic etc. In order to ensure that the flow of traffic in the Bangalore City, which is the capital of the New State in properly controlled and regulated, the following supplementary instructions are issued.
The staff to be deputed for regulation and control of traffic in the City fall under the following two main categories:
1. For stationary traffic points and road junctions.
2. Traffic Beat moving staff.
1) Stationary Traffic Points:
a) The staff required for posting at Stationary Traffic points should be drawn invariably from Traffic Police from among those who are specially trained in giving traffic signals and control of vehicular traffic etc.
b) Wherever there are big Traffic island there is no need to post the Traffic P.Cs right in the middle of such islands as it would be an unnecessary waste of man power for the reason that the islands themselves regulate the movement of vehicular traffic. In such cases the P.Cs should be posted at a corner or on the side of the road, away from the traffic island and watch and regulate the flow of traffic.
c) Where there are no Traffic islands and where stations traffic P.Cs are to be posted in the road junctions the P.Cs should provided with a Wooden Platform of the specifications given in the Standing Order No. 341. Such platforms should be used when the traffic P.Cs. are on duty and removed at other times and kept in a safe place.
d) The traffic P.Cs posted at Traffic junctions should be provided with discs bearing the words “STOP” and instructed to use the Traffic signals prescribed in Standing Orders 326 and 366.
e) The practice of blowing whistles and continuously keeping the whistle in the mouth should cease. Whistles should be blown when it is absolutely necessary and that for beckoning a driver immediately after the whistle is blown the same should be removed put back in the whistle pocket of the tunic.
f) The traffic P.Cs should wear in forenoon their noon uniform with solar hats. Those doing duties after 4 P.M. should wear turbons and white Kurthas.
2) Traffic Beat Moving Staff:
a) As many Policeman as possible should be posted for control of traffic in Bangalore City more specially during peak hours. They should be stationed at important road-side to ensure that flow of Traffic is regulated and to see that there is no Traffic or other disturbances.
b) The peak hours of traffic generally will be between 10 AM to 12 Noon and 4 PM to 8 PM. On Sundays and on Holidays and festivals there is likely to be very heavy traffic in some of the main roads particularly on the roads where the cinema houses and bus-stands are situated. It is very necessary that the maximum number of Police personnel are drafted for controlling traffic during the peak hours. For this purpose the Law and Order staff of the Police Stations should be fully utilized unless they are otherwise engaged.
(c) It is possible that even with the drafting of Law & Order staff it may still be necessary to have additional man power. As a Special case and pending reorganization of the City Police, the D.I.G. C/R may issue instructions for drafting M.A.R.P., Police Constables. The staff drawn from the M.A.R.P should be kept to the minimum and it should be ensured that the striking force (emergency strength) required to be maintained in the M.A.R.P. is not disturbed. The M.A.R.P., Police Constables should not carry arms while doing the traffic duties. They should only be used during the peak hours and only during day time.
(d) The traffic Beat Staff should be instructed to politely direct the pedestrians to keep to the foot path or other places provided for them and also request the pedestrians to cross the roads only at the places marked for the purpose (Pedestrian crossing).
(e) Even the Law & Order Sub-Inspectors and Inspectors should come out of their offices unless they are otherwise engaged and supervise the control and regulation of traffic.
3. GENERAL:-
(a) A constant propaganda should be carried on through Loud-Speakers or other means requesting the members of the public to follow the rules of the road.
(b) The places where there is heavy traffic and roads are narrow arrangements should be made for introduction of one way traffic by issue of appropriate Notifications.
(c) Similarly Traffic signs as prescribed in the 9th Schedule of the M.V Act should be got erected on roads where necessary.
(d) Arrangements have been made in consultation with the Director of Public Instruction for talks to be given by Police Officers of and above the rank of Sub-Inspectors to the students in Schools and Colleges on the subject of Highway Code. Traffic rule etc. This should be taken advantage of and lectures given to the students.
(e) Arrangements should be made to get the pedestrian crossing marks painted on important roads there is heavy vehicular and pedestrian traffic.
(f) On important roads or on roads near places of public entertainment, like Cinema houses etc., appropriate arrangement should be made for parking cars. Police Constables and Head Constables should be posted at such places to direct the Motorist in parking their vehicles. Etc.,
(g) All the Gazetted Police Officers in Bangalore South and North should pay surprise visits at the peak hours to places where there is heavy flow of traffic and satisfy themselves that the traffic is properly regulated and controlled. They, should, by observation and study of the particular roads or junctions make arrangements for stationing the required staff and devise other methods for free and orderly flow of traffic.
STANDING ORDER NO. 381
No. C1/C. 87-3/58, Dated 30th June 1958
Preparation of Selection and Promotion lists.
Inclusion of the names of personnel on deputation Instructions
* * * * *
The names of Police Personnel working in Establishments other than the regular Police such as Anti Corruption Measures, Railway Security Force, I Bn., New Delhi, Spl, Police Establishment etc., should not be lost sight of, while preparing the promotion lists and thereby give room for unnecessary correspondence. All the Dist. Superintendents of Police and the heads of Offices should get the confidential reposts. Re: the work and conduct of the personnel form the Officers under whom such Police Officers are working well in advance and examine their cases also for inclusion at the time of preparing select or promotion lists. Specific remarks should be recorded against each Officer as to his fitness for promotion or otherwise before his name is brought on or omitted from the Select or Promotion Lists.
STANDING ORDER NO. 382
No. C4-216/58, Dated 2nd July1958
Untouchability (Offences) Act 1955
Enforcement of
* * * * *
It has been brought to my notice that sufficient attention is not being paid at present to the enforcement of the provision of the Untouchability (Offences) Act 1955 (Act No. 22 of 1955). An important piece of social legislation like this, should be understood in its letter as well as in its spirit and earnest efforts put forth by all concerned to enforce the provisions of the same. It is therefore hereby directed that the District Superintendents of Police should pull up their subordinates in this respect and see more effectively enforced.
2. The following sections of the above act lay down the several disabilities and punishments imposed for the infringement therefore,
Section 3 – Punishment for enforcing religious disabilities.
Section 4 – Punishment for enforcing social disabilities.
Section 5 – Punishment for refusing to admit persons to hospitals etc.
Section 6 – Punishment for refusing to sell goods or render service.
Section 7 – Punishment for other offences arising out of
“Untouchability”.
These are all simple cognizable offences and it must be comparatively easy to investigate such cases and place them before the courts.
3. I will not tolerate any more slackness in the enforcement of the provisions of the said Act.
A monthly return of cases put up must be sent by the District Superintendents of Police hereafter in the enclosed proforma so as to reach this Office on or before the 10th of the following month. The Crime Section of the Chief Office should put up a review of the same for my perusal and orders by the 15th of the month.
In addition to the above statement the District Superintendents of Police will note that the quarterly statement prescribed in this Office Memo NO. C4-636/56, dated 16th November 1956 should also be continued to be sent.
………………………… District
Statement of Cases put up under the Untouchability
(Offences) Act 1955 (Act No. 22 of 1955)
`
|Sl. No |Name of the Station and |Cases put up under the Act |Cases put up under the Act |
| |Crime No. |(quote Section and |(quote Section and |
| | |sub-section) during the month|sub-section) during the |
| | | |previous month |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |
|Disposal of cases put up so far |No of cases pending at |Remarks-giving brief |
| |the end of the month |particulars of each |
| | |case |
|Conviction |Acquittal |Compounded | | |
|5 |6 |7 |
STANDING ORDER NO. 383
No. E1-C.351-2/58, Dated 4th July1958
Verification of the antecedents of
Candidates appointed to Ministerial Posts
* * * * *
At present, it is not the practice to verify the antecedents and character of recruits appointed for the Ministerial Posts viz., Clerks, Stenographers, Typists, Copyists etc. Since the Police Department is a Security Department, it is always desirable that as soon a Clerk, or Typist etc., is appointed and posted to any of the Offices of the Department, his antecedents and character should be got verified untrusively and confidentially by the S.B. staff of the District where the candidate was residing prior to his appointment. The result of the enquiry should be filed in the P.F. of the Official concerned. This verification also applies to those appointed in Chief Office and Office of the Dy. Inspector General of Police.
STANDING ORDER NO. 384
No. C5-225/58, Dated 5th July1958
Presentation of evidences in cases of Satta
gambling on American futures
* * * * *
It has come to my notice that many cases of Satta gambling on New York Cotton Rates, have failed in the Trail Courts and some others which have ended in conviction have been set aside in revision or appeal for want of proper and sufficient evidence. This obviously is the result of perfunctory and negligent prosecution of cases and it reflects sadly on the Prosecuting Officers who, it is seen, have not been adducing adequate and sufficient evidence to explain the figures written on satta slips found with accused persons and properly connect those figures with American futures. Besides there has been lack of supervision and control by the Gazetted Officers over the investigation and conduct of these cases. This is hardly satisfactory. All this should stop at once and things must improve.
2. The Prosecuting and Investigating Officers should bear in mind, that more proof of an accused having had with him slips containing certain figures, is by no means sufficient to establish that such slips are instruments of gaming. They should clearly and unfailingly adduce evidence regarding the actual American Cotton rates prevailing on the material date and connect them with the figures mentioned on the slips, as otherwise, these slips will be more scraps of paper with some figures. A copy of the News paper publishing the Cotton rates could also be filed as an exhibit.
3. It is found that in many cases’ no evidence is led to explain how this kind of game is played. This again is very unsatisfactory. It is the primary duty of the prosecution of explain in there evidence how bets on American futures are recorded and how and in what manner this game is played. Hereafter all such evidence should invariably be adduced and any failure to do so will be dealt with severely.
4. Sometimes cases tried summarily, appear to have failed in the revisional or appellate Courts, on account of the disadvantages arising from the absence of a record of full and detailed evidence of all the witnesses. Hereafter in important or contested cases, wherever it is appropriate and proper to apply to the trial court under Sub-section (2) of section 260 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, action should be taken accordingly so that in the event of an appeal or revision against conviction there may be a record of evidence for appreciation by the appellate or revisional Court.
5. These instructions should be strictly adhered to. Any lapse on the part of the Prosecuting and Investigating Officers in carrying out these instructions in the conduct of the case should be reported to me by the District Superintendents of Police after taking suitable action against the concerned Officers.
STANDING ORDER NO. 387
No. E1 334/58, Dated 18th July1958
* * * * *
It is observed that the orders of retirement on superannuation of Non-Gazetted staff are not being issued systematically and in proper time. They are being issued by the District Superintendents of Police piece-meal and many a time only a few days before the date of attaining superannuation.
2. There are also instances where the cases of the personnel who are on deputation have been lost sight of.
3. The necessity of communicating the orders of retirement to the Officials concerned is evident, as a reasonable notice of retirement should be given to the Official well in advance. This will also facilitate the Accounts and Pension Sections to examine the Service records. The following procedure should be strictly followed in future.
(i) The cases of all the Officials including P.Cs. and menials who are due to retire during 1958-1959 should be examined immediately and a consolidated list of such officials prepared.
(ii) The names of officials O.O.D in other Departments or on Foreign service should invariably be examined.
(iii) In cases where the District Superintendents of Police are competent to order retirement, they may do so before 1-9-1958 and communicate the orders to the subordinate Offices and officials concerned, and will also send copies to the Inspector General of Police, Deputy Inspector General of Police concerned and the Accountant General.
(iv) Such of the cases, which require the orders of higher authority, consolidated statement may be sent to such authority on or before 1-8-58 through the Dy. Inspector General of Police concerned with specific remarks.
(v) Before ordering retirement or recommending retirement, the District Superintendents of Police should personally see the date of birth column in the service register and satisfy themselves that the action proposed by them is in order.
(vi) A copy of the order of retirement should be filed in the Service register and the order should also be recorded in the register under due attestation.
(vii) Attention is also drawn to the instructions issued in S.O. No. 316, dated 3-12-1957.
STANDING ORDER NO. 389
No. CB2-163/58, Dated 22nd July1958
* * * * *
Para (2) of this office Standing Order No. 355 dated 10-5-1958 issued under No. CB2-163/58 is amended as noted below:-
“When a subordinate Officer in the Department is placed under suspension pending enquiry, he should not leave the station where his office is situated without obtaining the permission of the authority competent to fill up the appointment. When the permission is granted he is free to go anywhere he likes. But he must leave his address with the head of his Office. If any, holding the enquiry into his conduct. If and when there is a change in his address he must promptly intimate the same to all concerned. He must also obey all orders requiring him to attend any enquiry and if he fails to do so, the enquiry will be held in his absence.
STANDING ORDER NO. 391
No. GBIC-80/58, Dated 7TH August 1958
Complaints made to Police-action
to be taken
* * * * *
It has come to my notice that in respect of some complaints made by the members of the public, there was delay on the part of the Police in taking action or in visiting the scene of occurrence or place of trouble. There appears to be sometimes a tendency to avoid receiving complaints or disregard them. Complaints made on the telephone appear to have been ignored or treated indifferently. This is highly unsatisfactory and it shall stop at once.
2. The attention of all the subordinate Police Officers is hereby drawn to the provisions of sections 154 and 155 of the Cr P.C. when a complainant written or oral is received at the Police Station, action as indicated therein should at once be taken and in the case of such complaints which would very well justify the S.H.Os visiting the scene of occurrence or place of trouble they should do so with the utmost promptitude and avert all untoward happenings. A note to this effect should be recorded in the S.H.D. noting the details of the complainant, time of receiving it and time of proceeding to the scene of occurrence etc.
3. There may be complaints of non-cognizable offences involving a reasonable apprehension of a breach of the public peace. In regard to all such complaints the S.H.Os should not content themselves by merely recording them in the S.H.D referring the complainants to a Court of Law for redress. It is the paramount duty of the Police to prevent breaches of the public peace and maintain law and order. Hence, when such complaints are made, they should visit the place of trouble without any loss of time and take prompt action to prevent breaches of law.
4. Complainants made on the telephone should never to disregarded. They should be recorded in the S.H.D and immediate steps should be taken to obtain confirmation in writing and take further action in accordance with the provisions of law. At the same time, as soon as telephone message of any occurance is received, the S.H.O. and in his absence a H.C./Dfr. Or a senior Police Officer, should proceed most expeditiously to the place of occurrence and take necessary action, the Dt. Superintendents of Police should impress on their subordinates the importance of proceeding to the scence of occurrence immediately and taking whatever action is necessary.
5. These instructions should be strictly adhered to and any kind of dilatoriness or indifference in this regard will be severely dealt with.
STANDING ORDER NO. 392
No. A5C. 74/58, Dated 19th August July1958
Drawal of advance Travelling Allowance
Bills
* * * * *
The Accountant General, Bangalore, has brought to my notice that huge amounts ranging from Rs. 10,000/- to Rs. 15,000/- are being drawn on abstract T.A. bills by the District Superintendents of Police of Bombay Karnataka area on account of T.A. advance to the Police Force under their control. Thought this procedure was permissible under the Bombay Rules, it cannot be continued after the extension of the provisions of the Mysore Financial code to the entire State form 1-2-583.The practice of drawing money on abstract Treavelling Allowance bills should therefore be discontinued forthwith.
The following instructions are issued on this subject for strict guidance:-
1. The terms and conditions under which advances for Tour charges are permissible are as per Art. 237 Mysore Financial code.
2. Such Advances are to be sanctioned and drawn only when the drawal of advance Travelling Allowance is absolutely necessary. Advance Travelling Allowance should not ordinarily be sanctioned for routine duties.
3. Advance T.A. when sanctioned should be drawn on a T.A bill (Form 29 – M.F.C 1958) and the names and designations of each individual should be specifically shown noting the amount drawn. Salient details as to the reason for the drawal of the T.A. advance should be recorded in the appropriate column.
4. The advance drawn for each individual should be adjusted during the subsequent month in the regular T.A. bill which should contain all the details of the Tour, rates, dates of journey etc. The advance drawn should be deducted from the total claims admissible indicating the State of drawal of such advance and only the net amount due drawn and paid. In case where the advance drawn is more than the T.A. admissible, the excess over the claims of the subsequent months bill should be deducted in the next subsequent bill.
5. When an advance drawn is pending adjustment, a second advance will not be permissible. The conditions of Note I to Article 237 M.C.F. – 1958 should be adhered to.
6. Sanction of the Inspector General of Police is necessary for drawing advance Travelling Allowance by GO Gazetted Officers
STANDING ORDER NO. 393
No. Compt. 650/58, Dated 20th August1958
Sanction of Rewards to H.Cs & P.Cs.
Working in DPOs, SDPOs. And PI’s Offices
* * * * *
An instance has come to notice where a Head Constable managed to remain in a Dist. Police Office for about eight years and for a long period, nominally worked in Headquarters Police Stations. During the period of his service in the Dt. Police Office, he was allowed to work in the Sheet Branch and he so managed that he came to be awarded about 50 rewards for good work in the investigation of cases, etc., which in fact he did not deserve as he did not take part in the investigation or detection of crime as indicated in the Reward Roll entries.
2. It is likely that the Writer H.Cs and P.Cs. in S.D.Ops and PIs Offices in other Districts also are having similar privileges. Their names might find a place in Reward Rolls more out of courtesy and concession. The Officers who include such names in the Reward Rolls and those who knowingly sanction the rewards forget that they would also be parties for the false claims and malpractices.
3. It is impressed that if reward is granted to the undeserving persons. The very object of granting rewards will be defeated and it will indirectly discourage others from making earnest efforts to earn the rewards.
4. Therefore, the District Superintendents of Police should be very careful in sanctioning or recommending rewards. The reward rolls received in their Offices should be carefully scrutinized with reference to crime diaries and other relevant records and those who attempt to make false claims should be severely dealt with. Similar instances (if any) should be examined and a compliance report submitted. No. executive Officer should be brought the D.P.O and made to work in the Sheet section or in other section of the D.P.O.
5. The receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged.
STANDING ORDER NO. 395
No. C3-239/58, Dated 4th September1958
Drawing up First Information Reports
Section 154 Cr. Pc. Instructions issued
* * * * *
I have had occasions to notice that first information Reports in cognizable offences have been carelessly and perfunctorily recorded by the Station House Officers. There are instances in Raichur, Bidar and other Districts where First Information Reports are recorded in the third persons. All this is very unsatisfactory and should stop at once.
2. It need hardly be said that a First Information Reports is the backbone of a criminal case and it should therefore be a precise and accurate record of the story narrated by the First Informant.
3. The following general instructions are hereby issued for the guidance of all concerned.
1) If the First Information is given orally, it should be recorded in the first person in the informant’s own words.
2) The language of the First Information Reports should be plain and simple. Technical or legal expressions or high-flown language or lengthy or involved sentences should not be used.
3) If the First Information Report is a written report, and any further information is necessary, it should be recorded in accordance with instructions Nos. 1 and 2 supra.
4) If the Station House Officer is unable to record the First Information in the language of the first informant, he should get it recorded in his presence in that language by any of his subordinates, or if that also is not practicable he should record a correct English translation in the first person and not in the third person as is being done in some Districts.
5) When, in a First Information, a person is accused or suspected, the facts on which the suspicion arises should be set forth.
6) In the case of delay in bringing the report of offence or in lodging the First Information, the reasons for such delay should be elicited and noted in the First Information Reports.
7) A list of stole properties furnished immediately after the First Information Report is recorded, forms part and parcel of the First Information Report and it should therefore be recorded in the manner set forth above and sent to Court immediately and not retained in the case diary file.
4. These instructions should be followed in future.
STANDING ORDER NO. 396
No. C6-122/88, Dated 11th September1958
Information leading to discovery-recording
and proof of Section 27 Indian
Evidence Act
* * * * *
I have had occasions to notice that, in several investigations and prosecutions (specially in Raichur Bidar and Gulbarga Districts) the information leading to discovery of properties admissible under section 27 Indian Evidence Act, was neither properly recorded nor proved in the court, thus resulting in the acquittals of several accused. This evidently is either due to ignorance of the legal formalities which are required to be complied with under the said provision, or due to carelessness or indifference on the part of the investigating and prosecuting agencies in observing those formalities.
The following instructions regarding the manner in which the information furnished by an accused has to be recorded during investigation, and the mode of its proof during trail in Courts, are hereby issued for the guidance of all concerned.
1. The oral information furnished by an accused should be reduced to writing by the Investigating Officer in the case diary.
2. The information should be recorded in the first person ie., in the actual words of the accused. It should not be paraphrased. As what the accused says is to be used in evidence, his own words should be used and not a rendering of the statement in the third person.
(A.I.R. 19141 Mad 290. 1 MYs. LJ . 158, 46
Crl. L.G. 734).
3. If the Investigating Officer is not conversant with the language in which an accused volunteers information , he will record the actual words of the accused, using the Kannada script, or if h e does not know even the Kannada script in any, other script which he knows.
4. The case diary of the Investigating Officer must clearly show that the information is given voluntarily.
5. It is not necessary that witnesses should be secured for attesting the record of the information. Such practice has been deprecated.
(49, Mys. HCR, 449, 40 CRL. L.J. 433 MAD )
6. If however witnesses by chance , happen to be present, at the time when an accused volunteers information, it is not illegal to have the record of the information attested by them.
(AIR 1943 MAD. 710 ; 50 MYS .HCR. 106;
1954 Crl. L.J. 593).
7. The fact or facts (Material facts such as poverty) should be discovered subsequent to the recording of the information. There should not be an unreasonable or unexplainable, interval between the time at which the information was given and the time at which the property was discovered. Explanation for any such, delay, should be recorded in the case diary.
8. For the discovery of property, a Mahazar (panchanama) should be prepared in the presence of witnesses who must attest it. It is better that the Witnesses who have attested the record of information (vide Instruction No.6 ) are also present at the time of recovery and attest the Mahazar.
9.The Mahazar referred to in Instruction No. 8 should not be a certificate i.e., as if it is a record made by the attesting witnesses but it should a record of the work done by the Investigating Officer himself in connection with the seizure. In other words the Investigating Officer himself should make the record f the seizure.
10. An accused`s information may be by words or by conduct or both. The word used in Section 27 is information and not statement . If an accused says “come with me”, I shall show certain property ” and leads the Police with him and produces the property, the information given by him coupled with his conduct will face within the purview of Section 27.
(AIR 1952 BOM 29, 1926 Mad 638,
Crl. L.J. 1958 ).
11. The discovery of the complainant (In unreported cases) and witnesses, on the information or at the instance of an accused is a discovery relevant under section 27 of the Act.
(AIR 1943 MAD 148, AIR 1935 MAD 528).
12. The information given by an accused arrested in one case leading to the discovery of property connected in another case is also relevant evidence in his trial in the later case.
(44Crl. L.J. 304; 45 Crl. L. J 124)
13. When a statement by an accused person while in custody of a Police Officer is tendered in evidence under the provisions of Section 27 on the ground, that a article which is concealed and the accused ’s knowledge of its whereabouts are discovered in consequence of such statement, information even about the authorship of concealment is admissible and can be proved.
(1952 Crl. L.J. 1219)
14. All Prosecuting Officers should bear in mind that it is not enough if they merely elicit and just bring on record that on the accused`s information, properties were recovered, but what the accused said should be proved by them far as admissible in the actual words used by the accused (AIR . 1955 SC. 104) . The relevant portion of the information recorded by the Investigating Officer should be got marked as in Exhibit in the court and if witnesses have arrested it as in Instruction No.6, it should also be proved through them.
All Prosecuting Officers should specially take note of Instructions Nos. 10 to 14.
These instructions should be adhered to hereafter.
STANDING ORDER NO. 398
No. E3-C. 247/58, Dated 12th September 1958
“ Concessions to Tribal candidates in the
matter of Recruitments in Police
Department”
* * * * *
The Government of India in their (Deputy Secretary to the Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs) letter No. D.O. 22/34/58- PIA, dated 14-5-58, made a suggestion that the height for recruitment of candidates in the police Department be reduced to 5 feet 3 inches in so far as the Tribal candidates are concerned. The Stat Government have agreed to the suggestion in their No. H.D 158-59/Gl/pol-dated 22-8-1958.
2. The Deputy Inspectors General of police and Dist. Superintendents of police are informed that in future tribal candidates with height 5ft.3” or above may be recruited in the police Department without seeking for exemption for height provided the other conditions Re: qualification etc., are satisfied.
STANDING ORDER NO. 399
No. 212/SA3 58, Dated 12th September 1958
Despatch of copies of reference books or
other Bulky articles form the Chief
Office to the Subordinate Offices
* * * * *
At present, there is no uniformity to procedure in the despatch of reference books and similar bulky articles (as distinguished from kit articles and statement and forms for which separate arrangements exist) from the stores (Stationery) of the Chief Office to moffussil Deputy Inspectors General of Police and District Superintendents of Police. In some cases, such articles are sent through Police Officers going over to Bangalore on other Departmental Duties, while in other cases they are handed over to the Railway Police Station at Bangalore for arranging delivery at the concerned Railway Station.
2. With a view to regularize the procedure in this behalf the following instructions are issued for information and guidance of all Officers.
I) All Police Officers of and below the rank of Sub Inspectors going over to Bangalore on Government duty should visit the Chief Office on the day of their return journey, and ascertain whether there are any bulky articles intended for the District to which such Police Officers belong and if there are any such articles ready for delivery, the Senior Police Officers should take charge of the bundles and arrange for their delivery at the Office of the District Superintendent of Police or Deputy Inspector General of Police concerned. The necessary contingent expenses incurred by the Police Officer in this behalf viz-cart hire, coolly charges. Rly, Freight etc. will be paid by the Office concerned on production of vouchers.
In this connection, it should be clearly understood that when on escort duty, such as Prisoner’s escort, Treasury escort or arms and ammunition escort etc, the escort men should not be entrusted with the responsibility of carrying with them any of the articles belonging to the Police Department through there is no objection to their doing it on their return journey after the completion of escort duty.
ii) If for any reason, no Police Officer from a particular District or Districts turnsup in reasonable time and there is urgency for sending the bulky articles to the D.S.P. or the D.I.G., then, such articles may be sent through the Railway Police for delivery only at the following places, which are connected by the Railway Police.
1. Kolar,
2. K.G.F.
3. Mandya
4. Mysore
5. Hassan
6. Tumkur
7. Shimoga
8. Chitradurga
9. Dharwar
10. Belgaum
11. Bijapur.
In respect of North Kanara and Chickmagalur Districts, the D.S.P. Dharwar, and the Police Inspector, Kadur, should arrange to send the articles to Karwar and Chickmagalur by bus from Hubli and Kadur respectively.
iii) Articles intended for the following Districts may be sent through Railway Parcel when they are not collected by the Police Officers of these Districts. Similarly, for Mercara the articles may be sent by Government Bus, on payment of the prescribed freight.
1. Bellary
2. Raichur
3. Gulbarga
4. Bidar
5. Mangalore.
3. Dy. Inspector General of Police and District Superintendent of Police will issue necessary instructions to their subordinates in this behalf.
STANDING ORDER NO. 400
No. SG1-278/57, Dated 22nd September 1958
Instructions for hoisting of National Flags
on Police Offices
* * * * *
A copy of the Government Order Number GAD/13/Con/57, dated 26-7-58 with regard to the purchase and the different sizes of National flags to be flown on the buildings is sent herewith for information and necessary action.
2. Government are pleases to prescribe the following sizes for different Office & buildings in para 2 of the order cited.
Dist. Headquarters. 12’ X 8’
Taluk Headquarters. 6’ X 4’
Villages. 3’ X 2’
3. The following supplementary instructions are issued:
(i) Except on Chief Office where the Flag will be flown daily, the National Flags should not be flown daily on other Police buildings i.e., D.P.Os., Police Stations etc.
(ii) The National Flag should be flown on the following buildings or places only on Special Occasions like Independence Day, Republic /day and any other day approved by Government.
1. Police Stations buildings.
2. D.P.Os.
3. Headquarters line of the D.A.R.
4. Offices of the Heads of Unit like M.S.R.P., M.A.R.P., PTC, and CRS, etc.
(iii) It need not be flown on Outpost buildings.
(iv) They should be flown strictly in conformity with the Rules made by the Government and the seizes should be in accordance with those specified in the Government order cited.
|Number of |Number of Flags available of the seizes |Number of Flags required of the sizes of |
| |of |after deducting the stock on hand |
|Dt. Hd. Qrs. Stns. |12’ X 8’ |12’ X 8’ |
|Including the DPO | | |
| |6’ X 4” |6’ X 4” |
|Taluk Head Qrs, and | | |
|Police Station |Total |Total |
| | | |
|Total | | |
PROCEEDINGS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF MYSORE
Purchase of National Flags of India for
Hoisting of Government Offices and
Historical Buildings
Read:-
1. Circular letter No. SPC. 8586-700 dated 15-12-1955 from the Secretary, Stores purchase Committee, Bangalore, addressed to Heads of Departments of the Old Mysore State.
2. Government Circular endorsement No. 12 CON 57, dated 22nd July, 1957 forwarding revised rules for the display of National Flags.
Order No. GAD 13 CON 57, Dated, Bangalore,
the 26th July 1958, 5th Shravana, 1880.
A number of enquiries have been received about the procedure to obtain in National Flags of India. In supersession of all previous orders, Government is pleased to direct that the National Flags of the required size according to the prescription in paragraph 2 below should be purchased form the Mysore State Khadi and village Industries Board, which will arrange to supply flags manufactured by the Khadi Gram Udyog, Bombay, until it can make arrangement for manufactures of flags according to specifications of the Indian Standard Institution Locally.
2. The Government of India have standardised National Flag in the following sizes:-
21’ X 14’
12’ X 8’
6’ X 4’
3’ X 2’
9’ X 6’
Government is pleased to prescribe the following sizes for different Office buildings, etc:-
Historical Forts. 21’ X 14’
Dist. Headquarters (including
State Headquarters) 12’ X 8’
Taluk Headquarters. 6’ X 4’
Villages. 3’ X 2’
Motor Cars. 9’ X 6’
3. The Deputy Commissioners of Districts of the Heads of Offices at the District Headquarters should communicate their requirements of National Flags of their respective Districts with despatch instructions to the Secretary, the Mysore State Khadi and Village Industries Board Bangalore, I who will make arrangements for their supply at the same rates as those offered by M/S. Khadi Grama Udyog, Bombay. The Heads of Departments should also take similar action whenever National Flags are to be purchased for their Offices.
4. The expenditure in this behalf should be met from the Contingent grant placed at the disposal of the Officers concerned.
5. The new sizes of the Flag should be conformed to as and when the existing old Flags are replaced.
STANDING ORDER NO. 401
No. 82/Law/58, Dated 22nd September 1958
* * * * *
Recently it has been brought to my notice that in some appeals heard the High Court of Mysore certain defects and omissions on the part the prosecution in the trial Courts, in regard to, the examination Police Officers who had taken the dead bodies to the Doctor for autopsy the filing of sketches of the scene of occurrence and the reports of the Chemical Examiner and the Serologist as exhibits, were noticed by them. In this connection the following instructions are hereby issued for the evidence of all concerned.
1. In all Sessions and other important cases, the investigating officer should get five copies of the sketch of the scene of occurrence prepared scale by a competent officer, invariably by an Official of the Public Works Department.
2. Three such sketches should be enclosed to the Charge-sheet, the burth copy to the Case Diary of the relevant date to be sent to the District Superintendent of Police or the Sub-Divisional Police Officer was the case may be and the fifth copy should be retained in the investigating Officers Case file. The object in doing so is, that when the case comes up in appeal before the High Court, out of the three copies enclosed to the charge-sheet two copies are retained for reference by the judges and one copy can be furnished to the Defence Counsel. The copy in the file of the D.S.P will be furnished to the Advocate General and the Investigating Officer will have his copy to instruct the Advocate Genera. This will obviate the difficulty of getting fresh copies prepared at the time of the appeal.
NOTE:- This is addition to the number of copies which have to be furnished to the accused under the provisions of Section 173 of the Code of Criminal Procedure.
3. As regards reports of the Chemical Examiner and Serologist, it is not enough to merely mark them as exhibits in the case. The letters, invoices of articles and other relevant papers with which the material objects are forwarded for analysis, should also be exhibited in order to establish all the connecting links to show which material object produced before the Court corresponds to which item in the reports of the experts.
4. Evidence should invariably be adduced in Court through the Investigating Officer to prove which material object produced before the Court refers to which item in the reports of the Chemical Examiner and Serologist. Omission to do so, leads to confusion and difficulty; where there are a large number of material objects described in the reports.
5. The Police Officers escorting the corpse form the spot to the doctor for autopsy, or the sealed articles to the chemical Examiner, should invariably be examined and the relevant papers such as passport acknowledgement of the doctor etc., exhibited, in order to conclusively establish the identity of the corpse and the articles.
6. When in a case an accused is absconding and is subsequently arrested it is not enough to merely elicit from the Investigating Officer about the fact of his absconding and subsequent arrest. It will only be a bald statement. Witnesses should be examined to prove absconding of the accused and the Police Officers who subsequently effects his arrest should also be examined as a witness.
7. In some cases the Investigating Officer is not examined. This is a serious omission and it may sometime vitiate the whole trial. In every case the Investigating Officer should be examined without fail.
8. These instructions should be strictly adhered to in future and any lapse should be dealt with severely by the District Superintendent of Police.
STANDING ORDER NO. 403
No. C3-238/58, Dated 29th September 1958
Attendance of I.Os in Criminal Appeal
Cases on the file of the High Court of
Mysore-Instructions-Issued
* * * * *
It has been brought to my notice that Investigating Officers are not promptly deputed to give instructions to the Advocate General in Criminal Appeals or revisions on the file of the High Court of Mysore inspite of timely references made by the Advocate General in this regard. Some District Superintendent of Police are in the habit of writing to advocate General requesting him to obtain adjournments. This is not correct.
2. Evidently the District Superintendent of Police are not aware as to how cases are posted and heard in the High Court. When once a Criminal Appeal or Revision as posted for hearing and appears in the cause list, the High Court will not grant adjournment except under exceptional circumstances. The state is always expected to be ready with its cases and it is not desirable that adjournments are moved on the ground that the State is not ready or that the Investigative Officers has not turned up to give instructions to the Advocate General. It is very delicate and difficult for the Advocate General to move for adjournments on such grounds. Hereafter on no account should the District Superintendent of Police put forward such excuses and write to the Advocate General for adjournments. They should promptly send the Investigative Officers with all relevant records and necessary instructions, whenever the Advocate General desires their presence and makes a reference in this behalf.
3. Any lapse on the part of the Investigative Officers and others will be viewed seriously.
STANDING ORDER NO. 404
No. E.1.C 571/58, Dated 29th September 1958
Training of P.C. Recruits Minimum strength
required for running training classes
Instructions-Issued
Ref:- 1. This Office Memo No. G1-C
610/56, dated 27-12-1956
2. This Office Memo No. G4-6
220/57, dated 22-3-1957
3. STANDING ORDER No. 269,
dated 09-5-1957
* * * * *
During my recent visit to the P.T.C., Mysore. I was shocked to find classes being run for 5 or 6 recruits in any case not more than 10 recruits. The Principal P.T.C. explained to medical examination that sufficient number of recruits were not sent by the District Superintendents of Police to run the classes to the maximum strength . It is obvious that full advantage of running the classes are not being availed of . It is needless to mention that it is waste of Government funds to run classes with such a poor strength. Evidently the District Superintendents of Police have not realized the purpose of running the Schools. Clear instructions have already been issued in the matter of recruiting P.Cs. and sending them to the P.T.C or C.R.S. as the case may be, vide reference 2nd cited. The minimum strength for running a class has been fixed between 20 and 30 recruits and running the classes as noticed by me now for 5 or 6 P.Cs. defeats the very purpose and significance of the training institutions. The District Superintendents of Police should realize the advantage or running the institutions and avail the facilities to the maximum extent possible. The following instructions are therefore issued for the guidance of all concerned and strict compliance, in amplification of the previous instructions issued on the subject from time to time.
(1) Every District Police Office or any other Office where recruitment to the Constabulary is made should maintain a register called “The Register of Petitions for appointment as P.Cs” and all applications received for appointment as P.Cs. brought on to this register in their order of receipt. As there is a restriction for direct recruitment, the applicants should be asked to register their names with the Employment Exchange, if they have not already done so.
(2) There should be a register known as the “Register of waiting list” maintained in every Office as per enclosed proforma and should contain the names of the candidates to the extent of 5 percent of the sanctioned strength of the Force. The candidates whose names have been registered in the Employment Exchange should be called for interview in Batches of convenient number and should be interviewed and measured by the District Superintendents of police personally. He candidate fulfilling th4e prescribed conditions of qualifications, age, and physical standards should be selected and brought on t the waiting list . In doing so due regard should be had to the instructions of government contained in their order no. GAD (OM) 46 GRR/57, dated 4th February 1958 conveyed with this Office endorsement No. E1-C 108/58, dated 11-3-58 dated 11-3-58 on the subject of communal representation in the services. If for any reason the waiting list so prepared should fall short of the required number (5 percent of the sanctioned strength the Employment Exchange concerned should be addressed for directing more number of candidates for the purpose of selection. The selection should be personally done by the District Superintendents of Police and should not be entrusted to any to any subordinates. In case sufficient number of registered candidates of the Employment Exchange are not forth coming, then selections should be made from among the candidates who had directly applied for appointment and whose names are entered in the register of petitions for appointment as P.Cs. At the time of selection, the District Superintendents of police and other officer should personally verify the certificate of qualifications date of birth etc. to ensure that the information furnished by the candidates are correct. The procedure laid down by the Government in their order No, GAD-47_DTB-57, dated 23rd June 1958 communicated under Chief Office Endorsement No. E3-C. 334/58, dated 31st July 1958 should be borne in mind and strictly adhered to. If the original certificates are not produced by the candidates at the time of selection and date of birth certificates should be called for and examined. The original certificates should be examined before appointment in such cases.
3. Immediately after the names of the selected candidates are brought on to the waiting list, verification rolls should be prepared and their antecedents got verified to avoid running the risk of enlisting undesirables and attendant complications in removing them from service. Those whose antecedents are reported to be a adverse should be struck Offices from the waiting list inserting a suitable note in the remarks column explaining the reasons. On account of such removal of names from the waiting list, if the number of selected candidates should fall short of the minimum of 5 percent of the strength of the force, selection of the required number of candidates should again be held by following the above procedure and the names of such selected candidates added to the waiting list,
4. By 15th of every month the District Superintendents of Police should furnish a statement in the enclosed proforma to the Principals, P.T.C, Mysore and CRS, Bidar as the case may be, to enable the Principals to allot seats. This proforma not only provides for reporting the number of fresh recruits available for training but also for reporting the number of untrained H.Cs. and P.Cs who are already in service. The principals of the institutions, will on receipt of the statements carefully consider the vacancy position and also the availability of seats and allot seats for each District taking into account the number of untrained H.Cs. and P.Cs already in service. The intimation in this regard should be sent by the Principals by 25th of each month.
5. Immediately on receipt of the intimation of the allotment of seats, the District Superintendent of Police should call for the candidates on the waiting list to the extent of the quota of seats allotted and send them for medical examination. If for any chance some of the candidates are not passes fit during the medical examinations, an equal number of candidates from among others in the waiting list may be called for and sent for medical examination. It should be ensured that as far as possible candidates for medical examination are sent in batches unless the Medical officer desires, otherwise. It should also be noted that under no circumstances should the candidates be sent for medical examination before they are brought on the waiting list or in advance before the allotment of seats is intimated by the Principals of the Institutions.
6. On completion of the medical examination the candidates who are declared fit should be appointed and service books opened as laid down in the rules.
7. The Medical Examination, the issue of appointment orders etc., should be completed by the District Superintendent of Police before 10th of each month so that the recruits could be dispatched to the training institutions to enable them to reach there by 15th of same month for attending the courses. Before dispatching the recruits to the Training Institutions it should be ensured that they are vaccinated. If for any chance the vaccination could not be arranged, the Principal, CRS, Bidar or PTC., Mysore, as the case may be should be specifically informed to enable him to arrange for the vaccination of such candidates after their arrival in the Training Institution during the first month of the Training.
8. Immediately after appointment, the recruits should be issued with the complete kit as prescribed under the Dress Regulations and such issues should be entered in the kit list of each recruit under due attestation.
9. From the date of appointment of the recruits, till they are dispatched to the Training Institutions, which period may usually be about a week or 10 days, the recruits shall be retained at the District Headquarters and given training in Drill etc., at the District Armed Reserve by utilizing the services of an Armed Reserve H.C.
10. The recruits and untrained H.Cs and P.Cs if any should be dispatched to the Training Institutions under the escort of a H.C of the Armed Reserve so as to enable them to reach and attend the course of training commencing on the 15th of each month with the records as specified in this Office Memo No. G4-C.220/57, dated 30th March 1957. The District Superintendent of Police should realize that it is incumbent on them to send the allotted number of recruits and untrained H.Cs and P.Cs if any to the Training Institutions and in time.
11. The principals, P.T.C Mysore and CRS, Bidar, will ensure that the classes are only conducted when there are recruits not less than 20 in each batch. To achieve this objective, the following instructions should be borne in mind and strictly followed.
i) The District Superintendent of Police will ensure that the recruits to the extent of the allotted number are kept ready for despatch to the Training Institutions by about 10th of each month. If for any unforeseen reasons any of the District Superintendent of Police should find that sufficient number of new recruits and untrained H.Cs and P.Cs are not available for despatch, an intimation to that effect should be sent by telegram to the Principal of the institution on or before the 10th of the month to enable him to take account of such shortages and decide about commencing or canceling the classes on the 15th as the case may be.
ii) On receipt of such intimations form the District Superintendent of Police the Principal will taken into account the number of new recruits and untrained H.Cs and P.Cs available for the purposes of commencing the classes on the 15th. If he finds that the total number of new recruits and untrained H.Cs and P.Cs. If any expected to be received from the Districts should be less than 20 he should at once inform the District Superintendent of Police concerned by telegram not to send the recruits and untrained H.Cs and P.Cs if any for that particular session.
iii) The Principals of P.T.C, Mysore and CRS. Bidar should send a report to Chief Office by 20th of the month giving the number of seats allotted and the number of recruits and untrained H.Cs and P.Cs, if any reported from each District in case of cancellation of any particular session, the reasons for the same should also be furnished in brief in the report.
12. Any failure on the part of the concerned District Superintendent of Police should be brought to the notice of the Deputy Inspector General of Police concerned by the Principals of the institutions. The Deputy Inspector General of Police concerned should ascertain the reasons for the failure and take suitable action for avoiding
13. The instructions issued regarding the submission of monthly report vide para 5 of the Standing Order Number 269 dated 9th May 1957 should be strictly adhere to.
The receipt of the Standing Order should be acknowledged.
PROFORMA
Waiting List of Candidates for appointment as PCs. In the Dt. Police force.
| |
|Total |
Total amount claimed (In words)
I certify that the expenditure charged in this bill could not be avoided in the interests of the case or cases mentioned in Column 2 above and has been actually incurred.
Place ………………….
Date ….…Sub-Inspector of Police …….. Station Inspector of Police.. …… Taluk
For use in the District Police Office
Budget Allotment Memorandum:-
Head of Service-29 Police (b) D.E.F. (A) Police Force-Dieting and Moving charges of Under Trail Prisoners.
Allotment for the District for the year Rs.
Expenditure including this bill Rs.
Balance available Rs.
Countersigned for Rupees (in words) ……………………………….. (Rs ……………………) Disallowed Rs …………………………………… Reasons for disallowance.
District Superintendents of Police
…………………………. District.
_____________________________________________________________
For the use of the Treasury.
Pay Rs …………………….
Exd and entered …………………..
…………………… Date ………………….. ………………………
Accountant Treasury Officer
REGISTER OF BILLS PASSED UNDER DIETING
AND MOVING CHARGES
Office of the ……………………… District ………………..
|Sl. No |Name of Station or|Date of receipt of|Period of claim |Amount claimed |Amount disallowed |Amount passed |
| |Taluk |the bill | | | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |
(II) REWARD ACQUITTANCE ROLL
Office of the ……………………………. District ……………………
|Sl. Number |Number and date of |Name of rewardee |Acquittance |
| |sanction of reward and | | |
| |serial number in the | | |
| |sanction register/ number| | |
| |and ate of order of | | |
| |acceptance | | |
| | |Sl. No. |Rank & Metal No. |Name |Amount | |
STANDING ORDER NO. 424
No. A4C 36/58, Dated 7th November 1958
Motor vehicles of the Department
Maintenance, Upkeep and accounting
* * * * *
The purchase of Motor vehicles either for replacement of unserviceable vehicles or for additional supply to the Department, requires the sanction of Government. The expenditure on purchase of motor vehicles is debited to ’29 Police (b) DEF (A) Police Force – 5- Other Charges purchase of Motor Vehicles. The entire grant under the above head is operated by Chief Office, and all payments for expenditure in this behalf arranged form the Chief Office.
2. Annually before the end of October, the District Superintendents and other Unit Officers of the Department to whom motor vehicles are allotted for Departmental use, will send a statement furnishing the details of such of the motor vehicles which have become unserviceable and are proposed to be replaced during the subsequent year, furnishing full details of the date of purchase of the vehicles, the mileage run the expenditure on repairs and replacement of parts form the date of purchase of the vehicle, and remarks as to the need for condemnation and replacement. Separate details should be furnished for each vehicle.
3. The list of all vehicles of the Department fit for condemnation and replacement will be complied in Chief Office and action taken for making provision in the Budget for the succeeding year to provide sufficient funds for purchase and replacement of the vehicles condemned. Action will also be taken to obtain orders of Government for the condemnation of the unserviceable vehicles and to purchase new ones.
4. On receipt of orders of Government for the condemnation of a motor vehicles, the District Superintendent of Police or Unit Officer concerned will take action for the disposal of the vehicle by public action after giving vide publicity. Notification of such disposal of vehicles by publication should also be published in the Mysore Gazette in three successive issues. The notice should specify clearly the conditions of sale.
5. The safe by auction is subject to confirmation by the Inspector General of Police . The sale proceeds should be credited to treasury under “XXIII Police Miscellaneous Receipts” and the details of credit the Treasury challan number and date reported to Chief Office.
6. The particulars of make, type, cost, date of supply and other details of each motor vehicle allotted to a Unit shall be entered in the register FORM ‘ A’ . Full details of the vehicle should be entered against each column provided. Necessary details should be obtained from Chief Office when new vehicles are allotted.
7. A register in FORM “A-I” will be maintained for recording details of all expenditure on the maintenance of each vehicle. In this register sufficient number of pages may be set a part for each vehicle and the total expenditure on the vehicle for each month recorded. The entries for each particular month irrespective of whether the expenditure has actually been paid or not. The total expenditure for every half year should be struck in red ink.
8. A motor vehicles Daily Dairy (Log Book) will be maintained for each vehicle in Form ‘B’, . The details of all journeys made as well as the quantity of petrol, oil grease etc., purchased will be entered. The register will be in the possession of the Driver of the vehicle. Whenever a journey is performed, the officer traveling in the vehicle will make all relevant entries in the register. When there are several officers traveling on the vehicle. The senior officer will make such entries. The speedometer reading at the time of starting and at the close of the journey should invariably be recorded by the officer attesting the entries. Al entries made in this register will be scrutinized by the officer in charge of the vehicles and initialed in the remarks column in token of scrutiny. At the end of the month the total of the relevant columns for the month should be struck in red ink. This register should be scrutinized by the District Superintendent of Police or Unit Officer at least once a week and the correctness of the entries ensured.
9. Purchase of petrol for use of Departmental Motor Vehicles should be made from the Petrol Banks located nearest to the place of location of the vehicles. Advantage of highest rate of rebate on petrol prevailing in the locality should always be availed of. Enquiries in the locality should be made in regard to the highest rate of rebate allowed and purchase made at most economical rates. Indents in FORM “ C” will be issued by the officer in charge of the vehicles, to the firms, obtaining orders for such purchase from the Unit Officer in the order book in Form “C-1”. The firms supplying petrol may be requested to send the foil of indent (as far as possible) along with the bill preferring the claims. The Order Book will contain entries relating to all requirements of motor vehicles. In emergent cases when the officer incharge of the vehicles has to make purchases urgently and there is no time to obtain orders, necessary orders should be obtained as early as possible in the order book. Duly indicating the fact of purchase in anticipation of sanction.
10. In units where there are a large number of motor vehicles. Engine oil for use of the vehicles may with advantage be purchased in bulk from the firms with whom the Stores Purchase Committee have entered into ate Contract. When purchase is made in bulk, proper account of receipt and issue to each vehicle should be maintained and proportional cost debited to the vehicle concerned while calculating the monthly expenditure.
11. The details of all supplies of Stores, such as Petrol, oil, grease, accessories, spare parts etc., should be entered in the register Form “D-Part-1” maintained by the officer in charge of the vehicles. This registered sufficient number of pages depending on the frequency of receipts may be set apart for each item., so that the receipt and issue of each type of article can be easily made out. Acknowledgement for the issue of stores to the drivers of the vehicles will be obtained in the register in FORM “D- PART- II’ wherein sufficient number of pages are set apart for each vehicle and issues are recorded vehicle war. Bills for claims for supplies and services will be checked with reference to the entries in the register in FORM “ D- PART- 1 ”.
12. A register in FORM “E” with sufficient number of pages set apart for each vehicles will be maintained in which details of all repaints and replacements effected to the vehicle is recorded in the remarks column the details of articles replaced such as, parts, tyre, etc., should be entered. All such articles condemned should be brought on the register of condemned articles and disposed off as per rules obtaining necessary orders of the competent authority.
13. All bills for expenditure on motor vehicles will be dealt with in the same manner as Contingent bills for supplies and services, the expenditure being debited to “29 Police (b) DEF (A) Police Force 4 Contingencies- UPKEE OF POLICE VANS ”. All claims shall be prepared on the “detailed Contingent Bill” – Payable at Treasury ” Form. All charges should be paid as expeditiously as possible and where the amounts are not paid out of the Permanent Advance, the D.C. bill should be endorsed in favour of the party and bills delivered to them with instructions to present the same at the Treasury and receive payment without delay. If the firm supplying the stores is located outside the Station bank drafts should be obtained and sent.
14. The Accountant of the official responsible for the preparation of bills relating to claims on the expenditure on Police motor vehicles will prepare bills be the 10th the month succeeding the month t which the claims relate. To achieve this end bills should be obtained from the concerned (if not received in time ) by the 5th of the month and bills prepared after necessary scrutiny. Statements in Form “F” and Form “ G ” should be enclosed to the Contingent bills pertaining to claims on purchase of petrol and oil to motor vehicles.
15. In respect of claims on account of purchase of spare parts, bills should be prepared as soon as such purchases are made. In respect of repairs to motor vehicles, whenever possible a guarantee of satisfactory, service for a specific period should be obtained from the firm, so that any defects noticed within the period of guarantee could be got rectified without any additional expense to Government . A certificate that the repairs have been satisfactorily executed should be recorded on the bill containing such claims.
16. The District Superintendents of Police and Unit Officers are authorised to incur expenditure on purchase of petrol and oil to each motor vehicle upto a limit of Rs. 200/- per month subject to an annual limit of Rs. 1,200/- . In view of this limit it is necessary that the use or the vehicles should be so controlled as not to exceed the limits of expenditure as far as possible. Where a number of vehicles are allotted, care should be taken to see that the use of the vehicles are evenly distributed to ensure that the limits are not exceeded.
17. The Inspector General of Police is empowered to sanction expenditure in purchase of petrol and oil to departmental vehicles upto Rs. 250/- per mensem subject to an annual limit of Rs.2000/- in cases where the expenditure on petrol and oil prescribed in para 16 is exceeded for valid reasons a report should be submitted to Chief Office after the close of the month furnishing the under mentioned particulars.
1) SL .No.
2) Vehicle Number
3) Total expenditure incurred from 1st April to end of …………..………
4) Total expenditure incurred during the month of ………………………
5) Excess over the monthly limit
6) Total expenditure Incurred to end of …………………
7) Excess over the annual limit
8) Reasons for the excess expenditure.
Where the expenditure fall within the financial limits of the Inspector General of Police, the matter will be dealt with in the Chief Office and if the expenditure is beyond the limits, proposals for orders of Government will be made on the merits of each case.
18. Whenever any defect is noticed in the working of a departmental motor vehicle, the head of office under whose charge the vehicle is placed should immediately send the vehicle for examination and opinion in a reputed Automobile Workshop. If the defect is slight and can be rectified without any need for replacement of parts. It should be got done immediately and a report of the defects noticed, action taken, and the expenditure involved sent to the appropriate authority Competent to sanction the expenditure. The bill of the workshop should be paid with the least possible delay. The financial powers of the Departmental Officers of this account is as noted below.
District Superintendent of Police not exceeding Rs. 25/-
Deputy Inspr, General Of Police not exceeding Rs 100/-
Inspector General of Police not exceeding Rs. 300/-
In cases where the vehicle is in need of replacement of parts caused owing to long wear or other justifiable reasons, the opinion of the nearest workshop should be got as to the nature and particulars of the spare parts required for replacement and the charges that would entail for fitting etc., In cases the replacement is large the opinion of the Motor Vehicles Inspector should be got and competitive quotations from reputed firms obtained and sent to the appropriate authority for orders. The financial powers of Departmental officers in regard to purchase of spare parts to motor vehicles is as noted below.
District. Supdt. Of Police not exceeding Rs. 250/-
Dy. Inspr. General of Police not exceeding Rs. 400/-
Inspector General of Police not exceeding Rs. 500/-
Under no circumstances should the engine be split open to obtain an opinion. Whenever major repairs are proposed for any motor vehicle, the date of purchase of the vehicle. The mileage made the total expenditure on repairs and spare parts incurred from the date of supply of the vehicle should be furnished.
19. It is permissible to purchase tyres and tubes for motor vehicles for replacement when those in use have run a distance of 15.000 miles. Sanction of the Inspector General of Police is necessary for such purchase. Whenever there is need for purchase of Tyres and Tubes, a repost indicating the vehicle number, size of Tyres and tubes and the mileage made should be furnished. Before proposing for the purchase of new tyres and tubes, the possibility of getting the tyres re-tread should be examined as it is definitely economical to retread and use the tyres as many times as possible than purchasing new tyres when they become unserviceable. It is therefore necessary that old tyres are removed at such a time that they are really capable of being re-treaded. The tyres should be got retreaded whenever possible obtaining requisite sanction. The work of retreading should be entrusted to firms with whom the Stores purchase Committee have entered into Rate Contract. Purchase of new tyres and tubes shall be made only through the firms on the Rate Contract.
20. All Departmental motor vehicles should be insured in the Mysore Government Life Insurance Department (Motor Branch) for third party risk only. The officer is charge of the vehicles should see that insurance policies are obtained and kept current always and the ‘no claims bonus’ and other concessions allowed by the Insurance Department for keeping the policies in force availed of. Payment of insurance premium can be made by the Unit Officer himself without any sanction from higher authorities. It will be against rules to use Departmental vehicles without the requisite insurance.
21. When Government vehicles are used by Officers or other persons for purposes other than those prescribed but for other Government work, hire charges at annas eight (0.50 N.P) per mile should be recovered if the vehicles used is of below 3 tons. and at 0.75 N.P. per mile if the vehicle used is of over 3 tons. The charges recovered should be credited to the Treasury under XXIII Police Miscellaneous receipts”.
22. The responsibility for the proper maintenance of the vehicle rest with the Sergeant Major (Inspector) of the Armed Reserve or other Officer entrusted with this duty. The officer in charge of the vehicles will maintain an attendance Register in Form ‘H’ when this vehicle is fit, it must be marked “F”. when it is unfit, it must be shown as sick ‘S’ when the vehicles goes on duty it must be marked ‘OD’. These markings should be made day to day.
23. Motor vehicles attached to the Department are intended for speedy and accelerated movement of the Force to the disturbed areas, for the maintenance of Law & Order and other miscellaneous duties allied with Police work. Detailed rules for the use of Departmental vehicles as approved in G.O. Number HA. 1574/Pol. Dated 1-7-54 has already been sent to all Officers with this office No. 135/SAI/57 dated the 18th December 1957.
24. With the issue of the above standing order S.O. No. 162 dated 10-3-55 on the same subject is treated as superceded. These rules will apply uniformly to all the areas in the State.
STANDING ORDER NO. 425
No. A.1 C.91/58, Dated 7th November 1958
Rules for maintaining Long Roll in District
and Unit Police Offices
* * * * *
“Long Roll” in the enclosed form shall be maintained in all offices. This register is maintained for checking pay bills and the service of all non Gazette Officers. The names of all officers of and below the rank of Police Inspectors shall be entered in serial order according to grades and numerals. The register will be maintained and entries made for one full year from January to December. There will be one register for every year. In the register each page may be divided into 2 or 3 compartments to allow entries relating to two or three incumbents being made. The pay and allowances of each will be entered every month, as well as the Taluk, Station or outpost at which he is working in that month, Abbreviations of Taluk or Station or Outpost will be entered and beneath this, orders passed in respect of promotions, reductions, leave, fines; suspensions etc., will be entered. These entries are made from orders recorded in the Order Book. Should the holder of a numeral be altered, the name of the new incumbent will be entered immediately below that of the old holder and the sequence of the number shall not be altered.
2. The following instructions are to be followed in making entries in the Long Roll:-
(a) Reduction order of the previous year should be carried over to the Long Roll of the succeeding year, if the order has effect in the latter year.
(b) The order of suspension noted, in the Long Roll should indicate reference to the (Order Book, as also the date of release of suspension.
(c) Leave entry made in the Long Roll should have reference to the leave roll which bears the leave current number.
(d) Entries of drawal of arrears claims on bills other than the original bill should indicate clear details.
(e) In the last column the date of birth/ the date of entry into service/ the date of attaining the age of 55 years of the incumbent will be recorded one under the other.
3. The following abbreviations may be used in making entries.
1) Confirmed. ….. Confd
2) Month …... M
3) Day …... D
4) Earned leave …... EL
5) Commuted Leave ½ pay …... Com-LHP
6) Commuted leave full pay …... Com-LFP
7) Forenoon …... FN
8) Afternoon …... AN
9) Advance …... Adv
10) Officiating …... Offg
11) Conveyance allowance …... CA
12) Dearness Allowance …... DA
13) Interest …... INT
14) Provident Funs Subscription …... GPF
15) Provident Funs Advance …... GPF/ADV
16) Official Branch life Insurance …... OBLI
17) Life Insurance Corporation …... PBLI
18) House Rent …….HR
19) Uniform allowance …... UA
20) Personal pay …... PP
Any abbreviation which could be easily understood may be used for any other items which commonly occur with the approval of the Head of Department.
4. The entries in the Long Roll should be checked with other records to eliminate errors. The Long Rolls are permanent records.
LONG ROLL OF THE FORCE for the year ……………………………
RIGHT SIDE.
|Gen. No. |Rank |Name in full|year |
| |
|Year |Date of Birth |Entry into service |Attaining age of 55 |
| | | |years |
|Aug. |Sept. |Oct. |Nov. |Dec. | | | |
STANDING ORDER NO. 427
No. AR (1) 185/58, Dated 18th November 1958
Civil Suits Criminal Prosecutions against
one Police Officer by another Police
Officer-Sanction of Inspector General of
Police thereof
* * * * *
Recently an instance has come to my notice, where a subordinate Police Officer instituted a criminal prosecution against another Police Officer, for certain wrongs alleged to have been done to him, during the discharge of his Official duties-without obtaining the sanction of his superior Officers. This is highly irregular and detrimental to the discipline of the force. It is necessary that all such incidents should be brought to the notice of the superior Officers for obtaining the required remedy. Hence the following instructions are issued for future guidance.
2. Except with the previous sanction of the Inspector General of Police, no Civil Suit or Criminal prosecution should be instituted b a Police Officer, in his individual capacity, against another Police Officer in respect of
a) alleged wrongs done to him in his official Capacity, or
b) Offences alleged to have been committed against him by the latter in his private capacity official capacity.
STANDING ORDER NO. 430
No. 148/RS(1)/57, Dated 28th November1958
House Rent Allowance sanctioned to
non-Gazetted Police Officers certain points
of doubt felt by the District
Superintendent of Police etc., elucidated
Ref:- 1. G.O. Number HD. 21 TAC/57, dated 3-9-58
2. This Office memo No. 148/RA(1)/57
Dated 14-10-58.
* * * * *
Some of the District Superintendents of Police have sought clarification on the following points, in the matter of payment of house Rent Allowance to the subordinate Police Officials sanctioned in the G.O. first cited.
i) Whether in the case of S.I.s and Officers of equivalent ranks who are occupying Government Quarters and from whom house rent equal to 10% f their pay is being recovered from their salary, the recovery should be stopped or whether the difference between 10% of their pay and the new rate of H.R.A sanctioned by the Government should be short drawn or paid as the case may be.
In view of the fact that all Police Sub-ordinate officials of and below the rank of Sub-Inspectors are entitled to rent free quarters from 1-9-1958, the difference between the 10% of the pay and the new rate of H.R.A sanctioned need not be recovered or paid as the case may be. Such officials may continue to occupy the quarters free of rent as from 1-9-58.
ii) Whether the new rate of H.R.A sanctioned in the G.O. first cited is in supersession of all previous orders including those existing in the integrated regions of Bombay, Madras, Hyderabad and Coorg States.
The answer is in the affirmative.
iii) The date on which the new rate of HRA comes in to effect.
It comes into effect form 1-9-1958.
iv) The staff who are entitled to the new rate of H.R.A in lieu of rent free quarters.
The following Officers are entitled to it.
Sub Inspectors. Reserve/ Sub Inspectors. Sergeants Subedar Majors/ Jamedars of MSRP.
Asst. Sub Inspectors/ Jamedars/ H.CI Grade in Hyderabad and Bombay (of Old Mysore State).
Karnataka Regions/ A.S. Hos. In South Kanara District / Havildar Majors in the MSRP/ Asst. Sgts/Subedars of MARP of Old Mysore State/ H.C.I Grade in Bombay Karnataka regions/ Jamedars and HC in Armed Reserve of South Kanara and Bellary Districts.
HCs/Daffedars in Civil Police/ HCs/ Havildars/ Naiks in AR. Serves/ Naiks and Havildars in MSRP/ PCs / Lance Naiks.
v) The places where the City rate of House Rent allowance is admissible to Police subordinate Officials of and below the rank of S.Is.
Cities of Bangalore, Mysore, Belgaum Hubli KGF (Sanitary Board Area) and Mangalore only.
vi) Places where the low rate of H.R.A is admissible.
The places other than those mentioned under No. (v) above.
vii) The places where H.R.A of Rs. 15/- PM in lieu of rent free quarters is admissible to Police Inspectors.
Inspectors whose Headquarters are at Bangalore, Mysore, K.G.F, Bhadravati, Davangere, Harihar, Mangalore, Hubli, Belgaum and Gulbarga are only eligible for H.R.A in lieu of Rent Free quarters.
The receipt of this S.O. should be acknowledged by return of post.
STANDING ORDER NO. 431
No. 195/SA1/58, Dated 22nd November 1958
* * * * *
In the erstwhile Mysore State all the Police and Fire Service Motor vehicles have been registered in the name of the Inspector General of Police. In the Madras area the Police vehicles stand in the name of the District Superintendent of Police of the District and the Fire Service vehicles stand in the name of the Inspector General of Police (Fire Services), The Police vehicles in the Hyderabad Karnataka Districts continue to be in the name of the P.T.O., Hyderabad. In the Bombay Karnataka area some of the vehicles have been registered in the name of the Superintendents of Police, M.T., Poona, some in the name of the District Superintendent of Police of the District, thus there is no uniformity of procedure in the matter of getting the vehicles of the Department registered.
2. With a view to bringing about uniformity in the matter, it is ordered that the Police and Fire Service vehicles will hereafter be registered in the name of the Superintendents of Police to whom they are allotted.
3. The vehicles of the following units will be registered in the name of the Officers indicated against each.
|1. | Staff Cars | |I.G.P., Mysore State Bangalore. |
|2. |Vehicles of the Police Radio Grid. | |Spl. D.S.P., MSP, Radio Grid, Bangalore. |
|3. |Vehicles of the P.C.M.T. Workshop, | |D.S.P., Belgaum |
| |Belgaum | | |
|4. |Vehicles of the MARP, PG, Mtd Co., | |Comdt, MSRP, PG, Mtd, Co. Mysore. |
| |Mysore. | | |
|5. |Vehicles of the MARP, PG, Dismtd. | |Comdt, MARP, PG, Dismtd. Co., Mysore. |
| |Co., Mysore. | | |
|6. |Vehicles of the MSRP, Belgaum and | |Comdt. MSRP |
| |Bidar | | |
|7. |Vehicles of the CRS Bidar. | |D.S.P., Bidar District. |
4. The District Superintendent of Police and Commandants concerned will take necessary action to get the transfer of ownership endorsed in the Registration Certificates of the vehicles.
STANDING ORDER NO. 432
No. SG1-175/57, Dated 25th November 1958
* * * * *
In G.O. Number HA.4114-17/Pol. 383-52-2, dated 30-9-53, uniform grant of Rs. 750/- renewable once in 12 years was sanctioned to each of the permanent Superintendent (Non IPS) and the District Superintendent of Police having more than 5 years of service with a view to enabling them to equip themselves with the prescribed uniform. This order was in force for a period of 2 years subject to review after that period.
2. As on 1-11-56. the date on which reorganization of States took place there was no order providing for the payment of uniform grant to the District Superintendent of Police (Non IPS) and the District Superintendent of Police of the Old Mysore State. The rate of uniform grant given to the District Superintendent of Police in the integrated Districts varied form area to area.
3. There was also no uniformity in the badges of rank and the type of uniform worn by the District Superintendent of Police serving in the different areas merged with Mysore.
4. With a view to bringing about uniformity in the badges of rank and the uniform worn by the Superintendents of Police (Non-IPS) and the Superintendents of Police of the New State and also in the matter of uniform grant payable to them, draft rules were framed and submitted to the Government for approval.
5. The Government have now approved the rules with certain modifications in G.O. No. HD 135 EXP 58, dated 1-11-58. copy of the Government Order together with the copy of the rules is forwarded to all the Dy. Inspector General of Police, District Superintendent of Police, Principals, PTC, Mysore and CRS, Bidar, Commandants, Mtd. And Dismtd. Cos, and Asst. Commandants. MSRP, Belgaum and Bidar and all District Superintendent of Police.
6. In rule 2 of the M.S.P.S. Uniform Rules, the grants have to be drawn only under the sanction of the Inspector General of Police. According to provision to rule 1, the Officer shall not be required to provide himself with any articles of uniform until the corresponding articles of his uniform in use is won out or until he receives his next grant which ever is earlier.
7. With a view of enabling the Inspector General of Police to determine whether the uniform grant applied for is admissible or not, full particulars should be furnished in the prescribed form enclosed. The application should be sent through the District Superintendent of Police and D.I.G.s concerned.
8. On receipt of sanction, the uniform grant should be claimed on a payees’ receipt. The following certificate should be furnished on the reverse of the Payees receipts.
“Certified that the amount claimed will be utilized solely for the purpose for which it is granted.
“Certified that in the event of my leaving the service for reasons of resignation, dismissal or removal, I agree to refund such portion of the grant as the Government may determine.”
9. The payees receipt with the above certificates should be sent to the Chief Office for counter signature and for noting the budget allotment.
10. The Payee receipt duly countersigned will then be presented to the Treasury for encashment.
Form of application for the sanction of Uniform grant.
1. Name and designation.
2. Date of birth.
3. Date of appointment to the post.
4. Whether permanent of officiating
5. Whether the period of probation has been completed.
6. The nature of grant applied for, whether initial or renewal.
7. If renewal grant, the date on which last grant was drawn, the amount drawn and the period for which the amount was last sanctioned.
I declare that
1. the uniform grant last drawn by me has been fully and solely spent for equipping myself with the uniform articles.
2. the uniform grant now applied for will be fully and solely utilized for the purpose for which it is made.
3. in the event of leaving service, owing to resignation, dismissal or removal, I agree to refund such portion of the uniform grant as the State Government may determine.
Name and Designation
PROCEEDINGS TO THE GOVERNMENT OF MYSORE.
Read:-
Government Order Number Ch S. 13827-28/GE. 31-52-5, dated 23-12-1952, according sanction to the proposal to permit 17 Police Officers in the Indian Police Service of the State Cadre to draw uniform grant of Rs. 1,000/- each subject to observance of certain conditions.
2. Government Order Number HA. 4114-17Pol. 383-52-2, dated 30-9-1955, sanctioning uniform grant of Rs. 750/- renewable once in twelve years to each of the permanent Officers (Superintendents and Asst. Superintendents of Police) of Non IPS cadre having more than five years of Service, the grant being subject to other conditions.
3. Government Letter No. H.A. 5707-8/Pol. Dated 16-12-1953 issuing certain clarifications to Government Order dated 30-9-1953 read above.
4. Correspondence ending with letter Number SGI.175/57, dated 29-5-58 from the Inspector General of Police, Bangalore, requesting approval to “The Mysore State Police Service Uniform Rules” of the Mysore State Police (Non IPS District) Superintendents of Police and District Superintendent of Police) and suggesting certain scales of Uniform grant.
Government Order No. HD 135 EXP 58, Bangalore,
Dtd. 1st November 1958/ Kartika 10, Saka Era 1880.
Government have examined the proposal of the Inspector General of Police and are pleased to sanction the payment of Rs. 600/- towards initial uniform grant and Rs. 400/- towards renewal grant, the latter being payable every 5 years to the Police Officers of the Mysore State viz., Non IPS District Superintendent of Police. District Superintendent of Police the expenditure on this account may be debited to “29 Police (b) (A) Police Force-Equipment and Clothing”.
2. The rules proposed, governing the grant of uniform to Non IPS District Superintendent of Police, District Superintendent of Police are also approved and appended to this order with suitable modifications. These rules will come into effect from 1-9-1958.
The Mysore State Police Service Uniform Rules
The Uniform to be worn by Officers of the Mysore State Police Service shall be identical with that of the Officers of the Indian Police Service and as detailed in the annexure schedules I and II.
Provided that a person immediately before the commencement of these Rules shall not be required to provide himself with any articles of Uniform until the corresponding articles of his Uniform equipment in use at such commencement is worn out or until he receives his next grant for the upkeep of the Uniform whichever is earlier.
2. Grant for Uniform:-
(a) A member of the service shall, on first appointment, be given a free grant of Rs. 600/- towards the cost of Uniform – Provided that:-
(i) these grants shall not be drawn except under the sanction of the Inspector General of Police who shall, before according the sanction, satisfy himself in each case that the grant is necessary;
(ii) these grants shall be utilised solely for the purpose for which they are made; and,
(iii) no member who is appointed to the Service by promotion from the rank of Inspector General of Police shall be entitled to these grants until he is declared to have satisfactorily completed the prescribed period of probation.
Note: The initial grant of Rs. 600/- towards the cost of Uniform is subject to review biennially to find out whether it should be continued or modified having regard to the trend of prices of clothing and even earlier, if there is a general substantial fall in prices.
(b) A member whose probation is terminated or who has not utilised the grants made under sub-rule (a) solely for the purpose for which they were made may be required by the State Government to refund the grants or such portion of the grants made under the said sub-rule as the State Government may determine.
If within three years pf his first appointment to the Service any member resigns the Service or is dismissed or removed there from, he shall refund such portion of the grants made to him under sub-rule (a) as the State Government may determine.
(c) Members of the Service shall be given a free grant of Rs 400/- each, at intervals of five years towards renewal of their Uniform. The first renewal grant to District Superintendents of Police promoted form the Mysore State Police subordinate service shall be given on the expiry of a period of five years of total Gazette Service including the period of probation prescribed therefor. The grant shall not, however, be paid to a member of the Service if it become payable to him within a period of two years preceeding the date on which he is due to retire.
SCHEDULE 1.
1. REVIEW ORDER.
(a) When Officers are not on mounted duty, this consists of peak cap, Khaki Shirts, blue tie, jacket, whistle and lanyard, slacks of the same material as the jacket, khaki socks, brown boots/ shoes, Sam Browne belt, and sword, medals and decorations.
(b) When on mounted duty, this consists of peak cap, khaki shirts, blue tied, jacket, whistle and lanyard, breeches, khaki socks, filed boots, spurs, sam browne belt and sword, medals and decorations.
Note: These shall be worn on all State Ceremonies e.g., public arrivals and departures of the President, or the Governor presentation of Guards of Honour on such occasions, at Ceremonial Parades or whenever full dress is ordered.
2. Working Dress:
This consists of peak cap, khaki shirt, blue tie, jacket, whistle and lanyard, cloth belt of the same material as the jacket or Sam Browne belt whenever a revolver is carried, slacks, Khaki socks, shoes/ankle boots and ribbons.
Note: This shall be worn when meeting or escorting or keeping the line or road clear for the President, or the Governor, private arrivals and departures on all occasions, when an Officer is on duty except when he is permitted to use informal working dress.
Revolver shall be worn only when escorting or keeping the line of road clear.
3. Informal working dress:
This consists of peak cap, or army tented club topee, shirt and Sam Browne belt or bush shirt with clothe belt, shorts or slacks, stockings or socks and ankle boots/ shoes.
Note: This dress shall not be worn on formal occasions of any sort. It may be worn in office, at inspections, Conferences, meetings, when appearing in Court to give evidence, on tours and for ordinary parades.
(2) When wearing shorts, ankle putties and hose tops and boots will be worn on parade stockings/ and shoes may be worn on other occasions.
(3) Bush shirts should not be worn in combination with shorts.
(4) When wearing informal dress at the time of riots, dacoit operations and such other duties, embroidered badge of rank, worked in dark blue silk thread, may be worn.
Schedule II
Detailed description of the various dress articles to be worn by the Mysore State Police Service Officers.
1. Head Dress.
(1) Peak Cap Khaki Gaberdine (whenever khaki is mentioned
The shade will be Spinners Vigen . 1) 4 ½ ” total depth, diameter across the top 10 3/8 ” for a cap fitting 21 ¼ ” in circumference the top to be 1/8” larger or smaller in diameter for every ¼ “ by which the cap may vary in size of head above or below before mentioned standard, e.g., for a cap 22 ¼ ” in circumference the diameter across the top to be 10.5/8 ” and for a cap 21” in circumference the diameter to be 10”. The sides to be made in four pieces and to be 2.1/8” deep between the welts. The cap to be set up on a band of stiff leather or other material 1 ¾ ” deep Chin strap of brown leather 3/8 wide buttoned on to two gorget buttons f the Mysore State Police patten placed immediately behind the corners of the peak.
(2) As an alternative to the peak cap, Officers may wear PAGRI of Khaki Silk or Muslin.
(3) Helmet, for informal working dress.
Army Khaki tent club pattern, with a pagri of folds of Khaki with a dark blue flash, a quarter of an inch wide at the top between the helmet and the pagri, the whole when tied not to exceed three inches in width. No metal fittings. Brown leather straps 3/8 ” wide.
2. Shirts : Khaki cellular or twill with two breasts pockets of the jacket pattern, with white metal buttons.
3. Jacket: Khaki drill (during hot weather ) and Khaki gabardine during cold weather ) single breasted, out as lounge coat to the waist, very loose at the chest and shoulders but fitted at the waist, military skirt to bottom edge. A silver plated hood on each side of the waist. Length as in ordinary civilian lounge coat, i.e., covering the seat . Collar to be cut as in ordinary civilian lounge coat. Two cross patch breast pockets above, 6 ½ ” wide and 7 ¼ ” deep to the top of the flap, with a 2 ¼ ” box pleat in the centre fastened at the top with a small Mysore State Police pattern button, flap, with button hole to cover pockets 2 ¼ ” deep and 6 ½ ” wide. Two expanding pockets below the waist (pleats at the sides ) 9 ¼ ” wide at the top 10 ½ ” at the bottom, 8” deep to the top of the pocket, fastened at the top with a small Mysore State Police pattern button, flap , with button hole , to cover the pocket, 3 ½ ‘ deep and 10 ¾ ” wide the top of the pocket to be tacked down at the corners in such a manner that the pocket can be expended at the top also if necessary. Four medium Mysore State Police pattern buttons down the front. The buttons should be so fixed that the bottom-most button covers the naval and topmost button fixed onethird distance between the naval and the position of the tie knot. Pointed cuffs, 5” high at the point and 2 ½ ” behind. Shoulder straps of the same material as the garment fastened, with a small Mysore State Police patten button. The jacket to be worn with a soft or semi still collar and shirt.
4. Tie
Dark Blue Sailor Knot Tie.
5. Slacks
Khaki Gaberdine or Khaki Drill to match jacket, without turn ups and shaped from instep to heels the bottom to measure 18 to 19”.
6. Breeches. Bedford type Khaki cotton cord to be worn with khaki drill tunic and khaki wollen cord with gabardine tunic.
7. Shorts. Khaki drill with two cloth extended straps and side buckles, waist band 2 ¼ ” in width.
8. Bush Shirts. Infantry pattern of Khaki drill, cellular or twill to match slacks with Mysore State Police pattern buttons and will have.
(a) Two breast pockets 8” x 6” with three point flaps fastened by one button, with a centre pleat 1 ½ ” wide. Flaps should be 6” long by 2 ¼ ” deep.
(b) Two lower side inner pockets with slanting flaps 8”long,2½” deep with 1” backward slant.
(c) Full length sleeves with single cuffs, each having one button.
(d) The back plain without pleate, with 1 vent at centre of back at bottom 10” long.
(e) The shirt open all the way down the front with 5 buttons showing fastened by button holes in a reinforced edge 1 ½ ” wide.
(f) Stand and fall collar shall be cut in one piece and when finished should measure 3 ¼ ” wide at the back and 2 ” at the front.
(g) Shoulder straps to be sewn on.
(h) Loops at the side seems to take a detachable belt.
(i) Length of the shirt bush down to the level of the knuckles when the first are clenched and fully extended downwards.
Note:- Wherever buttons are referred they are to be of the Mysore State Police pattern ones.
9. Buttons: Mysore State Police pattern buttons of white metal, to be convex, die struck and embossed
Large 40 Lines
Medium 30 ”
Small 24 ”
Gorget 20 ”
10. Socks
Khaki cotton or woolen or mercerized
11. Stockings: Khaki woolen
12. Boots Ankle: Ankle, plain brown leather with plain toe-caps and nine pairs eye-lets.
13. Shoes : Plain brown leather Derby shoes with plain toe-caps with five pairs of eye-lets.
14. Boots Field : Brown leather soft, legs stiffened to a depth of 4 to 6 inches from the top, laced at the instep, with nine pairs of eyelets holes, brown leather garters; no gusset at the top of the leg and no toecaps. One strap held by a loop at the back top to keep the boot in position.
15. Spurs (For mounted Duty only )
Light hunting with brown leather straps and shields and brown leather under-straps.
16. Belts : Same brown of Army Regulation pattern with silver mountings Cloth belt of the same materials as the jacket with silver mountings may be worn with the working dress when revolver is not carried.
Second shoulder strap to the Sam Browne belt to be worn when revolver is carried on the right side.
17. Revolver or at the option of each officer an automatic pistol.
With brown holster and ammunition pouch of leather. The revolver and ammunition pouch shall not be worn with review order unless specific orders to that effect are issued.
18. Sword : Infantry pattern with half backet hild in white metal and device “ M.S.P.S.” and State Emblem.
19. Sword Knot : Brown leather with acorn.
20. Scabbard: Brown leather, Infantry pattern.
21. Putties-Ankle: Khaki woolen of the Fox Spiral pattern.
22. Hose tops: Khaki woolen
23. Whistle: Of the metropolitan Police Pattern, to be worn attached to a dark blue round plated layyard and carried in the left breast pocket.
24. Jersey: Khaki wollen with two buttons in front.
25. P .T. Vests: white cotton or wollen half sleeves for probationary officers under training.
26. Overcoat : Khaki drab mixture cloth; milled and water-proof double breasted, to reach to the point of the knee. 18” 20” slit at the black with small saddle flap. Turndown collar 2 ½ ” deep, with lapel and step, fastening with one hook and eye.
Four large buttons on each side., three to button and one underturn . Two button pockets with flap one inside breast pocket at each side; sword slit at left side; loose turn back cuffs of single material; 4 ½ ” deep shoulder straps of the same materials as the garment fastened with small buttons. Badges of rank and Button silver metal. The collar to be provided with a cloth stape to button across the opening at the throat when required. The coat to be lines with drap flannel.
27. Gloves: Tan regulation pattern, to be worn, if necessary
28. Badges of Rank : Silver metal, The State emblem to be 1-5/32” by1/2 “. The stars to be of the “Star of India” )five pointed) pattern and I” broad. The starts should be slightly frosted but without any design in the centre.
Embroidered badges of rank, worked in dark blue silk thread, may be worn when wearing informal working dress at the time of riots, dacoit operations and such other duties.
(i) Cap Badge: Of the same type as the IPS, Badge but with MSPS letters in the centre silver metal to be worn in the centre of the band in front.
(ii) Shoulder Badges: Members of the Mysore State Police Service shall wear a silver Departmental badge MSPS. in half inch block letters at the base of the shoulder strap, on shirts, jackets and bush shirts.
(iii) The following are the shoulder badges to be worn by the Mysore State Police Service Officers in addition to the Cap Badge and the shoulder Base-badge described above:
a) Superintendents of Police State Emblem
with less than 15 years of service.
b) District Superintendents of Police Three Stars.
With more than 5 years of Service
c) District Superintendents of Police Two Stars.
With less than 5 years of Service
d) Probationary Deputy superintendents One Stars.
of Police
Note: The length of service to be taken into account In respect of Superintendents and District Superintendents of Police is to be only the continuous service in the Gazetted rank.
STANDING ORDER NO. 434
No. SGI-208/57, Dated 1st December 1958
Uniforms for the fire service personnel
* * * * *
With the reorganizations of States on 1-11-1956 the Fire Service Stations in the following places form part of the Fire Service Organization in the new State of Mysore.
1. MARP, Bangalore north.
2. MARP, Bangalore South
3. Mysore.
4. Bellary.
5. South Kanara
6. Raichur.
2. As there was diversity in the dress of the Officers of different ranks in the different areas proposals for bringing about uniformity were sent to the Government. The Government in their Order Number HD. 143 EXP 57, dated 17th September 1958 have approved the proposals for introducing a common uniform for the Fire Service Organization in the new State of Mysore. A copy of the Government Order together with Annexures I, II, III, IV and V are enclosed for information and guidance of all concerned.
3. Also enclosed is a Statement showing the existing designations for each rank in the different areas and the common designations proposed in respect of them for the new Mysore State. The dress regulations now approved by the Government give the various dress articles prescribed for the proposed common designation.
4. The procurement and supply of dress articles for all ranks other than the Chief Fire Officer and the Deputy Chief Fire Officer will be made by the Chief Office Store.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF MYSORE
Read:
Government Order No. H.A. 18-19/Pol 301-53-1954, according sanction to the revision of the scale of uniforms for the Fire Brigade Personnel.
2. Government Order No. H.A. 3037-38/Pol110-56-2, dated 26-7-1956, approving that the uniforms prescribed in the Government Order dated 2nd April 1954 read above for the Fire Bridge Units in Bangalore and Mysore may be issued to the fire Service Personnel at Bellary.
3. Letter Number SGI. 208/57 , dated 29-8-1957, and dated 12-9-1957 from the Inspector General of Police proposing uniformity in the dress of the subordinate police Officers of the Fire Brigade service and uniform allowance to the Gazetted Officers of the Fire Services in the New Mysore State and requesting sanction thereto.
Order No. HD. 143 EXP.57 Bangalore dated the 17th September 1958/ Bhadrapada 26 Saka Era 1880.
The Inspector General of Police states that the Fire Service Organization of the Police Department comprises of the Fire stations of erstwhile Mysore State South Kanar district of former Madras State and the Fire service Station at Raichur of former Hyderabad State, that the personnel consists of 365 members, and that there is no uniformity in the dress of the Officers of different areas. After examining all the practices obtaining in the various integrating areas he has made the following proposals in regard to the provision of uniforms in the New State of Mysore.
a) Chief Fire Officer and Deputy Chief Fire Officer
The uniform prescribed for these Officers in the Old Mysore State, is considered more suitable and is proposed to be continued. The Inspector General of Police anticipates no expenditure since he has proposed to treat these Officers as Gazetted Officers.
b)Station Officer, Station Sub Officer, station Assistant Sub officer and Engineer Sub Officer
The uniform prescribed for this category of officers in the erstwhile Mysore State which is stated to cost Rs. 74-80 for each Officer is proposed to be continued.
c) Fireman Driver and Driver Mechanics
The Inspector General of Police proposes to continue the dress articles prescribed in the Erstwhile Mysore state for these categories o the Fire Service Personnel.
d)Loading Fireman and Fireman
In respect of these Officers the Inspector General of Police proposes to continue the Uniform that was in vogue in the erstwhile Mysore State.
e) Carpenters and Fitters
The Inspector General of Police proposes that the existing practice in erstwhile Mysore State pf providing these ranks with three overalls may be continued.
f) Telephone Operators and clerks
These are not supplied with any prescribed uniform and as such no particular uniform is prescribed for this category of Officers.
ANNEXURE V statement showing the scale and cost of uniform proposed for supply, free of cost, to the personnel of the Fire Service.
|Sl. No.|List of article |Rate |Scale & period of |Station officer |Engineer Sub officer |
| | | |supply | | |
|1. |F.S. Cap |4-0-0 |1/1 |4-0-0 |4-0-0 |
|2. |Khaki shirt full arm |4-12-0 |2/1 |9-8-0 |9-8-0 |
|3. |Khaki Pants |4-9-0 |2/1 |9-2-0 |8-2-0 |
|4. |Black leather belt with pouch for hatchet |10-10-0 |1/10 |1-1-0 |1-1-0 |
|5. |Woollen socks |1-14-0 |2prs/1 |3-12-0 |3-12-0 |
|6. |Boots-black buckle without nob nails |15-0-0 |1 pr/1 |15-0-0 |15-0-0 |
|7. |Plain shirt full arm |17-14-0 |1/2 |8-15-0 |8-15-0 |
|8. |Woollen Jersey Khaki |9-12-0 |1/5 |1-15-3 |1-15-3 |
|9. |Woollen Overcoats |38-12-0 |1/10 |3-14-0 |3-14-0 |
|10. |Whistle with chain |0-9-6 |1/10 |0-1-0 |0-1-0 |
|11. |Axe |5-0-0 |1/10 |0-8-0 |0-8-0 |
|12. |Gum Boots |14-6-0 |1/3 |4-12-9 |4-12-9 |
|13. |Pocket Line (Life Line) |1-0-0 |½ |0-8-0 |0-8-0 |
|14. |Helmet Steel |10-0-0 |1/30 |0-5-6 |0-5-6 |
|15. |Badges of rank |Not available |1/1 |2-2-6 |2-2-6 |
|16. |Impellers Small |Only approxi | |1-0-0 |1-0-0 |
|17. |Wheel Badges for drivers |mate cost mate |1/2 |….. |….. |
| | |cost Indicated | | | |
|18. |Overall (Dungries) |8-0-0 |2/1 |…. |16-0-0 |
| |66-9-0 |82-9-0 |
|Stn. Sub Officer|Stn. Asst. Sub |Driver Mech. & Fire |Fireman driver |Leading Firemen |Fireman |Carpenter & Fitter |
| |officer |Brigade Mechanic | | | | |
|4-0-0 |4-0-0 |4-0-0 |4-0-0 |4-0-0 |4-0-0 |4-0-0 |
|9-8-0 |9-8-0 |9-8-0 |9-8-0 |9-8-0 |9-8-0 |9-8-0 |
|9-2-0 |9-2-3 |9-2-0 |9-2-0 |9-8-0 |9-2-0 |9-2-0 |
|1-1-0 |1-1-0 |1-1-0 |1-1-0 |1-1-0 |1-1-0 |1-1-0 |
| | |(without pouch) |(without pouch) | | |(without pouch) |
|3-12-0 |3-12-0 |3-12-0 |3-12-0 |3-12-0 |3-12-0 |3-12-0 |
|15-0-0 |15-0-0 |15-0-0 |15-0-0 |15-0-0 |15-0-0 |15-0-0 |
|8-15-0 |8-15-0 |8-15-0 |8-15-0 |8-15-0 |8-15-0 |8-15-0 |
|1-15-3 |1-15-3 |1-15-3 |1-15-3 |1-15-3 |1-15-3 |1-15-3 |
|3-14-0 |3-14-0 |3-14-0 |3-14-0 |3-14-0 |3-14-0 |3-14-0 |
|0-1-0 |0-1-0 |0-1-0 |0-1-0 |0-1-0 |0-1-0 |0-1-0 |
|0-8-0 |0-8-0 | |…. |0-8-0 |0-8-0 |0-8-0 |
|4-12-9 |4-12-9 |4-12-9 |4-12-9 |4-12-9 |4-12-9 |4-12-9 |
|0-8-0 |0-8-0 | | |0-8-0 |0-8-0 |… |
|0-5-6 |0-5-6 |0-5-6 |0-5-6 |0-5-6 |0-5-6 |0-5-6 |
|2-2-6 |2-2-6 |2-2-6 |2-2-6 |2-2-6 |2-2-6 |2-2-6 |
|1-0-0 |… |… |… | |… |… |
|… |… |2-0-0 |2-0-0 |… |… |… |
|… |… |16-0-0 |… |… |… |16-0-0 |
|66-9-0 |65-9-0 |82-8-0 |66-9-0 |65-9-0 |65-9-0 |80-9-0 |
Statement showing the existing designations for each rank in the different areas and the common designations proposed In respect of the Mysore State Fire service Personnel
|Sl. No |Existing rank |Strength |Common designation proposed |
|1. |Chief Fire Officer (Mysore) |1 |Chief Fire Officer upgrading to Gazetted rant (Proposed)|
|2. |Dy. Chief Fire Officer |1 |Dy. Chief Fire Officer proposed (upgrading to Gazetted |
| |(Mysore) MARP, B’lore | |rank for one Post proposed) |
|3. |Station Officers-Mysore, |2 |Station Officer (including one Dy. Chief Fire Officer of|
| |Madras and Hyderabad one each | |B’lore and excluding one post of Station Officer of |
| | | |Hyderabad. |
|4. |Dy. Chief Fire Officer B’lore. South |1 | |
|5. |Engineer Officer (Mysore) |1 |Engineer Sub Officer |
|6. |Subedars Major (Mysore) |9 |14 Station Sub Officers (including one post of |
| | | |Station Officer of |
| | | |Hyderabad) |
|7. |Station Sub Officer |4 | |
| |(Madras and Bellary) | | |
|8. |Station Officer, Hyderabad Raichur. |1 | |
|9. |Subedars (Mysore) |9 |10 Station Asst. Sub |
| | | |Officers. |
|10. |Station Sub Officer |1 | |
| |(Madras & Bellary) | | |
|11. |Havaldar Drivers (Mysore) |22 |52 Firemen drivers |
|12. |Firemen Drives (Madras & Bellary) |30 | |
|13. |Fire Brigade Mechanic (Mysore) |1 | |
| | | |6 Fire Brigade Mechanic |
| | | |(1) Drivers Mechanics |
| | | |(5) |
|14. |Driver Mechanics (Madras & Bellary) |4 | |
|15. |Driver Mechanics (Hyderabad) | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |
|16. |Havaldars (Mysore) |7 | |
|17. |Leading Firemen (Madras &Bellary) |16 |24 Leading Firemen |
|18. |Leading Firemen (Hyderabad) |1 |241 Firemen |
|19. |Police Constables & Firemen (B’lore South) & |125 | |
| |(Mysore) | | |
|20. |Firemen (Madras & Bellary) |110 | |
|21. |Firemen (Hyderabad) (Bangalore South) |6 | |
|22. |Fitter (Mysore) |1 |Fitter |
|23. |Carpenter (Mysore) |1 |Carpenter |
|24. |Telephone Operators (Madras & Bellary) |8 |9 Telephone Operators |
|25. |Telephone Operators (Hyderabad) |1 | |
|26. |Clerk (Hyderabad) |1 |Clerk |
The Inspector General of Police has also proposed suitable scales for shoulder markings and badges and prescribes periods of service ability of the various articles of uniform and equipment issued to the different ranks at Government cost.
2. The several proposals of the Inspector General of Police have been examined by Government and are approved.
3. The uniforms for the several categories (vide Annexure I) indicated above are set out in Annexure II and III and the scale of shoulder markings badges to all categories are set out in Annexure IV. The scale and cost of the uniforms and their period of serviceability are set out in Annexure V.
The cost on this account may be debited to “29 Police (b) DEF (A) Police Force-5 other Charges, Equipment and clothing.
ANNEXURE I
Statement showing the existing ranks of Fire Service
Personnel
|Sl. No. |Existing Rank |Strength |
|1. |Chief Fire officer, Mysore | 1 |
|2. |Dy. Chief Fire officer. | 2 |
|3. |Station Officers, Mysore, Madras and Hyderabad-one each | 3 |
|4. |Engineer Officers – Mysore, | 1 |
|5. |Subedar Major, Mysore | 9| |
|6. |Station Sub-officer, Madras | 4| 13 |
|7. |Subedars, Mysore | 9| |
|8. |Station Sub Officers, Madras | 1| 10 |
|9. |Havildar Drivers Mysore |22| |
|10. |Firemen Drivers Madras |30| 52 |
|11. |Fire Brigade Mechanic (Mysore) | 1| |
|12. |Drivers Mechanic (Madras) | 4| 6 |
|13. |Drivers Mechanic (Hyderabad) | 1| |
|14. |Havildars (Mysore) | 7| |
|15. |Leading Firemen (Madras) |16| 24 |
|16 |Leading Firemen (Hyderabad) | 1| |
|17. |Police Constables (Mysore) | 125| |
|18. |Firemen (Madras) | 110| 241 |
|19. |Firemen (Hyderabad) | 6| |
|20. |Firemen (Mysore) | 1 |
|21. |Carpenter (Mysore) | 1 |
|22. |Telephone Operators (Madras) | 8| |
|23. |Telephone Operators (Hyderabad) | 1| 9 |
|24. |Clerk-Hyderabad | 1 |
|Total | 365 |
ANNEXURE-II
Uniform supplied to the Chief Fire officer and the Deputy
Chief Fire Officer at Government cost (existing)
|Sl. No. |Name of the article |Scale |Cost |Rs. |
|1. |Khaki Bush Coat with Belt |2/1 |6-0-0 |12-0-0 |
|2. |Khaki Cotton Pants |2/1 |4-9-0 |9-2-0 |
|3. |Black Leather Belt with Pouch |1/10 |10-10-0 |1-1-0 |
|4 |Black Buckle Boots | 1 pair/1 |15-0-0 |15-0-0 |
|5. |Whistle with whistle card |1/10 |0-9-6 |0-1-0 |
|6. |Grey Flannel Shirt-Full Arm |1/2 |17-14-0 |8-15-0 |
|7. |Wollen Jersey |1/4 |9-12-0 |2-7-0 |
|8. |Gum Boots |1/2 |14-6-0 |7-3-0 |
|9. |Pocket Line |1/2 |1-0-0 |0-8-0 |
|10. |Steel Helmet |1/30 |10-0-0 |0-5-6 |
|11. |Axe |1/10 |5-0-0 |0-8-0 |
|12. |Cap Badge |- |2-13-0 |2-13-0 |
|13. |Khaki Tie |2/4 |3-0-0 |1-8-0 |
|14. |M.S.P. Buttons |4 plus 10/10 |0-2-6 |0-2-6 |
|15. |Khaki Wollen socks |2 pairs/1 |1-14-0 |3-12-0 |
|16. |Pith Hat |1/1 |4-9-0 |4-9-0 |
|17. |Serge Cap |1/4 |16-0-0 |4-0-0 |
|18. |Wollen Coat |1/4 | | |
|19. |Wollen Pant |1/4 |60-0-0 |15-0-0 |
|20. |Wollen Overcoat |1/4 |39-0-0 |19-12-0 |
|98-11-3 |
|Total cost of Uniform supplied per year |
|For each officer. |
ANNEXURE-III
Scale of supply and period of various articles of Uniform and
Equipment issued at Government cost to the Fire service
Personnel of all Ranks below the grade of Dy. C.F.O.
|Sl. No. |List of article |Scale of supply |Period |Remarks |
|1. |F.S. Cap |One |Once in 1 yr | |
|2. |Khaki shirt full arm |Two |Once in 1 yr | |
|3. |Khaki Pants |Two |Once in 1 yr | |
|4. |Black leather belt with pouch for the hatchet |One |Once in 10 yr |Fire Brigade Mechanics a |
| | | | |Fireman |
|5. |Khaki Wollen Socks |Two Prs. |Once in 1 yr |Drivers |
| 6. |Boots-Black Buckle without nob nails, Toe and Heal |One |Once in 1 yr |Carpenters & Fitters to |
| |plated | | |be issued |
| 7. |Gray Flannel Shirt-Full arm |One |Once in 2 yrs. |With the belt with- |
| 8. |Wollen Jersey-Khaki |One |Once in 5 yrs. |Out the pouch |
| 9. |Wollen overcoat |One |Once in 10 yrs | |
|10. |Whistle with chain |One |Once in 10 yrs | |
|11. |Axe (Hatchet) |One |Once in 10 yrs |Fire Brigade Mechanics a |
| | | | |Fireman |
|12. |Gum Boots |One Pr. |Once in 3 yrs | |
|Sl. No. |List of article |Scale of supply |Period |Remarks |
|13. |Pocket line (Life Line) |One |Once in 2 yrs |Fire Brigade Mechanics a |
| | | | |Fireman |
|14. |Helmet-steel |One |Once in 30 yrs | |
|15. |Badges of Rank Epaulets |One pr. |Once in 1 yr | |
|16. |Badges of Rank wheel Badge |One |Once in 2 yrs | |
|17. |Badges of Rank Metal Impellers |As admissible under |Once in 10 yrs | |
| | |Annexure IV | | |
|18. |Badges of Rank-MSFS Shoulder Badges. |One pr. |Once in 10 yrs | |
ANNEXURE-IV
Shoulder Markings and Badges of Rank of the Fire
Service Personnel
Chief Fire Officer :- One Big white Metal Impeller of I” in diameter with Laurel Wreath with a back ground of plain Blue Wollen Epaulets to be worn on each shoulder.
Epaulet :- being 4” in length and 3” at the bottom and 2” at the top should be stiched in the form of a loop on the offside to allow the Shoulder Strap to pass through.
M.S.F.S shoulder Badge on each shoulder.
Deputy Chief Fire Officer :- Three Metal Impellers of 5/8 diameter with Laurel Wreath, two placed bellow and one at the top worn on each shoulder with plain blue wollen Epaulet – (Specification vide Chief Fire Officer)
M.S.F.S shoulder Badge on each shoulder.
Station Officer :- Two white metal Impellers of 5/8” diameter without Laurel Wreath, placed one below the other. To be worn on each shoulder with plain Blue Wollen Epaulet (Specification vide Chief Fire Officer)
M.S.F.S shoulder Badge on each shoulder.
Station Sub Officer (Including the Engineer Sub Officer)
One white metal Impellers of 5/8” diameter without Laurel Wreath, worn on each shoulder with plain Blue Wollen Epaulet (Specification vide Chief Fire Officer).
M.S.F.S Shoulder Badge on each shoulder.
Assistant Sub Officer :- Plain Blue Woollen Epaulet with two Red Woollen Strips of ½” thick stitched with an inter space ½” width. The lower stripe being placed at 1½” from the Bottom edge of the Epaulet (vide Specification under Chief Fire Officer). One to be worn each shoulder.
M.S.F.S Shoulder Badge on each shoulder.
Fire Brigade Mechanic, Driver Mechanic, Leading Firemen and firemen Driver.
Will wear on each shoulder Plain Blue Woollen Epaulet (vide Specification under Chief Fire Officer) with one Red Woollen Strip of ½” thick stitched at 1 ½” from the Bottom edge of the Epaulet.
M.S.F.S shoulder Badge on each shoulder.
In addition, officer of the Rank of Driver Mechanic and Firemen Driver will wear an Embroidered Wheel Badge on the left upper arm sleeves of the shirt.
Wheel Badge:- The Embroidered Wheel will have 1/8” thick circumferences and 3” outer diameter. The embroidered letters D.M. or F.D. suitably placed at the centre, with four spokes on four sides of the letters. The spokes being placed at 1/8” distance form the letters. The entire embroidered work to be in Red over a Blue Woollen background of 5” square.
Firemen: Blue Drill Epaulet of the above specification to be worn one on each shoulder with M.S.F.S shoulder Badge.
Fitters and Carpenters
Same as Fireman.
Note:- The shoulder Badge M.S.F.S to be of I” height of white metal
STANDING ORDER NO. 435
No. 103SAII/58, Dated 7th December 1958
Use of Ambulance Vans stationed at Civil
Hospitals and Cottage Hospitals and
Police vans –fro road accidents
* * * * *
Enclosed please find a copy of Government letter No. LLH. 623 MDS 58, dated 14-11-58 with copy of the government circular No. LLH.623 MDS 58, dated 14-11-58, on the subject, for information and guidance.
Letter No. LLH 623, dated 14th November 1958, from the Secretary to Government, L.S.G. Public Health Department , Bangalore, to the Inspector general of Police , Bangalore.
Use of Ambulance Vans stationed at Civil
Hospitals and Cottage Hospitals and
Police vans –fro road accidents
I am directed to enclose herewith/* a copy of the Circular No. LLH 623 MDs 58, dated the 14th November 1958 issued to the Director of Public Health Director of Medical Services and all the District Medical Officers and to request you to issue necessary instructions to all the Officers concerned under your control.
In this connection, I am to invite your reference to your U.O.No. 104/Sa11/58.dated 8-8-1958.
Government desire that Ambulance vans stationed at the Civil Hospitals, Cottage Hospitals, District Headquarters Hospitals and other government Hospitals, should be rushed immediately to the place of accident on a road, by the Officers-in-charge of the vans irrespective of whether the place of the accident is within their jurisdiction or otherwise. For this purpose all Ambulance Vans will be provided with first aid out fit. In case the hospitals is not provided with an Ambulance Van or if provided, is out of order, the Medical Officer on receipt of the information of an accident should contact the nearest Police Station for conveyance and the Police Department should provide for necessary transport from the Police Department. As the vehicles are not provided to all the Police Stations in the State, ordinary Police Vehicles or lorries which are available, may be made use of. In all such cases however, the requisition should be made to the district superintendent of Police .
On receipt of the reports of accidents by the Medical Officer, help must be rushed immediately with a subordinate Medical Officer, if available. If the officer who receives the information of the accident has no Van, he should contact the nearest Police Stations or Government Hospitals as the case may be on telephone, if available, for a Van.
The Medical Officer should keep a record of the number of road accidents attended to by them and of the name and address of the information in each case. The service of the Motor Van, whether maintained at a Hospital or Police Station when used for rushing medical aid to the place of the accident will be free of cost and the cost of petrol etc., should be borne by the department to which the van belongs.
STANDING ORDER NO. 436
No. 375/Law/58, Dated 8th December 1958
Lorry accidents in Bangalore-Investigations
Under Section 174 of the Code of
Criminal Procedure-Action to be taken by the l.Os.
* * * * *
It has come to my notice that in certain cases of lorry accidents in Bangalore involving loss of human life the dead bodies were allowed by the Investigating Officers to remain for an unduly long time on the ground that the purpose of investigation u/s 174 Cr.P.C. and this action on their part resulted in attracting large crowds on the road causing obstruction to traffic.
2. It has also been noticed that on the receipt of information of such accidents at the Police Station, the Investigating Officers deputed Police Constables to the spot to guard the corpses and took their own time too leisurely go to the spot. All this is very unsatisfactory.
3. The attention of all the Police Officers is hereby drawn to the provisions of the Section 174 of the Code of Criminal Procedure. Whenever they are required to hold investigation under this provision of law, the Investigating Officer should at once proceed to the spot and on no account arrives at the spot, he should without loss of time conduct such preliminary investigation as is necessary and them draw up the required report embodying such information as is warranted under the latter part of sub section (1) of Section 174 cr. P.C. As soon as this part of report of investigation is completed, the Investigating Officer should at once arrange for the immediate despatch of the corpse to the Mortuary of the Hospitals for post mortem examination if such examination is needed. It is not necessary or warranted that the entire investigation should be conducted at the spot and in the presence of the corpse, nor is it practicable or warranted.
4. The investigation remaining over could be conducted without the presence of the corpse at the spot and elsewhere.
5.These instructions should be strictly followed and the District Superintendent of Police Bangalore North and Bangalore South within their respective jurisdictions call for a Meeting of subordinate Police Officers and issue appropriate instructions impressing upon them the quick and prompt action which is expected of them in this connection.
STANDING ORDER NO. 437
No. C5-368/58, Dated 10th December 1958
Variety-Shows indiscreet recommendations
By Police for grant of licenses
* * * * *
It has been brought to my notice that in the matter of recommending the grant of licenses for conducting variety shows, the Police, without a proper investigation as to whether or not the Games proposed to be displayed at such shows amount to games of chance, have recommended the grant of licenses. Sometimes, although licenses have been recommended for only such games which do not amount to games of chances, the licenses after obtaining licenses, have introduced games of chances and that the Police have not paid surprise visits and prevented such games. All this is highly unsatisfactory.
2. The District Superintendent of Police are hereby instructed that hereafter whenever applications for the grant of licenses for Variety shows are received by them, for report they should make a through investigation into the games propose to be conducted at the Show and satisfy themselves that they do not amount to games of chance and then offer their opinions. When licenses are granted, appropriate instruction should be issued to the subordinate Police Officers to pay surprise visits at odd hours and prevent games of chance being conducted at such Shows. Whenever necessary informants should be up for this purpose.
3. The District Superintendent of Police should exercise great restraint in the matter of recommending the grant of such licenses as in most of such Shows, experience has shown that the ulterior object of the applicants, is to start under the cover of a Variety Show games of chance and thus swindle the Public.
4. These instructions should be strictly followed.
STANDING ORDER NO. 438
No. E4.C-102/58, Dated 12th December 1958
Sanctions of Increment-Effect of
Reprimand and Record Warning
* * * * *
Under Rule 51 MCSR 1958-“An Increment shall
Ordinarily be drawn as a matter of course
Unless it is withheld”.
Doubts have been expressed whether a reprimand recorded warning awarded to Government servant on incremental scale of pay has any adverse effect on the grant of the periodical increment due to the Government Servant.
The increment may be granted as a matter of course and the existance of a minor punishment like a reprimand or a recoded warning of black mark should not be a bar to the grant of increment of the incumbent.
What has to be really considered is the quality of work and conduct during the period under review. If the incumbent had been punished by award of reprimand, etc, for a minor offence and if the punishment had the desired effect, the increment due may be sanctioned as a matter of course.
If the Official has exhibited grave misconduct or unsatisfactory work and reprimand or recorded warning awarded has not had the desired effect, action should be taken to with hold the increment. Specific Charges should be framed against the Incumbent and show Cause Notice issued before final orders withholding the increment are passed.
All cases when reprimand or recorded warning or black mark exists should be examined by the D.S.s.P while allowing the next increment and specific decision taken, recorded individually whether he proposes to allow the increment or take further action to withhold the increment.
It is also impressed that the D.S.s.P. and D.I.s.G should be judicious in withholding the increment. The punishment should have the desired effect. It should not be unduly Lenient nor too severe.
STANDING ORDER NO. 439
No. MPM.5/58, Dated 10th December 1958
Standing Guard instructions issued
* * * * *
In order to bring uniformity in Guard rules throughout the State, general rules are framed and enclosed for information and guidance of all concerned.
2. According to the rules framed, a guard will have a minimum strength of one Head Constable and four Police Constables. Whenever the strength of the guard is less than 1 Head Constable and 4 Constables it should be increases to the minimum of one Head Constable and four Constables and the additional staff required should be found from the existing district strength.
3. The guard will be on duty for one week at a time to be changed on every Sunday morning. The day duty runs from 6 a.m. to aa6 p.m. and the night duty from 6 p.m. to 6 a. m. The periods of sentry go is three hours in all the guards except in Hussar Treasury guard in which it I two hours.
4. In every guard, Sentry Relief Book and Guard Duty Roster should be maintained. In addition to this, the Officer in charge of the guard should send a report every morning to the Station House Officer. Specimen forms of Sentry Relief Book, Guard Duty Roster and the forms in which the reports of the Officers in charge of the Sub-Jail and Sub treasury Guards and Huzur Treasury Guard to be sent to the Station House Office are also enclosed.
5. For all standing guards. Printed rules in English and Kannada drawn up on the model enclosed, should be hung up for the guidance of the men on guard duty.
6. The forms referred to in the Guard Rules may be indented for from the Director of Printing and Stationery, Bangalore, quoting the following Forms Nos. of erstwhile Mysore state.
|Name of the Form |Form No. |
|1. |Sentry Relief Book |70 |
|2. |Guard Duty Roster |101 |
|3. |Sub-Jail and Treasury Guard Report |102 |
|4. |Huzur Treasury Guard Report. |103 |
7. The Receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged and the rules should immediately be put into practice.
RULES FOR STANDING GUARDS
1. Scope of Rules :- These rules are for general information and guidance in normal conditions. When temporary or local necessity demands some departure from them, the officer or officers concerned must exercise their own judgment to copy with the situation and if it be necessary to provide a stronger guard for some special occasion, it should be provided.
2. Rules for Standing guards :- For all standing guards, printed rules in English and Kannada shall be hung up in the Guard Room. These rules shall contain instructions on the following points.
1) The strength of the guard
2) The number of muskets and the quantity of ammunition.
3) The number of men to be present during the day and during the night.
4) a) the number of sentries required to be posted during the day and during the night specifying their exact position, the extent of their beats and their duties and responsibilities.
b) The exact position and the duty and responsibility of each member
of the guard turning out during night.
5) The arms to be carried by sentries by day and by night.
6)The period of sentry-go.
7) The positing and relief of sentries.
8) The maintenance of a sentry relief Book.
9) The premises and articles for which the sentry is responsible.
10) The duties of the officer-in-charge.
11) An instruction to report immediately to the Station House Officer any important occurrence.
12) The inspection of the guard by the Station house Officer and Inspector.
13) A warning that neglect of guard duty will be severely punished.
3. General instructions as to guards : The following rules are prescribed for observance in the Sub-Jail District and Taluk Treasury Guards.
Day duty runs from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. and night duty from 6.p.m. to 6 a.m.
(2) The period of sentry-go is ordinarily three hours in all guards, except for the Hussar Treasury Guard, in which it is two hours.
(3) During the day, sentries may leave the guard as soon as released for a period equal to the duration of their sentry go.
(4) In Treasury and Sub-jail Guards the watch from 3 p.m. shall be performed by the Guard Officer and the sentry alone provided that in the event of there being prisoners in the Sub-Jail, a sufficient guard is detailed to take charge, of them when outside the sub jail. The rest of the guard shall be permitted to be absent during these hours returning at 6 p. m. After the sentries relief at 6 p.m. the Guard Officer and the P.C. on duty between 3 p.m. and 6 p.m. may be absent until 9 p.m. provided that during their absence, there are besides the sentry who goes on duty at 6 p.m. the third day-sentry who returns after availing Offices-duty from 3 to 6 p.m. and the Officer-in-charge of the Guard who may be the Station-writer. The sentry on duty from 6 p.m. to 9 p.m. shall be allowed to be Offices-duty for an hour from 9 p.m. to 10 p.m. to enable him to have his food.
(5) (a) Sentries shall be posted by Guard officer. At each relief the Guard officer shall go round the premises with the sentry on duty and the relieving sentry and examine them thoroughly, noting whether seals are correct and prisoners are present. A note of anything wrong shall be made at once in the Sentry Relief Book. During nights, the sentry on duty is responsible for waking the Guard-Officer five minutes before he is due to be relieved, for the latter to mount the sentry.
(b) The officer-in-charge of the Guard, except when he is on the duty mentioned in clause (6) must be present with the Guard Constables when the prisoners are taken out of the Sub-Jail for the purposes mentioned in rule No. 6 and he an d t he Guard Constables will be jointly and severally responsible for the custody of the prisoners taken out.
(c) In order to ensure that the prisoners have nothing on them except their clothes, their persons must be searched every time before they are put into their cells after being taken out and the officer-in-charge of the Guard shall, on every such occasion, make an entry in the Sentry Relief Book that the prisoners were searched and that no contraband article, weapon, or other article likely to facilitate escape is left with them.
He shall satisfy herself tat cells also do not contain any such articles.
(6) The Officer-in-charge of the Treasury Guard shall be present every evening when the treasury is closed, and every morning when it is opened, and examine the seals. The private seal of the Treasury Officer may be affixed to the outside of the Treasury door in addition to the official seal and this seal should not be broken except by the Officer’s orders.
(7) A Sentry Relief Book in Form ‘A’ (enclosed) shall be maintained.
(8) During spells of sentry-go, five rounds of buckshot shall be incharge of the sentry and kept in his pouch. The remainder of the ammunition shall be kept under the lock and key by the Guard Officer.
(9) The men of the guard shall be told Office for duty for the next 24 hours by the Guard Officer at 6 a.m. when the duty Roster in Form ‘B’ will be filled up. When a Constable is sick or absent at the time of his turn of duty, another Constable shall be appointed, a note being made on the reverse of the form.
The Guard Officer should see that the men at all times are properly dressed and sober. He shall be careful to see that the Constable on guard duty have not in their possession any opium, liquor, ganja or other stupefying or intoxicating substances. Should any such substance be found with any of them, the guard Officer shall take charge of the same and report the matter to his superior Officer without delay.
A sentry shall, on no account, quit his post without being regularly relieved.
(10) The absence without leave of any member of the guard or neglect of duty by the sentry shall be immediately entered in the Sentry Relief Book by the Guard Officer.
(11) The Guard Officer shall send a report every morning to the Station House Officer in form ‘C’ attaching a copy of the Duty Roster in Form ‘B’. This report will be attached to the Station House Diary. In the case of the Huzur Treasury Guard, the report will be in form ‘B’.
(12) The Guard Office shall be Office-duty form 6 p.m. on the night of Monday, Thursday and Saturday until 6 a.m. next day and from 12 Noon to 6 p.m. on Sunday, Tuesday, Wednesday and Friday. Another Head Constable or a Constable will be appointed to relieve him.
(13) The Guard shall sleep in uniform near their Arms at night and be ready to turn out at moment’s notice. They shall turn out at night for inspection of any Police Officer going on rounds.
14) The men of the guard shall be changed every Sunday morning.
(15) (a) (i) During the day, Sentries will warn the guard to turn out on the approach of the Officer entitled to the compliment. Guards will turn out and present arms on every occasion to the Inspector General of Police. Guards will act in a similar manner once a day on their first appearance to the following Officers.
Deputy Commissioner District and Sessions Judges, Magistrates of the First Class, and Gazetted Officers of Police.
(ii) On the other occasion, the guard will not be turned out but sentry will the present arms to Gazetted Officers and salute Officers of the lower rank.
(iii) Police guards will fall in and present arms to any body of troops or Police passing the guard.
(b) At small sub-jails and treasuries where, as a rule, there will probably be only one other man of the guard present, the sentry in the day time will “not turn out” the guard on the arrival of an Officer entitled to the compliment, but will present arms or salute according to the status of the Officer
(16) The lantern in the guard premises shall be so placed that its light may be diffused only in the main approach to the premises and at the same time, will not enable any undesirable person or persons to easily spot out the sentry and attack him.
4. Rules for Guards over Police Station lock-ups.
(1) When a prisoner is confined in a station lock-up, a regular guard of at least 3 Police Constables in addition to the Station sentry shall be posted to guard the lock up, the periods of sentry duty performed by each Constable being limited to four hours at a streach.
Note: In small Police Station in which the Station staff does not exceed 12 Police Constables, the Station sentry may be dispensed with when a sentry is posted on the Officer of the guard is present the lock up and in the Station.
(2) During the time, the lock-up sentry shall be posted and relieved by the Officer in charge of the Police Station, or in his absence, by the senior Police Officer present in the Station. At night (i.e., from 6 p.m. to 6 a.m.) sentries will be relieved by the Officer of the guard, i.e., Head Constables or if no Head Constables is available, by a senior Constable specially told off as Officer of the guard, who must sleep on the premises and whose name must be entered by the Officer in charge of the Police Station in the Station House Dairy and in the Sentry Relief Book. The key of the lock-up must be retained by the Officer whose duty it is to relieve the sentry and he must be present whenever a prisoner is admitted to or removed from the lock-up. At each relief, he will enter and examine the lock-up with the relieving sentry to ensure that no weapons likely to facilitate committing of suicide or escaping from custody by a prisoner have been concealed, count the prisoners present and note the number in the Sentry Relief Book.
5. Police Officer interested in prisoner not to be deputed for guard duty.
No Officer or Constable shall be employed on guard duty over any prisoner in the lock up between whom and himself relationship or friendship exists. The Head Constables or Sub-Inspector shall acquaint himself on this point and shall arrange so far as possible, not to depute any such Officer or Constable on guard duty so long as such prisoners or prisoners are in the lock-up.
6. Duties of the Police guard in Sub Jail.
(1) The guarding of sub-jails and the prisoners therein shall be carried out by the Police and the Police guard shall be responsible for the safe custody of the prisoners both while the prisoners are in the wards and while they are removed for labour to the cook-house, latrine, etc.
(2) When a long-term convict or a notorious criminal is confined temporarily in sub-jail while under trail or otherwise, the following special precautions shall be adopted.
(a) A special guard consisting of three Police Constables shall be engaged to maintain a strict watch over such prisoner by night and day such prisoner shall be locked up in a separate cell, if available.
(b) The ward in which the prisoner is confined shall be regularly searched at short intervals and when a separate cell is provided, the special guard shall allow no one to approach the cell, except the jail officials the person deputed to give the prisoner his food, the scavenger or other person specially authorised by the Officer in charge, in writing.
(c) to enable the guard to watch the prisoner by night, a lantern shall be so placed as to throw a good light into the ward or cell. The key of the door of the ward or cell shall be kept by the Officer in-charge of the special ward;
(d) the prisoner shall not be detained in a sub-jail for a longer period than is actually necessary and both the Officer in charge of the sub-jail and the senior Police Officer in charge will be held severally responsible for the safety of the prisoner.
(e) in the case of long-term convict who is confined in a lock-up under the Prisoners’ Testimony Regulation or who halts at a lock-up and enroute to a Central or Sub-jail the further precaution of imposing fetters should be observed. The fetters should ordinarily be removed during the prisoners’ actual appearance in court, unless in the case of an exceptionally dangerous or violent prisoner, it is deemed unsafe to remove them.
(3) The Police shall not interfere in the matter of jail economy. Their duties shall be limited to guard prisoners and to give assistance in case of refractory behaviour on the part of the prisoners.
7. Custody of an approver:
An under-trail prisoner who has been admitted as an approver by a Court shall be kept separate at all times from the other prisoners in the same case and all communication between them must be prevented.
8. Guarding Prisoners:
(1) Constables guarding a gang of prisoners should remain at a sufficient distance to enable them to use their arms in the case of a rush.
(2) Prisoners taken out to answer calls of nature in the day time, must be taken out singly and not in batches, each prisoner being escorted by not less than two Constables. Hand-cuffs should always be used and only one hand freed while the prisoner is in the latrine, the chain being held all the time by one of the Constables.
(3) Prisoners should, on no account, be taken out of their cells between sunset and sunrise to answer calls of nature. Instead, receptacles must be provided for each cell.
(4) The sentry shall hold no communication himself with any Prisoner in the lock-up and shall prevent any outsider from doing so and shall not, without good reasons allow people to come or assemble round the lock up; he shall call the attention of the Officer to any irregularity he may notice.
9. Attempt of Prisoners to escape:
When Prisoners attempt to escape, the sentry should at once raise the alarm and acquaint the Guard Officer and the Police must use all means in their power to prevent them, but will not be justified in causing death, except in the exercise of self-defence, when attacked or when the escaping Prisoner is an individual accused of an offence punishable with death or transportation for life.
10. Challenge of unknown or suspicious person approaching the Sub-Jail.
It is the duty of the sentry, by day or by night, to challenge all unknown or suspicious persons approaching the Jail or Sub-Jail and to require them to stand and not to approach nearer unless they can satisfactorily account for themselves or at night give the password. No Prisoner shall be permitted to approach within five yards of any sentry. It is the duty of the sentry to resist all attempts to break into or out of the Jail or of any part of it and to prevent escapes or illicit communications with Prisoners. At night, every sentry shall report to the Guard Officer anything suspicious or un-usual that comes to his knowledge.
11. Police Guards for Prisoners temporarily admitted for treatment in Civil Hospitals.
In the case of prisoners of a dangerous type who are temporarily released and sent to civil hospital for medical treatment, a regular Police guard shall be arranged for by the District Superintendent.
FORM A
SENTRY RELIEF BOOK
|Date |No. of Post |No. of sentry posted |At what time posted |
| |From |To | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |
* The period during which each Constable may, in his turn be absent from the guard should be noted in this column. Any entries subsequent to the writing of the Roster, such as changes in the turn of duty should be written on the reverse and signed by the Officer making the entry.
…………………195….. Officer in charge of the Guard
Station House Officer. Inspector.
FORM C
Sub-Jail and Treasury Guard Report for
…………… 195 …
I. Guard Duty
|Watch |Posting |Hours of duty |No. of the Constable |Remarks (Neglect of |
| | | |on duty |duty, absence from |
| | | | |duty, etc. to be |
| | | | |noted here) |
| | |From |To | | |
|Day |...... |6 a.m |9 a.m | | |
| |….. |9 a.m |12 Noon | | |
| |….. |12 Noon |3 p.m. | | |
| |….. |3 p.m. |6 p.m. | | |
|Night |...... |6 p.m |9 p.m | | |
| |….. |9 p.m |12 mid-night | | |
| | | | | | |
| |….. |12 mid-night |3 a.m. | | |
| | | | | | |
| |….. |3 a.m. |6 a.m. | | |
|Waiting |-------- |----- |---- | | |
II Sub Jail
|Number of Prisoners in cells |Remarks (use of hand cuffs |
| |to Prisoners, warders’ |
| |absence and possession of |
| |Jail keys to be noted here) |
|Under-trial |Convicted | | |
| | |Total | |
|Males |Females |Males |Females | | |
III. TREASURY
|Number of Seals |When taken charge |When handed over |In what condition |Remarks (officers present|
| | | | |at inspection to be |
| | | | |noted here |
IV Visits by Officers
|Designation |Rank |Time of visit |Remarks made, if any |
V. Summary of work done by Police Officer in charge of the
Sub Jail Guard
Checked Police Officer in-charge of the
Sub-Jail Guard
Station House Officer Inspector of Police
FORM D
HUZUR TREASURY GUARD REPORT FOR ……………195 …………
I- GUARD DUTY
|Watch |Sentry |Hours of duty |Number Of the |Remarks (Neglect of |
| | | |Constable on duty |duty, absence form |
| | | | |duty, etc. to be |
| | | | |noted here) |
| | |From |To | | |
|Day |...... |6 a.m |8 a.m | | |
| |….. |8 a.m |10 a.m. | | |
| |….. |10 a.m. |12 Noon | | |
| |….. |12 Noon |2 p.m. | | |
| |….. |2 p.m. |4 p.m. | | |
| |…... |4 p.m. |6 p.m. | | |
|Night |...... |6 p.m |8 p.m | | |
| |….. |8 p.m |10 p.m. | | |
| |….. |10 p.m. | | | |
| | | |12 mid-night | | |
| |….. | | | | |
| | |12 mid-night |2 a.m. | | |
| |…… | | | | |
| |…… |2 a.m. |4 a.m. | | |
| | | |6 a.m. | | |
| | |4 a.m. | | | |
|Waiting |-------- |----- |---- | | |
II Treasury
|Number of seals |When taken Charge |When handed over |In what conditions |Remarks (Names of |
| | | | |Officers present at |
| | | | |Inspection to be noted |
| | | | |here) |
Officer –in-charge of the Guard
…………………….195…..
Station House Officer Inspector
Draft Model Rules for Standing Guard
(To be printed in English and Kannada and hung up in every Guard).
1. Strength of the Guard:
a) The guard consists of ……….. Head Constables and ………… Police Constables.
b) ……………….. Muskets/rifles with …………. Rounds of ammunition have been issued to this guard.
c) During spells of sentry go, five rounds of buckshot shall be in charge of the sentry and kept in his pouch. The remainder of the ammunition shall be kept under lock and key by the Guard Officer.
2. Hours of Duty:
a) Day duty runs from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. and night duty form 6 p.m. to 6 a.m.
b) The period of sentry-go is ordinarily three hours in all guards, except the Huzur Treasury Guard in which It is two hours.
c) During the day, sentries may leave the guard as soon as relieved, for a period equal to the duration of their sentry-go.
d) In Treasury and Sub-Jail Guards, the watch from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. shall be performed by the Guard Officer and the sentry alone, provided that in the event of there being prisoners in the sub-jail, a sufficient guard is detailed to take charge of them when outside the Sub-Jail. The rest of the guard shall be permitted to be absent during these hours returning at 6 p.m. After the sentry’s relief at 6 p.m., the Guard Officer and the men on duty between 3 p.m. and 6 p.m. may be absent until 9 p.m. provided that during their absence there are, besides the sentry who goes on duty at 6 p.m., the third day-sentry who returns after availing Office-duty from 3 to 6 p.m. and the Officer in charge of the guard who may be the Station-writer. The sentry on duty from 6 p.m. to 9 p.m. shall be allowed to be Office-duty for an hour form 9 p.m. to 10 p.m. to enable him to have his food.
3. Duties of the Sentry:
a) ………….. men must be present during the day and ………… men must be present during the night.
b) …………. Sentries have to be posted during the day and ……….. sentries during the night. Their duties are as follows.
Day Sentry:
1. …………………………
2. …………………………
……………………………
…………………………....
Night Duty:
1. …………………………
2. …………………………
…………………………..
……………………………
Note:- (i) The number of sentries required to be posted during the night, specifying their exact position, the extent of their beats and their duties and responsibilities should be noted here.
(ii) The exact position and the duty and responsibilities of each member of the Guard on the Guard turning out during nights should also be detailed here.
(iii) The premises and articles for which the sentry is responsible should be noted.
c) In addition to the duties and responsibilities of the sentry, he is also responsible for the safety of all the Government properties within the limits of the guard.
d) The sentry is responsible for the safety of the treasury room and the seals on the locks of the treasury.
e) A list of all weapons and other Government properties in charge of the guard should be hung up in the Guard Room.
4. Duties of the Guard Officer:
a) The Guard Officer shall post the sentries. At each relief, he shall go round the premises with the sentry on duty and the relieving sentry and examine them thoroughly noting whether the seals are correct and the Prisoners are present. A note of anything wrong shall be made at once in the Sentry Relief Book. During the nights, the sentry on duty is responsible for waking the Guard Officer five minutes before he is due to the relieved for the latter to mount the next sentry.
b) If a slightest doubt arises that the seal on any of the locks is tampered with, the Officer in charge of the nearest Police Station should be informed of the fact at once.
c) At the time of every relief, the ammunition with the sentry should be examined and the number of rounds noted in the Sentry Relief Book.
d) At the time of posting a sentry the Guard Officer should explain him clearly the extent of his beat, his duty and responsibilities.
e) The Officer in charge of the guard, except when he is on the duty mentioned in sub-para (g) must be present with the Guard Constables when the prisoners are taken out of the Sub-Jail for labour to the Cook-house, latrine etc. and he and the guard Constable will be jointly and severally responsible for the custody of the Prisoners taken out.
f) In order to ensure that the Prisoners have nothing on them except their clothes, their persons must be searched every time before they are put into their cells after being taken out and the Guard Officer shall, on every such occasion, make an entry in the Sentry Relief Book that the Prisoners were searched and that no contraband article, weapon or other article likely to facilitate escape is left with them. He shall satisfy himself that cells also do not contain any such articles.
g) The treasury Guard Officer should be present every evening when the treasury is closed and every morning when it is opened, and examine the seals. The private seal of the treasury Officer should be affixed to the outside of the treasury door in addition to the official seal and this seal should not be broken except by that Officer’s orders.
h) The men of the guard should be told off for duty for the next twenty-four hours by the Guard Officer at 6 a.m. when the Duty Roster will be filled up. When a Constable is sick or absent, at the time of his turn of duty, another Constable should be appointed, a note being made on the reverse of the form.
i) The Guard Officer should see that the men at all times are properly dressed and sober. He should be careful to see that the Constables on guard duty have not in their possession any opium liquor, ganja or other stupefying or intoxicating substances. Should any such substance be found with any of them, the Guard Officer shall take charge of the same and report the matter to his superior Officer without delay. A sentry shall, on no account quit his post without being regularly relieved.
j) The absence without leave of any member of the guard or neglect of duty by the sentry shall immediately entered in the Sentry Relief Book by the Guard Officer.
k) If the Guard Officer permits any one of the men in the guard to be absent to special reasons, the fact should be noted in the Sentry Relief Book at once showing the time of his departure and reasons for the absence. On his return to duty, the time of his arrival should also be noted in the Sentry Relief Book.
l) The Guard Officer should send a report every morning to the Station House Officer in Form ‘C’ attaching a copy of the Duty Roster in Form ‘B’. This report will be attached to the Station House Diary. In the case of Huzur Treasury Guard, the report will be in Form ‘D’.
m) The Guard Officer shall be told Office-duty from 6p.m. on the night of Monday, Thursday and Saturday until 6 a.m. next day and from 12 Noon to 6 p.m. on Sunday, Tuesday, Wednesday and Friday. Another Head Constable or a Constable will be appointed to relieve him.
5.General Instructions:
a) The Guard should sleep in uniform near their arms at night and be ready to turn out at a moment’s notice. They should turn out at night for inspection of any Police Officer going on rounds.
b) The men of the guard should be changed every Sunday morning.
c) When the Prisoners are taken out for their meals or to answer calls of nature or to courts etc., or in the evening after 6 o’ clock when the Prisoners are inside the Jail, the men on Guard should be armed with muskets.
d) I) During the day sentries will warn the guard to turn out on the approach of the Officer entitled to the compliment, Guards will turn out and present arms on every occasion to the Inspector General of Police. Guards will act in a similar manner once a day on their first appearance to the following Officers.
Deputy Commissioner, District and Sessions Judge, Magistrates of the First Class and Gazetted Officers of Police.
ii) On other occasion, the guard will not be turned out but the sentry will present arms to Gazetted Officers and salute Officers of lower rank.
iii) Police Guards will fall in and present arms to any body of troops of Police passing the guard.
iv) At small sub-jails and treasuries, where as a rule there will probably be only one other man of the Guards present, the sentry in the day time will “not turn out” the guard on the arrival of an Officer entitled to the compliment but will present arms or salute according to the status of the Officer.
e) The lantern in the guards premises should be so placed that its light should be diffused only in the main approach to the premises and at the same time, will not enable any undesirable person or persons to easily spot out the sentry and attack him.
f) The Officer-in-charge of the Armed Reserve the Circle Inspector, the Station House Officer or the Sergeant must visit the Guard occasionally and send a report to their superior Officer During the time of their visit, if any irregularities are noticed, the same should be recorded in the Sentry Relief Book with their signature.
g) When a long-term convict or notorious criminal is confined temporarily in a Sub-Jain while under trial or otherwise, the ward in which the Prisoner is confined should be regularly searched at short intervals and when a separate cell is provided the special guard shall allow no one to approach the cell, except the jail officials, the persons deputed to give the Prisoner his food the scavenger or other person specially authorised by the Officer-in-charge in writing.
h) To enable the guard to watch such Prisoners by night, a lantern should be so placed as to throw a good light into the ward or cell. The key of the door of the ward or cell should be kept by the Officer in charge of the Special guard.
i) Constables guarding a gang of Prisoners should remain at a sufficient distance to enable them to use their arms in the case of a rush.
j) Prisoners taken out to answer calls of nature in the day time must be taken out singly and not in batches, each Prisoner being escorted by not less than two Constables. Handcuffs should always be used and only one hand freed while the Prisoner is in the latrine, the chain being held all the time by one of the Constables.
k) Prisoners should, on no account, be taken out of their cells between sunset and sunrise to answer calls of nature. Instead, receptacles must be provided for each cell.
l) The sentry should hold no communication himself with any prisoner in the lock up and should prevent any outsider from doing so and should not without good reason, allow people to come or assemble round the lock-up; he shall call the attention of the Officer to any irregularity he may notice.
m) When Prisoners attempt to escape, the sentry should at once raise the alarm and acquaint the Guard Officer and the Police must use all means in their power to prevent them but will not be justified in causing death, except in the exercise of self-defence, when attacked, or when the escaping Prisoner is an individual accused of an offence punishable with death or transportation for life.
n) it is the duty of the sentry by day or by night, to challenge all unknown or suspicious persons approaching the Jail or Sub-Jail and to require them to stand and not to approach nearer unless they can satisfactorily account for themselves or at night give the pass-ward. No Prisoner shall be permitted to approach within five yards of any sentry. It is the duty of the sentry to resist all attempts to break into or out of the jail or of any part of it and to prevent escapes or illicit communications with Prisoners. At night every sentry should report to the guard Officer anything suspicious or unusual that comes to his knowledge.
STANDING ORDER NO. 441
No. A.R. 188/57, Dated 13th December1958
Fixation of Seniority of Government
Servants who are reduced to the next
lower rank or Grade and reported to their
original rank or grade after the expiry of
reduction period
* * * * *
The rules regarding fixation of the seniority and pay of Government servants, who are reduced in rank, grade or pay for a special period and restored after the expiry of the reduction period have not been definite. The result is that there has been no uniformity in the orders passed and giving effect to the said over. With a view to adopting uniform procedure in this behalf the following instructions are issued:-
a) When an official is temporarily reduced i.e.,
Where the period of reduction is specified, Government. Servants on the expiry of the period should be restored to his original place and rank or grade from which he was reduced. He should also be restored to his original pay, with effect from the date of restoration.
b) When a Government servant is ordered to be reduced permanently without specifying the period he should gain promotion afresh and when so promoted should take his place below all other officials in that grade on the date of his repromotion.
c) If a Government servant is reduced as a measure of penalty to a lower Stage in his time scale the authority ordering such reduction shall state the period for which it shall be effective and whether on restoration it shall operate to postpone the future increment and if so, to what extent. Otherwise it will have the effect on future increments.
d) Rule 59 (2) M C S R 1958 reads as follows:-
“If a Government servant is reduced as a measure of penalty to a lower grade or post, the authority ordering reduction may or may not specify the period for which the reduction shall be effective; but where the period of reduction is specified that authority shall also state whether on restoration the period of reduction shall operate to postpone the future increments and if so, to what extent’. The effect of this rule is that where a period of reduction is not mentioned the reduction is permanent and the incumbent should gain his promotion to higher rank or grade afresh proving himself worthy of such a promotion however, it is feasible to specify the period of reduction in the order as “Permanent” to avoid confusion.
Where the period is specified the incumbent will ordinarily be restored to his original rank, place and pay. In such orders, it is necessary to specify that the period of reduction should be spent on duty and also whether the period of reduction shall operate to postpone the future increments.
It is impressed that omission to specify in the original order the correct import of the punishment inflicted in all aspects will cause hardship and inconvenience and hence will not have the desired effect. All Officers empowered to order punishment should therefore correctly indicate the punishments awarded, in the orders passed.
STANDING ORDER NO. 443
No. C 127/58, Dated 17th December 1958
Criminal Prosecution of Police Subordinates for trivial offences
Instances have come to my notice where Police subordinates have been prosecuted for trivial offences although they could have been adequately dealt with Departmentally. Such unwarranted prosecutions are the result of hasty and indiscriminate decision taken by the concerned Officers. This should be avoided.
2. A prosecution for trivial offence shall not generally be instituted, unless the misconduct established is such that it cannot be adequately dealt with through Departmental proceedings. Criminal prosecutions of Police Subordinates for trivial offences is highly demoralizing and should be avoided.
3. If it is proposed to prosecute, sanction of the District Superintendent of Police or authority competent to dismiss the official proposed to be prosecuted should be sought for.
4. This does not however, apply to prosecution for grave offences falling under the I.P.C. or other laws.
No. Compt. 538/60, Dated 10th May, 1961.
CIRCULAR
“Criminal Prosecution of Police subordinates for trivial offences”
Standing Order No. 443 dated 17-12-58.
Standing Order No. 443 dated 17-12-1958 is hereby withdrawn.
STANDING ORDER NO. 444
No. C2-14-1/57, Dated 6th February, 1959
Investigation of Heinous Cases Standing order No. 281
dated 31-7-1957
Instructions were issued in the above Standing Order that heinous cases should be personally and promptly investigated by the Inspectors and that only in exceptional circumstances they may permit the investigation of heinous cases to be done by the Sub Inspectors.
It has been represented that in certain districts where an Inspector is incharge of 10 to 12 Police Stations and the district is crime ridden, it is impracticable for the Inspector to take up investigation of all heinous cases in his jurisdiction.
At present the organizational set up varies from area to area and while in the districts of erstwhile Mysore State, there is on an average of 2 to 3 Police Stations under an Inspector, in the Bombay Karnataka District which is crime ridden an Inspector has 10 to 12 Police Stations under him. Proposals have been sent to Government for bringing about uniformity in this matter. It will take several months before the proposals are finally sanctioned and implemented in all the districts and as such it is necessary to modify the instructions issued in Standing Order No. 281.
It is hereby ordered that in the districts where the charge of an Inspector of Police is very heavy and where grave crime like murder, dacoity etc., are heavy, it will not be necessary for the Inspector of Police to take up personal investigation of ordinary thefts where property lost is less than Rs. 5,000/-, House Breaking thefts where property lost is less than Rs. 3,000/- 304-A IPC cases where there are no complications and Copper Wire thefts. Classifications of heinous offences should not result in neglecting investigation and speed disposal of cases. It is impressed on all concerned that the directing of investigation of criminal cases is the responsibility of the District Superintendents of Police, the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police and the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID. For this purpose the range Deputy Inspector General of Police should invariably obtain detailed and weekly progress reports from the District Superintendents of Police, watch the progress of cases and issue timely instructions not only in the cases where detailed and weekly reports are called for by this office, but also in all other heinous cases including 404-A IPC and Copper Wire theft cases. The Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID should keep a close watch on crime and issue timely instructions to all concerned from timely to time.
STANDING ORDER NO. 448
No. C2-110/57, Dated 10th March, 1959
Monthly Statement showing important Government cases involving Government property
Ref: Standing Order No. 308
It has been ordered in Standing Order No. 308 that monthly reports in important cases involving Governments property, should be sent to this Office in the proforma prescribed therein.
2. A question has been raised as to how the importance of a cases has to be determined and whether cases in which Government property is of trivial nature have also to be included in the monthly statement.
3. The following further instructions are, therefore issued in the matter of submission of the monthly statements.
4. The District Superintendents of Police are informed that it is not desirable to lay down a yard-stick for “important” cases. In fact, every case is important, the only difference being one of degree. Further, it is also not possible to Prescribe any degrees of attention for different categories.
5. The District Superintendents of Police will, however note that “important” cases should include the following:-
1. All heinous cases.
2. All cases in which Govt. Officers of Gazetted rank are involved.
3. All cases in which Govt. property of Rs. 1000/- or more is involved.
4. All cases in which Govt. servants are involved in assaults, injury etc.,
STANDING ORDER NO. 449
No. C7/473/57, Dated 12th March 1959
Departmental Enquiries –Delays in the Disposal of
I find that enquiries in disciplinary matters are not completed expeditiously and there are inordinate delays in their disposal. To avoid such delays, the following instructions are issued:
2. All Departmental enquiries should be completed as quickly as possible and, in any case, within two months from the date a decision is taken to hold a Departmental enquiry.
3. If, for any special reasons, the enquiry in any particular case is likely to take a longer time, the Superintendent concerned should submit to the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police a report in the enclosed proforma requesting for the extension of time required for the completion of the enquiry. For this purpose, the Deputy Inspector General is authorized to grant extension to time up to a further limit of two months. Before granting such extension, he will satisfy himself that there is no laxity on the part of the enquiry Officer. He will also direct the enquiry Officer to complete the Departmental enquiry within the time sanctioned by him.
4. In cases where it is not possible to complete the enquiry within four months from the date of deciding to hold the enquiry the report in the said proforma should be addressed to the Inspector General of Police through the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police for granting the extension of time. While forwarding these reports, the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police should bring to the notice of the undersigned the extension of time previously granted by him and the instructions he may have issued in the matter. He will also make recommendations, both regarding the reasonableness of the extension sought for and also about the slackness of the enquiry Officer, if any.
5. In no case should a Departmental enquiry be prolonged beyond six months from the date a decision is taken, to hold a Departmental enquiry.
6. Repeated requests for extension of time in the same case or for many cases from a District will be viewed seriously.
7. The above instructions will also apply to cases where Officers are placed under suspension pending Departmental enquiry, and the instructions contained at para 6 of the Standing Order No. 293, dated 6-9-1957, should be considered as superseded.
PROFORMA
IGP’s S.O. No. 449, Dated 12th March 1959
Report regarding extension of time required for
completing Departmental enquiry
Name & Designation of the Officer )
Conducting the Departmental enquiry.)
Item No. Item Particular
1. Name and rank of the delinquent.
2. Nature of offence or charge.
3. Date of (a) Default,
Date of (b) decision to hold the DE
Date of (C) framing charge
Date of (d) delivery of the charge to
the defaulter.
4. Date of entrusting the case to the Enquiry
Officer for holding the DE
5. Date of commencement of the enquiry
6. Number of prosecution witness Total No.
defence No. examd.
7. If the examination of witness is over, furnish
(to date of submission of the report)
a) Date of receipt of defence
statement by the EO
b) Date of submission of the DE papers to the
DSP for orders.
8. Reasons for delays……
9. Any other remarks.
|Sl No. of the entry |Dates of hearing |Brief particulars of work|Date to which adjourned |Reasons for adjournment |
| | |done | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |
Note:- 1. The first date in Col.2 should be the date of commencement of the enquiry.
2. No. of witnesses examined and the stage the enquiry has reached on a particular date of hearing, should be very briefly stated in col. 3
3. If the case is postponed by more than three days, reasons therefore should be stated in column 5.
STANDING ORDER NO. 454
No. CB2-62/59, Dated 13th April, 1959
Recently, when the Deputy Minister for Home visited a Police Station, the Police Daffedar, who was placed in charge of the Station, was absent and the records in the Station were thrown pell-mell. I have also noticed these and similar defects during my surprise visits to Police Stations. Most of the Police Stations are certainly in a bad shape, they present a spectacle of neglect, shabbiness and disorderliness.
For creating a proper impression on the public and also from a purely disciplinary point of view, Police Officers and men must look smart and clean. They should be alert, active, co-operative but firm.
As a preliminary step, I would like the District Superintendents of Police to see that the following action is taken.
(a) D.P.Os., Police Stations and other offices:
These must be kept clean. Regular repairs should be carried out, broken windows etc., repaired and white-washing and colour washing done regulary.
(b) Furniture in Offices:
At present dilapidated, broken, ramshackle furniture is kept as it is. Some of the staff either squat or sit on soap boxes. This state of affairs must be ended. Proper furniture should be indented. Furniture which can be repaired or else it should be got condemned. Furniture must be kept clean. Inkstains, glue and seal stains etc., should be removed and the polishing done by the men themselves periodically. Picture etc. should be properly hung and cleaned regularly. Bath rooms, lavatories, prisoners cells should be kept cleaned. The compound should be cleaned and the men should grow a garden.
c) Dress of Officers and Men:
Government spends considerable amount on uniform. It is the duty of each Policeman (and this includes officers) to see that the uniform is clean. Shabby uniform gives a very bad impression. The uniform should be regularly washed. The turbans are generally oily. The men should use less oil so that they do not get stained. The tunics should be properly buttoned. The men should have proper footwear. Outside residential dwellings, all officers must put on their prescribed head-wear. Putties etc., should be properly tied. Belts and other leather and brass accoutrements should be regularly cleaned and polished. Petty repairs should be carried out by the men themselves. Boots should be polished. The officers must see that their uniform is properly pressed and the buttons polished.
d) Personal appearance:
It is a common sight to see that Policemen are moving about without shaving. A couple of days growth of beard gives a very shabby appearance. All Officers and men must shave everyday. They should also have regular hair-cuts. Long locks of hair sticking out of turbans and caps presents a poor appearance. The climate of Mysore is warm and all Officers end men must take bath regularly.
e) Police Stations and Other Office Records:
All records must be neatly arranged. The records must be kept either on racks or in almirahs. They should not be kept on benches, window sills, on the floor etc., Secret records must be kept in locked boxes. All old records whose period of retention is over should be destroyed.
f) Kit Boxes:
If it boxes are kept in Police Stations, they should be neatly arranged. Kit in these boxes should also be folded properly and kept in order.
g) Behaviour with the Public:
All members of the public must be treated courteously. They should not be made to wait unduly long, their grievances must be attended to immediately.
h) Arms and Ammunition
Arms should be properly cleaned and oiled for this purpose Ammunition should be kept under lock and key. Arms should not kept on the floor or leaning against walls. They should invariably be kept in Arms racks duly secured by chains and locks.
i) Handcuffs and Leading Chains or ropes.
These should be kept in good condition and properly hung on boards. It is generally observed that handcuffs, when go out of order, are not promptly repaired, and left in a state of neglect, They should be got promptly repaired and kept in good condition. The habit of using handcuffs as lock for doors and lock-ups should cease. If doors of rooms or lock-ups do not have locks, arrangements should be made to procure them.
j) Name Board of Police Stations, Out-posts etc.
They should be got periodically painted and hung or erected at conspicuous places in front of the Police Stations or Out-posts, they should be daily wiped to keep them clean.
k) Open yards in front or behind Police Stations or Out-post.
It should be kept clean and tidy. Where possible and facilities exits small flower beds or other decorative plants are put in.
l) Case Properties
Properties or material objects seized in criminal cases are not being kept properly in the Police Stations. They are thrown about pell-mell. This is not correct. They should be properly arranged and kept in racks duly secured. The prescribed registers or records pertaining to them should be properly maintained and expeditious action taken to deposit them in court or otherwise dispose of according to rules or procedure prescribed in that behalf.
m) Lock-ups
It is observed that lock-ups are used as lumber rooms dumping therein odds and ends. This is not correct. Each Police Station should have properly constructed lock-ups; preferably one for female and another for male prisoners. They should have proper ventilation and should be secured by strong locks. The system of carelessly leaving the keys on the lock should stop. Each lock-up should be provided with a “Kambli” and a pot for passing urine at night. The lock-ups should be kept neat and tidy; often washed with phenyl.
n) Telephones
It is observed that the walls near the Telephone booth is disfigured by writing telephone numbers etc., on the wall. In each Police Station where there is a telephone, a list of important telephone numbers should be made and hung. A telephone Message Register should be maintained wherein message as they are received are recorded by the person who receive them.
o) Electricity
Wherever there is Electricity, advantage should be taken and electric connections got for the Police Station, Out-posts and quarters. In this connection reference is made to Circular instructions issued in Memo No. BIC-125/57. Dt.14-11-57 Where Electricity is not available arrangements should be made to get adequate number of hurricane lanterns, or other oil lamps so that the Police Station is provided with adequate light at nights..
STANDING ORDER NO.455
No.E3.146/59, Dated 15th April 1959
Recruitment of P. Cs Exemption Roll
I find that several exemption rolls are being received from the D.Ss.P for the grant of exemptions to the candidates from the required educational and physical standard for enlistment in constabulary.
At the outset, I wish to make it clear that I do not favour the system of seeking exemptions. An Exemption should be a rarity and not a general rule. The number of exemption rolls that are being received indicate that sufficient efforts are not being made to secure good type of recruits. When the recruitment has been suspended, there is really no urgent necessity in seeking for exemption. Efforts must be made to secure better type of recruits who satisfy all the requirements for being brought on the waiting list.
In most of the exemption rolls received in the office, the reasons for recommendations are shown to be “ under height” under chest” etc. This is not correct. The D.Ss.P. should specifically mention the reasons as to what extra-ordinary other qualities the candidate possess to necessitate exemptions from prescribed height, chest measurements and educational qualifications. Exemptions could be considered for qualities like higher education, extraordinarily good physique, fine sportsman of State standard, candidates belonging to Scheduled castes who are deserving of sympathetic consideration, sons of Police Officers who have died in service or who have rendered meritorious services and who are now in poor circumstances etc. The mere fact that a candidate is the son of a Policeman does not justify seeking of exemptions unless he comes within one of the categories outlined above.
The Dist. Supdts. Of Police will, infuture, only send up rolls for very deserving cases only.
STANDING ORDER NO. 457
NO. 35/Law-2/59, Dated 18th April, 1959
Strictures and other remarks on judgements against Government Servant action to be taken indicated
The Government in their letter No. HD. 19. TAC 59, dated 6-4-1959 (copy enclosed) have observed that strictures passed by the Courts including the High Court of Mysore are not being communicated to them for taking necessary action against the officers concerned and for issuing circulars or instructions to set right the defects in the detection and investigation of crimes in suitable cases. They have also observed that some remarks passed by the Courts against officers go un-noticed with the results that even remedial measures for avoiding such errors in future are not taken in time.
In this connection, the following instructions are hereby issued for the guidance of all concerned:
1. As soon as a judgment in a Criminal case filled by the Police, is pronounced in the Court of a Magistrate, it shall be the duty of the concerned Prosecuting and Investigating Officers to go through the judgment and find out if there are any strictures or other remarks against any Police Officer or other Government servant.
2. If in any judgment, there are such strictures or other remarks, the Prosecution Officer should at once obtain a copy of the judgment and sent it with his remarks to the Dist. Superintendent of Police, through the Investigating Officer who may add his own comments. The District Superintendent of Police should then forward the judgment with his remarks to the Chief Office through the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police who should add his own remarks.
3. As soon as a judgment in a criminal case is pronounced in the Court of a Sessions Judge, it shall be the duty of the concerned Investigating Officer to go through the judgment and if it contains any strictures or other remarks as aforesaid, he should in writing request the Public Prosecutor to obtain a copy of the judgment and forward it to the District Superintendent of Police with his remarks. The Investigating Officer may send to the District Superintendent of Police his comments also on the strictures or remarks. Thereafter the District Superintendent of Police should take action as indicated in paragraph 2.
4. In the case of judgments pronounced by the High Court containing strictures or other remarks Government have been addressed to instruct the Advocate General to send with his comments, a copy of the judgment to the concerned District Superintendent of Police, who on receipt of it should take action as indicated in paragraph, 2, after obtaining, if necessary, the remarks of the concerned Investigating Officer.
These instructions should be strictly adhered to.
STANDING ORDER NO.458
NO 5G-16-59, Dated 27th April, 1959
Uniform-Police Officers attending Law courts on Duty-Wearing of-Instructions issued
It has been brought to my notice by the Advocate General, Bangalore, that Police Officers attending to High Court for instructing the Law Officers in Criminal appeals etc., do not wear proper uniform. Some times, they merely don a plain shirt or a bush coat. This is highly improper and should stop at once. The High Court is the highest tribunal of justice in the State and as such the dignity and decorum of this place of justice as well as the learned Judges has to be maintained.
2. The following instructions are hereby issued in regard to the dress to be worn by Police Officers when they attend the High Court and other Law Courts.
1) Gazetted Police Officers- IPS: Informal working dress prescribed in Rule 3 under Schedule to the IPS (uniform) Rules, 1954.
Similar dress (informal working dress) should also be worn by the other Gazetted Police Officers (State Service) as prescribed in the Mysore State Police Service Uniform Rules.
2) Subordinate Police Officers: Working dress prescribed in the Dress Regulations.
3) CID Officers: Close Collar Coat buttoned up to the neck and trousers or open collar coat with tie and trousers.
STANIDNG ORDER NO. 459
No. C5-486/58, Dated 30th April, 1959
Use of vehicles involved in serious road accidents to convey wounded persons to the nearest hospital
The General Manager, MGRTD has brought to notice that the Police Staff take objection for removing motor vehicles involved in road accidents for the purposes of conveying the injured persons to the nearest hospital for extending medical aid.
It is evident that the vehicles involved in road accidents should not be removed or disturbed from their actual position at the time of accident for purposes of investigation by the Police and Inspection by the Motor Vehicle Inspector, as they serve valuable evidence.
Apart from the above, another important factor that is to be considered is the human aspect. The saving of life and affording immediate medical attention to the injured are also of paramount importance. In cases of very serious accidents involving deaths and serious injuries where the use of a conveyance is imperative to remove the injured to the nearest hospital and when there is not other vehicle available nearby, it is but human that any vehicle that is readily available should be used without any loss of time and the injured removed to the nearest hospital for medical attention.
The attention of all the Police Officers is also invited to Chief Office instructions issued in Standing Order No. 453 regarding removal of vehicles involved in accidents when roads are blocked for normal traffic.
STANDING ORDER NO. 461
No AR(#) 28/58, Dated 29th April, 1959
Action to be taken after Judicial Proceedings against Police Officers
In a recent case, it was observed that a Police Officer, who was prosecuted on a criminal charge, was convicted by the Trail Court but acquitted in the Appellate Court. The question of preferring an appeal to the High Court was considered and it was not found to be a fit case to go in appeal. More than four months after the pronouncement of the Judgment, the matter was referred to this Office by the District Superintendent of Police for orders on certain points. In the mean time, the Police officers concerned began sending applications for the reinstatement. It is to be noted that when a Police Officer is acquitted by the Court and it is decided not to prefer an appeal against the acquittal, expeditious actions should be taken. It is, therefore, hereby directed that cases of Police Officers and men who have been found not guilty by Courts should be dealt with on a priority level. Decisions on such cases, regarding reinstatement, taking of further departmental action, if any treatment of the period of suspension, out of employment etc. should be decided quickly.
STANDING ORDER NO. 462
No.E1-C. 738/58, Dated 1st May 1959
Extension of Service
1. I find that too many representations are being received from retiring persons for the grant of extension of service. Such representations are forwarded with recommendations, inspite of the definite policy laid down by Government and conveyed in their order No. GAD (S.2) 4 GEI-57 dated 7-6-56 (Chief Office No. CBI-105/57, dated 24-6-1957.
2. The Superintendents of Police should please note that sanction of Government is necessary for extension of service and any case not governed by the principles indicated in the G.O cannot be considered as such the Superintendents of Police should dispose off the petitions for the grant of extension, promptly inviting attention to the provisions of the G.O. dated 7-6-1957 referred to.
3. Recommendations for the grant of extension of service should be rare and in very deserving cases, where the services of the Official are required in the public interest and where he cannot be immediately substituted.
4. Representations contravening these instructions should not be recommended.
STANDING ORDER 463
No.128/Law/59, Dated 1st May 1959
Offences under the Provisions of the Suppression of Immoral Traffic in Women and Girls Act.
1. The Government in their letter No. HD, 38 MAT 58, dated 17-4-59 (copy enclosed) have brought to my notice that traffic in women is going on in Bijapur, Belgaum, Dharwar and North Kanara Districts on a large scale and that procures and middle-men have been coming from Bombay and other places to take girls for valuable consideration with the help of the local procurers. It is stated that poor people belonging to very backward classes and Harijans are reported to have become victims of this nefarious business.
2. All DSPs, are therefore, directed to launch a concerted drive to book the offenders.
3. A quarterly review of the work done in this connection should be sent so as t reach this Office not later than the 10th of the month of following each quarter in the proforma herewith annexed. The first review should reach me on 10-7-59.
Enclosed:
It has been represented to Government that traffic on a large scale in girls is going on in Bijapur, Belgaum, Dharwar and North Kanara Districts and that procurers and middle-men have been coming from Bombay and other places to take girls for valuable consideration with the help of local procurers. Government take a serious view of these allegations of reckless activities and are determined to take effective steps to put an end to the same without delay. In particular, poor people belonging to very backward classes and Harijans are reported to have become victims of this nefarious business.
I am therefore to request you to issue strict instructions to the Special Officers appointed in this connection to launch a concerted drive to book the offenders including the procurers, as required under the provisions of the Act.
I am also to request you to keep a special watch on the progress of work under Suppression of Immoral Traffic in Women and Girls Act and send a quarterly review of work carried out in this connections.
Annexure to S.O.No. 463
Statement showing the details of the cases put up under the Suppression of Immoral Traffic in Women and Girls Act for the quarter ending…………
(Name and District……………)
1. No. of houses of prostitution raided.
2. Total No. of cases put up under the Suppression of Immoral Traffic in Women and Girls Act.
3. No. of cases put up against (Show here details for Nos of cases, and persons shown in colum. 2)
Sec. of Law No. convicted No. discharged No. P.T.
4. No. of cases out of those shown in column 2).
Inter State Gang/Inter Dist. Gang.
5. The place to which they belong and main sphere of activities.
Dt. Supdt. Of Police
STANDING ORDER NO. 464
No. E1-C 91/59 Dated 4th May 1959
Representation through relatives, non-officials and members of Political parties for official acts-Breach of Rule 20 of Government Servants Conduct Rules
The attention of the Dy. Inspector General of Police and District Superintendents of Police is drawn to Government Circular No. GAD (S-1) 6-SSR-58, dated 24-4-1958 and Chief Office memo No. EI-C.260/58, dated 16-5-58 (copy enclosed) on the subject.
2. Despite clear instructions issued by the Government in the above circular, it is noticed that the practice of bringing indirect pressure with a view to achieving their own ends has not stopped so far. Several instance have come to my notice wherein wives and relations come to me with petitions for change of transfer orders etc., Although the practice of bringing pressure through political parties has shown a decided downward trend, there have been a few cases in which Officers have adopted this most indisciplinary and unhealthy procedure. In view with unmitigated abhorrence any such breach of disciplinary conduct.
3. The Dist. Superintendents of Police will again warn all ranks against any violation of the Government instructions in this regard. They should be told that by adopting these tactics, they are cutting the branch on which they sit and instead of going higher, they will surely be doomed to a precipitate fall. If any such tendencies come to the notice of the Dy.Inspector General of Police and Dist. Superintendents of Police they should send their reports to me about the officials concerned.
STANDING ORDER NO. 465
No. C5-421/57, Dated 2nd May 1959
Police Findings in respect of accidents to Mysore Government Road Transport Department Vehicles-furnishing thereof by the Police Department
Ref: 1. S.O. No. 219, dated 22-9-55.
2. This Office endorsement No. C5-13/55,dated 4-4-56.
Instructions were issued in this Office S.O. and Endorsement cited regarding the particular to be furnished to the Mysore Government Insurance Department, in respect of accidents to Mysore Government Road Transport Department vehicles.
2. In their letter No. HD 270 RTT 57, dated 19-1-59, Government have since ordered that the following information may be furnished to the Secretary, Mysore Government Insurance Department in the remarks column of the Specimen from of Police Report (copy enclosed) to be furnished in cases of accidents.
(i) Nature of the action taken in regard to the reported accident.
(ii) If an offence had been registered whether the investigation was pending.
(iii) If a change sheet had been sent, the names of the accused and the offences with which they had been charged; if the case is decided, the gist of the Courts order and its date.
3. All the Dist. Superintendents of Police are informed that the above information may be furnished to the Secretary, Mysore Government Insurance Department on payment of a fee of Rs. 10/- (Rupees Ten) only for each report.
4. The instruction issued in the Standing Order No. 219 and Endorsement no. C5-13/55, dated 4-4-56 are hereby enclosed.
STANDING ORDER NO. 466
No. C3-4/W/59, Dated 4th May 1959
Information leading of discovery by several persons recording and proof-Section 27 Indian Evidence Act
It has been brought to my notice that in some cases information furnished by several accused is not properly recorded and recoveries are made on the joint information of several accused, thus rendering the evidence under section 27 Indian Evidence Act, inadmissible against any of them. Attention is drawn to Standing Order No. 396 in this connection. The following further instructions are hereby issued for the guidance of all concerned.
i) When more than once accused, while in Police Custody, volunteer to give information the information of each accused should be separately recorded as indicated in Standing Oder No. 396, care being taken to see that at the time when one of them is furnishing the information, the others are not present or do not over hear him. A clear record to this effect should be made in the case diary.
ii) It should be realized that once property is discovered in consequences of information from one accused, it cannot be re-discovered in consequence of information received from another accused. Therefore, care and proper attention are necessary in preparing the record of the seizure. Any record that property was recovered as a result of information from more than once accused is useless and inadmissible u/s 27 Indian Evidence Act.
iii) The record of the seizure should clearly show as to which of the accused first gave the information and which of them first pointed out the property. It is only his information which is admissible under Section 27 Indian Evidence Act. (AIR 1952 Sec. 167)
iv) If the record of seizure, or the evidence produced by the prosecution in the court, shows that several accused went together with the Police Officer and took out property from the place at one and the same time the record will have no evidentiary value.
v) If, however, the prosecution are in a position to establish that the statements or action by two accused person which led to the discovery of certain facts, were actually made or took place simultaneously, the evidence with regard to the simultaneous statements would not be entirely shut out by the Provision of Section 27 Indian Evidence Act.
vi) In case where more than one accused are concerned the investigating officers should take care to avoid writing in the case diary, mahazar or other record, the General terms that accused gave information, that accused pointed out the property and that property was recovered on the information of the accused which has been the usual way in which they have now been recording. They should specifically write which individual accused gave the information and on which individual accused’s information property was recovered.
2. These instructions are supplementary to the instructions issued in Standing Order 396 and they should be strictly adhered to hereafter.
STANDING ORDER NO. 468
No. SG/2/92/59, Dated 27th May, 1959
Procedure for the return of empty fired cartridge cases and bullets etc.,
Copy of the letter No. HD 3974/POL/59, dated 4-5-59 from the Secretary to Government of Mysore Home Department. Bangalore together with a copy of the letter No. 9/10/59-PI dated 11-3-1959 from the Under Secretary to the Government of India Ministry of Home Affairs, New Delhi, prescribing the rates of refund for the return of empty fired cartridge cases and bullets, and dispatch instruction are enclosed herewith. The instructions should be followed strictly.
The following further instructions are issued in the matter.
1. The Unit Officers will first collect the ammunition fired cases/misfires of the various types in the District.
2. The live ammunition misfires and fired cases should be packed each of them, separately and they should not be mixed up.
3. The Unit Officers should contract the COO Ammunition Factory, Kirkee furnishing the following information and requesting him to send a military credit note for their dispatch.
1) Consignor and Booking Railway Station.
2) Number of packages
3) Actual weight of the consignment.
4) Description of Stores.
a) 303” (ball) fired cases in boxes and bags.
b) 303” (blank) “ -do-
c) 410” (ball) “ -do-
d) 410” (blank) “ -do-
e) 410” (ball misfires) “ -do-
f) 38” (ball) -do-
g) 455” (ball) -do-
h) 45” (auto ball) -do-
i) 22” RF (ball) -do-
j) Charges 303” -do-
k) Bandoliers Cotton -do-
l) Other articles if any -do-
4. After receipt of the MC notes, arrangements should be made for their dispatch with an escort party furnishing advance information to the COO Ammunition Factory, Kirkee.
5. The issue voucher in triplicate should accompany with the packages dispatched to the factory. A copy of the issue voucher, which can suitably be adopted is enclosed herewith.
6. On receipt of the two copies of receipted vouchers from the Ammunition Depot, Kirkee, the claim may be preferred direct based on the Issue vouchers for the refund for the return of empty fired cartridges and bullets. The claim should be sent to the Branch Accounts Officer of the Ammunition Factory, Kirkee with a request to pass the same to the Controller of Defence Accounts Factories, Calcutta for payment by book adjustment.
7. Account should be maintained in a register in the following proforma.
|Sl. |Date of receipt of the fired cartridges and|Quantity received |Date of despatch to the factory |
|No. |bullets from stations | | |
| | |303 | |
| | | | |
| | |410 | |
| | | | |
| | |38 | |
| | | | |
| | |Etc. | |
| | | |Boxes |Bags |
|1 |Particular of Despatch |…………….. | | |
|2 |RR No. |…………….. | | |
|3 |Actual Weight |……….. |Signature |………… |
|4 |Rate |……………. | | |
|5 |Total Amount charged |………… |Designation |……………. |
STANDING ORDER NO. 500 (A)
No C2-k, 10/58, Dated 17th October, 1960
Departmental Enquiry Amendment to instruction 17 of S.O. 500
Instructions no. 17 Standing Order 500 is cancelled and in its place the following is substituted.
17 “Previous statements of witnesses touching the matters in issue may be used during the enquiry by the delinquent officer for contradicting the witnesses.”
STANDING ORDER NO. 501
No. 490/Law/59, Dated 8th January, 1960
Annual Administration report of the Department Instructions for the Draft of the by Superintendent of Police And Other Officers
* * * * *
The attention of the Superintendent of Police and the other officers is drawn to the marginally noted references issuing instructions for the compilation of the Annual Administration Report of the District or the Unit.
|1 |Standing Order No. 122 dated November 1954 of this office |Despite clear instruction it is observed that there is no |
| | |uniformity in the drafting of the report with the result that|
| | |report |
|2 |Memorandum No. 12-Crime -55 (4) dated 30th July, 1956 of |are drawn up in a haphazared manner making it difficult for |
| |the IBMHA New Delhi. |consolidating, etc., in main cases all relevant particulars |
| | |are not furnished and there are cases where incorrect |
| | |information is |
|3 |Memo No. CI-270-56 dated 21st No.1956 of this office |furnished. Such omissions and commissions lead to |
| | |considerable difficultly in this office in drafting |
|4 |Memo No. CI-160-57 dated 7th Nov. 1957 and |the consolidated report. This also entail unnecessary |
| | |correspondence and delay. With a view to ensuring |
|5 |Circular Memo No. 394/Law/58, dated 5th December 1958 of |Uniformity in the drafting of the report by the |
| |this office |Superintendents of Police and avoiding subsequent |
| | |correspondence in the matter as far as possible the following|
detailed instructions are issued for the drafting of the Administration Reports in future.
2. The Report should be compiled and presented in the form of a Booklet of “F” cap size (13 ¼ X 8 ¼ ’) conforming to the following specifications:-
(a) All the leaves in the Booklet should be of the same size.
(b) The Booklet should be stitched neatly with an outer cover with the superscription on the cover in bold block letters “Administration report of the ….District Police for the year………………………
(c) Sufficient margin should be allowed to ensure that the booklet when stitched, does not mutilate or obliterate the transcription contained in the inner leaves.
(d) The matter should be neatly typed with double line spacing presenting an easy reading.
(e) The para and page number should be properly marked.
(f) The particulars should be factual and accurate.
(g) If for any reason, the statements cannot be got typed the same may be got prepared in manuscript, but they should be legibly written in ink, and carbon process should be avoided.
(h) The first inner sheet on opening the booklet should contain the same transcription as on the outer cover, in bold block letters.
(i) The second and the requisite number of following sheet of the booklet should contain the index of the references covered by the booklet.
ADMINISTRATION REORT
3. The Report should be presented in 7 parts as follows and should reach this office on or before the 20th January of the years following the year of Report. The Superintendents of Police should send their reports through the concerned Deputy Commissioners and Deputy Inspector General of Police with an advance copy to this office.
4. Part I of the report should contain the flowing information parawise:-
5. Report regarding the general conditions of the district, i.e.
1) Any major disturbance or organized violence during the
years;
2) Law and order situation in the district;
3) Rainfall (effects of law and heavy rainfall, havocs by floods,
if any)
4) Conditions of agricultural produce;
5) Prices of staple food-grains and essential commodities, etc.,
6) Measures, if any, taken by the Government to check the further increases of prices of food grains, etc.,
Note: - If need be, sub-paras may be made marking them as (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (a) (b) (c) (d) etc.
6. The following additional particulars may also be furnished in the following proforma.
|Particular |No. during the |
| |Previous two year |Year under report |
|The No. of- | | |
|1. Factories - | | |
|2. Mills - | | |
|3. Projects, and - | | |
|4. Other industrial concerns - | | |
|(only important and big concerns where there is considerable labour | | |
|to be taken to account) | | |
|Labour Population | | |
|(increase or decrease in the labour population during the year to be| | |
|accounted for) | | |
7. Number and details cases of promulgation of Section 144 Cr.P.C. for maintenance of Law and Order in the district.
8. No. and details of cases in which fire had to be opened by the Police during the year, and the reasons therefore, and the No. of deaths if any.
9. No. and details of cases of Lathi Charges, if any, and the reasons therefor, and untoward incidents if any, resulting therefor.
10. No. and details of cases of use of tear-smoke shells, if any and the reasons therefor, and the result of their use.
11. No. and details of cases of explosive accidents if any. No. and details of cases of Mail Robbery, if any.
12. It should contain a report regarding the commutate tension in the District during the year and incidents of disturbances, if any. The incidents should be briefly narrated taking care to see that the essential information is not omitted.
13. Report regarding the Labour situation, and incidents if any of any serious should be briefly narrated.
14. Reports, if any, on MES agitation, Goa Boder problem, or any other agitation in the district dislocating the law and order situation in the district to be furnished by the concerned officers.
15. Report regarding visits, if any, of high personages to the district such as the President and the Vice-President of the Indian Union, the Prime Minister of India and other Foreign High Dignitaries, etc., and the arrangements made by the Police on such occasions.
PART II
16. Part II should contain the following information:-
17. Statement showing the statistics of crime under Parts I to VI during the year under report and the previous two years in the following proforma should be furnished.
Statement showing the statistics of crime under Parts I to VI during the year under report and the previous two years
|Offences |During the previous two |During the year under |
| |years |report |
|Class-I | | |
|Offences against the State, Public Tranquility, Safety and Justice | | |
|Class-II | | |
|Serious offences against person | | |
|Class-III | | |
|Serious offences against person and property or against property | | |
|alone. | | |
|Class-IV | | |
|Minor offences against person | | |
|Class-V | | |
|Minor Offences against person | | |
|Total of Class 1 to 5 | | |
|Class-VI | | |
|Other offences not specified above | | |
|Grand Total of Class I to IV | | |
| | | |
| | | |
18. Report regarding the total number of cognizable crime reported (excluding the offences under the Special and Local Laws and the Nuisance Section of the IPC) during the year under report and the previous two years and the increase or decrease over the figure of the previous year and cogent reasons for the increase or the decrease.
19. Report regarding the number of cases put up under the Special and Local Laws during the year under report in the following proforma, and the previous two years and increase or the decrease over the figure of the previous year.
|Offences under the Special and Local Laws |During the |
| |Previous two years |Year under report |
|The Special and Local Laws to be listed | | |
The reasons for the increase or the decrease of crime in general and under each head of offences in particular.
20. The number of nuisance cases, i.e., cases under Sl.No. 2(g) and 3(a) of Class VI Statement AA-I put up during the year under report and the previous two years and the increase or the decrease over the figure of the previous year.
21. The number of cases of Grave Crime, i.e., Murder. Dacoity, Robbery, House Breaking and Theft. Cattle theft and ordinary theft reported during the year under report and the previous two years in the following proforma and the increase or the decrease over the figures of the previous year.
|Nature of Crime |Reported during the |
| |Previous two years |Year under report |
|1. Murder -- | | |
|2. Dacoity -- | | |
|3. Robbery -- | | |
|4. HB and theft -- | | |
|5. Cattle theft -- | | |
|6. Ordinary theft -- | | |
The reasons for the increase or the decrease of Grave Crime should invariably be furnished.
22. Murders:- The number of cases of murder reported during the year under report and the previous two years. The increase or the decrease over the figure of the previous year, and the reasons for the increase or the decrease.
23. Statement showing the classification of murder according to the motives during the year under report and the previous two years to be furnished in the following proforma.
|Motive |No. of murders during the |
| |Previous two years |Year under report |
|1. Sexual causes -- | | |
|2. Gain -- | | |
|3. Family disputes -- | | |
|4. Faction or Feuds -- | | |
|5. Other causes -- | | |
|Total | | |
| | | |
24. Interesting cases of Murder- From out of the cases of murder reported in the district during the year under report, only very important and interesting cases may be included in the Administration Report of the district. The incident should be narrated briefly, but care should be taken to see that the essential details such as, the date of occurrence of the incident the place and the Police Station in the limits of which the offence was committed, the Crime No., the name or names of the complainant and the accused, and the deceased in cases of murders, estimated loss of property, if any, how the incident occurred, how the Police investigated the case, arrested the accused and recovered the property, the date on which the charge sheet was put up and how the case ended. The narration should as far as possible, be indirect and clear sentences.
25. Infanticide- Report regarding the number of cases reported of infanticide during the year under report and the previous two years, and the increase or the decrease over the figure of the previous year. The reasons for increase or decrease should be reported.
26. Riots and Disturbances:- Report regarding the number of cases of Rioting or Unlawful Assembly reported during the year under report and the previous two years the increase or decrease over the figures of the previous year. The reasons for the occurrence of such incidents –whether they were the outcome of any Organized Strike, Violence, Agitation or Party Factions, Land Disputes, Prohibition Raids etc. should be furnished.
27. Important and interesting cases if any, or riots and disturbances during the year. The measures taken by the Police in preventing the same and restoring Law and Order.
28. Dacoities:- Statistics of cases reported to be furnished for the year under report and also the previous two years in the following proforma. The increase or the decrease over the figure of the previous year and the reasons for the same should be furnished together with a report regarding the preventive measures taken by the Police.
|Category of Dacoity |Reported during the |
| |Previous two years |Year under report |
|1. House Dacoity | | |
|2. Armed Dacoity | | |
|3. Highway Dacoity | | |
|4. Technical | | |
|5. Others | | |
|Total | | |
29. Important and interesting case or cases of dacoity, if any, should be listed giving essential details.
30. Robbery:- The statistics of cases reported during the year under report and the two previous years in the following proforma – the increase or the decrease over the figure of the previous year, and the reasons for the same- should be shown under this para together with a report regarding the preventive measures taken by the Police.
|Category of Robbery |Reported during the |
| |Previous two years |Year under report |
|1. Highway Robbery | | |
|2. House Robbery | | |
|3. Technical | | |
|4. Others | | |
|Total | | |
31. Important and interesting case or cases or Robbery if any, during the year under report should be listed giving essential details.
32. House Breaking and Theft- The statistics of cases reported during the year under report and the previous two years, the increase or the decrease over the figure of the previous year, and the reason for the same should be shown under this pars. A report as to the preventive measures taken by the Police during the year should be separately reported under a sub-paragraph.
33. The average value of property lost and recovered for a case of House Breaking for the year under Report and the previous two years should be reported under this para.
34. Important and interesting cases of HB and theft (only few cases to be included) should be shown under this para furnishing essential details.
35. Theft –Cattle- Statistics of cases reported during the year under report and the previous two years – the increase or the decrease over the figure of the previous year and the reasons there to should be shown. Preventive measures if any, taken by the Police to reduce the volume of crime should also be reported. Under a sub-para statistics as to the total number of cattle lost and recovered during last 3 years should be shown.
If there are any interesting cases, a brief report of such cases should be given furnishing essential details.
36. Theft- Ordinary- Statistics of cases reported during the year under report and the previous two years- the increase or the decrease over the figure of the previous year and the reasons thereto may be reported under this para.
In a sub-paragraph, the average value of property last and recovered per case may be indicated.
37. Important and interesting cases of thefts if any should be included under this paragraph furnishing essential details.
38. Counterfeiting coins and currency Notes:- Statistics of cases reported during the year under report and the previous two years the increase or the decrease over the figure of the previous year, and the reasons thereto should be shown under this paragraph.
39. Only interesting and important cases of counterfeiting coins and currency notes if any, may be shown under this para furnishing essential details such as Modus Operandi, the sphere of operations, the names of important Members of gang etc.,
40. Other important or interesting cases, if any, such as cheating, fraud, etc., may be included under this para furnishing essential details.
41. Fire Arms- No. of cases if any, involving injuries from fire arms reported during the year under report and the previous two years may be shown here. The number of cases in which fire arms expert was summoned to give evidence during the year under report may be reported.
42. Rape- Statistics of cases reported during the year under report and the previous two years and the increase or the decrease over the figures of the previous year should be shown under this paragraph.
43. Justifiable Homicide:- No. of cases of justifiable Homicide, if any, during the year under report, and the previous two years should be given furnishing details of important cases.
44. Unnatural and Accident Deaths:- Statistics of cases reported during the year under report and the previous two years in the following proforma should be reported. In case of any marked increase or decrease under any particular item, reasons in such cases as may be possible, marked furnished.
|Nature of Accidents |Statistics of the |
| |Previous two years |Year under report |
|1. Accidental Drowning | | |
|2. Suicidal Drowning | | |
|3. Suicidal Hanging | | |
|4. Snake Bites. | | |
|5. Wild Beasts | | |
|6. Burns | | |
|7. Electric Shocks. | | |
|8. Lightning | | |
|9. Mining Accidents. | | |
|10. Motor Accidents. | | |
|11. Rail Accidents. | | |
|12. Fall from Heights. | | |
|13. Crushed by Weight | | |
|14. Gunshot Accidents | | |
|15. Poisoning | | |
|16. Other causes. | | |
|Total | | |
PART – III
Part – III should contain the following information:-
45. Detection and Prevention of Crime
Crime – How Dealt with (Statement “A” Part –I)
Percentage of detection in the following proforma should be furnished – i.e the percentage of the number of convicted cases show in column II of statement “A” Part- I on the total true cases (Column 14) disposed of during the year, excluding those in which investigation was refused (column 6) in the last 3 years under report and the previous 2 years.
|Year |Percentage of total detection of total cognizable crime |
|19 Previous two |Percent |
|19 years |Percent |
|19 years under report |Percent |
Note:- True cases shown in column no. 14 include figures shown under the following heads in statement “A” Part-I (and also statement “AA” part-I) convicted, acquitted or discharged, compound not detected and investigation refused. But while calculating the percentage of detection (i.e. the number of convicted cases on the total true cases) the number of cases shown under the Head Investigation refused should be excluded from the total true cases in Column No. 14.
46. The reasons for the increase or decrease, in the percentage of detection should be invariably furnished.
47. Percentage of detection for the year under report and previous two years in respect of Grave Crime i.e. Murder, Dacoity, Robbery, House Breaking Cattle theft and Ordinary theft should be shown in the following proforma.
The reasons for the increase or decrease in the percentage of detection for the year under report should be invariably be furnished.
|Nature of Crime |Percentage of detection |
| |During the pre two years |During the year under report |
|Murder | | |
|Dacoity | | |
|Robbery | | |
|HB and theft | | |
|Cattle theft | | |
|Ordinary theft | | |
48. Cases in which investigation was refused (Section 157()6 Cr.P.C.)
Out of the cases reported during the year, the number of cases in which the investigation was refused should be furnished.
49. Cases referred to by Magistrates U/S 202 Cr.P.C. – The number of cases referred to by the Magistrates during the year under report and the previous two years should be shown under this paragraph.
50. Session Cases:- The number of cases committed to the Sessions and those pending from previous year, the number that ended in conviction, the percentage of conviction to the number of cases tried, the number discharged or acquitted, the number pending trail at the end of the year should be given under this paragraph.
Attendance at Sessions:- Particulars should be furnished in the following proforma.
|Attendance at Sessions |During the previous two year |During the under year report |
|1. The no. of Sessions cases held. | | |
|2. The no. of sessions attended by Superintendent| | |
|of Police | | |
|3. The No. of Sessions cases attended by Deputy | | |
|Superintendents of Police | | |
51. Properly lost recovered (only police cases)- Statement showing the value of property lost and recovered during the year under report and the previous two years should be furnished in the following proforma.
|District |Value of property lost and recovered during |
| |The previous two years |The year under report |
| |Lost |Recovered |
|1. No. of cases decided by the court | | |
|2. No. of cases that ended in conviction. | | |
|3. No. of cases acquitted or discharged. | | |
|4. No. of cases compounded etc., | | |
|5. No. of cases otherwise disposed of | | |
|(reasons for decrease in the percentage of | | |
|convictions) | | |
53, No. of persons tried- (Statement “A” II – Cols. 9 & 10)
Particulars should be furnished in the following proforma
| |During the previous two years |During the year under report |
|1. No of persons tried | | |
|2. Percentage of conviction | | |
54. Inadequate sentences and Retrials – Instances, if any, of serious cases reported during the year under report in which inadequate sentences were passed or in which miscarriage of justice and had occasioned and brought to the notice of higher authorities may be reported under this paragraph.
55. Escapes-
1. The no. of persons that escaped from Police Custody.
2. Out of those in Sl.No. 1 the No. that escaped from Police Lock UP.
3. Out of those in Sl.No. 1 the no. that escaped from Sub-Jails.
4. Out of those in Sl.No. that escaped from other police custody.
5. The No. of persons re-captured.
6. The no. of Police Officers dealt with departmentally for dereliction of duty.
Statistics in respect of the above should be furnished for the year under report and the previous two years.
56. Prosecution for False Complaints
1. The no. of cases pending at the beginning of the year for Magisterial orders.
2. The no. of cases reported by the Police as “False” to the Magistrates during to the year under report.
3. The no. of cases accepted and were struck off by the Magistrate as “False”
4. The no. of cases launched by Police for preferring false complaints.
5. The no. of cases that ended in conviction for preferring false complaints.
6. The no. of persons prosecuted for preferring false complaint against the Police.
57. Old Offenders-
1) The no. of persons who received enhanced punishments under Section 75 Indian Penal code during the year under report and the figures for the previous two years.
2) The no. of persons who were ordered to notify residence under section 565 Criminal Procedure Code during the year under report and the previous two years.
3) The no. of persons who were prosecuted for failure to notify residence and the number convicted for the same. Statistics to be furnished for the year under report and the previous two years.
58. Security for good behaviour- Statement showing the number of cases booked in the district during the year under report under sections 109 and 110 Criminal Procedure Code to be furnished under the following heads:-
1) No. of cases put up.
2) No. bound over;
3) No. pending disposal;
4) Percentage of disposal on the cases put up.
59. Habitual Offenders:-The no. of K Ds. and Habitual offenders in the district as the beginning of the year and as at the close of the year should be shown. It should also show the number removed from the list and the number registered during the year.
60. The No. of K. DS. and Habitual offenders who became O.V. and efforts made to trace them should also be reported.
61. Rowdy Sheets:- The no. of persons in respect of whom Rowdy Sheets were opened during the year and the no. at the end of the year should be reported.
62. Foreign Criminals:- A note on the activities of other States who have operated or who are suspended to have operated in the district should be given under this paragraph.
63. Enforcement of Prohibition:- the area and the population covered by Prohibition during the year under report.
The district and the taluks in which prohibition was in force during the year under report.
The no. of liquor permits issued during the year under report.
The no. of cases put up during the year under report and the previous two years. Particulars to be furnished under the following headings.
|Nature of Offences |No. of cases put up during |
| |Previous two years |Year under report |
|1. illicit distillation | | |
|2. Smuggling | | |
|3. Drunkenness | | |
64. The number of persons involved in the cases booked during the year under report and the previous two years in the following proforma.
|Nature of Offences |No. of cases put up during |
| |Previous two years |Year under report |
|1. illicit distillation | | |
|2. Smuggling | | |
|3. Drunkenness | | |
65. The total amount of fine levied and the amount of fine realized in respect of Prohibition cases during the year under report and the previous two years.
66. Enforcement of Immoral Traffic in Women and Girls Act:- A note should be given as to the steps taken for enforcement of the above act including the no. of cases put up under the act, the no. convicted, etc.,
67. Untouchability Act:- a note should be given as to the enforcement of the Untouchability act including the no. of cases put up, the no. convicted etc.,
68. Motor Vehicles Act:- The no. of Motor Vehicles running in the district (statistics to be furnished for the year under report and the two previous years).
1. Motor Car
2. Motor Buses
3. Motor Lorries.
4. Taxis
5. Vans.
6. Auto-Rickshaws.
No. of cases put up for violation of Traffic Rules (Statistics to be furnished) for the year under report and the previous two years.
1. Over-Speed
2. Using
i) Dazzling headlight
ii) Defective Light
3. Violation of Traffic Sign Boards.
4. Defective vehicles.
5. Route permit.
6. Driving without valid licences.
7. Unauthorised carriage of passengers in
i) Goods or private truck;
ii) Private Cars.
8. Non-payment of Tax
9. Overloading.
10.Miscellaneous – such as
i) jay walking;
ii) Cyclists going without light
iii) Hawking etc.,
Motor Accidents:- Statistics relating to Motor Accidents for the year under report and the previous two years to be furnished in the following proforma.
|Accidents by |During the |
| |Previous two years |During the year under report |
|1. Motor Cars | | |
|2. Motor Buses | | |
|3. Motor Lorries | | |
|4. Motor Cycles | | |
|5. Motor Vans. | | |
|6. Motor Jeeps | | |
|7. Taxis | | |
|8. Auto-Rickshaws | | |
|9. Other vehicles | | |
The no. of persons injured and killed on account of the accidents may also be furnished separately as under:-
|Nature Accident |No. of cases put up |
| |Previous two years |Year under report |
|1. No. of persons injured | | |
|2. No. of persons killed | | |
69. Inspection of shops licensed under the Indian Arms Act and the Indian Explosives Act;- Report regarding the inspection of the shops licensed under the above act, by the Inspector and the Gazetted Police Officers.
70. Execution of Warrants:- The number of warrants pending execution at the end of the year under report and at the end of the previous year. Out of them (i.e. those pending execution at the end of the year under report) how many were pending for more than one year.
PART – IV
71. This part should contain the following information:-
72. It should give a list of Gazetted Officers who worked in the district during the year showing against each the particulars of the charge or office held, the date of assuming charge and the date of handing over Charge.
The number of occasion on which the Superintendent of Police held additional charge as Deputy Superintendents of Police and the number of occasions on which the Deputy Superintendents of Police held additional charge as Superintendent of Police during the year under report should be clearly indicated.
73. Here under a list of Police Inspector and Sub-Inspectors who worked in the district should be listed showing against each the office or charge held, the date of assuming charge and the date of relief.
74. Retirement – The names of both Gazetted and non-Gazetted Police Officers as well as Ministerial Staff who retired from service on superannuation or proceeded on leave preparatory to retirement on superannuation, during the year under report, should be given showing against each the date of retirement.
75. A separate list of officers with above information should be shown in respect of officers who are retired other than on superannuation showing against each briefly as to the circumstances under which they were retired- such as on invalidation, punishments, etc.,
76. Training of Probationers:- A list of Gazetted and non-Gazetted Police Officers who received practical training in the district should be shown under this paragraph. If officers of other departments like IAS officers etc., received police training a separate list of such officers should also be shown.
77. Strength of the Force:- The sanctioned strength of the district or the unit, both permanent and temporary, civil and Armed rank wise to be furnished separately in respect of the Civil and the Armed and permanent and temporary in the following proforma.
|Rank |As on 1st January of the Year |As on 31st December of the year |
| |Permanent |Temporary |Permanent |Temporary |
|Civil Police | | | | |
|1. SP | | | | |
|2. Dy.SP/ASP | | | | |
|3. PIS | | | | |
|4. Asst. SIS | | | | |
|5. HCS | | | | |
|6. PCS | | | | |
|Armed police | | | | |
|mandant | | | | |
|2.Asst. Commandant | | | | |
|3. Reserve Inspector | | | | |
|4. Reserve SI | | | | |
|5. Asst. RSI | | | | |
|6. HCs | | | | |
|7. PCs | | | | |
78. Recruitment:- The number of vacancies by each rank in the force on the last day of the year of the report and the number for the previous two years on the last date of such previous two years should be shown. Against each, the reasons for not filling up the vacancies should be shown. This should include all executive ranks from Police Inspector downwards to Police Constables and Ministerial Staff. The surplus staff over and above he sanctioned strength should also be indicated.
Note:- It was noticed that in the Administration Reports of certain districts for the year 1958 the total number of vacancies that occurred during the year under report had been shown. This is not correct. Only the actual number of vacancies existing on the last day of the year under report should be shown.
79. The number of Police Constables recruited during the year should be shown. A brief report should also be made as to their training in the training institutions. The number recruited during the previous two years should also be reported explaining during the previous two years should also be reported explaining the variation if an in recruitment. A brief note as to how many are on waiting list should be furnished.
80. Under this para the number of officers who were promoted in the district should be given by each rank.
81. Casualties- (Statement “E”- Colms. 35 to 40 inclusive)
The total number of casualties in the force during the year under report and the previous two years should be furnished under the following heading:-
|Nature of Casualties |Casualties during the |
| |Previous two years |Year under Report |
|1. Retirement | | |
|2. Resignations | | |
|3. Dismissals | | |
|4. Discharges | | |
|5. Desertions | | |
|6. Deaths | | |
82. The number of Police Officers and men died and injured while on duty during the year under report and during the previous two years should be reported in the following proforma.
| |During the previous two years |During the year under report |
| |Officers |Men |Officers |Men |Officers |Men |
|1. Died | | | | | | |
|2. Injured | | | | | | |
83. Health- (Statement “E” colmns 41 to 43 inclusive) General remarks regarding the health of the force.
Percentage of admissions into Hospital as compared with the percentages of the previous two years.
Reasons in case of increase of percentage during the year under report.
The number of Police Officers and Men who died during the year under report and the two previous years. Departmental medical facilities made available during the year should also be included under this paragraph.
84. Education- (Statement “E” – Column No. 29)
The no. of Head constables who were on duty on the last day of the year under report and the number and percentage of illiterates among them.
85. Conduct Departmental Punishments- The departmental punishments inflicted on the officials should be reported in the following profroma. It should be in respect of Police Inspector and below:-
|Rank |Black marks |Reprimand etc. |Stoppage of |Suspension as specific|Reduction in both |
| | | |increment |punishment |time scale ad Rank |
|l |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|Civil | | | | | |
|1. PI | | | | | |
|2. SI | | | | | |
|3. HC | | | | | |
|4. PC | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|Armed | | | | | |
|1. RI | | | | | |
|2. RSI | | | | | |
|3. ARSI | | | | | |
|4. HC | | | | | |
|5. PC | | | | | |
|Removal from service |Compulsory retirement |Dismissal on DE |Dismissal on judicial |Any other punishment not |
| | | |conviction |shown in cols. 2 to 10 |
|7 |8 |9 |10 |11 |
86. A report as to suspension of officers in the district should be given in the following profroma.
|Rank |No. of officers under|No suspended during |Total |No. released from |No. under suspension |
| |suspension as on 1st |the year | |suspension during the|at the end of the |
| |January | | |year |year. |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
87. A brief report on the increase of decrease in the no. of officers under suspension with reason.
88. No. of departmental enquiries held and completed during the year by the Superintendents of Police, Deputy Superintendents of Police and Police inspector should be reported.
89. The no. of officers who were punished on charges of corruption during the year should be furnished showing the nature of punishment awarded.
90. Appeals- A comparative statement of appeals dealt during the year under report and the previous year should be given.
| |Appellate Authority |DIG |
| |IGP |DC | |
| |During the |During the |During the |
| |Year under report |Previous year |Year under report |Previous year |Year under report |Previous |
| | | | | | |year |
|1. No. of appeals | | | | | | |
|2. No. of appeals in which orders upheld | | | | | | |
|or confirmed. | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
|3. No. of appeals in which orders were | | | | | | |
|modified or cancelled. | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
|4. No. returned for action by lower | | | | | | |
|officers. | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
|5. No. pending disposal at the end of the | | | | | | |
|year. | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
|6. Percentage of appeals in which | | | | | | |
|punishments were cancelled or modified to | | | | | | |
|those which were disposed of | | | | | | |
91. Judicial Punishments:- the total number of Police Officers and men punished by Criminal Courts during the year under report and the previous two years-
a) Under Police Act
b) Under Sections 330, 331, 348 IPC
c) Under Chapter X of IPC
d) Prohibition Act.
e) Prevention of Corruption Act.
f) Other Offences
92. Titles- Titles, if any, conferred on the Police Officers during the year under report.
93. Medals and Rewards- Particulars of Medals awarded during the year under report to be furnished in the following proforma.
|Kinds of Medal awarded |Name of the Awardee |
|1. President’s Police and Fire Service Medal. | |
|2. Police Medal for Meritorious | |
|3. Others | |
94. Rewards- Particulars of Cash rewards awarded during the year under report and the previous two years to the Police Officers and men, private individuals and informants to be furnished in the following profroma.
|Year |Total amount of reward |No. of private individuals and |No. of police officers and men |
| | |informants rewarded |rewarded |
|1. Previous two years | | | |
|a) | | | |
|b) | | | |
|2. Year under Report | | | |
95. No. of Police Officers rewarded during the year particulars to be furnished rank wise as follows. (this should furnish details for cash rewards as well as for other rewards).
|Rank |No. of officers |Total cash rewards |Other rewards |remarks |
|Civil | | | | |
|1. PI | | | | |
|2. SI | | | | |
|3.ASI | | | | |
|4. HC | | | | |
|5. PC | | | | |
|Armed | | | | |
|1. RI | | | | |
|2. RSI | | | | |
|3. Asst. RSI | | | | |
|4. HC | | | | |
|5.PC | | | | |
96. Cases of good work, if any turned out by the officers and men commended by the Public or by the Judiciary, with copies of documentary letters or judgments. Details to be furnished as under.
|Name of officers |Nature of good work don |Nature of commendation made by the |
| | |Judiciary or the Public |
|1 | | |
|2 | | |
|3 | | |
97. Names of Police Officers and Ministerial officials who have shown great keenness and ability in their work.
|Name |Designation |Nature of exceptionally good work or works |
| | |done by the officer/official |
|1 | | |
|2 | | |
|3 | | |
98. Extraordinary Family Pension:- Details of extraordinary family pensions, if any, sanctioned by the government to be furnished as follows:-
1) GO No. and date of sanction.
2) Name and designation of the Police Officer whose family was granted the extraordinary family pension.
3) Other particulars under the following headings:-
|Particulars of the Grantee |Amount of family pension granted|Duration of the grant |Remarks (circumstances of the |
| | | |case under which the grant was |
| | | |sanctioned) |
|1. Relationship with the | | | |
|deceased dependents such as | | | |
|mother. Wife, son, daughters | | | |
|etc. | | | |
| | | | |
|2. | | | |
| | | | |
|3. | | | |
99. Cost of the Police of the District or Unit:- Cost of the Police Establishment of the district or the Unit for the official year proceeding the year under report i.e. for the Administration Report for the year 1959 the cost for the official year 1958-59 is to be furnished. Reasons to be furnished in case of marked increase or decrease of cost during the year under report.
100. Building and Housing of the force:- The number of officers and men who have been provided with Government quarters and those who have to be provided quarters. The percentage of officers to be provided with quarters.
The particulars of Government quarters which existed during the year under report and the previous two years to be furnished under the following headings.
|Rank |Number of existing quarters |Percentage of proportion to the sanctioned strength |
| | |in each rank |
| |During the previous two |During the year under |During the previous two |During the year under |
| |years |report |years |report |
|1. PIs and Sergeant Major. | | | | |
|2. Sis and HCs | | | | |
|3. ASIs and HCs | | | | |
|4. PCs | | | | |
101. Motor Transport:- The number and the kind of Motor Vehicles that existed at the beginning of the year under report, how many were condemned during the year, and how many were purchased during the year and their cost, and the number of vehicles that existed at the end of the year under report to be furnished under the following headings;
|Kind of vehicles |Number existing at the end of the year under report |
|Vans | |
|Lorries | |
|Jeeps | |
|Land rovers | |
|Station wagons | |
|Motor cycles | |
|Staff cars | |
|Other vehicles | |
102. Report regarding the working of the Motor Transport attached to the district.
103. Fire Services:- Report regarding the number of Fire Services Stations functioning in the district under the police and other agencies and the places where they are located. Additions, if any, during the year under report and the places where they are located.
104. The total sanctioned strength of the Fire Service Branch- permanent and temporary at the end of the year figures to be furnished rank wise separately for permanent and temporary establishments in so far as Fire Services under Police Department.
105. Fire Calls-Attendance to:- Particulars to be furnished regarding the
1) No. of calls to which the Fire Services Units attended during the year under report and the previous two years.
2) The total estimated loss due to Fire accident during the year under report and the previous two years.
106. Statement showing the comparative loss of property on account of Fire Accident during the year under report and previous two years to be furnished in the following profroma.
|District |Number of calls attended during the |Property involved in the fire during |Estimated loss of property during the|
| | |the | |
| |Previous two year |Year under report |Previous two year |Year under report |Previous two year |Year under report |
| | | | | | | |
107. Loss of life due to Fire Accident:- Instances of loss of life, if any, during the year under report and the number of lives lost.
Instances of any gallant or outstanding work turned out by the Police Officers and men during the Fire Accidents if any to be mentioned.
108. Home Guards, Village Defence Parties, Village Vigilance Committees etc., :- Report regarding the functioning of such organizations and how their services were utilized by the Police during the year under report, should be dealt under this paragraph.
109. Village Police:- Report regarding the co-operation of the village Police Officers with the regular Police in the prevention, detection and reporting of the Crime during the year under report.
110. Inspection of the Arms of the Police Force:- Report regarding Inspection conducted by the Assistant Inspector of Arms. Madras of the districts or the Units during the year under report and the dates of inspection. Any important observation made by the Inspecting Officers to be mentioned in the report.
111. Inspection of the districts or the Units by the DIsG and the Superintendents of Police- Report regarding the Inspection of the districts or the Units under their charge by the DIsG the year under report.
Report regarding the Inspections conducted by the Superintendents of Police in their districts during the year under report.
Report regarding the Inspection conducted by the Police Inspectors in their circles or taluks or areas during the year under report.
112. No. of days of tour by Gazetted Officers SP, ASP/DSP during the year under report.
113. Conference and Meetings if any, attended by the Superintendents of Police, District Superintendents of Police/Assistant Superintendents of Police during the year under report.
114. Sport:- Report reading the Sports activities of the Police Force in the district or the Unity-details of participation in a sports competition or tournaments and the results thereof.
Mention should be made in case of award of any medal or prize to the individual officer or officers of the Department or the team of the Department that participated in the competition or the tournament during the year under report.
115. Police Welfare:- Herein describe the several activities connected with Police Welfare such as
a) Police Welfare Fund;
b) Co-operative Societies;
c) Educational facilities specially provided;
d) All other measures taken to improve the Welfare of the Police personnel.
116. Police Public Relationship:- Herein given an, exhaustive note of the several steps taken for improving the Police Public Relationship the Police Magistracy relationship etc.
117. General:- Achievements during the year should be furnished.
PART V
118. Reforms and needs.
Reforms:- Reforms if any, for better working of the Department for achieving better results of detection of crime etc.,
Needs:- Needs of the district such as Motor Vehicles, Radio Stations, Fire Service Stations, Tear Smoke Squads Telephones, Buildings for locating offices and Stations and for residential purposes of the Police Staff, furniture, additional staff etc.,
PART VI
119. Graphs:- Seventeen Graphs as indicated below have to accompany the administration report, as Part-VI of the Report. The information that has to be furnished in the graphs is noted against each. In the graphs, the years may be shown horizontally and the number of cases or percentage of detection shown vertically. The figures for the year under report and for the previous four years may be furnished in the graph.
The scale adopted should be indicated as follows:-
1 inch = or……..hundred……..or thousand cases.
1 inch = ………..percent
1 inch =…………year or years
Graph No.(1):- The trend of cases of total cognizable crime- i.e. Sl.No. I and Classes I to V of Statement “A” part-I Return of cases.
Graph No. (2):- Trend of cases of Crime- Murder reported.
Graph No. (3):- Trend of cases of Crime- Dacoity reported.
Graph no. (4):- Trend of cases of Crime- Robbery reported.
Graph No. (5):- Trend of cases of Crime reported – House Breaking.
Graph no. (6):- Trend of cases of Crime reported- cattle theft.
Graph no. (7):- Trend of cases of Crime reported – Ordinary theft
Graph No. (8):- Trend of percentage of cases convicted to true cases investigated (Result of investigation)
Graph No. (9):- Trend of percentage of conviction in IPC cases.
Graph No. (10):- Trend of cases of Crime under Rioting and Unlawful Assembly.
Graph No. (11):- Percentage of detection of cases of total cognizable Crime and Grave Crime to be shown on one and the same graph sheet.
Graph No. (12):- Percentage of detection of cases of murder.
Graph no. (13):- Percentage of detection of cases of Dacoity.
Graph No. (14):- Percentage of detection of cases of Robbery.
Graph No. (15):- Percentage of detection of cases of HB .
Graph No. (16):- Percentage of detection of cases of cattle theft.
Graph No. (17):- Percentage of detection of cases of Ordinary theft.
Each graph should bear the heading as follows:-
PART VI
Graph No………..Year of Report
Graph showing the Trend/Percentage of…………………….
Good quality Graph paper of F Cap size should be used and they should be stitched together with each copy of the administration report for the year.
120. The map of the district showing the comparative state of crime – Serious offence against person and property i.e. offences under Class-III of Statement “A” part I return of cases, in the taluks or circles of the districts, should be prefixed to the report. The map should be written on a thick blue paper of F” cap size. The state of crime in the circles or taluks may be indicated by marks as under.
Once cases to every 1000 and 2000 persons.
Do to every 2000 and under 4000 persons.
Do to every 4000 and under 6000 persons.
Do to every 6000 and under 8000 persons.
Average for the district:-
Once case to every ………..persons.
The map should be neatly written and the boundaries of the taluks of circles distinctly marked. The heading should be written as follows:-
MAP OF……………….DISTRICT SHOWING SERIOUS OFFENCES AGAINST PERSON AND PROPERTY FOR THE YEAR…………..UNDER REPORT.
The names of the Bordering districts may also be written as the appropriate place on the map sheet.
PART VII
121. The following Statements have to accompany the Annual Administration Report:-
Statement “A”-
Return of cognizable crime.
Part I- Return of cases.
Part II- Return of Persons concerned in cases.
Statement “AA”
Return of cognizable crime.
Part I- Return of cases.
Part II- Return of cases.
Statement “B”-
Return of non cognizable crime and cases under the
Preventive sections of the Cr.P.C.
Part I- Return of cases.
Part II- Return of persons concerned in cases.
Statement – “C”
Property stolen and recovered.
Statement – “CC”
Classification of thefts and robberies according to the nature of the property involved.
Statement – “D”
Return showing the sanctioned strength and the cost of the police force.
Statement – “E”
Return showing equipment, discipline and general internal management of the force.
Statement –“F”
Quinquennial Statement of Crime.
Statement “FF”
Classification of thefts and robberies by stolen property (consolidated for five years)
Statement “G”
Quinquennial statement of Railway Crime.
Statement “II”
Juvenile delinquency (profroma set with this office Memo no. CI-81-57, dated 26th August 1957).
122. It is observed from the reports of the year 1958 that though the new forms were available for use, some Supdts. Of Police had used the old forms of Statements. The furnishing of crime statistics, etc., in old forms (not in use now) will cause much inconvenience to this office for posting the figures from the old obsolete forms to the ledger. Therefore, all the Supdt. of Police will see that the statistics of crime, are furnished in the new forms only to facilitate easy posting into the ledgers in this office. In this connection, attention is drawn to standing order no 122 of this office, issuing instructions as to the forms that have to be used for furnishing crime statistics for the Annual Administration Report.
A set of instructions for filling in the several columns of the Statements to be attached to the Administration Report has been embodied in Note annexed. The instructions may be followed carefully and the figures shown accurately in the appropriate columns without giving room for further clarifications being called for.
NOTE
Instructions for filling in the columns in the Statements to be attached to the
ADMINISTRATION REPORT
Statement “A” – Part- I return of cases and
Statement “AA”- Part – I return of cases.
1. Columns 1,2 and 3 :- The particulars are printed in the Statements and no further instructions are necessary.
2. Columns 4(a) and 4 (b):- in these columns figures shown in colums 10 (a) and 10(b) of Statement of Statement “A” Part- I and Statement AA Part-I of the year previous to the one under report should be shown in the respective columns. It is seen that in many cases, the pendency at the end of the previous year, i.e., the figures shown in columns 10-A and 10-B referred to above are not correctly shown at the beginning of the year under report with the total of the figures of disposal shown in the subsequent columns. It is, therefore, very important that the pendency is correctly brought forward.
3. Columns 5 to 13 inclusive and 15 to 20 inclusive:- the particulars printed in the above columns are self-explanatory and as such no further instructions are necessary to fill in these columns.
4. Column No. 14:- According to the instructions given in the printed from itself, the total of columns 6,11, 12-A, 12-B, and 13 only should be entered in this column.
5. In the printed statement, no columns are provided for showing disposal of cases under “Transferred” and otherwise disposed of. So, Sub-Columns may be opened as 18(a) in col. No. 18 for showing cases “transferred” and 20(a) in column no. 20 for showing cases otherwise disposed of. The additional headings may be properly written in the respective Sub-Columns.
6. The following information may be furnished as a footnote regarding cases of transfers shown under column no. 20(a).
1) no. of cases transferred.
2) Out of (1) above
a) how many were transferred from station to Stations in the same district.
b) How many were transferred to other district or districts in the same State.
c) How many were transferred to other States.
7. The names of the States, and the nature of offence in respect of the cases transferred should be specified.
8. The disposals shown in Columns 6, 8, 9, 10-A, 10—B, 11, 12-A, 12-B, 13, 18, 18(a), 10, 20 & 20(a) should tally with the total of columns 4(a), 4(b) and 5.
Statement “A” – Part – II and statement AA, Part- II
9. Return of persons concerned in cases:- The particulars in columns 1, 2 and 3 have been printed and no instructions are necessary to fill in these columns.
10. Columns No. 4 (A) 4(B):- According to instructions given in para 3 above, the pendency, i.e. figures shown in Column no.s 10-A and 10-B of the Statements of the year previous to the one under report should be shown in Columns Nos. 4-A, 4-B.
11. Columns 5, 6 and 7:- No instructions are necessary to fill in these columns as they are self-explanatory.
12. Columns No. 8:- According to the instructions given in the printed form itself, the total of column nos 9, 10-A and 10B should be shown in this column.
13. Column Nos 0 to 16-B inclusive:- No instructions are necessary for filling in these columns as the columns are self explanatory.
14. As in Statements A-I and AA-I, there is no provision in Statements A-II and AA-II for showing the disposal of cases under ‘transferred and other wise disposed of”. Therefore, Sub-columns 16-AA may be opened in Col. 16-A, for showing persons “transferred” and 16-BB opened in col. 16-B for showing persons “otherwise disposed of”. The additional Headings may be properly written in the respective Sub-Columns.
15. The disposals shown in columns 6,7,9,10-A, 10-B, 12-A and 12-B, 16-A and 16AA and 16-B and 16-BB should tally with the totals of columns 4-A, 4-B and 5.
16. It is noticed from the Statements received that as against the number of cases shown in Statements-A Part-I and AA Part-I return of cases, under certain head or heads of offences in Statement –A, Part-II and Statement AA, Part-II return of persons, and vice versa. Ordinarily there cannot be cases without persons concerned and vice versa.
17. Statement AA-Part I and II:- it was observed that the heads of offences shown against certain serial nos. in the Statement –AA-Part-I and II had been scored off and other heads of offences were shown against such serial numbers. This lead to confusion and much difficulty was experienced in this office while posting the figures from such statements to the ledger. Therefore, if there are no figures against any particulars head or heads of offences, the colums against such items in the printed statement should be left blank. Provision is made for furnishing figures under all heads of offences and as such it is not necessary to make additional headings in the Statements except under Serial 3 (b) where details have to be shown under the different Sub-Heads.
18. Under item 2 (c) the number of cases of Gambling may be shown separately for Satta Gambling Betting on Horse Race, other gambling etc.,
19. Under item 2 (g) all cases booked under the Mysore Police Act, except those for offences of Gambling (which is shown under item 2 (c) and immoral Traffic (which is shown under 2 (O) may be shown.
20. The printed particulars in respect of other heads of offences are self-explanatory and no further instructions are necessary to fill in the figures against them.
21. Statement –B-Part-I and II the printed particulars in the columns in the Statement are self-explanatory and no instructions are necessary for filling in the same.
22. In statement “B”-Part-I there is no provision for showing cases of transfer. A sub-Column may, therefore, be opened as Column 8(a) in Column No. 8 of the Statement and cases of transfers, if any shown under the Sub-Column.
23. Statement “B-Part-I-Return of cases-Col.4 –In this column, the pendency at the beginning of the year should be correctly shown. The figures shown in this column should be the same as the one shown in column no11 of the statement of the year previous to the one under report.
24. The figure in column no. 6 should tally with the total of the figures in column nos. 4 and 5.
25. The disposals shown under columns 7 to 11 inclusive should tally with the figures shown in the Column no. 6.
26. Statement –B-Part-II-Return of persons- col. 4:- in this column, the pendency at the beginning of the year should be correctly shown. The figure shown in this column should be the same as the one shown in column no. 7 and 13 of the Statement for the year previous to the one under report.
27. Statement –B – Persons who appeared before the court- Col. No. 8 – the total of the disposals shown in col. No. 9, 10, 11, 13 and 14(a) should tally with the figures shown in in col. No. 8 the total of the figures shown under cols. 4 5 and 6 minus the figures in col. No. 7 should also tally with the figure under column no. 8.
The figures shown in col. No. 9 should not be repeated in column no. 14(a).
28. Attention is drawn to para 16 supra under statement for filling in the particulars in the Statement –B, Part – I and II.
29. For purposes of tallying, i.e., verification of the correctness of the figures entered in the several columns of the Statement, A-I, A-II, AA-I, AA-II, B-I, B-II, the checks indicated in the Memorandum, dated 30th July, 1958 of the IB may be applied, and correct figures furnished.
30. Statement “C”- The printed particulars in the Statement are self-explanatory for filling in the colums. A footnote as under should be invariably furnished.
a) Recovery made during the year or property stolen in previous year is Rs……………
b) Recovery made in the district, of property stolen outside the State is Rs.
c) Value of the property stolen in and…….(here State the Year of Report) in………here give the number of) cases out of the number pending at the beginning of the year………..is rs………………
d) Value of property reported as stolen in …….(here full in the year for which the Annual Administration Report is submitted) in………..here fill in the number of cases out of the total number pending at the close of the year is Rs. ………….
e) The value of property recovered in…….(here fill in the year for which the Annual Administration Report is submitted) in…………(here give the number) cases out of the total number pending at the close of the year is Rs………………
31. Statement CC, F, FF, G and H. The particular in the colums are self –explanatory and no further instructions are necessary to fill in the columns. The particular may be filled in strictly in accordance with the instructions contained in Memorandum no. 12-Crime 55(4) dated 30th July, 1956 of the IB referred to in para I of this Circular Memo.
32. Statement “D”- The permanent and the temporary sanctioned strength of the district may be distinctly shown the figures of the temporary establishment should be shown below those of the permanent establishment.
33. Population:- Two colums are provided in the Statement for showing the district population and the Urban Population. The district population may be correctly shown on the basis of the figures according to the last census. The district population includes the population of the Urban area also, but the population of the Urban area should be correctly and distinctly shown in column 22.
34. No further instructions are necessary to fill in the other columns.
35. Statement “E”:- The word “Officer” used in columns 2 and 5 of this statement means officers of the rank of PIs, Sis, Sergeants and Assistant Sis, and other equivalent rank shown in columns 6 to 9 inclusive of Statement “D”.
36. The word “men, used in colums 4 and 6 of this Statement means, HCs and PCs, shown in column 10 to 15 inclusive of Statements “D” (please see instructions contained in the Memorandum dated 30th July 1956 of the IB New-Delhi).
37. In column 3 and 4 the sanctioned strength permanent and temporary should be shown separately, the temporary strength being shown below the permanent strength.
38. The actual strength as on the last day of the year under report should be shown in column nos. 5 and 6 of this Statement and any difference between the sanctioned strength and the actual strength should be properly explained.
39. Attention is drawn to the instructions contained in the Memorandum dated 30th July, 1956 of the IB Government of India regarding the filling up of the several columns in the Statement and the instructions should be carefully followed.
40. Foot note to Statement “E” should furnish the following information.
41. The number of officers and men injured or killed while on duty- figures to be furnished separately under each of the two items, for officers and men.
42. The number of occasions during which the Fire Arms were used by the Police.
STANDING ORDER NO. 502
No. 149/SA4/59, Dated 4th March, 1960
Handcuffs and leading chains scale and use of
At present there is no uniformity in the scale of supply of handcuffs and use of leading ropes etc. in erst while Mysore Districts as well as in the District of Coorg and South Kanara leading chains are used. In Bombay Karnataka Districts, ropes are used instead of chains and in Hyderabad Karnataka districts, fetters are used.
2. The matter has been examined and it is hereby ordered that leading chains should be used as they are more secure and are durable.
3. The following scale of handcuffs and leading chains are hereby prescribed.
|District police |Hand cuffs |Leading chains |
|Police Stations | | |
|1. Where the strength exceeds 30 |12 |3 |
|2. With a strength between 12 and 30 |10 |2 |
|3. With a strength less than 12 |6 |1 |
|4. Outposts |2 |1 |
4. The same scale will apply to Railway Police Stations as well as town Police Stations.
5. As regards DAR and Sub jails, no scale can be laid down as the strength varies from district to district. The Superintendent of Police may indent according to the needs taking into account the escorts, the number of prisoners in the Sub jail etc., However, each DAR should have minimum of 4 leading chains and 16 handcuffs. Each sub jail should have a minimum of two leading chains and 10 handcuffs.
6. The following instructions are issued with regard to the method of using handcuffs and leading chains for securing prisoners:
HAND CUFFS:
a) Whenever handcuffs are used, the key holes of the handcuff should be kept uppermost, as in this position, it will not be easy to open them by striking on some hard ground or substance. Care should be taken that the handcuffs are not too large, otherwise, the prisoner can slip his hand through them.
b) When there is only one prisoner, the simple method is to handcuffs the prisoner’s right hand so that he is to the Constable’s left and both of them can walk in comfort and the prisoner cannot escape.
c) It is advisable in some cases to handcuff a prisoner with his arms behind his back. He can walk comforts, but he can not run fast or cannot strike the handcuffs on some hard substance to break them open. While traveling by train, a prisoner who is hand cuffed behind cannot easily escape.
d) When there are two or more prisoners, it is advisable to handcuff them by couples.
LEADING CHAINS:
The leading chain has a steel ring of a diameter of two inches and a handle. The steel ring should be passed through one of the pairs of handcuff in an unlocked position and thereafter the handcuff put on the prisoner. Both handcuffs should be locked, otherwise the leading chain will slip off.
STANDING ORDER NO. 503
No. SG 2/16/59, dated 21st March 1960
PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF ANNUAL FORECAST AND INDENTS FOR ARMS, AMMUNITION ETC.- WATCH OF SUPPLIES AND ADJUSTMENT OF PAYEMENTS –INSTRUCTION ISSUDE
It is observe that there is no uniformity at present in the matter of procuring supplies of ordinance stores i.e., arms, ammunition and spare parts required by this Department. Some units obtain their supplies by placing indents directly on the Ordinance Depots. In such cases, only at the time of arranging settlement of payments transactions. It is also observed that the receipt of supplies, etc., is not promptly reported to the concerned Depots issuing them. Besides, the payment issue vouchers are not properly and expeditiously handled with a result that there is undue correspondence all round. In some cases the matter has even gone to the notice of the Government.
With view to following the instructions issued by the Government of India from time to time on the subject and achieving uniformity, the following instructions are issued for the strict compliance of the Superintendents of Police unit officers.
GENERAL CLASSIFICATION OF ORIDNANCE STORES.
The requirements of the Police Department of the ordinance origin generally relate to arms, ammunition, spare parts, lubricants, etc., They are broadly classified into:-
1) Controlled Stores and
2) Uncontrolled Stores.
The items grouped under classification (1) are listed vide Appendix “A” (Arms and Ammunition) for the information of the Superintendent of Police unit officers. The scale of supply of the controlled stores is regulated by the Government of India form time to time and the current scale in force as laid down by the Government of India is furnished vide Appendix “B”.
The items of stores grouped under classification (2) (uncontrolled stores) are such as spare parts for the fire-arms, lubricants, cleaning materials etc., i.e., stores other than those listed in Appendix “A”. The requirements of both the controlled and uncontrolled stores are to be indented in a consolidated form on an annual basis. The indents for the controlled stores are to be forwarded to the Ministry of Home Affairs Government of India through the State Government for transmission to the concerned ordinance Depots through the Army Headquarters. The annual indents for controlled stores are due to the Ministry of Home Affairs Government of India before 30th June each year for the succeeding financial year. As regards uncontrolled stores, the annual indents in a consolidated form are to be sent to the State Government for direct transmission to the concerned Ordinance Depots.
FORECASTS OF REQUIREMENTS OF ARMS AND AMMUNITION
The Government of India have been repeatedly emphasizing the importance of the forecast According tot eh instructions issued by them, the forecasts are to reach the Army Headquarters (MG/OS/IB) by 15th September each year a the latest. The forecasts are to be prepared on separate sheets by each Central Ordinance stores section and forwarded in triplicate to the Army Headquarters by the due date.
Extracts of certain observation made by the Government of India (Ministry of Defence) on the submission of forecasts are reproduced below for the information of the Superintendents of Police Unit Officers.
1) The State Government/Union Territories do not submit their forecast requirements in accordance with the instructions exiting on the subject. In a majority of cases the forecasts are received in piece meal form and after the stipulated time. As a result, either the forecasts are not taken into account in the current provision review or the whole review calculation have to be recalled.
It has further been noticed that in certain cases the actual demands received from the State Governments are much less than the requirements indicated in their forecasts. This disparity leads to over provisioning and consequent financial loss to the Government. It is, therefore, essential that the forecasts should be prepared very carefully and that the actual requirements should not differ much from the forecasts. In cases where the actual demands are found to be less and the excess quantities cannot be utilized for any other purposes by the Army Authorities, the resultant loss, if any, will have to be borne by the State Government concerned.” (Letter no. OM No. 10(25)-59/2799/D (Disposals dated 31-7-1959 from Ministry of Defence communicated under Chief Office endorsement No. SG 2/94/59, dated 10-11-59)
In the light of observations of the Government of India, the importance of forecasts need no further emphasis. The Government of India have evolved and recommended for adoption the following formula in the preparation of the forecasts by the States.
Where the expenditure of an item of ammunition has been 75% or more of the authorized practice scale provisioning in none up to the full authorized scale, where the expenditure had been between 50% and 75% of the authorized scales, demand is limited to 75% of the authorized scales and where the expenditure had been below 50% the provisioning is restricted to the higher of the two figures in the past two years.” (Letter No. 9/9-57 Police I, dated 30-10-1957 from the Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India, communicated under Chief Office endorsement No. SG 2/37/57, dated 23-1-1958).
The Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers will bear in mind the observations of the Government of India in preparing the forecast requirements. To begin with, they will furnish their forecasts for the year 1961-62 (revised) and 1962-63 (first) so as to each Chief Office by 15th April 1960 to facilitate screening and sending consolidated indents for the year 1961-62 which in due before the Govt. of India by 30th June 1960. Similarly the forecast requirements for the years 1963-64 (first) and 1962-63 (revised) should be prepared and submitted so as to reach Chief Office by 31-7-1960 to facilitate sending the consolidated forecasts to the Army Headquarters by 15th September 1960 to comply with Government of India instructions. The forecast requirements for subsequent years i.e. both first and revised should similarly be prepared and forwarded to the Chief Office by 31st July each year. A proforma of the forecasts (appendix “C”) is enclosed for the information of the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers. It should be ensured that the forecasts are prepared individually for each class of item and for each type of stores.
INDENTING PROCEDURE
All indents for both controlled and uncontrolled stores are to be forwarded to the State Government in a consolidated form well in time to enable them to arrange onward transmission to the Government of India or Ordinance Depots concerned to reach them before the due date. No. indent should hereafter be submitted by the Superintendents of Police unit officers directly to either the State Government of the Government of India or the ordinance Depots. The following instructions for the preparation and submission of indents by the Superintendents of Police unit officers should be strictly followed.
ACTION TO BE TAKEN IN THE PREPARATION AND SUMBISSION OF INDENTS
(a) By the Supdts. Of Police/Unit Officers:- All indents for the arms and ammunition (Controlled Stores) and spare parts, lubricants, etc., (Uncontrolled Stores) should be forwarded to the Chief Office by the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers for necessary scrutiny and consolidation. The indents should be prepared in the enclosed proforma for item as shown below:-
a) For Arms Use form AAA
b) For Service Ammunition Use Form B
c) For Practice Ammunition Use form C
d) For ammunition for training Use form D
e) For uncontrolled stores Use form E
The indents should be forwarded in duplicate so as to reach Chief Office by 15th April each year at the latest for the succeeding financial year, to facilitate exercising necessary scrutiny and consolidation. The time schedule should be strictly adhered to. In preparing the indents the scales prescribed by the Government of India, the entitlement and the holdings (stock on hand) should be kept in view and excessive demands avoided. However, where extra demands are included in the indents brief explanatory note explaining the additional commitments involved should be furnished. This will facilitate avoiding unnecessary correspondences.
In order to facilitate consolidation and screening of the indents for arms and ammunition, the indents should be prepared separately for each category of Police and for each type of arms and ammunition. Thus, separate indents should be prepared for each type of arms and ammunition and for civil police and district armed reserve. In preparing the indents, the information as to the number of men for whom particular categories of arms are required, the total entitlement according to scale the number on charge and the number required should be shown.
(b) By the Chief Office:- All indents received from the Supdts. Of Police/Unit Officers will be scrutinized by the Police Inspector incharge of State Armoury. Thereafter, he will arrange to prepare and forward the consolidated indents to the State Government by 1st June each year. He will ensure that the consolidated indents are complete in all respects before they are forwarded to the Government and for this purpose he will bear in mind the following points:
1. The description of the Stores in correctly shown in the indents .
2. In the case of Ammunition, correct type/split is indicated.
3. Consignment instruction are complete.
4. Consolidated distribution statements are enclosed to the indents in quadruplicate.
5. Entire shown in regard to the quantity shown in the indents and the distribution statements are tallied.
The distribution statement to accompany the indents will be in the proforma appended below:
Name of the State………………………
Distribution Statement of the supply of Arms/Ammunition/Uncontrolled stores for the year………….
|Sl.No. |Name of the consignee |Particulars of Arms. 1 |Particulars of Ammunition |Railway Station to which|
| | |2 3 4 5 6 |1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9. |the consignment is |
| | | | |booked |
Total
The Ordinance Depots arrange supplies direct to the Supdts. Of Police/Unit Officers based on the distribution statements and therefore, it is quite necessary that the distribution statements are carefully prepared furnishing the information in complete forms.
The above procedure should be followed in respect of both controlled and uncontrolled stores.
RECEIPT OF SUPPLIES FROM THE ORDINACNE DEPOTS RETURN OF VOUCHERS AND ADJUSTMENT OF PAYMENTS
I Stage- Despatch Intimation
When the indents are approved and passed for supply by the Ordinance Depots, No. I copy of the issue Voucher is sent to the consignee i.e., Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers directly. This indicates that the consignment has either been dispatched or in under despatch. The no. I copy of the issue voucher is intended exclusively for the audit reference of the consignee and, therefore, need not be returned to the Ordinance Depots or to the Chief Office. It will also be noted that the No. I copy of the Issue Voucher is not priced.
II Stage – Collection
The next stage in the collection of stores. All supplies of arms and ammunition, spare parts etc., is made by the Ordinance Depots directly to the Supdts. Of Police/Unit Officers based on the distribution statements furnished with the indents. Simultaneous to the despatch of consignments, intimation to that effect along with the relevant railway receipt is sent by the Ordinance Depots. The Supdts. Of Police/Unit Officers on receipt of such despatch intimation, should watch for the arrival of the consignments at their destination by sending a representative to the parcel officer or the goods shed, as the case may be and arrange to take delivery of the consignment promptly by presenting the Railway Receipt. The delay in taking delivery of the consignments and consequent payment of demurrage should be strictly avoided.
When once the consignments are taken delivery of from the Railway Authority the responsibility for their proper conveyance to the place of storage, i.e. the Magazine or Armory rests with the Supdts. Of Police/Unit Officers. It will be ensured that the consignments containing, particularly, arms and ammunition, are conveyed under proper Police Escorts following the instructions issued in Chief Office Standing Order No. 474 dated 6-7-59.
III Stage Recording of entries in the Stock Ledge and forwarding of No. 2 copy of the Issue Voucher.
On taking delivery of the consignment the Supdts. Of Police Unit Officers should arrange to to get the contents properly and immediately checked up and the stores taken on stock. In the packing of the consignments, single copy of the no. 2 issue voucher will be found which will bear the same number and contain particulars as the no. I copy of the Issue Voucher. The no. 2 copy of the Issue Voucher should be duly signed by the Supdts. Of Police/Unit Officers in token of acceptance of the consignments in the columns specifically provided for the purpose in the Issue Voucher and forwarded to the Chief Office without any delay with the covering letter in the enclosed proforma (Appendix D) furnishing the following particulars.
1. Date of receipt of no. I copy of issue voucher.
2. Date of receipt of consignment (s) with no. 2 copy of issue voucher.
3. Date of taking the stores on stock and the reference to the entries made in the stock register (i.e.) Folio no. etc)
It is impressed on the Supdts. of Police/Unit Officers that the Government of India have time and again complained about the delay or the non-return of the no. 2 copy of the issue voucher by the consignees. It should, therefore be ensured that the no. 2 copy of the issue voucher is promptly forwarded to the Chief Office for arranging onward transmission to the concerned Ordinance Depots. Any disputes relating to the non-receipt of all/any part of a consignment or loss/damage to the consignment due in transshipment, should be separately taken up with the Railway Authority or the Ordnance Depot Depot concerned as the case may be, endorsing copies of such correspondence to the chief office for information. On no account, the return of the no. 2 copy of the Issue Voucher should be delayed or deferred. In this connection a reference is invited to letter No. 3842/IIS/798, dated 19-5-1958 from the Commandant, Central Ordnance Depot, Jabbalpur, a copy of which was endorsed to the Supdts. Of Police/Unit Officers in Chief Office No. SG 2/102/58, dated 11-9-1958.
The No. 2 copy of the issue Voucher forwarded by the Supdts. Of Police/Unit Officers will be received by the Police Inspector in-charge of the State Armory in Chief Office and he will after noting down the particulars furnished by the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers in the register to be maintained in Chief Office (referred to in this Standing Order) arrange to forward them to the concerned Ordinance Depots promptly under intimation to the Sudpts. of Police/Unit Officers.
IV Stage :- Receipt and return of Priced Copies of Issue Vouchers No. 7, 8 and 10.
The next stage is he despatch of priced copies of No. 7, 8 and 10 of issue vouchers. These will be received by the Supdts. of Police/Unit Officers directly. Just like the no. 2 copy of the issue voucher, the priced copies of the Issue Vouchers should be accepted by the Superintendent of Police/Unit Officers and forwarded to the Chief Office for arranging onward transmission to the Ordinance Depots Concerned. According to instructions issued by the Government of India, only the 7 and 8 copies of the issue vouchers are to be returned to the Ordinance Depots dully accepted and the no. 10 copy of the Issue Vouchers is meant to be transacted and where such Government or Quasi Government fund are remitted to the Banks/Treasuries. The register now prescribed is in addition to the various registers and records prescribed by the Government and the financial code and under special orders issued by the Government from time to time.
The register prescribed in this Standing Order is meant to assist the departmental officers to ensure that all remittances made both to the Banks and treasuries are received in the Banks/Treasuries and accounted for.
The following instructions are issued for the maintenance of the register:-
1. All remittances to the Bank/Treasuries irrespective of the nature of the transactions should invariably find a place in this register in addition to the several entries that may be made or necessary to be made in the registers prescribed under the Financial Code and the circular instructions of the Government. This should also include remittances made for purposes of obtaining Bank drafts RTRs and cash Orders.
2. No remittance should be made or sent to the Bank/Treasuries without an entry being made in this register.
3. Every remittances should be authorized by the Head of the office or his Gazetted Assistant or the Manger of the office in the absence of any Gazetted Officer by initialing in col. No. 8 of the Register.
4. The acknowledgement of the person taking the remittance to the Bank/Treasury should be noted in the register in col. No. 9.
5. The above register, in addition to the other prescribed records should be taken by a responsible official, preferably by the Accountant on the 5th and 20th of each month to the Treasury and the corresponding credits in the relevant Treasury schedules duly verified and a note to this effect should be made in col. No. 11 by giving cross reference to the sl.no. of the Treasury schedule.
6. The head of the office should personally scrutinize all the entries made in the register. He should satisfy himself that all the remittances made for the purposes of bringing drafts, RT, RS, etc. are properly accounted for and the drafts, RT, Rs Etc., have been brought on to the Cash book. Similarly he should verify and satisfy himself that all the remittances made to the credit of the Government are properly accounted for by the Treasury in their schedules. A certificate to this effect should be recorded by him in his own handwriting in the register.
7. A Statement in form “B” enclosed should be sent to the Chief Office not letter than 15th of the following month to enable the Chief Office to watch that the Unit Officers are carrying out the instructions contained in the Circular instructions issued by the Finance Department and the instructions issued in this Standing Order.
In addition to the remittances made by the departmental officers on behalf of the Government, private person and public bodies also make remittances to the Banks/Treasuries and produce receipted challans for further actions such as issue of licenses etc. The Government in the Finance Department in the circular enclosed have directed that as a further precaution against fraud in challans containing acknowledgements purporting to be those of Reserve Banks or other Banks should be acted on without first ascertaining from the treasury that the credit therefor has actually appeared in the Treasury accounts. The unit officers should ensure that these instructions are strictly complied with in respect of such challans also.
The receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged by each Unit Officer and the compliance report sent on 2-6-1960 to the effect that the register has been opened with effect from 1-6-1960.
Copy of letter No. FD 13 RMP 60 dated 3rd May 1960 from the Secretary to the Government of Mysore Finance Department, Bangalore to the Heads of Departments.
Proper surveillance over remittance of Government funds to Banks and special and timely scrutiny of challans containing acknowledgments purporting to be that of such Banks.
It has come to the notice of Government that in an office at Bangalore handling large revenue collections a number of remittances to the bank had been charged of on the basis of spurious acknowledgments resembling those of the Reserve Bank of India. The fraud is reported to have come to light while checking the departmental figures with the credits actually found in the Treasury accounts. The number and frequency of such cases and the detection of similar cases in a few other departments as well leads Government to suspect that this fraud must be going on for quite a long time encouraged by the laxity at departmental level effect timely to reconciliation between treasury and Departmental figures.
2. All Government Officers remitting money to the Reserve Bank of India are therefore cautioned to be vigilant and to see that the remittances by or on their behalf are invariably made to the Bank with proper surveillance so as to ensure complete safety of Government money. Similar vigilance should be exercised by officers located in other places. They should further see that credits for all remittances made in a month are traced in the treasury accounts as soon as possible and in any case not later than the 15th of the following month by deputing reliable staff to the Treasury itself. As a further precaution against fraud no challans containing acknowledgments purporting to be those of the Reserve Bank of India or other Banks should be acted on without first ascertaining from the Treasury that credit therefor has actually appeared in the Treasury accounts. Officers acting in contravention of these instructions will render themselves personally liable to make good to Government the loss that may be caused in consequence.
3. Incidentally Government wish to observe that the frauds under advertence would have been nipped in the bud, if only the departmental controlling officers concerned had verified the figures of remittances with the credits appearing in the Treasury accounts systematically form month to month as prescribed in Article 34 Mysore Financial code, 1958. They therefore direct that the reconciliation process referred should receive the personal attention of the controlling officers hereafter in view of the developments referred to above.
4. To ensure that these instructions are strictly followed in future. The question of prescribing suitable certificates in the Pay Bills of drawing and controlling officers is under considerations separately.
5. The receipt of this circular may be acknowledged.
FORM –A
|Date of remittance |On what account |Head of account|Amount remitted |Ref. of concerned |Ref. to follo no. of|Signature |Signature of the head|
| |details of credit | | |cash book sl.no. |the remittance |of |of the office or his |
| |(give here brief | | | |regarding |the clerk/ |Gaz. Asst. |
| |particular) | | | | |accountant |authorizing the |
| | | | | | | |remittance |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |8 |
|Signature of the |Bank/Treasury Challan no. |Result of |Initials of the |remarks |
|messenger carrying |and date |verification (here |official verifying| |
|the remittance | |enter month and |the treasury | |
| | |sl.no. of the |schedule | |
| | |treasury schedule) | | |
|9 |10 |11 |12 |13 |
FORM –B
Unit Office……………..
Statement of remittances made to ……….Bank/Treasury during the month of …………………….
|Date |Head of account to |Amount remitted |Bank/Treasury to which the |Treasury/Bank Challan no. |
| |which the amount is | |amount is remitted |and date |
| |remitted with brief | | | |
| |details of he credit | | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |
CERTIFICATE
Certified that the remittances as per details shown above made to the…………….Bank/Treasury during the month of ……………..have been duly verified with the credits in the………………….Bank/Treasury for the month of …………………………………..and found to tally.
Signature of the Unit Officer
STANDING ORDER NO. 512
No. C5-230/60, Dated 21st June 1960
Motor accidents apprehension of offenders instructions issued
Several instances have come to my notice where Motor Vehicle Drivers after causing serious accidents resulting in loss of life or injury to persons and damage to property, have made good their escape from the spot without even rendering first aid to the injured and reporting the incident to the Police. Such accidents are becoming far too frequent and stern measures are necessary to put down such hit and run tactics.
I have had occasions to notice that investigating officers have not been promptly visiting the scenes of accidents and their impromptitude has contributed to the escape of the offenders in some cases and in some others has rendered their apprehension difficult. I discountenance this dilatoriness which should at once stop.
According to rule 256 of the Mysore Motor Vehicles Rules and the corresponding Rules in the integrated areas and the Notifications issued there under, all Stage carriages and goods vehicles are required to stop at all notified Police Stations and Out-posts and the conductor of the former and the drivers of the later, are required to sign and make entries regarding the number of the Vehicle and other particulars. With these details it should not be difficult to fix the identity of the driver, and vehicle responsible for the accident.
In all such cases where the offenders resort to hit and run tactics information should with utmost promptitude, be disseminated to the next Stations and Out-posts in the direction of which the vehicle has proceeded after causing the accident. It shall then be the duty of the Police Officers of those Stations and Out-Posts to keep a watch, locate the vehicle and intimate the concerned Police.
I have found that the investigation have not been through and scientific. In some accidents either the paint of the vehicle will be sticking to the clothes of the victim or the fibers of the clothes of the victim will be sticking to the wheel or mudguard or some other part of the vehicle. In all such cases what is needed on the investigating Officer is a careful and minute examination of the spot, the vehicle involved and the victim. But often times such examination is not conducted. In all such cases the investigating officers should invariably obtain expert opinion.
These instructions should strictly be followed hereafter.
STANDING ORDER NO. 513
No. 172/Law/60, Dated 25th June 1960
Village Visitation by Sub Inspector of Police
Rule no. 67 of the Bombay Police Manual Vol. III enjoins that every Sub Inspector in-charge of Rural Police Station should make least 8 to 10 halts in a month in villages excluding halts required for investigation of cases. He is required to visit all the villages under his jurisdiction at least once a year. For this purpose, he is required to chalk out a tour programme for each month at the beginning of the year and carry out Village Visitation accordingly.
2. The question of extending this system to all the areas of the New Mysore State was discussed in the Conference of the DIsG and SsP held in February 1960. It was decided that the question of providing such a rule in the common Police Manual on the lines of Rule. No. 67 of the Bombay Police Manual, Vol III should be examined in the light of the discussions and pending such an examination action should be taken to provide for a monthly return to watch the progress made by the Sub-Inspector of their village visitation work.
3. With effect from 1-8-1960, all the Sub-Inspectors in charge of Police Station excluding purely Town Police Stations should send on the 5th of the following month, a report in the proforma annexed to this Standing Order. The report should be prepared in quadruplicate by Carbon process, the first copy being sent to the Superintendent of Police, the second to the Sub Division Police Officer and the third to the Circle Inspector, by retaining the fourth copy in the Police Station.
4. The report should show the total number of villages under his charge, divided between important and unimportant once according to the usage and rules prevailing in the area. T should show the number of villages visited by the Sub-Inspector till the end of the previous month, the number visited during the month, the number remaining for such visitation. It should also show the number of villages where night halts are made and briefly indicating the work done in the villages during such village visitation. Columns have also been provided in the proforma to show the number of villages visited more than once till the end of the previous month, as well as during the month to enable the supervisory officers to watch the progress made by the Sub-Inspectors in village visitation work.
5. The jurisdiction, charge crime and Law and Order problems of Police Stations vary from area to area from District to District and from Police Station to Police station. Even the size, population and area of villages and the number of such villages in a Police Station vary from area to area. Similarly communication and other facilities vary from District to District and area to area. Therefore, it is not possible to prescribe any rigid rules for village visitation work and further on account of the multifarious duties that a Sub-Inspector of Police is required to do, it may not also be possible to chalk out well in advance the tour programme showing the villages that he would, be visiting during the month. However, it should be possible for the Sub-Inspector to adjust his tours in such a manner that all the villages in his jurisdiction are visited at least once a year and further that he makes night halts in as many important villages as possible. The Sub-Inspector is expected tour extensively the villages in his jurisdiction. These visits should be in addition to the visits made for the purpose of investigation of cases. The touring should be systematic and hurried visits to the villages should be discouraged. Sufficient time should be spent in the villages making enquiries on all matters of interest to the Police. Work in the villages should not be merely restricted to one of making enquiries about bad characters, known criminal and wandering gangs and offences that have taken place. But it should extend to village disputes, factions, prohibition offences, occurrences of a political nature including village gossips. The Sub-Inspector should also visit Harijan localities and make enquiries with a view to enforce to enforce the Untouchability Act in all its aspects. The Sub-Inspector should contact not only the Police Patel and other village officials, but also important persons.
Name of District Name of Police Station
Name/s of Outposts under
the Police Station
Statement showing the no. of villages visits made by the Sub-Inspector for the month of……………….
(Ref. Standing Order No. 513)
| |Number of important |Number of other |
| |villages |villages |
|1. No. of villages in the jurisdiction of the Police Station. | | |
|2. No. of villages visited from 1st Jan. to the end of previous month.| | |
|a) Visited Once | | |
|b) Visited more than once | | |
|3. No. of villages visited during the month. | | |
|a) Visited once | | |
|b) Visited more than once | | |
|4. No. of villages remaining to be visited. | | |
|(Note:- the total of columns 2,3, & 4 should agree with total shown | | |
|under item I) | | |
|5. No. of villages where night halts made | | |
|a) No. of villages upto the end of the previous month. | | |
|b) No. of villages where night halts made during the month. | | |
|6. Remarks. | | |
|(Briefly describe here the work done during village visitation and | | |
|night halts in the month) | | |
STANDING ORDER NO. 514
No. RA 2/54/57, Dated 12th July 1960
Rules for Police Escorts and Police Transport, for conveying cash or Treasure.
In the matter of providing Police escorts and Police Transport to the Government Departments, Banking Institutions Industrial concerns and private bodies or individuals for conveying cash or treasure, and the recovery of charges there of, there was no uniformity in the New Mysore State, and each area had its own Rules and Regulations, with a view to having a common procedure in this regard rules were framed and the Government have approved the same, in their Order No. HD 10 SEC 57, dated 17-6-1960. A copy of the Rules approved by the Government is annexed to this Standing Order. These Rules will come into force with immediate effect.
2. With regard to Rule 2 of the Rules, it is clarified that the scale of escort as provided in the Rules the different regions should be adopted pending approval of a common Police Manual.
3. The receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged.
ANNEXURE
RULES FOR PROVIDING POLICE ESCORTS AND POLICE TRANSPORT FOR CONVEYING CASH OR TREASURE
1. Police escorts may be provided for a short duration subject to availability of staff and sufficient prior notice, to the Public Departments, including the Departments of the Central Government Industrial concerns, Banking Institutions and Private bodies or individuals on payment of the prescribed fees and charges, for escorting cash treasure in transit form one place to another.
2. The scale of Police staff to be provided, for escorting cash or treasure, from one place to another, either by road or rail, shall be fixed by the Officer, providing the Police escorts, in each case, depending upon the amount of cash or value of the treasure to be escorted as also the mode of transport, as per the Departmental Rules that are in force from time to time.
3. The fees for providing Police escorts shall be charged at the following rates:
1. FOR GOVERNEMENT DEPARTMENTS AND ALLIED INSTITUTIONS OF THE GOVERNMENT
For deputing Rate of fees.
(i) One Police Inspector or Rs.14/- per day
a Reserve Inspector
(ii) One Sub-Inspector or Rs.9/- per day
a Reserve Sub-Inspector
(iii) One Assistant Sub-Inspector or Rs.5/- per day
Assistant Reserve Sub-Inspector
(iv) One Head Constable Rs.4/- per day
(v) Police Constable Rs.3/- per day
2, FOR PRIVATE BODIES OR INDIVIDUALS INCLUDING PRIVATE INDUSTRIAL CONCERNS OR BANKING INSTITUTIONS
For deputing Rate of fees
(i) One Police Inspector or a Reserve Inspector Rs.28/- per day
(ii) One Sub-Inspector or a Rs.18/- per day
Reserve Sub-Inspector
(iii) One Assistant Sub-Inspector Rs.10/- per day
or Reserve Assistant Sub-Inspector
(iv) One Head Constable Rs.8/- per day
(v) One Police Constable Rs.6/- per day
NOTE: A part of a day shall be reckoned as a day, for the purpose of
calculation of charges, and the charges for the whole day
recovered
4. If the members of Police escorts are eligible for T.A under the M.C.S.R for their journeys in connection with the escorting cash or treasure, the amount if T.A, as admissible, shall also paid by the parties availing of the Police escorts.
7. Collection of weapons meant to be produced for inspection.
The Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers should arrange for the collection of all the weapons from the Police Stations and Outposts which are to be produced for inspection well in advance of the date of inspection, so that they may be made available for inspection at one place, preferably at the District Head Quarters. In doing so, the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers will ensure that the weapons, which have already been inspected during the immediate two previous inspections are not collected or produced for inspection. It is the responsibility of the Supdts. of Police/Unit Officers to ensure that the withdrawal of the weapons from the Police Stations and Outposts do not hinder the normal function of those Police Stations and Outposts and the weapons withdrawn and produced for inspection are returned to the Police Stations/Outposts concerned, soon after completion of the Inspection, except where defects etc, if any, pointed out by A.I.A are to be attended to before they can be returned.
8. Preliminary check of the weapons
On collection of the weapons from the Police Stations/Outposts etc, the Supdts. of Police should arrange for the preliminary, but a thorough check of the weapons, with the help of the Unit Armourers, where the Unit armourers exist and in other cases with the help of the R.I and R.S.I. under the supervision of a responsible Officer, at the Hd Qrs. Cleaning and oiling, minor defects noticed, minor replacements and adjustments required etc. should be got attended to with the help of the Unit armourer. These measures, if properly and scrupulously followed, will undoubtedly go a long way in not only making the A.I.As, inspection easier and quicker, but also help in obviating unpleasant remarks of the A.I.A in his inspection reports.
9. Preparation of numerical roll in form No.E.O.5
On completion of the preliminaries detailed above, the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers should immediately arrange to prepare and keep ready two copies of the numerical roll in form No.E.O.5 (revised) in the specimen form enclosed. The form consists of two parts. The Ist part is to be filled up by the Units concerned furnishing information about the weapons meant for Inspection. There are 5 columns provided in part I and the particulars should be furnished as detailed below:
Column (1). The type of weapon in each category, with bore No., Mark and Make No. held by the Unit should be indicated in this column
Column (2). The total number of weapons in each category as per description shown in col. (1) should be indicated in this column.
Column (3) 1/3rd of the number of weapons in each category which is to be produced for inspection should be indicated in this column.
Column (4) The number of weapons in each category replaced since the previous inspection should be indicated.
Column (5) The number of weapons which although are to be schedule, cannot be produced for inspection, for reasons such as the weapons being lodged in the courts in connection with certain cases, etc. should be indicated. This will facilitate the inspection of such of those arms during the next or subsequent inspections and also account for the actual number of weapons made available for inspection on each occasion.
10. For example, the particulars to be furnished in Part I shall be as follows:-
Column: (1) 2 3 4 5
I Rifles:
303-No. I MK III/I 150 50 3 No. 103 in
Court Cr no.
No. II MK IV/I 60 20 -
No. III MK I 45 15 I
No. IV MK I & I/I 30 10 I
No. V MK I/I 15 6 -
II Muskets:
410 bore 300 100 4 weapons no.
187 and 204
in courts
Cr.No.
III Pistol Revolvers
38 (S & W) 30 10 - -
38 No. 2 12 5 - -
455 No. I MK VI 12 4 - -
38 NSP (all sorts) 6 2 - -
IV Carbine Machine Thompson.
45 3 1 - -
V Carbine Mechine Sten
9 MM MK II 3 1 - -
MK III 3 1 - -
MK V 3 1 - -
VI Gun Machine Bren
303 3 1 - -
VII Pistol Signal
1” 9 3 - -
And so on
11. The part II of form No. EO 5 consists of 10 columns. Columns 6 to 10 are exclusively meant for recording his remarks and observation by the AIA columns 1 to 5 are meant to be filled up by the Superintendents of Police, Unit Officers furnishing the particulars of the actual number of weapons that are to be produced for inspection on the particular occasion i.e., 1/3rd of the weapons in each category as should be in column (3) of Part I. the same order as followed in Part I should be maintained in furnishing particulars in Part II. The following points shall be borne in mind in furnishing particulars in Part II of the form.
1) In column (1) the description should include the description of the bayonet and scabbard which form parts of the weapons.
2) In column (2), the mark no. of the weapons should be indicated.
3) In column (3), the Unit/District Sl.No. allotted to the weapons should be mentioned.
4) In column (4) the arsenal No. marked on the weapons should be entered.
5) In column (5) the dates of receipts of the weapons in the District/Units wherever available should be entered. Where the exact information is not available, the probable period (say in years) the weapons have been held on charge of the District/Unit, should be shown.
6) The particulars from column 1 to 5 should be furnished in respect of each of the 1/3rd no. of the total number of weapons meant to be produced for inspection using additional continuation sheets (forms) for the purpose.
12. Procedure to be followed during Inspection
When the AIA visits the Districts/Units for the annual inspection of the Police arms, one copy of the form no. EO 5 with the particulars duly filled in (both parts I to II) should be handed over to him.
All facilities should be afforded to the AIA to enable him to conduct and complete his inspection smoothly keeping to the time schedule. The Unit Armourer(s) as also the RI or ARI shall be present during the inspections.
13. It will be great advantage if the Superintendents of Police/Units Officers hold discussions with the AIA on completion of his inspections, so that they may have the benefit of the valuable suggestions of the AIA for improving the condition of the weapons.
14. Inspection reports and action to be taken there to:-
On completion of the inspection in the Districts the AIA returns to his HD.Qrs. at Madras and from there forwards his reports in form No. EO 20 directly to the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers with directions for taking out further copies and arranging distribution on the concerned officers. The Supdts. Of Police/.Unit Officers will ensure that prompt action is taken on the items of the inspection report, wherever necessary. In the space specifically provided for in the inspection report (para Q) the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers should record their remarks on the action either already taken by them or proposed to be taken, before distributing the copies of the inspection reports.
15. The sentencing of the weapons by the AIA can be broadly classified into:
a) Unit Repair
b) 3rd and 4th Ectelon repairs (DR 3 and DR 4)
c) Factory repairs and
d) Exchange /Unserviceable
16. Unit Repairs
The defects noted down by the AIA as “Unit Repair” (UR) are meant to be attended to by the Unit armourers. The Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers will ensure that such defects are rectified with the help of the Unit armourers, before the weapons are returned to the Police Stations and Outposts concerned. Where Unit armourers are not provided the defects should be got rectified after obtaining specific orders in this behalf from his office.
17. 3rd and 4th Ectclon repairs (DR 3 and DR 4)
The action to be taken in respect of weapons sentenced as 3rd and 4th Ectelon repair is detailed in this Office Standing Order No. 337 dated 4th March 1958. According to the latest instructions received from the Government of India, the weapons sentenced as 3rd and 4th Ectelon repairs have now to be referred to the Commandant 512, Army Base workshop kirkee Poona (3) and not to 515 Commandant Workshop, EME Bangalore.
The Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers, can directly forward the work orders(profroma enclosed) along with the copies of the inspection reports concerning the weapons sentenced as 3rd/4th Ectelon repair to the command 512 Army Base Workshop, kirkee, Poona (3) and after ascertaining the calling date, the weapons should be dispatched to the workshop.
18. Factory Repair
There is a slight modification in the procedure detailed in this Office S.O. No. 337 dated 14-3-1958. Now there is no need to make a reference first to the Asst. Director of Ordnance Services, Hd.Qrs. Madras Area, for obtaining disposal instructions. The weapons which are recommended by the AIA as factory repairs, are beyond economical repairs and therefore are meant to be sent to the Ordnance Factory for disposal. Such weapons are to be sent to the Officer in-Charge. Armament Stores, Sub-Depot Kirkee, Poona (3).
19. The procedure to be followed in this behalf will be to first address the Officer-in-charge ASSD, Kirkee furnishing him with a copy of AIA’s inspection report and request him to fix a date for dispatching the weapons in question. On receipt of intimation from him fixing the date of calling, the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers should take prompt action to dispatch the weapons securely packed under proper escort. The weapons thus sent to the ASSD, Kirkee are not returnable. After obtaining the receipt of acknowledgement from the ASSD Kiree, the weapons should be written off from the ledger charge. The replacements should be obtained in the normal course by indenting through Chief Office following the procedure detailed in this Office S.O.No. 503 dated 21-3-1960.
20. Exchange/Unserviceable
According to the latest instructions received from the Government of India, the weapons which are sentenced by AIA as unserviceable/Exchange should be sent to the Supdt. Rifle Factory, Ishapore, Nawabganj, 24, Paragans, West Bengal. The Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers will directly address the Superintendents, Rifle Factory, Ishapore, furnishing him with a copy of the AIA’s inspection report. After receipt of intimation approving the dispatch of the weapons, they should be sent to the Factory. No return or replacement of these weapons will be made by the Rifle factory and the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers should write off the weapons from the ledger after obtaining the acknowledgement from the factory.
21. In all the cases detailed above, copies of correspondence should be endorsed to Chief Office for information. In the cases detailed in paras 17 and 20 also no reference need be made to ADOS, Madaras.
22. Component parts noted for exchange.
The instructions contained in Chief Office S.O. No. 337 dated 14-3-1958 should be strictly followed. The Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers will ensure that the new parts obtained for replacement are used or fitted to the weapons, for which they were specifically indented for.
23. Special attention required of the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers.
The Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers should pay their personal attention to the remarks of the AIA recorded in para (d) of the inspection report regarding the cause of damage. Wherever AIA has observed that the cause of damage is due to unfair wear and tear or neglect, enquiries should be promptly instituted and the individual responsibility fixed. A separate minute should be drawn up indicating the extent of individual responsibility and forward it to the concerned Dy. Inspector S.I. No 414 dated 18-10-58 should be scrupulously adhered to, The Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers should make surprise checks during the cleaning parades and ensure that the cleaning of weapons is regarded by all subordinates concerned with due importance and are attended to systematically.
It is needless to emphasis here that the weapons are not only costly but are difficult to procure in view of the production limitations explained by the Army Authorities. It is therefore, necessary to ensure the prolonged service of the available weapons held by the Units. Much of the defects now pointed out by the AIA can positively be obviated by the simple but yet an important process of cleaning.
Apart from the daily and periodical cleaning of the weapons, it is necessary that immediately after the firing, the weapons should be properly cleaned with boiling water so that sediments are not allowed to settle down on the inner sides of barrels.
24. Repairs and replacements
All minor repairs (unit repairs) should be got attended to by the Unit armourers, wherever provided. In the reorganized set up of the District Police Units the required number of armourers as per scale prescribed by the Government of India has been provided for. Where Unit armourers do not exist, reference should be made to this Office furnishing full particulars of the repairs required to the weapons, so that, suitable action may be taken for arranging repairs of such weapons. As regards utilizing the service of the armouers, the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers should scrupulously follow the instructions contained in this Office S.O. No. 416 dated 18-10-1958 (SGI/185/58)
As regards replacement of parts the supply of the required component parts should be obtained on indents and the new parts should be got fitted to the weapons concerned with the help of the Unit armourers.
Butt Plates
The damages to the Butt Plates of the weapons are chiefly due to harsh stamping against the ground, particularly during the parades etc. this should be avoided.
Apart from the cases of damages to the butt plates, instances of tempering with the butt plates and screws have also been reported by the IA it is only the armourer, who is authorized to unscrew or remove the butt plates from the weapons for the purpose examination and test, this fact should be brought to the notice of all subordinates concerned. Instances of tempering with butt plates or that matter with any other parts of the weapons should be viewed seriously and the persons found guilty in this regard should be severly dealt with.
Rebrowning
For want of Rebrowning facilities within the Department, the Rebrowning of weapons could not be attended to in the past. Considering the need for providing the facilities in this behalf a Rebrowning centre has already been established at Dharwar under the supervision of the Supdts. Of Police, Dharwar. The Police Units in the Northern Districts viz., Bombay Karnataka Districts and Hyderabad Karnataka District, can now send their weapons requiring Rebrowning to the above centre after consultation with the Supdts. of Police Dharwar.
To provide similar facilities to the other Units in the Southern Districts, another Rebrowning centre is proposed to be established at Bangalore under the supervision of the Supdt. of Police, MARP, Bangalore. When it commences functioning the Supdts. Of Police/Unit Officers in the Southern Districts could sent their weapons for Rebrowning in consultation with the Supdt. of Police MART Bangalore.
Action on previous inspection reports
The purpose of AIA’s inspection is to unearth the defects in the weapons and it is the responsibility of the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers concerned to ensure that the defects pointed out are set right promptly. There are instances where in no action has been taken or not even an attempt seems to have been made by the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers for rectifying the defects pointed out by the AIA wherever armourers have been provided for the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers should find no difficulty in getting minor repairs etc., attended to by the Unit Armourers. In other cases of sentencing of weapons, immediate action should be taken to refer such cases to the appropriate Army authorities i.e., the officer-in charge ASSD Kirkee or the Commandant, 512 Army Base workshop, Kirkee, or the Supdt. Rifle Factory Ishapore as the case may be for disposal.
Preparation and furnishing of form No. EO 5
The instructions contained in para 9 of this Standing Order should be carefully followed.
Weapons to be produced for inspection.
The instructions contained in para 7 of this SO should be scrupulously followed. The Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers should further ensure that the Bayonets and Scabberds are produced along with the concerned weapons for inspection at a time and not in separate heaps or bundles.
27. Other important items of the Inspection Report
The AIA’s Inspection Report includes his remarks and observations on the condition of Armourer Shop-Tools and the Suitability or otherwise of the armourers.
28. A copy of the revised list of Armourer’s tools drawn up by the
Government of India along with the list of additional items of tools proposed by the sub-committee appointed by the Government of India for equipping the Armurer’s workshop has already been forwarded to all the Supdts of Police/Unit Officers with this office memo no. SGI/185/57, dated 30-6-58. The Supdts. Of Police/Unit Officers, if they have not already taken action, should now take immediate action to either purchase the tools locally wherever available or obtain supplies from the Ordnance Depot by forwarding indents through this office. From the copies of the Inspection Reports received, it is found that many of the Units are deficient in Armourer’s Tools. The deficiency should be made good and a compliance report submitted to this office in due course.
29. The question of arranging for the training or armourers is vigorously followed in this Office. The Government of India have been moved through the State Government for the allotment of seats at the EME centre. Secunderabad for the deputation of Departmental candidates to undergo training in both refresher course as well as basic course. Nominated of candidates for refresher course are called for from time to time and the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers should take full advantage of the training facilities provided by the EME. Centre, Secunderabad, by selecting and nominating suitable candidates for undergoing training in Armourer’s Basic Course.
30. Where AIA has recommended for attending the refresher course in regard to existing the armourers the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers should arrange for sending such armourers for refresher course by referring to this office.
31. The receipt of this SO should be acknowledged by return.
STANDING ORDER NO. 510
No. CA 2/60, Dated 14th May 1960
Proper surveillance over remittances of Government and Quasi-Government funds to Banks and Treasuries
A copy of Government Circular No. FD 13 RMP 60 dated 3rd May 1960, from the Secretary to Government, Finance Department is enclosed for information and for strict compliance.
In the recent past, cases of serious frauds have come to the notice of the Government and this Department in the matter of dealing with Government funds. It is therefore absolutely necessary that adequate precautions are taken to ensure complete safety of Government moneys more particularly Government and quasi-Government funds remitted to the Banks/Treasuries by the departmental officers. This equally applies to the funds collected from Police Officers in the form of subscriptions towards sports fund and other recognized deductions.
To ensure a regular and systematic verifications of remittances made to the Banks/Treasuries the actual credits at the Banks/Treasureis, a register in the enclosed form A is prescribed. This is register should be maintained with effect from 1-6-1960 in all the Unit Officers where Government or quasi-Government funds are
APPENDIX “D”
From To
The Superintendent of The Inspector General of
Police/Unit Officer Police Mysore State,
……………….. Bangalore.
No…………………… Date……………………
Sir,
Sub: Receipt of Supply of Ordnance Stores-Forwarding
of no. 2, copy of the issue voucher.
Ref: Chief Office Standing Order No……..dt……….
****
I enclose here with no. 2 copy of the issue voucher no……….dated……….received from the ordnance Depot………….duly accepted for onward transmission to the Ordnance Depot. The consignment referred to in the issue voucher has been taken delivery of. The following particulars are furnished for the information of Chief Office.
1. Date of receipt of No. 1 copy of issue voucher ………..
2. Date of receipt of consignment with no. 2 copy of the issue voucher.
3. Date of taking the stores on stock and reference to the entries made in the Stock Register.
Yours faithfully,
Superintendent of Police/Unit Officer
WATCH REGISTER OF ORDNANCE SUPPLIES AND RETURN OF ISSUE VOUCHERS …………………………..DISTRICTS
|SL |No. and date of no. 1|Date of receipt of |Date of receipt of no. 2 |Particular of Supplies received (items) |Reference to entries|Date of return of no. |
|No |copy of issue voucher|No. 1 copy of issue |copy of issue voucher | |made in the stock |2 copy of the issue |
| |(unpriced) |voucher (unpriced) |(unpriced) with the | |register |voucher after |
| | | |consignment from the | | |acceptance to chief |
| | | |Ordnance Depots. | | |Office |
| | | | |Nomenclature |Quantity | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |8 |
|Date of receipt of |Amount shown in |Date of return of no. 7, 8, |Reference to Chief Office |Initials of the verifying |
|no. 7, 8 and 10 |the priced copies |and 10 copies of the issue |communication on the final |officer Superintendents of |
|copies of issue |of the issue |vouchers to Chief Office |adjustment of payments |Police/Unit Officer or any |
|voucher (priced) |vouchers |after acceptance | |Gazetted Officer |
|from the ordnance | | | | |
|Depots | | | | |
|9 |10 |11 |12 |13 |
WATCH REGISTER OF ORDNANCE SUPPLIES I.E. ARMS, AMMUNITION, SPARE PARTS, ETC., AND ADJUSTMENT OF COST (to be maintained in Chief Office) – vide Standing Order No. 503 dated
|Sl |No & Date of |Brief particulars of |Date of receipt of no.|Date of dispatch of |Date of receipt of|Date of despatch of |Amount Show in the|
|No. |indent |items indented no. and|2 copies of issue |no. 2 copies of |no. 7, 8 & 10 |no 7, 8 copies of |priced copies of |
| | |date of issue voucher |voucher in Chief |issue vouchers by |copies of issue |issue vouchers from |the issue vouchers|
| | | |Office after |Chief Office to |vouchers (priced) |Chief Office to |7, 8 & 10 |
| | | |acceptance by the |Ordnance Depots |in chief office |Ordnance Depots | |
| | | |SsP/Unit Officers | |from the SsP/Unit | | |
| | | | | |Officers | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |8 |
|Amount shown in the |Amount of Debit as accepted|Particulars of Debit accepted |No. and date of reference |No. and Date of |
|priced copies of the |by the Ss.P/Unit Officers | |received from the account |Communication sent to the |
|issue vouchers 7, 8 &|as recorded on the reverse | |General B’lore regarding the|Accountant General in final |
|10 |of the priced issue | |acceptance of |acceptance of debit |
| |vouchers | |Debit/Confir-mation | |
| | |Head of Account |Year of Budget | | |
| | |Charged |Grant 195….19 shown| | |
|9 |10 |11 |12 |13 |14 |
|Year of Budget Grant |Initials of the Supdt. |Initials of the Chief |Initials of The |Remarks |
|against which the charge |in-Charge of stores, Chief |Accountant |Verifying Officer | |
|of Expenditure is |Office | | | |
|accepted/or actually | | | | |
|booked | | | | |
|15 |16 |17 |18 |19 |
STANDING ORDER NO. 504
No. C3, 275/59, Dated 18th March 1960
INVESTIGATION OF CASES-WRITING PANCHANAMAS INSTRUCTIONS ISSUED
It has been observed recently by the Hon’ble Judges of the High Court of Mysore that the investigation in a case was perfunctory and that prosecution had failed to establish the guilt of the accused as they could not prove that there was either motive or conspiracy for the murder. The High Court acquitted the accused. Their Lordships while delivering judgment in a group of common appeals, also observed that it is a strange a common feature of most of the criminal appeals, that the Panchanamas contain signatures and self incriminating statements alleged to have been made by the accused. The Judges held that such signatures and statements are highly prejudicial to the accused and they should not find a place in the Panchanama as it was opposed to the Provision of the Cr.P.C. and Indian Evidence Act. An extra of Judgment in Criminal Appeals Nos. 151 and 174/57, is attached herewith.
In order, therefore, that the cases should be carefully investigated and the Panchanamas correctly drawn up, the following instructions are issued for the guidance of the investigation and Inspecting Officer.
i) Prepare carefully the case diaries, mahazars, search lists and other relevant case papers.
ii) The Supervisory Officers should examine carefully the case diaries and satisfy themselves that they have been correctly prepared by the Investigating Officer. Whenever necessary they should call for copies of the mahazars search lists, etc., and satisfy themselves that they have been correctly prepared.
iii) The Officers while inspecting the Stations under their charge, should look into crime records and remedy the defects, if any. They should examine the mahazars and other records and point out the defects to the Investigating Officers and also instruct them as to how such records should be prepared.
iv) The Ss.P. and S.D.P.Os and Inspector while inspecting the Stations should hold crime Conference and satisfy themselves that the Sub-Inspectors and Inspectors are through with the instructions conveyed in the Chief Office Standing Orders in regard to the Investigation and Prosecution of Cases and the preparation of the case records. At the conference defects noticed in judgments of Courts should be discussed and instructions should be issued for their rectification in the future cases.
v) Any oral information furnished by an accused should be reduced to writing by the Investigating Officer in the case diary, regarding it in the first person i.e. the actual words of the accused should not be paraphrased.
vi) If the Investigating Officer is not conversant with the language in which the accused volunteers information, he will record the actual words of the accused either in Kannada or in any other script which he knows.
vii) Whenever an accused volunteers, information, it should be recorded in the case diary that the accused so volunteered.
viii) If any delay is occasioned, between the time, information was given by an accused, and the time at which the property was recovered the delay should be satisfactory explained in the case diaries.
ix) A mahazars (Panchanama) for the properties recovered or discovered should be prepared in the presence of witnesses. The Investigating Officer himself should make record of the seizure.
x) When more than one accused whilst in Police custody, volunteers information it should be recorded clearly and separately, care being taken to see that one accused does not over-hear what another accused says.
xi) It should be recorded clearly at those instance the property was recovered or discovered in the first instance.
xii) Do not entrust the duty of writing Panchanamas to HCs and Writers Constables.
xiii) Do not shirk your responsibility from writing the Panchanamas.
xiv) Do not incorporate in the Panchanamas the statements of witnesses which fall under Section 162 Cr.P.C.
xv) Do not incorporate in the Panchanamas, confessions which are inadmissible in evidence and which are shut out under Section 25 of the Evidence Act.
xvi) Do not fail to follow the procedure indicated in Standing Order Nos. 396 and 466 in the case of confessions which attract the provisions of Section 27 of the Indian Evidence Act.
xvii) Do not take signature of accused persons to Panchanamas.
xviii) Do not employ complicated language or involved sentences in the Panchanamas.
The Superintendents of Police Should check up the investigation of heinous cases and see that such repetition of lapses as indicated in the judgment is avoided.
STANDING ORDER NO. 506
No. El.C. 123/60, Dated 24th March, 1960
Re-organization of Radio Branch Administrative control and discipline of Radio Stations
On the implementation of the re-organization proposals the Mysore State Police Radio Branch will consist of the following sections:-
a) HQ Police Radio Brach, B’lore :- Which will comprise of:
i) Central Police Radio Office
ii) Central Workshop Section
iii) Central Technical Stores
iv) Main Communication Section.
v) Monitoring Section.
vi) Training School.
vii) M.T. Section
b) Divisional Workshop and Supervisory Staff
Divisional workshops are shown below with necessary Maintenance Staff Divisional and range Supervisory Staff are also included in the lists. The Divisional Supervisory Staff are responsible for the proper inspection of the Radio Stations within their jurisdiction with a view to promoting the technical efficiency of those Radio Stations. The duties of the Supervisory Staff will be laid down by the Special Superintendent of Police, Mysore State Police Radio Brach. The Maintenance staff attached to the workshops are responsible for ensuring proper and progressive maintenance of all wireless sets within their jurisdiction. They will also undertake major repair works as stipulated by the special Superintendent of Police, Radio Branch. Zonal Supervisory Staff will supervise the work of the divisional Officers and will also carry out periodical Inspection of the Radio Stations as laid down by the special Superintendent of Police, Radio Brach. The following are the strength of the Zonal and Divisional supervisory staff showing their jurisdiction and strength attached.
|Sl. |Location of the |Division Supervisory |Jurisdiction |Zonal Staff |Jurisdiction of the |
|No. |Divisional Workshop |Staff and Maintenance | | |Zonal Supervisory Staff |
| | |Staff | | | |
|1 |Belgaum |SI……….I |Belgaum |PI |I Belgaum and Gulbarga |
| | |Sr.R/M……I |Dharwar | |Division |
| | |Jr. R/M…I |Bijapur | | |
| | |P.C…….I |Karwar | | |
|2 |Gulbarga |S.I……..I |Gulbarga | | |
| | |Sr. R/M…I |Raichur | | |
| | |Jr.R/M……I |Bidar | | |
| | |PC……I | | | |
|3 |Mysore |S.I……..I |Mysore | | |
| | |Sr. R/M…..I |Mandya | | |
| | |Jr.R/M……I |Coorg | | |
| | |P.C……….I |S.Kanara | | |
| | | |Hassan | | |
| | | |Shimoga | | |
| | | |C.magalur | | |
|4 |Bangalore |S.I……..I |Tumkur |PI |I Mysore and Bangalore |
| | |Sr.R/M….I |Kolar | |Dns. |
| | |Jr. R/M….I |KGF | | |
| | |P.C…….I |Chitradurga | | |
| | | |Bellary | | |
| | | |Bangalore town (other than HQ Radio Grid) | | |
c) District Radio Staff will consist of the Radio personnel posted to the various Radio Stations in the Districts. An ASI will be in over all charge of all the Radio Stations in the District.
In the context of the revised set-up, the procedure of administrative control of Radio Stations has to be enunciated. The following procedure will be adopted.
The staff at the Headquarters of the Mysore State Police Radio Brach will be directly under the administrative control of the special Superintendent of Police, Radio Brach. The zonal and Divisional Supervisory staff and Divisional Maintenance staff will also be under the Special Superintendent of Police, Radio Branch since they are not attached to any particular District. Pay and allowances of the Divisional Supervisory Staff and allowances of the Divisional Supervisory staff and Zonal Supervisory staff will be drawn by Headquaters Mysore State Police Radio Branch and disbursed directly to them.
As regard the District Staff, it is necessary to place them under the local administrative and disciplinary control of the Superintendent of Police of the District to which they are attached. The Technical Control and Technical efficiency of the Radio Stations will be vested with the Special Superintendent of Police, Radio Branch. The respective responsibilities of the Special Superintendent of Police, Radio Branch and the Superintendent of Police of the Districts concerned are enumerated below. The Superintendent of Police is responsible for:-
a) Drawal of Pay and allowance and TA
b) Payment of electricity bills and the contingent grant to the Radio Station.
c) Supply of petrol and oil to the Radio Station and transmission of bills in the Special Superintendent of Police for payment.
d) Maintenance of Service Register of all the Radio personnel posed to District transmission of copies of Baraward extracts- issue of LPCs
e) Sanction of periodical increments to the Radio Staff as per rules.
f) Sanction of Casual Leave and Earned Leave in the same manner as that of DAR Earned Leave to be sanctioned in consultation with the Special Supdt. of Police, Radio Branch if the leave is to be sanctioned for more than one or two months so as to provide substitutes.
g) Punishment and disciplinary control to ensure proper administration of the Force.
h) Local supervision of the Radio Stations.
The Special Superintendent of Police, Radio Branch will be responsible for:
a) Proper and efficient maintenance of the Radio Stations.
b) Supply of Technical equipments and spares and technical forms to the Radio Stations.
c) Supply of uniform to the Radio Staff.
d) Posting of Radio Staff within the District and from District to District in consultation with the concerned Superintendent of Police, if necessary.
e) Maintenance of Long Rolls of Baraward extracts of the Radio Staff in the Districts.
f) Maintenance of Seniority Lists of all Radio Personnel.
g) Supply of furniture to Radio Stations.
h) Technical efficiency of the Radio Personnel, their classification and upgrading of the Radio Personnel.
i) Promotion of the Radio Personnel taking overall seniority of the Staff of the State.
j) Inspection of Radio Stations.
k) Issue of instructions relating to the administration, technical efficiency and handling of traffic.
l) Installation of new Radio Stations, shifting of Radio Stations or abolition of Radio Stations in consultation with the Supdt. of Police concerned.
The procedure enumerated above will come into effect with effect from 1st April 1960.
Close co-operation and liaison between the District Executive Police Staff and the Police Radio Staff at all levels is absolutely essential and the Superintendents of Police of Districts will ensure that the same is maintained.
STANDING ORDER NO. 508
No. 60/ARMS/60, Dated 18th April, 1960.
AIA’S ANNUAL INSPECTION OF SMALL ARMS OF THE POLICE DEPARTMENT INSTRUCTIONS ISSUED
The system of annual inspections of small arms of the Police Department by the AIA was not in vogue in the old Mysore State. After the re-organization of the States, the system was introduced in 1957 and since then the annual inspection of the Police weapons has become a regular feature.
2. Although it is now more than three years since the commencement of the annual inspection by the AIA it has been pointed out by him that the general condition of the weapons in this State is far from satisfactory and that many of the Unit Officers are not even conversant with the procedure to be followed in arranging for the inspection, action to be taken on the inspection reports etc., For the guidance of all Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers the following detailed instructions are issued which should be carefully studied and scrupulously followed.
3. The purpose of AIA’s Inspection is two- fold.
i) to examine the General condition of the weapons held by the Units and point out defects both major and minor.
ii) to suggest ways and means of not only setting sight the defects, but also to improve the condition of the weapons by following the proper methods of up-keep and maintenance of arms.
4. Programme of Inspection:
For the purpose of bestowing his minute attention and examination of each weapon, the AIA takes up for inspection 1/3 (one third) of the quantity of the arms in each category held by an Unit each year. In other words, the complete inspection of all the weapons held by an Unit is spread over a period of 3 years. Subsequent Inspections will similarly be carried out by him, each time one third of the weapons in each category being taken up for inspection in the order of rotation. For eg., a Police Unit has got the following type and no. of weapons on charge.
|1 |303 rifles |300 Unit nos. |From 1 to 300 |
|2 |410 muskets |600 Unit nos. |From 1 to 600 |
|3 |38 Revolvers |60 Unit nos. |From 1 to 60 |
|4 |455 Pistols |30 Unit nos. |From 1 to 30 |
And so on.
5. The Annual Inspection of these weapons will be carried out by the AIA as indicated below:-
1st Year
1. 303 Rifles 100 weapons bearing Unit nos. 1 to 100
2. 410 muskets. 200 weapons bearing unit nos. 1 to 200
3. And so on.
2nd Year
1. 303 Rifles 100 weapons bearing Unit nos. 101 to 200
2. 410 muskets. 200 weapons bearing unit nos. 201 to 400
3. And so on.
3rd Year
1. 303 Rifles 100 weapons bearing Unit nos. 201 to 300
2. 410 muskets. 200 weapons bearing unit nos. 401 to 600
3. And so on.
4th Year As in the 1st Year
5th Year As in the 2nd Year.
6th Year As in the 3rd Year.
The process of inspection is continued year in the order of rotation.
6. Intimation of the Inspection Programme.
The AIA prepares and sends his programme of inspection well in advance directly to the Units concerned with copies to this Office. On receipt of the Inspection programme the following action should be taken by the Units concerned. Retained by the indenters. The no. 10 copy of the issue vouchers will, therefore, be retained in Chief Office.
As per the instructions of the Government of India, the following particulars are to be furnished on the reverse of the priced copies of the issue vouchers when they are returned to the Ordnance Depots.
1. Head of charge.
2. Amount accepted: Rs
3. Month and year to which the charge relates;
4. Designation of the Officer by whom adjustable. Designation of the Accountant General against whom Debit for accepted amount is due to be raised.
5. Signature and designation in full of the Accepting Officer(Consignee)
The Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers will, on all copies of the priced Issue Vouchers, fill in the particulars in respect of items 2 and 5 shown above before the vouchers are forwarded to the Chief Office. The remaining particulars in respect of items no. 1, 3 & 4 will be filled in by the Chief Office before returning the Vouchers to the Ordinance Depots concerned.
WATCH REGISTER TO BE MAINTAINED BY THE SUPERINTENDENTS OF POLICE/UNIT OFFICERS
A register known as “WATCH REGISTER OF ORDINANCE SUPPLIES AND RETURN OF ISSUE VOUCHERS” will be maintained by the Superintendent of Police/Unit Officers in the Proforma enclosed vide Appendix “E” to watch the receipt of consignment from the Ordinance Depot., the return of vouchers and the final adjustment of payments. This register will be maintained in addition to the stock register already maintained in the DPO’s and Unit Offices. This register is specifically designed to watch the clearance of issue vouchers and final adjustment of payments, which process usually spread over a period of two to three years.
All payments due for the supplies received from the Ordinance Depots will be made by book adjustments by the Accountant General, Bangalore under intimation to Chief Office. The copies of communications received from the Accountant General, Bangalore in this behalf will be endorsed to the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers for their information and making necessary entries in Column 12 of the Watch Register to be maintained by them. The Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers are advised not to enter into any direct correspondence with the Accountant General, Bangalore or with the Ordnance Depots concerned regarding the adjustment of payments but only refer the matter to the Chief Office for taking suitable action.
The Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers will also note that this Department has to pay not only for the actual supplies of arms, ammunition etc., received from the Ordinance Depots but also for the packing materials such as, the ammunition boxes, charger clips, bandoliers, etc., the cost shown in the priced Issue Vouchers include also the cost of such packing materials used and these will have to be accounted for both when received and disposed off. It should therefore be ensured that while taking the supplies into stock, the packing materials of the concerned consignments are also taken in the stock register. As for example, the packing materials used for 303 ball ammunition supply, the ammunition boxes, the charger clips, cotton bandoliers, etc, are entered in the stock register as shown below:-
303 Ball Ammunition Rounds
303 Ball Ammunition Boxes Nos.
303 Ammunition Charger Clips Nos.
303 Ball Ammunition cotton Bandoliers Nos.
Similarly, when the fired cases are returned to the Ordinance Depots, the packing materials used for the despatch of consignments should be accounted for in the stock register as expenditure.
The Watch Register should be periodically checked by the Manager and verified by the Superintendent of Police/Unit Officers or by any other Gazetted Officer authorized for the purpose.
WATCH REGISTER TO BE MAINTAINED IN CHIEF OFFICE
As the requirements of arms, ammunition etc., of the entire Department are consolidated and indented for by the Chief Office, it is necessary that the stage in the supply of stores to the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers, the receipt and clearance of Issue Vouchers and the final adjustment of payments, are properly watched by the Chief Office to ensure not only prompt action at different stages but also proper adjustment of the payments. For this purpose a register in the Proforma enclosed vide Appendix “F” will be maintained in Chief Office. The columns in the register are devised to serve a double purpose viz one for re-recording the progress of supplies received from the Ordinance Depots, the receipt and return of the Issue Vouchers and the final adjustment of the payment of the cost of the stores, and the other, as a counter check for ensuring prompt action at different levels in the clearance of the Issue Vouchers.
The copies of all communications addressed to to the Ordinance Depots for the return of accepted copies of Issue vouchers (no. 2, 7 and 8) and also to the Accountant General Bangalore, regarding the acceptance of book adjustments will be endorsed to the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officers for their information and making counter entries in the Watch Register to be maintained by them.
All correspondence relating to the preparation and submission of indents, receiving and returning of copies of Issue Vouchers and the final adjustment of payments will be attended to by the Police Inspector in-chrge of State Armoury assisted by a Stores Clerk attached to Chief Office. The watch Register to be maintained in the Chief Office will be periodically checked by the Superintendent Store Section and The Chief Accountant in regard to the adjustment of payments etc.,
The receipt of the Standing Order should be acknowledged.
APPENDIX “A”
CONTROLLED STORES –ARMS/AMMUNITION
|Sl. |Item |
|No. | |
| |Musket 410 Bore |
| |Pistol Revolver No. 1.45 |
| |Pistol Revolver No. 2.38 |
| |Pistol Revolver 38 (S&W) |
| |Pistol Single I – in No. 1 |
| |Projector Grenade No. I Rifle |
| |Projector Grenade No. 4 Rifle |
| |Rifle No. I .303 (All MKs) |
| |Rifle No. I DP BF |
| |Rifle no. I GF |
| |Rifle No. 2 MK4/I/22 |
| |Carbine Machine sten 9 mm (All MKs) |
| |Gun Machine Bren 303” DP |
| |Gun Machine Bren 303” (all MKS) |
| |Gun Machine Vickers .303” |
| |Gun Machine Thompson .45” |
| |Binocular Prismatic No. 2 (All MKs) |
| |Binocular Prismatic No. 5 (All MKs) |
| |Campasses Prismatic Liquid (All MKs) |
| |Wire Barbed SWG |
| |Cartridge 303 BDR (for Rifles) |
| |Cartridge 303 CTN (for bren Gun) |
| |Cartridge SA 38 Rev |
| |Cartridge SA 45 Rev. |
| |Cartridge I-in |
| |Cartridge .22-in |
| |Cartridge 9 mm Sten |
| |Grenade somke no. 24 |
| |Grenade Hand 36 m |
| |Pistols Revolver 455 |
| |Cartridge .303 Blank |
| |Cartridge .303 Bracer |
| |Cartridge 303 Ballistite |
| |Cartridge 410 Ball |
| |Cartridge 410 Blank |
| |Cartridge .410 Backshot |
| |Cartridge .455 Revolver |
| |Cartridge .45 Auto |
| |Candle Smoke |
APPENDIX “B”
SCALES:- x
A. ARMS FOR SERVICE
1) District Police (Police other than included in categories (2) to (6) below)
a) Punjab:- one rifle per Head Constable and constable.
b) Other States:- One rifle/musket per Head Constable and Constable.
c) In all part “A’’ States:- One revolver per officer of an above the rank of Asst. Sub-Inspector.
2) District Armed Reserve:-
a) One rifle per Head –Constable & Constable.
b) 4 Carbine Machine Thompsons for each 100 rifle/muskets authorized.
c) One revolver per officer of and above the rank of Asst. Sub-Inspr.
3) City Police :- (i.e. Ordinary Police in the Cities of Madras, Bobmay and Calcutta)
a) Rifle/Muskets – 1/3 of total strength
b) One revolver per Officer of and above the rank of Assistant Sub –Inspector.
4) City Armed Police;- (In the cities of Madras, Bombay and Calcutta)
a) Rifles – 1/3 (and muskets 2/3 of the total strength, with an option to the local authorities to alter the proportion of Rifles and muskets according to the local needs.
b) 4 Carbine Machine Thompsons for each 100 Rifles, muskets authorized.
c) One revolver per officer of and above the rank of Asst. Sub-Inspector
5. CID:- (Intelligence Branch and Special Branch) – one revolver per officer down to the rank of Head –Constable.
6. Special Armed Forces:- (e.g. Provincial Armed Police, Special Armed Police or Constabulary and Malabar Special Police)
a) Rifles – one per Head-Constable and Constable.
b) 10 Carbine Machine Thompsons for 100 Rifles/Muskets authorized
c) 3 Pistols Signal (VL pistols) for 100 rifles on charge.
d) One revolver per officer of and above the rank of Asst. Sub-Inspector.
B. ARMS FOR TRAINING
1) For District Police, City Police, District Armed Reserve, City Armed Reserve and Special Armed Force (Where required)
i) .22 Rifles one per 20 trainees.
ii) .303 Rifles/Muskets .410 one for each trainee.
iii) .455/.38 Revolver – one per 10 trainees.
iv) Carbine Machine Thompsons – one per 10 trainees.
2) At Training Centers:
i) .22. Rifles – one per 10 trainees.
ii). 455/.38 Revolvers – one per 10 trainees.
iii) Carbine Machine Thompsons – one per 10 trainees.
iv) .303 Rifles .410 Muskets one per trainee.
C. AMMUITION FOR SERVICE:-
Category of ammunition Scale
a) .303 Rifle/.410 Musket 100 rounds per weapons
b) .455/.38 Revolver 30 rounds per weapons
c) Carbine Machine Thompson 192 rounds per weapon
d) Pistol Signal (very light) 19 rounds per weapon
The signal ammunition will be in the proportion of
Illuminating ………….12 rounds
Red ……………………4 rounds
Green………………….3 rounds
APPENDIX “B”
D AMMUNATION FOR PRACTICE
Category of ammunition Scale
a) .303 Rifle/.410 Musket 50 rounds per Capita per annum
b) .38/.455 Revolver 60 rounds per Capita per annum
c) Carbine Machine Thompson 15 rounds per Capita per annum
d) Signal Pistol illuminating I round per 24 men per annum.
Red I round per 20 men per annum
Green I round per 20 men per annum.
e) .303 Rifle/.410 Musket blank 10 rounds per Capita per annum
f) .22 in Rifle Ball 10 rounds per Capita per annum
E. AMMUNATION FOR TRAINING
Category of ammunition Scale
a) .303 Rifle/.410 Musket 100 rounds per Trainee per annum
b) .38/.455 Revolver 70 rounds per trainee per annum
c) Carbine Machine Thompson 50 rounds per trainee per annum
d) .22 in Rifle ball 50 rounds per trainee per annum
Note:- 1) Blank Ammunition will be supplied up to the extent of 10 rounds per weapon per annum.
2) in the above scale for .410 ammunition, the quantities indicated are for both ball and buckshot it is left to States to indicate the proportion in which they require ball and buckshot.
APPENDIX C
Enclosure to Army Headquarters No. 55654/MG/OS/IB,
dated 8- -195
Page No. 12 of E.Sheet
FORECAST REQUIREMENT OF STOCKS OF ORDINACNE ORIGIN
Service
|Designation |A/U |Revised Forecast |First Forecast |Remarks |
| | |requirements 1 April |requirements 1st April 19| |
| | |19…….to 31st March 19…… |….to 31st March 19…….. | |
|* VAOS SECTION |
* Only items in one VAOS Sub-Section to be shown in each sheet
Form “A”
AFG 994 (Modified for India)
Date for MT Demand Demand for Unit…………..
Make
Type Ordinance, MT Stores
No. of Veh. Clothing and No.
On charge Necessaries. Formation
REPBA No. Ordinary, Urgent , Immediate
Authority : WETET (I) etc.,
|LI/Part or Cat.No. |Designation |Quantity |
| | |Demand |Issued |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
I certify the above for for consignee
Stores are actually DADOS use IAOC use
Required:-
Nos. Nos. no.
a) As a first supply Date Date Date
b) To replace Through Approved Passed The quantities
other lost. The for issue
exigencies
c) To replace of the campaign shown as issued
other rendered have been
repairable or unser-
viceable.
And that the demand received
Confirms to all orders, in good
Scales and limitations condition
Under which they are
Authorized to be demanded
By me.
Indenting Officer DADOs Receiving Officer
Form “B”
Consolidated Indent for Service Ammunition for the year/Quarter ending
Category of Police: Category of Ammunition
1. District Police 1. Rifle/Muskets
2. District Armed Police 2. Pistols/Revolvers .38/455
3. City Police 3. Carbine Machine Thompson
4. City Armed Police 4. Pistol Signal
5. CID
6. Special Armed Force
Delete the unnecessary items
|Brief description |Number of Arms |Authorized scale (quote the relevant scale as mentioned in the letter) |
|(where necessary) of |on charge | |
|the composition of | | |
|Police for which | | |
|ammunition is required | | |
| |
|.303 ball |
|.303 ball |.410 ball |.38 ball |
| |
|.303 ball |
|.303 ball |.410 ball |
|Sl. |List of Articles |Number of period Articles to |Sl. |List of Articles |Number of period Articles to be |
|No. | |be provided |No. | |provided |
|1 |White Sari |2 –once a year |1 |Blue Sari |2- Once A year |
|2 |White blouses |2-Once a year |2 |White Blouse |2- Once a year |
|3 |Five pointed white metal stars (for |2 – once in 15 Years |3 |Blue Arm Band with letters |Once a year |
| |women Sub-Inspector) | | |Mysore State Police-WHC/WPC | |
|4 |Five pointed white metal stars (For |1 once in 15 years |4 |Side cap blue with red pippin |Once a year |
| |women Asst. Sub-inspector) | | | | |
|5 |White metal Badge MSP |1 Pr. – once in 15 years |5 |Chappals |1 Pr. once a year |
|6 |Side Cap with red piping |2 once a year |6 |Wollen Great Coat with Buttons|1 once in 10 years |
|7 |Chappals |1 pr once a year |7 |Kit box |1 once in 30 years |
|8 |Wollen Great Coat with buttons |2 once in 10 years |8 |District Letters |1 once in 15 years |
|9 |Kit box |1 once in 30 years |9 |District General Number |1 once in 15 years |
APPENDIX –B
Statement showing the sanctioned strength of Police Stations and the Strength of Women Police proposed for these Police Stations
|Sl. |Name of District or|Total Strength of Women |Name of Police |Sanctioned Strength of the Police |Strength of Women Police |Remarks |
|No. |unit |Police proposed for the |Stations for which |Station (Re-organized or existing)|proposed for the Police | |
| | |District or Unit |Women Police are | |Station | |
| | | |proposed | | | |
| |
|1 |
|7 |
|14 |Belgaum |1 |4 |Khadebazar PS |3 |3 |13 |
| | | | |
| | | |ASI/HC |
|I |1 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |2 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |3 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |4 |‘C’ or Reserved-I |Scheduled Caste |
| |5 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |6 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |7 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |8 |‘C’ or Reserved-I |Scheduled Caste |
| |9 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |10 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |11 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |12 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
|II |13 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |14 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |15 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |16 |‘D’ or Reserved-II |Scheduled Tribe |
| |17 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |18 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |19 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |20 |‘C’ or Reserved-I |Scheduled Caste |
| |21 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |22 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |23 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |24 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
|III |25 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |26 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |27 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |28 |‘C’ or Reserved-I |Scheduled Caste |
| |29 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |30 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |31 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |32 |‘C’ or Reserved-I |Scheduled Caste |
| |33 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |34 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |35 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |36 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |37 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |38 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |39 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |40 |‘C’ or Reserved-I |Scheduled Caste |
| |41 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |42 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
|IV |43 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |44 |‘C’ or Reserved-I |Scheduled Caste |
| |45 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |46 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |47 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |48 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
|V |49 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |50 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |51 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |52 |‘D’ or Reserved-II |Scheduled Tribe |
| |53 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |54 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |55 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |56 |‘C’ or Reserved-I |Scheduled Caste |
| |57 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |58 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |59 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |60 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
|VI |61 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |62 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |63 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |64 |‘C’ or Reserved-I |Scheduled Caste |
| |65 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |66 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |67 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |68 |‘C’ or Reserved-I |Scheduled Caste |
| |69 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |70 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |71 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |72 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
|VII |73 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |74 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |75 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |76 |‘C’ or Reserved-I |Scheduled Caste |
| |77 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |78 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |79 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |80 |‘C’ or Reserved-I |Scheduled Caste |
| |81 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |82 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |83 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |84 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
|VIII |85 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |86 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |87 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |88 |‘D’ or Reserved-II |Scheduled Tribe |
| |89 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |90 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |91 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |92 |‘C’ or Reserved-I |Scheduled Caste |
| |93 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |94 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |95 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
| |96 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
|IX |97 |‘C’ or Reserved-I |Scheduled Caste |
| |98 |‘B’ or Special |Backward Class |
| |99 |‘C’ or Reserved-I |Scheduled Caste |
| |100 |‘A’ or General |Merit |
Sd/-
For Inspector General of Police.
Copy of Official Memorandum No. GAD.144.RSR.58, dated 10/8/60, from the General Administration Department, Bangalore, addressed to all Secretaries to Govt., Head of Depts. and others.
Public Services-Implementation of Communal Reservations-
Classification of vacancies-Instructions issued.
In Govt. Order No. GAD.7.ORR.60, dated 1-3-60 it has been directed that pending receipt of the final report from the Backward Classes Committee, the reservations for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes are tentatively fixed at 15% and 3% respectively and for other Backward Classes at 25%, these reservations being applicable in all cases of direct recruitment to appointments and posts in the services of the State. In order to give effect to the reservations mentioned above, Govt., have decided that in supersession of all previous orders on the subject, the following procedure should be adopted in respect of recruitment to Class III and Class IV services:-
(1) All vacancies to which communal reservations are applicable will be classified into (i) ‘A’ or General Vacancies, which will be filled up by candidates on the basis of merit irrespective of communal considerations, (ii) ‘B’ or Special vacancies, open only to Backward Class candidates (iii) ‘C’ or Reserved-I vacancies, open only to Scheduled Castes candidates and (iv) ‘D’ or Reserved-II vacancies, open only to Scheduled Tribes candidates.
(2) 100 vacancies will be taken as a Unit for purposes of communal classification and rotation.
(3) Each Unit will have 9 cycles.
(4) Out of 9 cycles, the first 3 cycles will consist of 12 vacancies, while the last cycle will consist of 4 vacancies.
(5) The order of classification and rotation in respect of each cycle will be as indicated in the Annexure.
(6) Vacancies the duration of which do not last beyond three months should be left out of account for purposes of classification. If a candidate appointed to a particular vacancy according to the rules of recruitment does not join duty or, having joined duty gives up the appointment within 45 days thereafter, the vacancy need not be reclassified of the same class from the PSC list or if the selection had been made after advertisement, without fresh advertisement. Vacancies which are temporarily filled up by Local Candidates will not be re-classified for howsoever long the Local Candidates work in such posts and they will be re-placed by the candidates of the class for which the posts are reserved, selected according to the rules of recruitment.
2. At present, the Public Service Commission prepares separate lists (‘A’, ‘B’ and ‘C’) of candidates selected on merit. Backward Class candidates and Scheduled Castes/Scheduled Tribes candidates respectively, for each kind of category of appointments and issues them to the various Unit Officers of recruitment, who classify the posts and fill them according to the prescribed rotation. It is, however, noticed that under the present system, a Backward class candidate included in the ‘A’ list may get appointed much later than candidates of lesser merit who are included in the ‘B’ list. As it is anomalous that a Backward Class candidate with sufficient merit, as judged from his inclusion in the ‘A’ list, should get his chance of appointment long after other Backward Class candidates, who do not possess sufficient merit to get into the ‘A’ list, it is proposed to discontinue forthwith the preparation of separate lists of candidates belonging to the three categories. This will not, however, effect lists already issued by the Public Service Commission which will be made use of in accordance with the prevailing practice.
3. As Government have decided that there should be separate reservation for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, it will not be, satisfactory to group together the candidates belonging to the aforesaid castes and tribes.
4. In view of these circumstances, the Public Service Commission will henceforth prepare for each category or posts, a combined list of candidates arranged solely in the order of merit. But they will indicate therein the category ‘B’, ‘C’ and ‘D’ against the names of the candidates belonging to the Backward Classes, the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes respectively. The Unit Officers should adopt the combined list while filling the posts according to the procedure referred to in para I above. That is to say, if the post to be filled according to rotation is classified as ‘B’, ‘C’ or ‘D’, the candidate belonging to this category on the combined list should be selected strictly in the order of seniority and the post filled on that basis. But if the post is classified as ‘A’, it should be filled by a Candidate on the combined list according to seniority irrespective of the category to which he belongs, because a general vacancy is to be filled on the basis of merit irrespective of communal considerations.
5. Situations may arise in which candidates of particular classes are not available in sufficient numbers to fill all the vacancies reserved for them. The procedure to be followed in such circumstances is indicated below:-
1 (A) Action to be taken in the event of shortage of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Candidates.
1) In case a sufficient number of Scheduled Tribe candidates are not available from the list of candidates prepared by the Public Service Commission to fill all the posts reserved for them, the posts which remain over after appointment of all Scheduled Tribe candidates, may be regarded as reserved for the Scheduled Castes candidates and filled by ‘C’ candidates in the Public Service Commission list. Similarly, posts which remain over in the quota reserved for Scheduled Castes after the appointment of all the ‘C’ candidates in the Public Service Commission list may be filled by the Scheduled Tribes candidates in the Public Service Commission list. The appointments made in this manner for Scheduled Castes/Scheduled Tribes, candidates in posts reserved for Scheduled Tribes/Scheduled Castes, will not be regarded as ‘local’ appointments and will be deemed to have been made in accordance with the rules of recruitment. The Unit Officer should however make suitable adjustments order in to see that in a complete unit of hundred vacancies the proportion between Scheduled Castes/ Scheduled Tribes candidates is maintained as far as possible.
2. If even after following the procedure mentioned in the preceding sub-para, posts reserved for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes remain unfilled they should be filled by ‘B’ candidates in the Public Service Commission list. If even ‘B’ candidates are not available, the posts should be filled by candidates in the Public Service Commission list on the basis of merit without reference to communal considerations. The appointments thus made against ‘Reserved’ vacancies will not be treated as local appointments but will be deemed to have been made in accordance with the rules of recruitment. The vacancy or vacancies so lost to the Scheduled Castes/ tribes candidates will be carried forward for a period of three years from the date of occurrence of the vacancy/ vacancies concerned, in addition to such number as would ordinarily be reserved for them in these years and set off against the categories to whom the earlier vacancies were assigned.
3. If the candidates selected by the Public Service Commission belonging to ‘A’, ‘B’, ‘C’ and ‘D’ categories are not available, the vacancies reserved for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes should be filled up temporarily, till Public Service Commission lists are received, by candidate belonging to Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes after obtaining lists from the nearest Employment Exchange. Such appointments will be treated as local appointments only. The appointing authorities should send the particulars of such local candidates to the Public Service Commission, so that the Public Service Commission may take into consideration their cases also while making a selection for ‘reserved’ posts.
b) Action to be taken in the event of shortage of Backward Class candidates.
1) If the backward class candidates are not available in sufficient number to fill all the posts reserved for them, the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes candidates in the list issued by the Public Service Commission should be appointed if such candidates are not available the posts should be filed by candidates in the Public Service Commission list on the basis of merit without reference to communal considerations. The appointments thus made will be deemed to have been made in accordance with the rules of recruitment. The vacancy or vacancies so lost to the Backward Class candidates will be carried forward for a period of three years from the date of occurrence of the vacancy or vacancies concerned, in addition to such number as would ordinarily be reserved for them in these years and set off against the categories to whom the earlier vacancies were assigned.
2) In the event of non-availability of candidates of the Public Service Commission list, the vacancies reserved for Backward Classes should be filled up by local candidates belonging to Backward Classes and possessing the prescribed qualifications, after obtaining lists through the nearest Employment Exchange, such appointments, however, will be treated as local appointments only. The appointing authorities should send the particulars of such local candidates to the PSC so that the PSC may take into consideration their cases also while making a selection for ‘Special’ vacancies.
II. While the foregoing instructions will be suitable in respect of categories of posts in which vacancies occur in large numbers and for which bulk recruitment takes place, a slightly different procedure will be necessary in the case of individually advertised posts. In such cases, the classification, as in the Annexure will be made and the post advertised as being open to Scheduled Tribes/ Scheduled Castes, Backward Classes or to all candidates depending upon the classification of the vacancy. While advertising posts reserved for Scheduled Tribes applications should called from candidates of both scheduled castes and scheduled tribes, specifying which of them will be preferred. In Scheduled Castes/ Scheduled Tribes vacancies, Scheduled Tribes/ Scheduled Castes candidates may be appointed without re-advertisement, if it becomes necessary. Wherever, it is likely that suitable candidates for the posts reserved for Scheduled Castes/ Scheduled Tribes and Backward Classes are not available and the conversion of vacancies is likely to result in re-advertisement, the vacancies may be notified to the Public Service Commission as un-reserved, subject to the condition that due compensation will be given within a period of three years. In such cases, the Commission will decide whether the vacancy should be treated as reserved or not and advertise the vacancy with a note to the effect that if candidates belonging to a particular class are not available, the vacancy or vacancies will be treated as un-reserved. If it is administratively not possible to keep the post vacant while the process of advertisement is being gone through, local candidates may be appointed purely as a temporary measure in the manner suggested in para 6 infra.
6. It may happen that due to an unforeseen rush of vacancies, or for other reasons, lists of candidates selected by the Public Service Commission are not available at all. In such cases it is inevitable that temporary arrangements are made by appointing local candidates, subject to their replacement, when candidates selected by the Public Service Commission are available. In making such local appointments, the Appointing Authorities must ensure that the communal proportions are maintained and that the candidates conform to the age and qualifications prescribed in the rules of recruitment applicable to the particular department, or, in their absence in the Mysore State Civil Services General Recruitment Rules. Even in these cases, the posts should be classified and filled only by candidates belonging to the particular groups. If, however, local candidates belonging to any particular groups are not available the procedure prescribed in Para 5(1) (a) and (b) above should mutatis-mutandis be followed.
7. The instructions in the preceding paragraphs are intended essentially for filling posts within the purview of the Public Service Commission. But the communal reservations ordered by Govt, are equally applicable in the cases of direct recruitment to part time appointments. Class IV and other posts outside the purview of the Public Service Commission and the responsibility of the Unit Officers is not less in ensuring that the appointments not only conform to the age and qualifications prescribed in the recruitment rules but that the communal reservations are also adhered to. Even in those cases the classification and rotation, as indicated in the Annexure, should be followed. The instructions in para 6 above could well be adopted in these cases also the only difference being that the appointments will be regular instead of being ‘local’.
8. In regard to Class I and II posts, for which Govt., is the appointing authority, an identical procedure will be followed and it will be the responsibility of the Secretariat Depts. to classify the vacancies.
The vacancies which occur in Class I and Class II Services in each executive Dept. such as Mysore Administrative Service, the Mysore Secretariat Service, the Mysore Mines and Geological Depts. Services, etc and to which communal reservations are applicable will be classified separately and filled by competitive examination or otherwise in accordance with the rules of recruitment applicable to the Dept. For the purpose of classification and rotation, the Class I Service of a Dept. will be treated as a single unit; similarly Class II. This procedure is necessary in order to have suitable units for implementing the communal reservations.
9. All appointing authorities are requested to bear these instructions in mind and comply with them without fail.
REQUISITION FOR POSTS TO BE FILLED UP
BY DIRECT RECRUITMENT
I a) Designation of the Post
i) Name of the Department & Office
ii) Date on which vacancy is expected to occur
iii) Class of Service
iv) Nature of duties
b) Number of posts to be filled
c) Number of Posts reserved for
(i) Woman Candidates
(ii) Number of Posts reserved for the following groups
a) Merit (General)
b) Backward Classes
c) Scheduled Castes
d) Scheduled Tribes
2. Whether permanent or temporary, if temporary, period for which it is expected to last.
3. Whether Pensionable or Non-Pensionable.
4. Period of Probation, if any
5. Place or Places in which the candidate will be required to serve.
6. The date by which recruitment should be completed and the candidates expected to join duty
7. a) Scale of Pay
b) Other allowances, if any
8. Any Special concessions such as free quarters, lighting, water
9. Prospects of promotion to higher posts or to higher scales of pay if it is desired to state them.
10. (A) Any Special Conditions of service (Normally) MSCR is expected to apply. Only deviations from MSCR, if any should be mentioned.
10. Minimum qualifications as prescribed in the rules;
a) General / Academic
b) Technical
c) Professional
d) Practical Training
e) Experience
f) Any other qualifications
g) Specify which of the above requirements will be relaxed and the circumstances under such they may be relaxed.
h) Will equivalent qualifications be accepted, if so, equivalent should be stated.
11. Age limits as prescribed in the Rules
a) Minimum
b) Maximum
(Age limit for persons in Govt., service, lady candidates and for Backward Classes, Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes to be stated separately)
12 a) Are Government servants eligible.
b) If so, will any of the conditions be relaxed in their favour. The
conditions to be so relaxed should be indicated.
13. Whether selection is to be made by interview, and if so, name and address of the Department Representation who will be present at the interview.
14. Any other conditions and qualifications not covered by the above question.
15. Other remarks if any.
Classification for purposes of representation in Public
Services Backward Classes
GOVERNMENT OF MYSORE
Read:--
1. Government Order No. GAD.26.ORR.59, dated 13th May 1959 specifying the other Backward classes of citizens who are not adequately represented in the services of the State and fixing the percentage of reservation of appointments in Government service for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes and other Backward Classes.
2. Government Order No. GAD.32.ORR.59, dated 18th July 1859 directing the reservations of appointment in Government service for other Backward Classes of the basis of groups of such classes and fixing the percentage of reservation in respect of each group.
3. Government Order No. P and D 64 OBC 58, dated 8th January 1960 constituting a committee with Dr. Nagan Gowda, MLA, as Chairman for the purpose of determining the criteria for the classification of the Backward Classes in the State.
4. Interim Report of the Committee dated 19th February 1960 to enable Government to determine the classes of persons who should receive preference in respect of appointment in Government service.
Order No. GAD 7 ORR 60, Bangalore dated 1st March 1960 Phalguns II.S.E. 1881.
The Committee in the interim Report read above has recommended that for purpose of Article 16 (4) of the Constitution, the classification of citizens might be based on castes and their backwardness determined on the basis of the percentage of literacy amongst the members of each taste in relation to the average percentage of literacy in the State and also on the basis of percentage of those employed in the Services of the State amongst the members of each caste in relation to the total number of persons employed under the State Government excluding persons in Class IV Posts. The Committee has further prepared a list numbered as Statement VIII, of classes not sufficiently represented in Government Services and having a percentage of literacy below the State average as indicative of their backwardness for the purpose aforesaid. The Committee has also prepared a list (Statement IX) of castes which are found to be as backward as the other Backward Classes mentioned by them in Statement VIII.
2. Government have carefully considered the Interim Report of the Committee, the other material available and all other circumstances and have come to the conclusion that the basis adopted by the Committee for determining the backwardness of classes as well as their inadequacy of their representation in the Services under the State may be accepted. The Committee has in preparing Statement VIII, considered the estimated percentage of literacy as in 1951 and classified communities as being above the State average and below the State average. The Committee has also considered the statistics of the strength of the students in Secondary Schools in each community as well as the total strength during 1959-60 and indicated that the communities listed by them as backward communities are backward even when considered with reference to these statistics.
3. Since the Committee has based their conclusion on all the material available at present, Government consider that in order to meet the present situation arising out of the holding up of the recruitment to different classes o services, the classes of services the classes mentioned in Statements VIII and IX prepared by the Committee and comprised in the Appendix o this order be considered as Backward Classes not sufficiently represented in the Services of the State for the purpose of Article 16(4) of the Constitution tentatively till the final report of the Committee is received and orders passed thereon.
4. It is accordingly ordered that in addition to the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, the various communities mentioned in the Appendix to this order should be considered as other Backward Classes of Citizens not adequately represented in the Services under the State for the purposes of Article 16 (4) of the Constitution.
5. It is further ordered that for direct recruitment to appointments and posts in the services of the State, reservation for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes shall be 15 percent and 3 percent respectively and reservation for the other Backward classes shall be 25 percent. The rest of the appointment and posts shall be filled up on the basis of merit and shall be open to all classes.
6. This Order supersedes the Government Orders dated 15th May 1959 and 18th July and all other previous orders on the subject.
APPENDIX
(to G.O. No. GAD 7 ORR 60, dated 1-3-60)
1. Agasa, Madivala, Sakala, Dhobi, Parit, Rajaka.
2. Badaru, Nayak (Nayk) Boya, Vadam, Bandar, Berad, Valmiki, Talwar, Naickmakkalul, Naikwadi, Palayagar.
3. Gangakula, Besta, Ambiga, Thoraya, Bhoi, Kabbaligar, Siviyar, Karvi Kabbera, Kabbili, Bundabestha, Meengar, Galadakonkani, Parivar, Bhisit, Pakali, Gangavar, Kahar.
4. Ganiga, Teli, Vanian, Gandla.
5. Idiga, Halepaik, Billava, Malayali-Billavas of South Kanara, Eadiga Goundla, Kalal, Eliga, Deevers.
6. Kumbara, Kummara, Kumbhar, Kulal, Gatti, Moolya.
7. Kuruba Kurumban, Dhangar, Kurab, Gorava, Kurumpba, Kuruma, Koleri, Kolari, Muniyani Hegde of Cooorg and South Kanara, Kudubi Halmatha.
8. Meda, Gauriga, Burud, Medari, Earakala, Kaikadi, Medra, Medarlu Mahendra, Pamlor, Mayadara.
9. Nayinda, Hajam, Bandari, Ambattan, Mangala, Nhavi, Nadig, Kelasi, Parel-Madivala, Nayidaru, Napitha, Navaliga.
10. Thigala Dharmaraja Kapu, Vannikula, Palli, Yerukula, Mali, Phulmali, Phulari, Hoogar, Bakkitgar, Gaur, Thamboli, Thammali.
11. Uppara, Uppiliyan, Sagar, Beldar, Gavandi, Goundi.
12. Vokkaliga, Hallikar, Kunchitiga, Gowda, Kapu, Kamma, Velama, Reddy Halkkivikal, Munnur-Kapu, Tulleru.
13. Yadava, Golla, Adavi Golla, Yadav, Gavli, Asthan Golla, Gavaliga, Kannadiar.
14. Devadiga, Moili, Kottari, Budubuduke, Budubudukala, Bhatraju, Gandaliga, Gondali, Gangethinavaru, Jogi, Jogar, Kaniyar, Manigar, Desari, Pandara, Patkar, Byragi’ Dombara, Dommara,Dombari Garudi, Garudiga, Modikar, Jatti, Katabu, Kolhati, Kolhatgi, Rachevar, Veeramusti, Kalawantula, Koteyar, Sheregar, Male, Vajantri, Balasanthosi, Natuva, Devadasi, Bandi, Padiyar, Siddis of North Kanara.
APPENDIX III
List of Scheduled Castes
1. Throughout the State except Coorg, Belgaum, Bijapur, Dharwar, Kanara, South Kanara, Gulbarga, Raichur and Bidar Districts and Kollegal Taluk of Mysore District.
1. Adi Andhra
2. Adi Dravida
3. Adi Karnataka
4. Banjara or Lambani
5. Bhovi
6. Dakkaliga
7. Ganti Chores
8. Handi Jogis
9. Kempmaris
10. Koracha
11. Korama
12. Machala
13. Mochi
14. Sillekyathas
15. Sudugada Sidda.
2. In the Districts of Belgaum, Bijapur, Dharwar and Kanara:-
1. Ager
2. Bakad or Bant
3. Bhambi, Bhambhi, Asadaru, Asodi, Chamadia, Chamar, Chambhar Chamsar Haralayya, Harali, Khalpa, Machigar Muchigar Madra, Madig, Mochi, Telugu Mochi, Kamati Mochi, Ranigar, Rohidas, Rohit or Samgar.
4. Bhangi, Mehter Olgana, Rukhi, Maikana, Halakher, Lalbegi, Belmiki, Korar or Zadmali.
5. Chalvadi or Channyya.
6. Chenna Dasar or Holaya Dasar.
7. Dhor, Kakkayya or Kankayya
8. Halsar, Haslar Hulasvar or Halasvar.
9. Garoda or Gare
10. Haller
11. Holar or Valhar
12. Holaya or Holer
13. Lingadar
14. Mahar, Taral or Dhegu megu
15. Mahyavanshi, Dhed, Vankar or Maru Vankar
16. Mang, matang or Minimading
17. Mang-Garudi
18. Meghval or Menghyar
19. Mukri
20. Nadia or hadi
21. Pasi
22. Shenva, Chenva, Sedma or Ravat
23. Tirgar or Tirbanda
24. Turi
3. In Kanara District
1. Kotegar or Metri
4. In the Districts of Gulbarga, Bidar and Raichur:-
1. Anumuk
2. Aray (Mala)
3. Arwa Mala
4. Beda (Budgal) Jangam
5. Bindla
6. Chalvadi
7. Chambhar
8. Cakkal (Dokkalwar)
9. Dhor
10. Ellamalwar (Yellanumalawandlu)
11. Holeya
12. Holeya Dasari
13. Kolupulvandhi
14. Madiga
15. Mahar
16. Mala
17. Mala Dasari
18. Mala-Hannai
19. Malajangam
20. Mala Masti
21. Mala Sale (Netkani)
22. Mala Sanyasi
23. Mang
24. Mang Garodi
25. Manne
26. Mashti
27. Mehtar
28. Mitha Ayyalvar
29. Mocha
30. Samagara
31. Sindhollu (Chindollu)
32. Byagara
5. In South Kanara District and Kollegal Taluk of Mysore Dist:-
1. Adi Andhra
2. Adi Dravida
3. Adi Karnataka
4. Ajita
5. Arunthathiyar
6. Baira
7. Bakuda
8. Bandi
9. Bellara
10. Chakkiliyan
11. Chalvadi
12. Chamar or Muchi
13. Chandala
14. Cheruman
15. Devendrakulathan
16. Dom, Dombara Paidi or Pano
17. Godagali
18. Gooda
19. Gosangi
20. Holeya
21. Jaggali
22. Jambuvulu
23. Kodiyan
24. Kalladi
25. Karimpalan
26. Koosa
27. Kudumban
28. Kuvaran
29. Madari
30. Madiga
31. Maila
32. Mala
33. Mavilan
34. Mogar
35. Mundala
36. Nalakayava
37. Nayadi
38. Pagadi
39. Pallan
40. Pambada
41. Panchama
42. Panniandi
43. Pariyan
44. Puthirai Vannan
45. Raneyar
46. Samagara
47. Samban
48. Sapari
49. Seneman
50. Thoti
51. Thiruvalluvar
52. Valluvan
6. In Kollegal Taluk of Mysore District:-
1. Pannadi
2. Vathiriyan
7. In South Kanara District:-
1. Bathada
2. Hasla
3. Nalkadaya
4. Paravan
8. In Coorga District:-
1. Adi Dravida
2. Adi Karnataka
3. Adiya
4. Balagai
5. Holeya
6. Madia
7. Muchi
8. Mundala
9. Pale
10. Panchama
11. Paraya
12. Samagara
List of Scheduled Tribes
1. Throughout the State except Coorg, Belgaum, Bijapur, Dharwar Kanara, South Kanara, Gulbarga, Raichur and Bidar Districts and Kollegal Taluk of Mysore District:-
1. Gowdalu
2. Kakkipikki
3. Hasalaru
4. Iruliga
5. Jenukuruba
6. Kadukuruba
7. Malaikudi
8. Maleru
9. Soligaru
2. In the Districts of Belgaum, Bijapur, Dharwar and Kanara:-
1. Barda
2. Ravacha or Ramcha
3. Bhil including Bhil Garasia, Dholi Bhil, Dungri Bhil, Garas Mewasi Bhil, Rawal Bhul, Tadvi Bhil, Bhagalia, Bhilala, Pawra, Vasva and Vasave.
4. Chodhara
5. Dhanka including Tadvi, Tetaria and Valvi
6. Dhodia
7. Dubla including Talavia or Halpati
8. Gamit or Gamta or Gavit including Mavchi, Padvi Vasava, Vasave and valvi.
9. Gond or Rajgond.
10. Kathodi or Katkari including Dhor Kathodi or Dhor Katkari and son Kathodi or Son Katkari.
11. Kokna, Kokni Kukna.
12. Koli Dhor, Kokre Kokoli, Kolcha or Kolgha.
13. Naikda or Nayaka including Cholivala Nayaka, Kapadin Nayaka Mota Nayaka and Nana Nayaka.
14. Pardhi, including Advichincher and Phanse Pardhi.
15. Patelia
16. Pomla
17. Rathawa
18. Varli
19. Vitolia, Kotwalia or Boradia.
3. In the Districts of Gulbarga, Bidar and Raichur:
1. Bhil
2. Chenchu or Chenehwar
3. Gond (including Naikpod and Rajgond)
4. Koya (including Bhine Koya and Roj koya)
5. Thoti.
4. In South Kanara District and Kollegal Taluk of Mysore District:-
1. Adiyan
2. Arandan
3. Irular
4. Kadar
5. Kammara
6. Kattunayakan
7. Konda Kapus
8. Kondareddis
9. Kora
10. Kota
11. Kudiya or Melakudi
12. Kurichahan
13. Kurumans
14. Maha Malasar
15. Malasar
16. Malayakandi
17. Mudugar or Mudivan
18. Palliyan
19. Paniyan
20. Pulayan
21. Sholaga
22. Toda
5. In Kollegal Taluk of Mysore District:-
Kaniyan or Kanyan
6. In South Kanara District:-
Marati
7. In Coorg District:-
1. Korama
2. Kudyia
3. Kuruba
4. Maratha
5. Meda
6. Yerava.
STANDING ORDER NO. 524
No. 140/Law/60, dated 2nd September 1960
Suppression of Immoral Traffic in Women and
Girls Act, 1956-Enforcement of
* * * * *
The Government in their letter No. HD/12/PIT/60, dated 4-8-60 have indicated that by the maintenance and use of the History of Crime of a particular area relating to offences under the Suppression of Immoral Traffic in Women and Girls Act, 1956, the Police can preventive the recurrence of such offences.
While it is not necessary to maintain Station Crime History Parts I to III and V, in respect of offences under the said Act, it is considered necessary that entries about brothels, professional brothel keepers, professional procurers and notorious prostitutes, etc., should be made by the Station House Officers in the Station Village History Part IV so that, when it is perused, the Officers may know in which area the incidence of such offences is high and they may take suitable measures for their prevention. The entries regarding such persons and offences should be made in the same manner as laid down in the Police Manual for writing the village History in regard to other matters.
The Superintendents of Police Should explain the procedure and issue appropriate instructions in this regard to the Sub Inspectors and Circle Inspectors and report to this office for having done so.
STANDING ORDER No. 525
No. A4.245/60, dated 5th September 1960
Police Motor Transport Purchase of Petrol and Oil etc.
* * * * *
Reference:-
1. S.O. No. 424 dated 7-11-1958 issuing rules for the Maintenance, upkeep and accounting of Motor Vehicles of the Departments.
2. G.O. No. HA.1574/Pol. Dated 1-7-1954 communicated with Chief Office Memo No. 135/SAI/57, dated 18-12-1957 regarding rules for the use of Departmental Motor Vehicles.
3. G.O. No. HD.126.PMV.59, dated 17-12-1959 delegating enhanced powers in respect of expenditure of petrol and oil to Police Motor Vehicles.
Government in their letter No. HD.126.59.PMV.59, dated 12-7-60 have directed that the Log Books should be properly maintained and they should be subjected to detailed examination at the time of inspection by the superior officers see that the consumption of petrol etc, is not excessive and the journeys covered by the Departmental vehicles were absolutely necessary. In view of the above the following instructions are issued for strict guidance.
a) All the columns of the “Log Book” should invariably be completed whenever a departmental vehicle is used and the particulars of the journey and the purpose clearly entered and signed by the officer using the vehicle. The purpose of use should be noted clearly, so as to facilitate scrutiny with a view to ensuring that the vehicle is used for purposed prescribed in the G.O. of 1-7-1954.
b) As no limits have been prescribed for monthly expenditure, the Head of the office whom the vehicles are allot should see that the expenditure on the vehicle in so regulated as to ensure that the annual limit of expenditure of Rs. 2000/- on each vehicle is not ordinarily exceeded except on special cases when incurring of expenditure beyond the limit is unavoidable.
c) The entries in the “Log Book” of each vehicle should as often as possible, be scrutinized by the head of the office and the officer in charge of the vehicles suitably instructed to see that Departmental vehicles are not used unnecessarily or for purposes not covered in the Rules. No room should be given for misuse of Departmental vehicles.
d) The Heads of Offices will also see that prescribed registers as well as the accounts relating to expenditure on petrol, oil, etc are properly maintained.
e) The Range D.Is.G. will also make it a point to examine “Log Books” of Motor vehicles at the time of inspection of the Unit Offices under them.
The Statesman, 26th July 1960
FLAG CODE ISSUED
A Flag Code has been issued by the Government of India to ensure the correct display of the National Flag.
The rules, which are not applicable to Defence installations and personnel, say that the flag should occupy the position of honour. In no case the flag will be dipped in salute to any person. Nor will any other flag or bunting be placed higher or above it.
Only such important buildings such as High Courts, Secretariats, Commissioner’s Offices, Collectorates, Jails and Offices of the District Boards, Municipalities and Zilla Parishads, will normally fly the flag. And it will be displayed on all days, in including Sundays and holidays, from sunrise to sunset irrespective of weather conditions. The flag may also be flown on such buildings at night but this should be only on very special occasions.
On special occasions like the Republic Day and the National work following it, the Independence Day and Mahatma Gandhi’s birthday and other days of National rejoicing, the display of the flag will be unrestricted.
The flag is to fly on the permanent residences of the Vice-President, rules of former Indian States and heads of missions abroad in countries where it is the custom for diplomatic and consular representatives to fly their National Flag over the Official residences or Offices.
The President has a special standard of his own and will continue to fly it. The Governors, the Sadar-i-Riyasat of Jammu and Kashmir and Lt. Governors have also their own special standards and will continue to fly them within their states. When outside their States, they may fly the National Flag, but not their special standards, either at their own or other private residences.
In frontier areas, the flag may be flown on the border customs post, check posts, outposts and at other special places where the flying of the flag has special significance. In addition, it may be flown on the camp sites of border patrols.
The privilege of flying the flag on motor cars will be limited to the Vice-President, Governors, the Sadar-i-Riyasat of Jammu and Kashmir and Lt. Governors when outside their States, rules of former Indian States heads of Indian Missions abroad in countries to which they are accredits. The Ministers may fly the National flag on their cars on occasions of National importance and also while on tour.
The President flies his own special standard on his car. If the Prime Minister travels in a car accompanied by a Governor, the Sadar-i-Riyasat of Jammu and Kashmir or a Lt. Governor, ‘the National Flag alone should be flown on the car’
INCORRECT DISPLAY
A damaged flag will not be displayed. Nor will the flag be used as a festoon, rosette or bunting or any other decoration; nor will other coloured pieces of cloth be so arranged as to give the appearance of the National Flag.
The Flag will not be used to cover a speaker’s desk or dropped over a speaker’s platform. The flag will not be allowed to touch the ground or trail in water. Nor will it be displayed with the ‘Saffron’ down.
The flag will not be used as a cover for a ceiling. Nor will it be used as a portion of costume or uniform of any description or embroider upon cushions or hand kerchiefs or printed on napkins or boxes.
When used on occasions like the unveiling of a statue the flag will be displayed distinctly and separately. It will not be used as a covering for a statue or monument.
The flag will not be used in any form of advertisement. Similarly, it will not be used as a receptacle. The use of the National Flag or any colourable imitation thereof for the purpose of any trade, business, calling or profession or in the title of any patent, or in any trademarks or design without the prior permission of the Central Government is an offence.
When the flag is in a damaged or soiled condition it may not be cast aside or disrespectfully disposed of. It should be destroyed as a whole in private, preferably by burning or by any other method consistent with the dignity of the flag.
The National Flag will not be flown half-mast except when specially directed by the Government.
Official memorandum No. GAD-117. PLX/60, dated 13-9-60, from the Under Secretary to Govt. GAD, Bangalore, to the Compiler, Mysore Gazette, Bangalore and copy to the Heads of the Depts.
A copy of letter No. 25/2/59-Pub-I, dated 22nd July 1960, received from the Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India, together with its enclosures on the above subject, is published for information and guidance it is directed that instructions contained in the flag code should be strictly adhered to on all occasions in the display of the National Flag.
Copy of letter No. 25/2/59 Pub-1, dated 22nd July 1960, from the government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs, New Delhi, addressed to the All State Governments of India.
I am directed to enclose a copy of the Flag Code which has been prepared by this Ministry in consultation with the State Governments and the different Ministries of the Government of India. This Code which embodies the instructions issued by this Ministry from time to time is to ensure that the correct usage of the National Flag is well understood.
THE FLAG CODE- INDIA
The National Flag is flown at different places on various occasions to ensure that the correct usage regarding the display of the National Flag is well understood, the instructions issued from time to time on the subject have been embodied in this Code for general Guidance.
I-GENERAL
On all occasions for Official display, only the Flag institution and bearing their standard mark shall be used. On other occasions also it is desirable that only such flags of appropriate size should be flown.
II. Size: The National Flag is available in five standard sizes, namely:-
1. 21’ X 14’
2. 12’ X 8’
3. 6’ X 4’
4. 3’ X 2’
5. 9’ X 6’
The appropriate size should be chosed for display. The smallest size is intended for motor cars.
III CORRECT DISPLAY:
1) Where-ever the flag is flown it should occupy the position of honour and be distinctly placed.
2) When the flag is flown on Public buildings it shall be displayed on all days including Sundays and holidays from sun-rise to sun-set irrespective of weather conditions. The Flag may be flown on such buildings at night also but this should be only on very special occasions.
3) The Flag shall always be hoisted briskly and lowered slowly and ceremoniously. When the hoisting and the lowering of the Flag is accompanied by appropriate bugle calls, the hoisting and lowering should be simultaneous with the bugle calls.
4) When the Flag is displayed from a staff projecting horizontally or at an angle from a window sill, balcony or front of a building, the Saffron side shall be at the further end of the staff
5) When the Flag is displayed in a manner otherwise then by being fulfil from a staff, the Saffron band must be uppermost when it is displayed flat and horizontal on a wall; when displayed vertically, the saffron should be to the right with reference to the Flag i.e., it should be to the left of a person standing facing it.
6) When displayed over the middle of a street, running East-West or North-South the Flag shall be suspended vertically with the Saffron to the north, or to the east as the case may be.
7) If flown on a speaker’s Platform the flag shall be on the speaker right. If otherwise displayed, the Flag shall be above and behind the speaker.
8) When used on occasions like the unveiling of a statue, the Flag shall be displayed distinctly and separately.
NOTE: The Flag shall not be used as a covering for the statue or monument.
9) When the Flag is displayed on a motor car, it shall be flown from a staff which should be affixed firmly to the car, in the front.
10) When the Flag is carried in a procession or a parade it shall be either on the marching right, that is the Flag’s own right or if there is a line of other Flags in front of the centre of the line.
IV INCORRECT DISPLAY
1) A damaged or disheveled Flag shall not be displayed.
2) The Flag shall not be dipped in salute to any person or thing.
3) No other flag or bunting shall be placed higher or above o, except as hereinafter provided, side by side with the National Flag; Nor shall any object including flowers or garlands or emblem be place on or above the Flag-must from which the National Flag is flown.
4) The Flag shall not be used as a festoon, resette or bunting or in any other manner for decoration; nor shall other coloured pieces of cloth be so arranged as to give the appearance of the National Flag.
5) The Flag shall not be used to cover a speaker’s desk nor shall it be draped over a speaker’s platform.
6) The Flag shall not be displayed with the “Saffron” down.
7) The Flag shall not be allowed to touch the ground or the floor or trail in water.
8) The Flag shall not be displayed or fastened in any manner as may damage it.
V MISUSE:
1) The Flag shall not be used as a drapery in any form what so ever except in State/Military funerals hereinafter provided.
2) The Flag shall not be draped over the hood, top, sides or back of a vehicle or a train or boat.
3) The Flag shall not be used or stored in such a manner as may damage or soil it.
4) When the Flag is in a damaged or soiled condition it may not be cast aside or disrespectfully disposed of but shall be destroyed as a whole in private, preferably by buring or by any other method consistent with the dignity of the Flag.
5) The Flag shall not be used as covering for coiling.
6) The Flag shall not be used as a portion of a costume or uniform of any description. It shall not be embroidered upon cushions or hand kerchiefs or printed on napkins or boxes.
7) Lettering or any kind shall not be put upon the Flag.
8) The Flag shall not be used in any form of advertisement nor as an advertising sign fastened to the pole from which the Flag is flown.
9) The Flag shall not be used as a receptacle for receiving delivering, holding or carrying anything.
Note: The use of the National Flag or any colourable imitation thereof for the purpose of any trade, business calling or profession or in the title of any patent, or in any trade mark or design without the prior permission of the Central Government is an offence.
VI DISPLAY ON NATIONAL (FLAGS) DAYS OR ON SPECIAL OCCASIONS
On special occasions like the Republic Day and the National week following it, the Independence Day and Mahatma Gandhi’s birthday or any other particular day of national rejoicing, the display of the Flag shall be unrestricted.
NOTE: Even on such occasions, the normal provisions regarding the display of the National Flag on motor cars shall not be relaxed.
VII SALUTE
During the ceremony of hoisting or lowering the Flag or when the Flag is passing in a parade or in a review, all persons present should fact the Flag and stand at attention. Those present in uniform should render the appropriate salute. When the Flag is in a moving column, persons present will at attention or salute as the Flag passes them. A dignitary may take the salute without a head dress.
VIII DISPLAY WITH FLAGS OF OTHER NATIONS AND OF UN
1) When displayed in a straight line with Flags of other countries, the National Flag shall be on the extreme right; (i.e.,) if an observer were to stand in the centre of the row of the Flags facing the audience, the National Flag should be to his extreme right. The position is illustrated in the diagram below:
Flags of foreign countries shall proceed as from the National Flag in alphabetical order on the basis of English versions of the names of the countries concerned. It would be permissible in such a case to begin and also to end the row of Flags with the National Flag and also to include the National Flag in the normal countrywise alphabetical order. The National Flag shall be hoisted first and lowered last.
2) In case Flags are to be flown in open circle i.e., in an area or a semi circle, the same procedure shall be adopted, as is indicated in the preceding clause of this paragraph. In case Flags are to be flown in a closed i.e., complete circle, the National Flag shall mark the beginning of the circle and the flags of other countries should proceed in a clockwise manner until the last flag is placed to the National Flag. It is not necessary to use separate National Flags to mark the beginning and the end of the circle of Flags. The National Flag shall also be included in the alphabetical order in such a closed circle.
When the Flag is displayed against a wall with another Flag from crossed staffs, it shall be on the right (i.e.,) the Flag’s own right and its staff shall be in front of the staff of the other Flag. The position illustrated in the diagram below:
3) When the U.N. Flag is flown along with the National Flag, it can be displayed on either side of the National Flag. The practice is that the National Flag is displayed on the extreme right with reference to the direction which it is facing (i.e.,) extreme left of an observer facing the masts flying the Flags. The position is illustrated in the diagram below:
4) When flown with other flags, the flag masts shall be of equal size irrespective of the number of other foreign flags besides the National flag. International usage forbids the display of the flag of one nation above that of another nation in time of peace.
5) The National Flag shall not be flown from a single mast-head simultaneously with any other flag or flags. There shall be separate mast heads for different flags.
6) Occasions specified by the Government, such as a visit of a foreign dignitary, the general public may wave paper National Flags and the paper flags of the other country. After use, they shall be disposed of in a proper manner.
7) With the permission of the Government, the National Flag and the flags of other countries may be displayed on occasions such as cultural shows, exhibitions, musical concerts, film festivals etc., sponsored by the Diplomatic or consular representatives of the foreign Governments.
8) A foreigner or a foreign firm/institution may fly the National Flag of India along with the flag of his/its country on the Indian National days or his/its own country’s national days, in accordance with the procedure indicated above.
X Use in educational Institutions, sports camps etc.,
The National Flag may be hoisted in schools, colleges, sports camps, scout camps etc., on special occasions and also to inspire respect of the flag. A mode set of instructions for guidance is given in the Annexure.
X-RULES FOR OFFICIAL DISPLAY
A) Public buildings
a) Normally the flag should be flown only on important buildings such as High Courts, Secretariats, Commissioners’ Offices, Collectorates, Jails and Offices of the District Boards, Municipalities and Zilla Parishads.
b) The Flag should also be flown on the permanent residences at Headquarters of the
i) Vice-President
ii) Rules of former Indian States.
They may fly the flag together with their own flags if they so desire.
iii) Heads of Missions abroad in the countries where it is the custom for diplomatic and consular representatives to fly their National Flags over their official residences. They may also in similar circumstances, fly the flag on their offices where they are separate from their residence.
c) In frontier areas, the flag may be flown on the border customs posts, check posts, out posts and at other special places where the flying of the flag takes on special significance. In addition, it may be flown on the camp sites of border patrols.
d) The following rules shall govern the flying of personal standards by the President, Governors, Sadar-I-Riyasat of Jammu and Kashmir and Lt. Governors.
i) The President has a special standard of his own and will continue to fly the same.
ii) The Governors, the Sadar-i-Riyasat of Jammu and Kashmir and Lt. Governors have their own special standards and will continue to fly them within their States. When outside their State they may fly the National Flag but not their special standards, either at their own or other private residences whenever they may stay.
(d) The flowing rules shall govern flying of the National Flag and the personal standards on the occasion of the visit of the visit of the President/Vice President/Prime Minister to the States of the Union:-
(i) If the President, the Vice-President or the Prime Minister, while visiting a State, stays with the Governor or the Sadar-i-Riyasat, Jammu and Kashmir, in the Government House, the President’s Standard or the National Flag, as the case may be should also be flown on the top of the main building or on the top of the wing where the President, and Vice President or the Prime Minister happens to reside or in a conspicuous part of the fore court or the main approach.
(ii) If the Governor or the Sadar-i-Riyasat, Jammu and Kashmir, stays in the Circuit House within his State and the President, the Vice President or the Prime Minister also stays in the same house as his guest, the same practice as in the preceding sub-rule should be followed.
(iii) If the President, the Vice President or the Prime Minister proceeds to a Town where the Governor or the Sadar-i-Riyasat, Jammu and Kashmir is not present, the President’s Standard or the National Flag, as the case may be should conspicuously displayed on a Flag Staff or an improvised pole on the top of the house.
(f) When the President, the Vice President or the Prime Minister visit an institution, the National Flag may be flown by the institution, as a mark of respect. The President’s personal standard need not be flown by the institution in a case of the visit of the President.
(g) On the occasions of the visit to India by the Head of a foreign State such as Emperor / King or President, Heir Prince, Vice President and the Prime Minister, the National Flag may be flown along with the Flag of the foreign country concerned in accordance with the rules contained in accordance with the rules contained in Section VIII by such private institutions are according reception to the visiting foreign dignitaries and on such public buildings as the foreign dignitaries intend to visit on the day of visit to the Institution.
B- MOTOR CARS
a) The privilege of flying the Flag on motor cars will be limited to the
i) Vice President
ii) Governors, the Sadar-i-Riyasat Jammu and Kashmir and Lt. Governors when outside their States, they will not fly their special standards when outside their States.
iii) Rules of former Indian States. They may fly the Flag together with their own flags if they so desire.
iv) Heads of Indian Missions abroad in the countries to which they are accredited.
v) The Ministers may fly the National Flag on their cars on occasions of National Importance only and also while on tour when it may be helpful in passing through crowded localities.
b) The following rules govern the flying of personal standards by the President, Governors, Sadar-i-Riyasat, Jammu and Kashmir and Lt. Governors on their cars.
i) The President flies his own special standard on his car.
ii) Governors, Sadar-i-Riyasat, Jammu and Kashmir, and Lt. Governors fly their own respective standards on their cars within their Sates.
c) The following rules shall govern the flying of the National Flag and the personal standard where more than one dignitary travels in the same car:-
i) Where the President is travelling in a car, his standard alone should be flown on the vehicle.
ii) If the Prime Minister travels in a car accompanied by a Governor, the Sadar-i-Riyasat, Jammu and Kashmir or a Lt. Governor, the National Flag alone should be flown on the car.
The guiding principle in all cases where a number of dignitaries entitled to fly the National Flag and their respective standards travels by the same car is that only the Flag or the standard of the highest dignitary according to the Warrant of Precedence should be flown on the car.
d) The following rules shall govern the flying of the National Flag/ Personal Standards and the Foreign Flags on card provided by the Government carrying Foreign dignitaries in India;
The Flag of the foreign V.I.P. will be flown on the left side of the car and on the right side will be flown:-
a) the personal standard of the President, if he travels with the foreign dignitary.
b) the personal standard of the Governor/Sadar-i-Riyasat, if he is the highest dignitary in the Government of India Warrant of Precedence travelling in the car along with the foreign dignitary;
c) the National Flag, in any other case.
C - AIRCRAFT
The National Flag will be flown on the aircraft carrying the Vice President or the Prime Minister on a visit a foreign country. Alongside the National Flag, the Flag of the country visited should also be fly. When the aircraft lands in countries on route, the National Flag of the countries touched would also be flown as a gesture of courtesy and goodwill. When the President visits the foreign country in an aircraft the same practice will be adopted except that the President’s Standard will take the place of the National Flag.
XI – Rules for display by Defence personnel and institutions
These rules will not be applicable to Defence installations and personnel who have their own rules for the display of the National Flag and their own Flags.
XII – Half Masting
1) The National Flag shall not be flown half-mast except when specially directed by Government.
2) In the event of a “half-mast-day” coinciding with the day of which Flags are to be flown without restriction viz. Republic Day, Independence Day, Mahatma Gandhi’s birthday, the Flags shall not be flown at half-mast except over the building where the body of deceased is lying until such time as it has been removed. The Flag shall thereafter be raised to the full-mast position.
3) If mourning were to be observed in a parade or procession where a Flag is carried two streamers of black crepe shall be attached to the spear head, allowing the streamers to fall naturally. The use of black crepe in such a manner shall be only by order of Government
4) When flown at half-mast, the Flag shall be hoisted to the peak for an instant, then lowered to the half-mast position; but before lowering the Flag for the day, it shall be raised again to the peak.
NOTE: By half-mast is meant hauling down the Flag to one half the distance between the top and the guy-line and in the absence of the guy-line half of the staff.
5) On occasions of State and Military funerals, the Flag shall be draped over the bier or coffin with the Saffron towards the head of the bier or coffin. The Flag shall not be lowered into the grave or burnt in the pyre.
ANNEXURE
Model Instructions for hoisting, saluting and giving pledge
to the Flag in Schools
DIRECTION FOR HOISTING THE FLAG
1) The School will assemble in open square formation with the pupils forming the three sides and the flag staff at the centre of the fourth side. The headmaster, the pupil leader and the person unfurling the Flag (if other than the Headmaster) will standard three paces behind the Flag Staff.
2) The pupils will fall in according to classes and in squads of ten (or other number according to strength). These squads will be arranged one behind the other. The pupil leader of the class will stand to the right of the first row of his class and the form matter will stand three paces behind the last row of his class, towards the middle. The classes will be arranged along the square in the order of Seniority with the senior most class at the right end.
3) The distance between each row should be at least one pace (30 inches); and the space between Form and Form should be the same.
4) When each Form or Class is ready the Class leader will step forward and salute the selected school pupil leader. As soon as all the forms are ready, the school pupil leader will step up to the Headmaster and salute him. The Headmaster will return the salute. Then the Flag will be unfurled. The School pupil leader may assist.
The School pupil leader in charge of the parade (or Assembly) will call the parade to attention, just before the unfurling, and he will call them to the salute when the Flag flies out. The parade will keep at the salute for a brief interval, and then on the command ‘order’. The parade will come to the attention position.
5) The Flag Salutation will be followed by the National Song (Jana Gana Mana). The parade will be kept at the attention during this part of the function.
6) On all occasions when the pledge is taken the pledge will follow the national song. When taking the pledge, the Assembly will stand to attention and the headmaster will administer the pledge ceremoniously and the Assembly will repeat it after him.
II – GIVING THE PLEDGE TO THE FLAG
In pledging allegiance to the National Flag, the practice to be adopted in schools is as follows:-
“I pledge allegiance to the National Flag and to the Sovereign Democratic Republic for which it stands”.
STANDING ORDER NO. 527
No.SG1-278,57, Dated 14th January 1960
The Flag Code-India
Standing Order No.400 dated 22nd September 1958
* * * * *
The Government of India in consultation with the State Governments and Ministries of the Government of India have prepared the “FLAG CODE INDIA” to ensure the correct usage regarding the display of the National Flag. A copy of State Government’s Official Memorandum No. GAD-117 PLX-60, dated 13-9-60 enclosing a copy of the “FLAG CODE INDIA” should be carefully studied and strictly adhered to on all occasions in the display of the National Flag. These instructions should be brought to the attention of all the Police Officers of the District.
The instructions contained in this Office Standing Order No. 400 regarding the Police Offices and the occasions on which the National Flag should be flown should be strictly followed.
STANDING ORDER NO. 528
No.SG1-278,57, Dated 14th January 1960
Tear Gas Squads
Preamble
The Government in their Order No. HD 3 PPT 57, dated 22-3-1958, sanctioned six additional tear gas squads in addition to the existing eleven squads. The disposition of the squads is as under.
|Sl.No. |Name of the District |No. of Tear Gas Squads |
|1 |MARP HD. Ors., Bangalore |4 |
|2 |K.G.F. |1 |
|3 |Mysore |1 |
|4 |Chitradurga |1 (to be stationed at |
| | |Davanagere) |
|5 |Shimoga |1 (to be stationed at |
| | |Bhadravathi) |
|6 |Bellary |1 |
|7 |South Kanara |1 |
|8 |Belgaum |1 |
|9 |Bijapur |1 |
|10 |Dharwar |1 |
|11 |Gulbarga |1 |
|12 |Raichur |1 |
|13 |Bidar |1 |
|14 |(MSRP), Belgaum |1 |
| |Total |17 |
In the said Order the Government prescribed the strength of each squad and the scale of equipment and munition. Copies of the Government Order have already been sent with this Office No. SG. 2/32/58, dated
The question of use of tear smoke for dispersal of mobs came up for discussion at the I.G.P’s Conference. As, decided by the Conference, a Sub-Committee was set up to go into the question of the use of tear smoke with special reference to the scale and type of equipment, method of application, training etc. The recommendations were circulated to all Inspectors General of Police for comments and were circulated to all Inspectors General of Police for comments and were discussed at the I.G.P.s’ Conference held in 1960 where the recommendations of the Sub-Committee were unanimously adopted.
The Government of India circulated a note containing the important recommendations of the Committee to all the State Governments with a suggestion to consider the advisability of implementing them. The Government have informed that ‘the recommendations of the Sub-Committee are acceptable to Government and that necessary action may be taken to implement them’
In view of this, while there is no change in the disposition of tear gas squads sanctioned in Government Order No. HD 3 PPT 57, dated 22-3-1658, there is in change in the strength of the squad and the scale of equipment and munition. Taking note of these changes, the following detailed instructions are issued.
Strength of the Squad
Each squad will consist of two Head-Constables and eight Police-Constables under a Reserve Sub-Inspector divided into two sections of one Head-Constable and four Police-Constables each. One section will be armed with gas guns and shells and the other section with gas grenades. The staff required for the squad will as heretofore, be found from the sanctioned strength of the active platoons.
Equipment
The revised scale of equipment is noted below:
|Sl. No. |Name of the Article |Scale per Squad |
| EQUIPMENT |
|1 |Tear Gas Guns |5 |
|2 |Anti-Gas Respirators |15 |
|3 |Shell Carrier Leather |5 |
|4 |Grenade Carrier Leather |5 |
|5 |Fliterite Shell Carrier Leather |1 |
| MUNITION |
|1 |Spedheat Grenade CN |45 - 5 men carrying |
| | |3 each……..15) |
| | |Reserve……30) |
|2 |Three Way Grenade CN |45 - --do-- |
|3 |Shells Long Range CN |60 – 5 men carrying: |
| | |6 each …….30) |
| | |Reserve……30) |
|4 |Shells Short Range CN |60 - --do-- |
|5 |Fliterite Shells with extra munition |8 - with the Officer in |
| | |charge of Squad |
| EXTRA MUNITION |
|6 |Long Range Shell DM |12) These should |
|7 |Short Range Shell DM |12) remain in the special |
|8 |Spedheat Grenades DM |12) custody of the Officer- |
| | |in charge of the Squad |
| | |and used at his discretion. |
| PRACTICE MUNITION |
|1 |Practice Grenade complete with one second delay firing |14 |
| |mechanism and gas bellet | |
|2 |1½ in. cal. practice shell (LR) with 4 refiles each |14 |
|3 |Caps primers for 1½ in. cal practice shells |100 |
|4 |Refills for 1½ in. cal practice shells |25 |
|5 |Gas pellet for practice grenade |50 |
|6 |One second delay firing mechanism for Practice Grenade |50 |
In addition to the munition and equipment specified above, each squad will have the following articles:-
1. Torch holder apparatus 1
2. Disinfectant (Jayes fluid) 1 bottle
3. Sponges for cleaning/respirators 2
4. Capsules heating apparatus 1
5. Spirit lamp 1
6. Bottle of spirit 1
7. File small 1
8. Pliers with wire cutting fixture 1
9. Wire bending 11” 16
10. Cleaning rods for guns 1
11. Grenades dummy 8
12. Sacks (for grenade practice) 2
13. Almirah 1
14. Respirator Almirah 1
15. Calcium Choloride 2 lbs.
16. Wind indicator 1
17. Medical First Aid out fit 1
18. Capsules lachrymatory 20 annually.
Procurement and Supply
Orders have been placed with M/S Govan Bros. for supply of new munitions required for eleven squads as per the old scale. As and when stocks are received, the same will be distributed to the tear gas squads according to the revised scale in the order of priority.
A separate memo is also under issue for the distribution of the old stock of munition held at Bangalore and other places for training and practice purposes only.
In January every year the Superintendents of Police will send an indent to the Chief Office for the supply of tear smoke materials during the coming year, in the following form.
|Sl. No. |Name of |Quantity of Hand |Quantity |Required |
| |the | | | |
| |Article | | | |
| | |1 Year Old |2 Years Old |3 Years Old |
| | |Date |From whom |Quantity received |Total |Date |In Action |
| | | |received | | | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |8 |
CERTIFICATE
We hereby certify that we have examined the Accounts of all classes of Tear Smoke materials in the Armed Reserve Stores for the year ending …………………... and find them to have been correctly kept (with the under mentioned exceptions). All issues are supported by duly authorised reports, receipts, properly brought to Ledgers as per invoice and the remaining articles shown as balance in the Receipt and Issue Registers correspond with the stock found by us in the Stores (with the following exceptions).
1) Police Inspector
2) Police Inspector
Form ‘C’
Return of Tear Smoke Articles for the Half Year ending ………………………….
|Sl. |Name of |Stock on |Receipts during the |Issues during the Half Year |Closing Balance |Total |
|No. |Article |hand at the|year | | | |
| | |beginning | | | | |
| | |of the half| | | | |
| | |year | | | | |
| | | |From chief office |Other sources |
| | |Rs. |Rs. |Rs. |
|1. |Revolver/ Pistol |160 |100 |75 |
|2. |Pistol |100 |75 |50 |
|3. |DBBL Gun. |500 |300 |125 |
| |-do- for Spl. Make) | | | |
|4. |Sbbl gun. |300 |200 |75 |
| |-do- do- | | | |
|5. |Rifles of 22 bore |75 |50 |25 |
|6. |Rifles other than 22 bore |200 |150 |50 |
|7. |DBML Gun: |30 |20 |10 |
|8. |SBML Gun |20 |10 |5 |
|9. |Air Gun/ Air Rifle. |20 |10 |5 |
(v) the price of each fire-arm shall be noted on the butt of the weapon or on a tag duly tied to the weapon.
(vi) the price of ammunition will be at half the rates.
(d) The price of a fire-arm once fixed need not be reviewed in subsequent quarters unless owing to fluctuation in the market price of that class of weapon, a revision of selling price is called for.
(e) The arms and ammunition which can be utilized by the police or other government Department may be allotted to that Department by the Additional District Magistrate/Deputy Inspector General of Police Central Range, after obtaining sanction of the Government.
(f) The arms and ammunition not se retained for the use of Government Departments shall be sold by the Additional District Magistrate/Deputy Inspector General of Police, Central Range to the licensed dealers of others who are entitled to possess them, provided that Revolvers ad Pistols (Serviceable and repairable) shall not be sold to licensed dealers and provided further that unserviceable arms are sold only to licensed dealers but not other
(g) For this purpose, the Additional District Magistrate/Deputy Inspector General of Police, Central Range will publish a notification in the Mysore gazette intimating the number and quantity of arms and ammunition of different kinds and classifications, available for disposal and inviting applications from the following persons who hold valid current arms licence.
i) Heirs of deceased licence holders whose weapons are forfeited:
ii) Persons whose weapons were foreited for non-renewal of licences or for their participation in the National struggle.
iii) Bondafide agriculturists who require weapons for guarding their crops and live-stock.
iv) Those who surrendered their weapons.
v) Government servants in essential services like the Police, Military, Revenue, Excise, etc., who require weapons for their personal safety.
vi) Rifle Clubs and Associations.
vii) Other licenses who do not come under the categories (i) to (vi) and
viii) Licensed dealers
It will be made clear in the notification that revolvers and pistols will not be sold to the licensed dealers, that un-serviceable fire-arms are sold only to the arms dealers, that the applicants should apply for the type of weapon which they are entitled to posses under a current arms licence and that the weapons are available for inspection in the Office of the Superintendent of Police etc.
(h) The Additional District Magistrate/Deputy Inspector General of Police, Central Range Bangalore, will, after considering the applications received order the sale or arms and ammunition and communicate the orders to the applicants with a copy to the Superintendent of Police.
The Superintendent of Police will call upon the applicants to whom the arms and ammunition are ordered to be sold to credit within a specified date, the amount towards the cost of the arms and ammunition to any government treasury under the head of account “XX111 Police (g) Miscellaneous” and produce the challen as well as the current arms licence.
(i) On production of the challen and the current arms licence, the Superintendent of Police will deliver the arms/ammunition to the applicant under acknowledgment and after making necessary entries relating to the sale of arms and ammunition in the arms licence.
(j) The case of persons who fail to credit the amount within a reasonable time will be referred to the Additional District Magistrate/Deputy Inspector General of Police, Central Range, for cancellation of the sale order.
(k) Arms not disposed of by sale as above within 3 years from the date of confiscation/forfeiture shall be inspected by the Committee mentioned in clause (b) supra. Such of the weapons as are unserviceable and considered dangerous to the user shall be condemned by the committee and they shall be broken up locally under the orders of the deputy Inspector General of Police Central Range, Bangalore, or the Additional district Magistrate of the District, as the case may be and the materials sold in public auction to the licensed dealers. The weapons not so condemned will be examined by the Committee annually when their present condition vis a vis the market rates and they will be put up for sale at the reduced rates. Costly weapons shall not be broken up unless they are considered unserviceable. The price of such weapons shall be reviewed and refixed for 3 or 4 consecutive years with a view to obtaining a reasonable return.
The case of good and costly weapons which fail to fetch a reasonable price even after such re-fixation will be referred to the government for orders as to their disposal.
Provided the rifle fire-arms and rifle barrels shall not be broken up locally, but shall be sent to the nearest arsenal to be broken up.
(ii) Ammunition and stores not disposed of by sale shall be destroyed after obtaining disposal instructions from the Inspector of explosives.
Alternately, all arms, ammunition of service, pattern and stores which cannot be disposed of by sale shall be sent to the nearest Arsenal after obtaining disposal instructions from the Assistant Director or Ordinance Services, Madras-16. For this purpose the following particulars shall be furnished to him in respect of the arms and ammunition.
1. Correct nomenclature, type and ammunition.
2. Condition viz., serviceable, repairable or unserviceable and the quantity in each.
(l) The Superintendent of Police will send a half yearly statement showing the details of arms and ammunition sent to the Arsenal for the half years ending 30th June, and 31st December in form ‘A’ given below so as to reach the Office of the Inspector General of Police not later than 15th July and 15th January respectively.
FORM A’
Statement showing the details of the confiscated and forfeited firearms and ammunition sent to the arsenal for the half year ending.
|Name of Consignor |Name of Consignee |Full description of arms |No. and date of issue |No and date of receipt or|
| | |and ammunition/sent |voucher etc. under which |voucher of consignee |
| | | |stores were dispatched | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |
STANDING ORDER NO. 530
No.E2.c. 201/60, Dated 5th December 1960
Grant of permission to Government
Servants to undertake higher studies
* * * * *
A Copy of Government Order No. GAD. 108-MHC-57 dated 11-6-58, wherein certain conditions are laid down for the grant of permission to Government Servants to undertake higher studies, was forwarded under this office endorsement No. EIC.386/58 dated 3-7-58. A copy of Government Order No. GAD 34 SSR 60, dated 24-10-60, issuing further instructions on the subject and delegating the powers to the Gazetted Officers at the District level is sent herewith.
It is observed by Government that conditions laid down in the Government Order dated 11-6-58 have not been strictly adhered to in some cases while according permission to Government Servants to undertake higher studies. It should be noted that the Police Department is a whole time Department and officers and men are required to be on duty, if necessary, all the 24hours of the day. An official who may be wanting the concession is likely to be put to undue strain caused by the hours of study and attendance in educational institutions, in addition to his regular Government duty. This would naturally affect the Government work due to mental and physical strain. The government work should not suffer in any way on account of the concession. Therefore before according the permission to any Government servant, Supdts. Of Police should obtain the necessary particulars, such as, the subject of study, length of the course, the physical and mental strain it may have on the Government Servant and whether the concession, if granted, would adversely affect Government work. Every precaution should be taken to study all these aspects and only after satisfying himself, that the Government work will not suffer, the Superintendent should accord necessary permission.
PROCEDDINGS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF MYSORE
Government servants Grants of permission
to undertake studies
Read:-
Government Order No. GAD 108 MHC 57 dated 11th
June 1958
Order No. GAD 34 SSR 60
Bangalore Dated, 24th October 1960
Karthika 2 saka era 1882
Government have directed in the Government Order cited that permission to undertake studies may be granted to Government servants subject to certain conditions. This Government Order has not specified the authorities who are competent to grant such permission. It is observed that in some cases Heads of Offices have given permission to Government servants working in their offices to undertake higher studies and that the conditions laid down in the Government Order No. GAD108 MHC 57 dated 11th June 1958 have not been strictly adhered to.
2. Government therefore, direct that permission to Government servants to undertake studies should be given strictly in accordance with the conditions laid down in G. O. No. GAD 108 MHC 57 dated 11th June 1958,by the District leavel Officers of the different departments where there are no Gazetted Officers at the District level, such power is delegated to the lowest Gazetted Officers of the department. Where the Officer at the district level himself seeks such permission power to grant permission vests with the next higher Officer of the Department.
By Order and in the name of the
Governor of Mysore,
Sd/-M. B. Shetty
Under Secy.to Govt., Genl.
Administration Department,
(Services-1)
STANDING ORDER NO.532
No. A6C,5358, Dated 16-12-60
Security from Officials in charge of cash
or stores Police Department
* * * * *
Ref:- G.O. No. HD. 174. PEC. 60 dated 5-10-1960 prescribing uniform scales of security deposit required from Government servants of the Department entrusted with the custody of cash or sores.
The following instructions are issued for guidance in strictly enforcing the orders in regard to obtaining security from Government servants entrusted with cash or stores as prescribed in the Government Order dated 5-10-1960.
1. The security to be taken from the government servants should be in one of the forms prescribed in art.335 M.F.C. 1958.
2. When security to the amount prescribed is taken from the Government servant, the Government servant should be required to execute a security bond in the appropriate form No.63 M.F.C. 1958 duly filling up the required details. In cases where Fidelity Bonds are obtained, the security Bond should be in Form No. 65 M.F.C.1958.
3. It is permissible for an official required to furnish security to bind himself by two responsible sureties for the whole amount and agreeing to deposit the same by monthly deductions at 10% of his pay under Art. 356 M.F.C. 1958. In such a case the 2 forms of Security Bonds annexed to G.O. No. HD. 174 PEC. 60 dated 5-10-1960 communicated with this office memo No. A6C. 53/58 dated 24-10-1960 should be used. There should be no deductions in the pay bills on this account. The disbursing officers, should at the time of payment of salary, withhold the required amount, as is done in the case of other non-Governmental recoveries, enter the amounts so recovered in the General Cash Book, issue a receipt and remit the amount to the Government Savings Bank (Post office Savings Bank in places where S.B. facilities are not available in the Treasury) by opening a Savings Bank Deposit Account. The Savings Bank Deposit Account should be in the name of the depositor who should however, sign a letter of agreement to the Treasury Officer pledging the account in favour of the Inspector General of Police , Mysore State. The pass book should be kept in safe custody of the head of Office concerned. The instalment recovery made from the pay of the Government Servant will be credited to the Savings Bank Account till the sum required is fully deposited. After the full amount of security deposit is thus recovered, security bond in the appropriate form 63 M.F.C. 1958 should be got executed and the Surety Bonds obtained duly cancelled.
4. Surety Bonds and Security Bonds should be kept in safe custody and should be recorded in the register of valuables in the form prescribed in Art. 367. M.F.C. 1958.
Failure to take proper action to obtain the requisite security or non recovery of installments regularly in such cases will make the Head of office concerned liable for any loss that may be occasioned to Government by such failure.
Security deposits from Government
Servants entrusted with custody of cash
Or stores in the Police
PROCEEDINGS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF MYSORE
Reference:-
Letter No. A6. C. 53/58 dated 27th July 1960 from the Inspector General of Police, Mysore State Bangalore.
Order No. HD 174 PEG. 60
Dated 5th October 1960, Bangalore,
13th Asvayuja Saka era, 1882.
The Inspector General of Police reports that the scale and terms of security required from Government servants entrusted with custody of cash or stores in the Police Department is not uniform in the several areas of the State. With a view to have uniformity in this behalf, the Inspector General of Police proposes to prescribe, as in the annexed/statement, the scales of security deposit required from the various categories of Government servants in charge of cash or stores in the Police Department and to take a security bond from such Government servants.
The proposal of the Inspector General of Police to prescribe as in the annexed statement, uniform scales of security deposit required from the Government servants mentioned therein is sanctioned.
3. Sanction is also accorded to take security bond (in the form of the specimen copy enclosed from such Government servants.
ANNEXURE TO GOVERNMENT ORDER NO.
HD 174 PEG 60 dated 5th October 1960
Statement of scales of security deposit required from
Government Servants in Police Department
|Sl. |Names of Govt. Servants |Amount of |
|No. | |security |
| | |required |
|1. | Manager or first Division Clerk or the Official entrusted with custody of Cash in the offices Manger of | |
| |: | |
|1. |The Inspector General of Police, Mysore State, Bangalore | |
|2. |Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID and Railways. | |
|3. |The Deputy Inspector General of Police, Southern Range, Mysore |Rs. 500/- |
| | |each |
|4. |The Deputy Inspector General of Police, Central Range, Bangalore. | |
|5. |The Deputy Inspector General of Police, Northern Range, Belgaum. | |
|6. |Superintendent of Police, Bangalore North. | |
|7. |-do- Bangalore South. | |
|8. |-do- Bangalore District | |
|9. |-do- Mysore District. | |
|10. |-do- Mandya District. | |
|11. |-do- Hassan District. | |
|12. |-do- Shimoga District. | |
|13. |-do- Chickmagalur District | |
|14. |-do- Chitradurga. | |
|15. |-do- Tumkur. | |
|16. |-do- Kolar. | |
|17. |-do- KGF. | |
|18. |-do- Belgaum. | |
|19. |-do- Bijapur. | |
|20. |-do- Dharwar. | |
|21. |-do- North Kanara. | |
|22. |-do- South Kanara. | |
|23. |-do- Gulbarga. | |
|24. |-do- Raichur. | |
|25. |-do- Bidar. | |
|26. |-do- Coorg. | |
|27. |-do- Bellary. | |
|28. |-do- Government Railway Police, | |
| |Bangalore. | |
|29. |Superintendent of Police, Mysore Armed Reserve Police , Bangalore. | |
|30. |Superintendent of Police, Police Radio, B’lore. | |
|31. |Principal; Central Recruit School, Bidar. | |
|32. |Principal; Police Training College, Mysore. | |
|33. |Commandant, Mysore State Reserve Police , Bangalore. | |
|34. |Commandant; MARP. Mounted Company, Mysore. | |
|35. |Commandant; Dismounted Company, Mysore. | |
|36. |Assistant Commandant, MSRP., Belgaum. | |
|II. |Government servants of the Department such as Shoroffs or clerks |Rs. 250/- |
| |or executive officers entrusted with the custody of cash relating to funds, sports, |Each. |
| |canteen etc., in all offices. | |
|III. |Store-keeper and Assistant Store-keeper, Chief Office and the Store of P.C.MT. Workshop, Belgaum. |Rs. 500/- |
| | |Each |
|IV. |Store keepers (Clerks of 1 or 11 Division or executive staff) in charge of stores in district Police |Rs. 250/- |
| |Offices and Unit Offices of the Department |Each. |
|V. |Officer or official in charge of stores in the Police Radio Office, Bangalore, State Armoury, Bangalore |Rs. 500/- |
| |and in fire Stations |Each |
SECURITY BOND TO BE TAKEN FROM THE MINISTERIAL
OFFICIALS OF THE MYSORE POLICE DEPARTMENT
Know all men by these present that I……………………. Office of the ………………………………….. bound to the Governor of Mysore in the sum of Rupees……………………………to be paid to the said Governor of Mysore or his successors or assigns, as security for which payment I have delivered to and deposited with the Inspector General of Police, Mysore State, Bangalore. Surety bond executed by (1)………………………….…….. and (2) ………….……………… for Rupees ………………………….. and have agreed to the governor, deducting ten percent of my salary until the amount so deposited reaches the sum of Rupees ………………………………. And to get the bond cancelled thereafter.
Whereas I said …………………… have been appointed to the Office of ……………………. And have been called upon to furnish security for the due discharge of the duties and trusts of the said office or of any other office to which I may be hereafter appointed and for the due account of all moneys, papers and other property which shall come into may possession or control by reason of any such office.
Now the condition of this obligation is such that if I the said…………………… ………………..……. Shall always duly discharge the duties and trusts of the said office or office and deliver up all moneys, papers or other property within such time and to such person as shall be demanded in writing by the person at the head of the office to which I belong and pay to the Governor, his successors and assigns the amount of any loss or defalcation in my accounts and in always indemnify the said governor, his successors and assigns from all loss an damage which may be occasioned by my neglect or default in the discharge of the duties and trusts aforesaid then this obligation shall be void. Otherwise, the same shall remain in full force with power to the said governor, his successor and assigns or his or their duly authorised officers or servants time to time to apply the same or of sufficient portion thereof in towards the indemnity as aforesaid of the said Governor, his successors and assigns as the case may require.
And I further agree that on my vacating the said office of ………………… the above mentioned sum of Rupees………………… so deposited as aforesaid shall not be at once returned to medical examination, but shall be and remain with the said Inspector General of Police in Mysore, for the term of six months as security against any loss that may have been incurred by the said governor owing to my neglect or default and which may not have been discovered until after my vacating my appointment.
Provided always that the return at any time of the said sum of Rupees…………….. so deposited as aforesaid shall not be deemed to affect the right of the said governor to take proceedings upon the said bond for any loss that may have been incurred by the said Governor , shall be discovered after the return of the said sum of Rupees ……………….. so deposited as aforesaid.
Signed and delivered by the said…………………………………….In the presence of ………………………
Signature
1.
2.
Before me
Superintendent of Police
…………………..district
This indenture made the ……………. Day of……………. 19………………. Between Messrs, (1)……………………………….. (2) ………………………………. Here in after called the Sureties which expression shall include all their heirs, executors, representatives and assigns of the one part and the Government of Mysore represented by the Governor of Mysore , hereinafter called Government, of the other part.
Whereas Mr. ………………………..son of …………………… hereinafter called the Employee, has been employed by Government as …………….. and has been required by the Government to furnish the security of two respectable persons and to deposit sum of Rupees………………. As security for the due discharge of the duties and trusts of the said office or of any other office to which the employee may hereafter be appointed and for the due account of all moneys, papers and other property which shall come into his possession or control by reason of any such office.
Whereas the Employee has been permitted by Government to deposit the said amount in monthly instalments of amounts representing ten percent of his monthly salary and the Employees has agreed that the Government may deduct the said instalments every month from out of the said salary.
And whereas the Sureties aforesaid have agreed to enter into the above obligations as Sureties for the due and faithful performance by the said Employee of his duties in such office to the extent of Rs. ……………
NOW THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH AS FOLLOWS
1. In consideration of the said premises, the Sureties are hereby jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the Government in the sum of Rs ……………….. to be paid to the Government for the payment of which the sureties bind themselves and each of them binds himself severally and firmly by these presents.
2. If and when the Employee shall deposit the the said sum of Rs. ……………… in full with Government then the above written obligation shall be void but otherwise shall remain in full force.
3. In order to give effect to this Indenture, the Government shall be at liberty to act as though the Sureties were principal debtors and the Sureties do hereby waive all or any of their rights as Sureties.
4. In order to give effect to this Indenture the Government shall not be obliged to proceed against the Employee in the first instance in any manner whatsoever.
5. No act of omission on the part of Government, no indulgence shown concessions granted or time given to the Employee by Government shall have the effect of discharging the Sureties in any manner whatsoever.
6. Government shall be entitled to recover from the Sureties all the moneys due to the Government under this Indenture, or any portion thereof as an arrears of Land Revenue.
In witness where of the Sureties have set their hands and seals the day and year first written.
Signature of Sureties
Attesters:-
1.
2.
No. ELC 365/61, Dated 8th September 1961
MEMO
Select List of HCs fit for promotion as ASIs.
* * * * *
Ref :- 1. G.O. No. GAD. 36. GRR. 57, dated 8-7-60.
2. Standing Order No. 533, dated 22-12-60.
Instructions have been issued in Chief Office S.O. No. 533 regarding the procedure to be followed in the preparation of Select List of HCs for promotion to the rank on ASI (Civil) and Armed HCs to the rank of Asst. RSIs as the case may be. The Promotion List of HCs may be prepared and maintained in the enclosed proforma and this may be treated as an Appendix to Standing Order No. 533.
District …………………………….
LIST OF HEAD CONSTABLES FIT FOR PROMOTION AS ASSISTANT SUB-INSPECTORS
| | |Qualification |Date of |Punishments | | | |
|Sl. No. |Name |Date of Birth |Accademical |Departmental |Promotion (Appointment as Head |
| | | | | |Constable) |
|THIRD WEEK ---- CONTD |
|Friday |PT |Gas tactics in streets, direction of wind-change of |Gun drill, grenade throwing |Lecture and demonstration of |
| | |position to suit wing, | |Fliterite shell. |
|Saturday |PT |- do - | |Unarmed combat with respirators. |
|FOURTH WEEK |
|Monday |PT |Firing with dummy shells and grenades |Lecture on tactics in the |Aiming, Ranging grenade throwing |
| | | |open |blindfold. |
|Tuesday |PT |Mob operations with dummy shells and grenades with |Lecture on mob operations |Squad discipline changing of |
| | |A.R. lathies and firing parties | |ranks Extending to cover a mob |
| | | | |frontage. |
|Wednesday |PT |Street tactics. Changing position at the double to |Passing messages with |Aiming. Ranging grenade throwing |
| | |suit wind condition. |respirators |at targets. |
|Friday |PT |Same as A.R. | |Lecture on DM & CN |
| | | | | |
|Saturday |PT |Doubling and un-armed |Exercise. Attacking a |Cleaning of respirators |Lecture on guns and grenades. |
| | |combat in respirators |house with gas and | | |
| | | |arresing inmates. | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|FIFTH WEEK |
|Monday |PT |Doubling and unarmed |Gun aiming and ranging |Lecture on use of gas |Lecture on cleaning maintenance |
| | |Combat in respirators |grenade throwing to | |of respirators. |
| | | |specified distances | | |
|Tuesday |PT |Tactical scheme |Mob dispersal in streets |Lecture on gun and attacking|Squad discipline, changing ranks |
| | | |or in the open. |a house changing munitions. |grenade throwing. |
|FIFTH WEEK-CONTD |
|Tuesday | | | |Position etc., | |
|Contd) | | | | | |
|Wednesday |PT |Squad discipline, changing| |Gun aiming and ranging, |Lectures on Grenades. Same as AR |
| | |ranks, aiming and ranging.| |grenade throwing (with | |
| | | | |respirators). | |
|Friday | | |As with A.R. | | |
|Saturday | | |As with A.R. | |Aiming and ranging grenade |
| | | | | |throwing. |
Note: Where practicable, street Tactics should be carried out in A.R. liners. Ranging with Grenades should be done on a piece of ground marked out in 5 yard parallels.
Note: The tactical should be carried out in conjunction with A.R. mob operations, dummy shells and grenades being used.
In the programme ‘Same as A.R.’ signified that the men of the gas squad fall in with their own platoons as they did before joining the gas squad.
APPENDIX ‘D’
Weekly Parade Programme of Tear Gas Squads in Districts.
|Day of the Week |Morning |Afternoon |
| |1st period |2nd period |3rd period |4th period |5th period |
| |6-30 to |7-00 to |7-30 to 8-00 |9-30 to 10-15 |16-30 to |
| |6-55 |7-30 | | |17-15 |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|Monday |P.T |Lecture on use of Gas |Grenade throwing |Handling and care of |Same as from 7-30 to 8-00 |
| | | |position, discipline |respirators Care and | |
| | | |drill. Ranging Gun Drill,|inspection storage | |
| | | |position Aiming Practice | | |
| | | |Muscle Exercises | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|Tuesday |-“- |Gas Squad Discipline | | |Lecture on First Aid for |
| | |with guns and gun | | |gassed persons. |
| | |drill grenade | | | |
| | |respirators changing | | | |
| | |ranks. Combined | | | |
| | |practice with guns and| | | |
| | |grenades | | | |
|Wednesday |-“- |Gun drill, grenade |Lecture on grenade type |Doubling with respirators |Gas chamber |
| | |throwing | | | |
|Friday |-“- |Parade as A.R. | | |Practice Alarm Issue of |
| | | | | |respirators and ammunitions|
| | | | | |from stores |
|Saturday |-“- |Respirator drill |Gun drill grenade |Lecture on cleaning of |Brief lecture on cleaning |
| | |doubling with |throwing |respirators and hygiene |of respirators, after which|
| | |respirators. | | |men will clean their |
| | | | | |respirators under |
| | | | | |supervision of the HC. |
|SECOND WEEK |
|Monday |P.T. |Gas Squad Discipline | |Lecture on Grenades |Respirator drill doubling |
| | |and changing ranks, | | |with respirators |
| | |Doubling out to cover | | | |
| | |a large crowd, | | | |
| | |frontage guns and | | | |
| | |respirators. | | | |
|Tuesday |-“- |Respirator Drill, |Gun drill Grenade |Lecture on use of gas |Lecture on grenades |
| | |making arrests of |throwing | |necessity for accuracy |
| | |gassed parsons | | |cloud formation. Etc. |
| | | | | |Demonstration of gun and |
| | | | | |grenades with live |
| | | | | |munitions by H.C. |
|Wednesday |-“- |Grenade throwing for |Aiming of gun by all. |Lecture on guns and |- do - |
| | |all on specified |Elevation ranging |munitions | |
| | |targets ranging | | | |
|Friday |-“- |Same as A.R. |- |- |Grenade throwing with |
| | | | | |respirators. |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|Saturday |-“- |Unarmed combat in |Lecture on shells |Gas squad discipline and |Practice alarm. Issue of |
| | |respirators | |changing ranks |respirators munitions from |
| | | | | |stores |
|THIRD WEEK |
|Monday |-“- |Grenade throwing blind| |Lecture on care and |Gun drill grenade throwing |
| | |folded to specified | |maintenance of respirators | |
| | |distances-individually| | | |
|Tuesday |-“- |Squad discipline and | |Lecture on grenades |Gun aiming practice |
| | |nil doubling in | | |grenade. Blind folded |
| | |respirators, changing | | |throwing |
| | |ranks, extending to | | | |
| | |cover a mob frontage | | | |
|Wednesday |-“- |Grenades. | |Lecture on tactics in |Exercises based on |
| | |Blindfold throwing to | |streets (Black board) |morning’s lecture |
| | |specified distance | | | |
| | |individually and as | | | |
| | |squad. | | | |
STANDING ORDER NO. 538
No. 411/Law/60, Dated 8th March 1961
To oppose compromise applications in
property cases against previous convicts
and professional criminals
* * * * *
Attention is hereby drawn to Section 63 Act XXVI of 1955 amending section 345 of the Code of /Criminal procedure and making interalia offences under Section 379,381,406,407,408 compoundable with the permission of the Court. These offences are serous offences not only against property but society as well.
The basic principle behind the provisions of Section 345 of the Code is that the composition of an offence is illegal if the offence is one of public concern but lawful if the offence is of a private nature.
It is, therefore, necessary that all the wrong doers who are a menace to society should be properly dealt with and punished according to law and not permitted to enter into a compromise with the wronged. Section 75 of the Indian Penal code contemplates enhanced punishment for offences under chapters XII of Chapter XVII in the circumstances described therein.
The value of the property stolen should form no criteria for the determination of the gravity of the offences as such value of the property stolen is very often a mere accident. The important question is the intention of the man and his character and attitude towards society.
The theft of purse containing a few annas by a notorious pick-pocket having about a dozen previous convictions or by a registered habitual offender, as a crime, is at time a more grave and foul act than the theft of property of greated denomination by youngster who is a first offender. The law, as now provided, in section 345 Cr. P.C. gives licence to the former who is admittedly a regular menance to society to compound the offences.
There is also no limit to the number of offences an accused may be permitted to compound and offenders who systematically commit a serious of offences and even previous convicts who indulge in a repetition of offences can with impunity compound and all the offences and again start committing offences. When once persons go on committing a number of offences or previous convicts resort to a repetition of offences, they become matters of grave public concern and in the interests of society, order and peace in the country; they should be dealt with in a manner deterrent by the rigours of law.
The Superintendents of Police should therefore, see that whenever compromise petitions for serious offences by accused persons who are previous convicts or by those who have committed a number of offences, are presented to the court, their prosecuting agencies oppose such petitions bringing to the notice of the court all the legitimate circumstances which would justify the rejection of the compromise petitions.
If in any such case, despite such opposition, the Court grants the necessary permission for the accused to compound the offences, the Superintendents of Police should take up the matter in revision to a higher court through the Additional District Magistrate of the district for setting aside the order granting the permission.
The Superintendents of Police should send in the proforma herewith attached a consolidated statement of cases in which the accused have compounded offences under Sections 379,381,406,407, and during the period commencing from 1-1-1959 to 1-1-61. They should also, hereafter, send in the said proforma a yearly statement ending with 31st December.
All the Superintendents of Police are directed to see that, instructions contained in the Standing Order are strictly followed.
This Standing Order supersedes the Standing Order No. 232.
Proforma
Statement showing the No. of Cases Compounded
Under Section 345 (b) Cr.P.C.
|Sl. No. |Section of Law |Property & value|Court & C.c. No |Name of the |Date of the |Whether |Order of the |
| | | | |accused |compromise |compromiser |court |
| | | | | |petition |petition was | |
| | | | | | |opposed by | |
| | | | | | |prosecution | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |8 |
|Revision filed if any|Whether a first |No of previous |In how many cases |Subsequent to |Remarks |
| |offender |convictions if any |involved with section|compromise in how | |
| | | |of law |many cases involved | |
| | | | |with section of law | |
|9 |10 |11 |12 |13 |14 |
STANDING ORDER NO. 539
No. 36/Law/60, Dated 14th March 1961
Shadowing of Ex-convicts on release
It has been brought to my notice that an ex-convict who was shadowed by the Police of this State was refused to be received by the Police of a neighbouring State with the result that the said ex-convict who was allowed to go, passed out of view. To avoid recurrence of such instances in future and to have uniformity in the procedure followed in the different area of this State the following instructions are issued.
1. Only those convicts who (i) have no fixed abode or (ii) are not likely to return to their native place on release or (iii) are exceptionally dangerous shall be shadowed.
2. The Supdts. of Police shall decide which convicts have to be shadowed. For this purpose the Sub-Inspector will note on the conviction memorandum for finger Print purposes (copy attached) whether shadowing is necessary or not. The Circle Inspector will add his opinion.
3. The fact that the convict is to be shadowed shall be entered in the District. Police Office in the Finger Print Register (Form-copy attached) and communicated in the form (copy attached) to the Supdt. Of the Jail where the convict is Imprisoned who will note in red ink the letters P.R/S. (Police registered prisoner for shadowing) above the number of the convict in the conviction register. The committal warrant, the History Sheet the release Register and finally in the monthly release lists sent to the Supdts. of Police of the Districts.
4. On receipts of the release list. The Supdt. Of Police of the District. In
which the Jail is situated shall make a list of P.R/S. convict in the form (copy enclosed and communicate it to the Officer in charge of the Police Station in the limits of which the Jail is situated, with orders to arrange for the shadowing of the selected prisoners. This Officer will also arrange to give to sufficient previous information to the local Railway Police in a case where the ex-convict is likely travel by train and to the local District Police where the convict is to detrain and he will point him out on release to the Railway Police and it shall be the duty of the Railway Police to arrange for an undertake the surveillance of the bad character till he is handed over to the District Police who will on their part depute Police Constables to the various Railway Stations where the ex-convict is likely to detrain.
5. An ex-convict who travels by road shall be kept under observation by the Police of the District until the leaves their district, when intimation of his arrival will be given to the Police of the next District.
6. When an ex-convict breaks journey, instead of proceeding to the place to which he was granted a ticket, the Railway Police shall inform the district Police of the locality where the ex-convict alighted. The Police of the place where he broke his journey will then be responsible for keeping him under observation.
7 (a) A Constable deputed for shadowing an ex-convict shall enter the fact in his book, in which he shall also take the signature of the Constable to whom he passes on the surveillance.
(b) The Constable shall be furnished with a challan in the form (copy attached here with) showing the particulars of the ex-convict to be shadowed. This form shall be returned by the Station House Officer of the Station where the ex-convict takes up his residence or passes out of view to the District. Police Office of the District where the Jail is situated and shall be filled in that Office.
8. Ex-convicts should be kept in view, but on no account should restrains be put upon their movements.
9. Adolescents released from Borstal Schools should not be shadowed and Supdts. of Police are required to see that they are not marked P.R/S. at the time of conviction.
10. All Supdts. of Police are directed to see that the above instructions are strictly followed.
NS/2/31-1-61.
|Form No. 140 |Form No. 140 ORDER No. |
|ORDER No. 817 |817 Conviction Memo |
| |(for Finger Print purposes) |
|1. Name |1. Name |
| |CID, Gang, Number in that gang, |
|2. Number in that gang |C.T.R. No. |
| |2. Father’s Name |
| |3. Caste |
| |4. Age |
| |5. Residence Village Police Stn. Dist. |
| | |
|C.T.R. number. |6. Present conviction, station |
| |Crime No. and Secn. |
|Father’s name |7. Previous conviction |
|3. Crime No. and Section |General description Reverse:- |
| |Peculiarity of speech, gait any malformation, loss of any limp, |
| |eye or tooth, permanent and conspicuous marks & scars. |
|4. Date of Despatch |1. Whether likely to commit crime outside station limits |
| |2. Whether to be shadowed on release. |
| |3. Finger Print Inspector Bureau Serial No. Station-house Officer |
| |Dt. Suptd’s. order Retain/Destroy |
| |Finger prints-PR/S. |
| |The mans convict No. is of Jail, |
| |Finger prints taken on at ………… |
Form No. 136
List of Convicts who are required to be shadowed on their release.
|Name |Father’s | |Police Station|Section |Sentence |Adjudicating |Remarks |
|of |name |Residence |where last |under which|with date. |court with | |
|convict | | |convicted and |convicted | |calendar number| |
| | | |crime number | | |of cases etc. | |
| |
To,
The Superintendent, Superintendents of Police,
Jail District
Dated 196
NS/2-2-61
Form No. 137
Challan accompanying an Ex-convict to be shadowed
(To be returned to the District Police Office of the District where the Jail is situated)
1. Name
2. Convict No.
3. Date of release
4. Particulars of shadowing
|From what |By whom shadowed |When (date) |To what place |By whom shadowed |When (date) |To what place |
|place | |shadowed |shadowed | |shadowed |shadowed |
|shadowed | | | | | | |
5. Place to which finally shadowed
6. Reference to General Conviction Register and History sheet in which entered
Station Sub Inspector of Police
Date
To
The Superintendents of Police
The Commissioner of Police
NS/1/2-2-61
Form No. 135
List of Prisoners to be released form the Jail during the month of 19
1. Convict No.
2. Name.
3. Religion, Caste or race.
4. District and Taluk.
5. Town or Village.
6. Age.
7. Height (feet and inches)
8. Description.
9. Number of previous convictions if any.
10. Offence.
11. Calendar number of case in which convicted.
12. Sentence.
13. Sentencing authority.
14. Date of sentence.
15. Date of release.
16. Destination.
1. Village.
2. Railway Station.
3. Police Station
4. District.
17. Period of remission earned.
18. Date of return to his village.
19. Date when and number of constable by whom seen after return to his village.
20. Occupation prior to imprisonment.
B.C. No. of 196
J.R.L.
Forwarded to the Inspector of Police . Circle for information
Superintendent District
and return after filling up columns 18 and 19
The ex-convict will be showed on release
Will not
District Police Office
District Superintendents of Police.
Dated
FINGER PRINT REGISTER DISTRICT POLICE OFFICE ……........
|Sl. No. |Date of |Prisoner’s |Police Station and|Date of despatch of FP |Date of receipt |
| |receipt | |Crime No. |Slip with the conviction |back from the |
| | | | |memorandum and the Dt. To |District. |
| | | | |which sent | |
| | |Name |Father’s name | | | |
|Date of despatch of |P.R.S. or not |Date of receipt of |F.P. Serial NO. & |Date of return of the|Remarks |
|the F.P. slips to the| |acknowledgment from |Classification |conviction memo of | |
|F.P. Bureau | |the bureau with No. |assigned in the |station | |
| | |and ate |Bureau | | |
|8 |9 |10 |11 |12 |13 |
R.C. No. __________________ of 196
T.D.
Forwarded to the Railway Police Station House Officer through the Inspector of Railway Police, -------------------------- Circle for necessary action.
Office of the Superintendents of Police,
Railways,
Bangalore.
Dated ---------------- 169 --------------------------------------- By order,
Manager,
Constables under whose surveillance the ex-convict traveled
|Date |Number and name of the Constable. |Station to which the constable belongs.|Remarks |
Re-submitted to the Superintendents of Police ------------- District the ex-convict was finally pointed out to constable No. ------------------- Name--------------- of ----------------------- Police Station ----------------- District on 196.
Station House Officer.
Station
Date _____ 196.
STANDING ORDER NO. 540
No. 4/MPM/60, Dated 20th February 1961
Maintenance of Crime Registers
Introduction of uniform system
Instruction issue
* * * * *
The practice obtaining at present in the maintenance of Crime records in the Police Stations differs from area to area. It is considered necessary to bring about uniformity in the system & this can be achieved only if the Common Police Act and the Common Police Manual are brought into force. The drafts of the Common Police Act and the Common Police Manual to be introduced in the New Mysore State are already before the Government for consideration and approval. Pending introduction of the Common Police Act., it is considered expedient to enforce certain administrative measures with a view to having proper machinery for watching different states of the cases from the time they are registered until their final disposal.
2. With this ail in view, the advantages and usefulness of the several crime records maintained in the Police Stations of the different areas, were discussed thread bare in the last two Annual Conference of Superintendents of Police and the Deputy Inspector General of Police. It was the unanimously decided in the recent Conference held in January 1961 that the form of the Crime Register at present in vogue in the Bombay area is more exhaustive than the other forms of the records maintained elsewhere and therefore is suitable for adoption throughout the state with a minor modification. After giving careful consideration to the several aspects of the question a proper form of the Crime Register as since been devised and it is hereby directed that the Crime Register in the enclosed proforma should be brought into use from 1-1-1961 in all Police Stations throughout the state.
To begin with, this Crime Register shall be maintained in respect of all I.P.C. cases and at the level of the Police Stations. The gradual introduction of this register for recording separately other cases, viz., Prohibition, /Special & Local laws and the unnatural deaths. As also the maintenance of such registers at the levels of the Circle Police Inspectors and S.D.Pos, is under consideration and further instructions in this behalf will be issued at appropriate time.
A of self explanatory and exhaustive instructional notes on the proper maintenance of the Crime Registers drawn up for the guidance of the S.H.Os, circle Inspectors and S.D.P.Os.,are contained in the annexure. A specimen copy of the form used in the Bombay Karnataka area is also sent herewith follows in original for guidance. The few additional columns introduced have been shown in the annexure and have also been discussed in the instructional notes. If the instructions contained in the annexure are carefully followed, the S.H.Os, would find no difficulty in the maintenance of the Crime Registers.
The crime Register prescribed now will be in addition to the other records maintained at present in the different areas. However it is considered probable that by the introduction of the crime register, some of the existing records would become superfluous and redundant. In order to consider the elimination of such superfluous records, it is directed that the Superintendents of Police should personally examine the desirability of dispensing with some of the existing records, without any adverse repercussions and forward their specific recommendations by 31-8-1961 along with the specimen forms of those records, for further consideration and issued of suitable orders.
The Superintendents of Police will see that these instructions are widely circulated for the information of all the subordinate Police Officers and ensure that the Crime Registers are brought into use in all Police Stations from 1-1-1961.
These instructions will, however, not apply to the districts of Bijapur, Belgaum, Dharwar and North Kanara where such Registers are already maintained and the question of their introduction does not arise.
The receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged and the compliance of these instructions reported to this office by 31-3-1961 without fail.
INTRUCTIONAL NOTES ON THE MAINTENANE OF CRIME REGISTERS
(Enclosure to S.O No; 540)
The form of the Register will be as per the enclosed proforma. The Register will be of foolscap size (131/4 ” x 16 ½ ”) and shall be bound and ruled. The superscription on the outer cover of the register should contain the following indications.
Name of the Police Station ………………………
District ……………………………
Cognizable Crime Register ………………… I.P.C. Cases.
Serial Number From To (Nos)
Period From To (date)
On the inner side of the cover page, the following instructions will be printed;
1. Pending cases must be written up from the previous year’s register in red ink at the beginning of the year, at the beginning of the Register, the current entries being entered below them.
2. column 5- in a case sent up under several sections, all the sections should be entered in this column.
(In this column should be entered the section or sections under which the offence is reported in the first report to the Magistrate).
3. column: 10- This should contain the value of property stolen as stated by the complainant. Any alteration in the value subsequently made will be by a red ink correction. When bonds or valuable securities are reported as stolen, no cash value should be shown. No value o property stolen should be entered in cases of alleged thefts etc., in which investigation has been refused on the grounds that the matter in dispute should be decided by a Civil Court. Against such cases the word “Civil” should be entered in Column-10.
4. Column-12 : In cases sent up for trial with a charge sheet, the information for this column will be obtained from the Sub-Inspector’s Diary. In other cases it will be filled in from the final report to the magistrate which must be sent through the District Superintendents of Police.
Note:- The date of arrest of accused persons and of their release on bail should be entered in this column.
5. Column 13 ; Will be filled in from the summary of the Magistrate’s final order and should contain all the items of information needed for Statement, A, Parts 1 and 11. In cases tried by the High Court or Court of Sessions the summary of the final order will be sent by the Magistrate after he receives information of the decision on the case. In cases in which the decision is altered on appeal or revision, the Magistrate must send a further summary when the decision on appeal is made known to him, and red ink correction will be made accordingly.
6. Column 14- In this column a note may be made of cases sent for further investigation after the Sub-Inspector sent up a final report, or of any other matter which the Sub-inspector may consider it advisable to enter.
7. Direct cases, i.e., on which no information is given to the Police or no investigation is made by them, should not be entered in this register; the summaries of final orders regarding them will be separately filled by the district Superintendent of Police at the end of the year.
8. Complaints referred to the Police for inquiry under Section 156(3) as well as those referred under Section 202 criminal Procedure code, should be entered in the Crime Register at each Police Station. Such cases should be kept apart in the /register from crimes taken up by the police suo motu and to this end, should be registered in a separate part of the crime register maintained under Section 154,Cr.P.C., and under separate consecutive numbers, thus;
M M M
- - - and so on
1 2 3
9. Cases once entered in this register as reported cases, if transferred subsequently to another District, should not be written up to conclusion, but a note of the transfer should be made in the Column of “Remarks:. Such cases should be excluded at the end of the year from the total number of cases entered in the Register and their full details should be shown in the crime Register of the district to which they are transferred where they will be accounted for as cases belonging to that district.
10. In cases occurring in Districts traversed by Railways in which it is not possible at once to fix the Police jurisdiction within which an offence has been actually committed, if the case remains undetected at the end of the year it shall continue not only in the Register of the Police who first registered it, but also in that of the Police of the other jurisdiction concerned who shall also show it as an undetected case in statement-A, attached to the Annual Police Report.
SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUTIONS FOR FILLING UP THE
COLUMNS IN THE REGISTER
Column-1- Sl, No. should be entered.
Column -2- F.I.R. No. or Crime No. of the Police Station as assigned should be entered here according to the orders in force.
Column 3- The name of the complainant with his father’s name should be shown here.
Column 4-While indicating the place of occurrence of the distance and direction from the Police Station should be briefly indicated.
Column 5- Section of Law as applied while registering the case should be noted here.
Column 6- Date should be entered here. Where time is known, for example, 10 p. m, indicate the time as 22 hours.
Column 7- The date on which the information reaches the Police Station should be entered here and not the date on which the information is received at the Out-Post or other Police Officers.
Column 8- The No. & names of all persons arrested by the Police in the cases cocerned, suo-motu or under a warrant from a Magistrate and persons arrested by other Police on requisition should be entered in this column.
Column 9- The No. & name of the persons released by the Police under Sections 169 Cr. P.C. should be shown in this column.
Column 10- the value of that property as reported by the complainant should be noted here indicating briefly the nature of the property lost. Property involve in cases classed as false or undetected and cases in which investigation is refused u/s 157 (10 (B) of Cr, P.C. on the ground of the case being of a civil nature should be struck off w hen summaries of final orders are received and should not be taken into account for statistical purpose.
Column 11 – The nature and value of property recovered should be briefly shown here.
Column 12- The date of sending the final report together with the nature of final report sent, viz., whether it is false, undetected or charge sheeted should be shown here.
Column 13 - The names of the accused and the sections under which they are convicted with conviction particulars should be shown here. If acquitted or discharged, the names may be shown briefly noting against each whether acquitted or discharged.
Column 14- This column is meant for noting down the following particulars which can not be included in the other columns.
1. remand obtained under Section 167 Cr, P.C.
2. if a case is classed as false a note to the effect whether the Magistrate has been requested to lodge a complaint.
3. Whether the accused has been made P.R.T or classed as habitual offender.
4. in cases of professional crime a note regarding the offender’s modus operandi.
5. whether section 250 Cr. P.C was used.
6. the order of the Superior Officers to take up investigation if the same had been previously refused u/s 157 (1) (B) of Cr. P.C.
7. the cancellation of bail bond of the accused if any and
8. where acquitted or discharged, the action taken for preferring appeal etc.
COGNIZABLE CRIME REGISTER – I.P.C. CASES District Police Station.
|Sl. No |F.I.R. or Crime |Name of |Place of |Section of Law |Date and Time of|Date of |No & Name of |
| |No |complainant |occurrence | |offence |information to |persons arrested|
| | | | | | |Police | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |8 |
|Number and Names of |Nature & Value of |Nature & Value of |Final report & |Date and Disposal by |Remarks |
|persons released by |property stolen |property recovered |disposal of arrested |Court | |
|Police | | |persons | | |
|9 |10 |11 |12 |13 |14 |
STANDING ORDER NO. 542
No. PUN .C. (2) 17/58, Dated 2nd February 1961
Departmental enquiries writing Minutes
Instruction regarding
* * * * *
Detailed instruction were issued in Standing Order No, 500, dated 21-1-1960, on the subject of departmental enquires. A perusal of the papers of several departmental Enquiry cases receive in this office has revealed that sufficient care is not being taken to present the case properly. Apart from want of proper discussion of the merits of the case, even grammatical, typing and spelling mistakes are allowed to remain unnoticed. Sometimes even worn out ribbons are used or proceedings written in pencil, making it very difficult to go through the records. The Superintendents of Police should please see that such state of affairs does not continue in future.
2. It is observed that the Proceedings of the Enquiry Officer are not properly written up or the case presented in a proper way, with the result that considerable difficulty is experienced by the punishing authorities when the matter is referred to them for taking subsequent action such as issue of show-cause-notice, passing of final orders etc., When the oral enquiry where called for is completed and the officer facing the Departmental Enquiry submits his written statement of defence the Enquiry Officer has to discuss the evidence and draw up proceedings which are known by different names, such as, minute, proceedings or summing-up of the Enquiry Officer in different areas. It is at this stage that the Enquiry Officer to take an account of all matters dealt in the departmental Enquiry analyse the evidence in respect of each charge and come to the conclusion as to whether he considers a charge as provide or not. The case should, therefore, be presented in such a way that it should be readily grasped by all concerned. The Enquiry Officer’s minute should be nearly written or typed in duplicated so that one copy could be made available to the officer facing Departmental Enquiry.
STANDING ORDER NO. 543
No.A. 6/59, Dated 11th March 1961
Use of Alphabets to denote Police Circles
and Alphabets with Numberical suffixes
to Denote Police Station
* * * * *
Many of the Superintendents of Police of the Districts and the three Range D.Is,G. have recommended the use of Alphabets the Alphabets suffixed by numericals to indicate the Police Circles all Police Station respectively in the course of internal correspendence between the Superintendents of Police and the Inspectors and S.Is. Such a system is already in vogue in the erstwhile Mysore State District as also in South Kanara District , Thus it would be administratively convenient to adopt such a procedure, and in order that there may be uniformity in this regard throughout the state the following orders are issued;
(i) The Police circles in each District shall be denoted by Alphabets starting from the letter “A”. The Police Circles in the Headquarters City or Town shall be given priority in the usage of such alphabets.
(ii) The Police Station shall be indicated by the alphabet denoting the Police Circle, suffixed by the numericals 1,2,3,etc.,E.g,: If a Police Circle is indicated by the Alphabet ‘A’ the Police Stations in that Circle shall be indicated on the letters A1, A2,A3, etc., depending on the number of Police Stations in the circle.
(iii) The District Armed Reserve and other units such as the District Special Branch, District Intelligence Bureau and the Prohibition Intelligence Branch shall be indicated by the following abbreviations:
a) District Special Branch-Dist
b) District Intelligence Bureau D.I.B.
c) Prohibition Intelligence branch-P.I.B.
d) District Armed Reserve- D.A.R.
The usage of the above, alphabets, alphabets suffixed numerals and abbreviations shall be restricted to the correspondence carried on between the Superintendents of Police and the coordinate units at the District level only. In all correspondence between the office of the ss.P. and the F.Is.G. or chief Office or non officers outside the Department the Police Circles, Police Stations and other District Units shall be indicated by their all names and not by any letters or abbreviations.
The receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged and action taken.
STANDING ORDER NO. 545
No. Fd. 1.C 142/58, Dated 1st April 1961
The Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund
Ref: Chief Office Memo No. Fd. 1. C
142/58 dated 17-2-61 forwarding
Rules for the administration of the Fund.
* * * * *
The following supplementary instructions are issued for the administration of “The Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund”.
2. The rules for the administration of ‘The Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund’ as approved in G.O.No. HD 195 EXP 58 dated 22-10-1959 and amended in G.O.No. HD 480 PAC 60 dated 8-2-1961, will come into force from 20-2-1961 on which date the balances in the several funds of the same nature will merge to form the opening balance of this Fund. All records, registers vouchers etc., of the various funds now merged in this common Fund, should be kept in safe custody and produced for audit when required.
The Fund will be administered by the “Central Committee” and by District /Unit Committees as prescribed in the rules. The Central ‘Committes’ with Headquarters at Bangalore in the office of the Inspector General of Police , will consist of the following Officers.
1. Inspector General of Police
Mysore State President
2. Sri C.V. Srinivasa Rao
Asst. Inspector General of Police Secretary
3. D.Is.G of Central Range,
C.I.D. & Railways, AIG.
Sri K Balakrishna, Supdts.
of Police Bangalore. Members
North Bangalore south
Bangalore District Railways
S.B. CID. MARP. Bangalore,
PRC. Bangalore Commandant,
MSRP, Bangalore, 2 Pls and
2 S Is to be nominated.
All correspondence in respect of the fund shall be addressed to the “Secretary Central Committee”. The Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund”. Office of the Inspector General of Police, Mysore State, Bangalore. Bank drafts, cheques, cash orders etc., should be made payable to Sri C.V. Srinivasa Rao, Assistant Inspector General of Police and Secretary, Central Committee. The Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund.
3. Each District/Unit shall have a District Unit Committee as provided for the Rules. The Superintendents of Police/ Unit Officer will be the President. The Assistant/ Deputy Superintendent at Head-Quarters or when no such office is stationed at Headquarters, any other senior Police officer of Headquarters shall be a member. The Superintendents of Police/ Unit Officer shall nominate a P.I/R.I., a S.I/R.S.I and a H.C./P.C as members of the Committee. In nominating the members, it should be ensued that the members are sufficient representative of both the Armed and the Civil Police and the Fire Service wherever is exists. The Manager of the Unit Office will be the Ex-Officio Secretary.
4. The membership to the Fund is voluntary and is restricted to the executive staff of the Police Department including the Fire Service. As the Fund is instituted for the benefit of the members and their families the advantages of joining the fund should be made known and all the members of the Force without exception advised to become members of the fund in their own interest.
5. The rules and procedure for the maintenance of accounts of government transactions apply equally to the Fund and the accounts of the transactions of the fund are subject to audit. The audit of accounts of “the benevolent Fund” will be conducted by the Audit staff of Chief Office, along with the audit of accounts of the District /unit Police Office. The accounts of the Fund may also be audited by the accountant general, if it is considered necessary.
6. The maintenance of accounts, custody of cash and correspondence entailed on the administration of the Fund shall be entrusted to an official of the District Police Office/Unit office as Part of Office work and no remuneration is payable to the official, as this will be part of office work and attended to during office hours. The very nature of the fund is to afford relief to subordinates and as such, claims for any remuneration will not be proper. A spirit of voluntary service should be exhibited in such matters by all concerned.
7. A Separate cash book shall be maintained for recording the transactions of the Fund. The entries in the register in respect of each items of ‘Receipts’ or’ Expenditure’ should be clear and self explanatory. The cash book for the accounts may be maintained in the form enclosed., and the book shall be a substantially bound volume containing sufficient number of pages of last for at least the transactions of 2 years. The book should be page numbered preferably by machine and a certificate of the number of pages the book contains should be recorded on the register itself by the President. The cash book should be written up from day to day the entry relating to each item of receipt or expenditure being simultaneously made with the transaction. The total of each day’s transaction both on the receipt side and expenditure side should be struck and the total expenditure recorded. Specimen of entries to be recorded in the cash book is also furnishing in the form enclosed.
8. An official receipt should be issued for each item of receipt and the receipts number entered in the cash book. The receipt may be in books of 100 receipts each having 2 foils as per specimen enclosed. The required number of receipt books may be supplied to subordinate officers, if any, who collect subscriptions from the staff for the fund.
9. All property belonging to the fund should be recorded in a register in the form enclosed and details of each item, cost etc., should be entered and duly attested.
10. A “Long Roll for recording collections in the form enclosed shall be maintained in each Unit office. In cases of collections from Circle Inspectors, the amount collected should be sent to the Unit Office with a statement of the officers and the details of the collections entered in the long roll in the Unit office promptly. The register should be reviewed periodically to ensure that subscriptions are recovered from all the members of the Force. In the remarks column of the “Long Roll” the details of any benefits granted to the member with salient details should be noted.
11. All payments from the fund should be supported by vouchers. The voucher number should be noted in the relevant column in the cash book on the expenditure side. All vouchers should be duly cancelled under attestation of the President and filed chronologically.
12. A meeting Proceedings register shall also be maintained wherein the minutes of the Meeting of the Committee is recorded. Full details of the members present subjects discussed and resolutions should be entered and attested by the President.
13. The registers and forms required for the administration of the fund may be got prepared locally, obtaining competitive quotations and exercising due economy in the expenditure.
14. The subscriptions collected by thy D.Is.G. of Northern Range. Southern Range and the Central Range will be credited to the District Units of Belgaum, Mysore and B’lore North respectively and claims for benefit by the subscribers under the charge of the D.Is.G. decided the District Committees, concerned, direct. The subscriptions collected in the office of the Inspector General of Police s hall be credited to Central Fund.
15. No subscriptions will be collected from Constable Trainees or S.I. Cadets while under training in the Police Training Institutions. The collections for the fund will commence from them on their return to the District/ Units.
16. Contributions or donations for the fund shall not be accepted without prior sanction of Government. Whenever any such contributions are offered the particulars of the Donar, terms of offer, amount etc., should be furnished with a letter from the Donar and the donation should be received only after sanction of Government is received.
17. It is permissible to make collections by arranging benefit shows, with the prior sanction of Government. Proposals detailing the nature of show to be held, date, place, the amount of expenditure involved in the organising of the show, rates of tickets proposed to be issued, the arrangements made for the sale of tickets and other details should arrangements in this behalf made before obtaining sanction of Government.
18. The finances of the fund exceeding the amounts that is to remain with the Presidents of the District/ Units Committees, will be transferred to the Central Committee. A ledger account will be maintained in the Central Committee, wherein the assets of each unit will be recorded and the amounts received by way of grants by Government and other sources on distribution to the Units will be credited to the Unit account and periodical intimation of the amount as credit of each District/ Unit committee notified. When the amounts at the disposal of the District/ Units Committee becomes depleted, sufficient funds within the credit of the Units will be sent from the Central Committee on requisition. The funds of the District/ Unit Committees should be deposited in the Mysore Government Treasury Savings Bank or where such facility do not exist in the post Office Savings Bank. The present mode of deposit under Personal Deposits account may be discontinued when the maximum amount that is to remain with the Units are decided.
19. Applications for relief from the Fund should always be in the prescribed from and should be dealt with promptly at all stages. It is essential that cases for relief should be promptly settled. No loans or advances are permissible from the Fund, under any circumstances.
20. The nature of welfare measures to be undertaken commensurate with the resources of the Committee, should be decided by the Committee and phases programme chalked out and the sanction of Central Committee obtained to implement the scheme by stages. The District/ Units Committees should always bear in mind that the welfare measures should extend to all the members in the entire District/ Unit. The District/ Unit Committees shall meet as many times as necessary but not less than once a month and transact business.
21. Liabilities if any due under the funds since merged in this common fund shall be discharged from the assets of this fund. The widow fund pensions which are being paid in Hyderabad District may be continued under which they were sanctioned. Cases arising after 1-11-56 may be decided as per provisions in Rule 7(a) (iii) of the Rules. Wile deciding the cases, sanction of a lump sum grant instead of monthly payments may be kept in view.
22. Officers and men on deputation to any Department (Government of India, State or other private Institution) will be borne on the membership of the Fund and shall continue to subscribe regularly at the prescribed rates. The subscriptions will be sent to the Secretary, Central Committee, “The Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund”. Office of the Inspector General of Police, Bangalore. They will be eligible for the benefits of the Fund and applications in this behalf shall be sent in the prescribed from to the Secretary, Central Committee.
|THE MYSORE STATE POLICE |THE MYSORE STATE POLICE |
|BENEVOLENT FUND |BENEVOLENT FUND |
| | |
|District/Unit Committee |District/Unit Committee |
|No. |No. |
| | |
|Received from Sri …………………….. |Received from Sri ……………………… |
|………………………………………… |…………………………………………………. |
|A sum of ……………………………… |A sum of ………………………………………. |
|On account of ………………………... |On account of ………………………................. |
|……………………………………….. |…………………………………………………. |
| | |
|Rs ………… Signature |Rs ………… Signature |
|Secretary/Circle Inspr. |Secretary/Circle Inspr |
CASH BOOK
Left Side The Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund Right Side
District/ Unit
|Date |Sl. |Particu| | Amount | |Date |Sl |
| |No |lars |Receipt| |Remarks| |No |
| | |of |No | | | | |
| | |receipt| | | | | |
| Expenditure | 11. |75 | | | | | |
|2-2-61 | |Balance| |1,326. |65 |
|Balance |2,326. |65 | | | |
LONG ROLL
The Mysore Police Benevolent Fund …………………… District/Unit
|Sl |Rank and Metal|Subscription for the year 19…. |Remarks |
|No |Number | | |
| | |Jan |Feb |March |April |May |
| | | |Rs. |P. | | | |
STANDING ORDER NO. 546
No. SAI, 208/60, Dated 5th April 1961
* * * * *
As a result of the Re-organisation of the District Police Force, some districts are short of vehicles and a few districts are holding surplus vehicles necessitating their re-distribution. Further, for effective enforcement of prohibition in the dry Districts it was decided to provide one van and one jeep for each District Head Quarters and for each sub-division Head Quarters, in the dry area, exclusively for Prohibition work.
Taking into consideration the requirement of vehicles for normal duties in the districts as sanctioned in the Re-organisation and also for prohibition duties, Government were addressed for sanction to the purchase of additional vehicles. They were pleased to sanction a sum of Rs. Sixteen Lakhs for purchase of vehicles in two phases. Indents were also sent to the D.G.S & D, New-Delhi for the supply of additional vehicles required. We have already received jeeps, Stn, Wgns and motor cycles and they have been distributed to the Supdts. Of Police/ Unit Officers concerned. The truck chasses required for vans are still due form the suppliers. A Statement showing the distribution of vehicles for normal duties as per the scale adopted in the re-organisation and for prohibition duties is enclosed herewith.
All the vehicles of the districts including those meant for sub-divisions will be under the direct charge of the Superintendents of Police of the District/Unit. The Superintendents of Police are, however permitted to entrust the vehicles to selected Sub-division Police Officers only for Prohibition work. This will be the responsibility of the Superintendents of Police who will devise checks and counter checks to ensure proper use and good maintenance of Government Transport.
As regard is supply of jeeps, all the districts have been provided with the full complement required, both for normal and prohibition duties. With regard to supply of vans/trucks to the deficit districts action has been to procure them and they will be allotted to the Superintendents of Police after the bodies are built at the P.C.M.T Workshop, Belgaum.
According to the Statement enclosed, the two Districts (Bangalore District. And North Kanara) are short of one jeep each. Hence jeep No. MYE-1577is allotted to the Superintendents of Police, Bangalore District. And the jeep No. MYE-1576 is allotted to the Superintendents of Police, N.K. Karwar. The two Superintendents of Police will arrange to collect the jeeps allotted to them from the S.P. MARP, Bangalore and have the ownership transferred to their name. (by designation). The Superintendents of Police, MARP, Bangalore will arrange to deliver the jeeps to the Superintendents of Police concerned, along with tools and documents of the vehicles.
As regards vans/ trucks; there are 4 vans/trucks in excess in Raichur Dist, and 1 van/ truck in Dharwar District. Out of 4 vans/trucks in excess in Raichur District one has already been withdrawn and allotted to the Commdt, MATP, PG, Mtd, Coy: Mysore in exchange for a van allotted to the P.T.C Mysore. One van/truck of Raichur district is allotted to the Asst. Commdt. M.S.R.P., Bidar. The Superintendents of Police, Raichur will arrange to deliver the vehicle to the Asst. Commdt., MSRP, Bidar along with tools and documents, if any. The Superintendents of Police, Dharwar will send one van/ truck to the Asst. Commdt. MSRP, Belgaum. The Asst. Commandants will arrange to have the ownership transferred in their name. (by designation).
The two chasses bearing engine Nos. 82459 and 82044 which are at the Police Central Motor Transport Workshop, Belgaum for body building and which were due to the Superintendents of Police, Raichur in replacement of vehicles Number MYP-1266, & MYP 1269 are allotted to the Asst. Commdt M.S.R.P, Belgaum. The Superintendents of Police, Belgaum will arrange to deliver these vehicles to the Asst. Commdt. MSRP, Belgaum after van bodies are built on the chasses. The Superintendents of Police, Raichur will note that no vehicles will be allotted to him in replacement of vehicles No. MYP-1266 and MYP-1269, condemned during 1960-61.
The expenditure towards the maintenance and repairs of the vehicles allotted to sub-divisions will be met by the Superintendents of Police of concerned districts.
For the present the H.C/P.C drivers required for prohibition vehicles will have to be found from the staff sanctioned for prohibition work.
The Superintendents of Police, Raichur and Dharwar will please furnish the details of vehicles transferred from their districts so that necessary entries may be made in the Register of Motor Vehicles maintained in Chief Office.
Receipt of this Standing Order may please be acknowledged.
ANNEXURE TO STANDING ORDER NO. 546.
Statement showing the distribution of vehicles
(in respect of Vans/ trucks and jeeps only) for normal duties
and for prohibition duties.
A=Number of vehicles sanctioned in the Re-organisation.
B=Number of vehicles proposed to be given for Pbn. Work.
C=Total Number of vehicles (A + B)
D=Existing number of vehicles.
E= Number of vehicles in surplus.
F= Number of vehicles in deficit.
|Sl |Name of Dist. |Vans/Trucks. |Jeeps. |Remarks. |
|No | | | |Number of |
| | |A |B |C |
|8. |Mysore |6 |2 |8 |
|19. |Dharwar |6 |3 |9 |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |
Record of Posting
|Station |Date of posting |Station |Date of posting |Station |Date of posting |
| |D.M.Y. | |D.M.Y. | |D.M.Y. |
Confidential Remarks
|Date of making entry |Knowledge of drill |Knowledge of law |Knowledge of Police |Turn out |Maintenance of Kit |
| | | |duties | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|Personality |Any outstanding work |Punishment during the|General performance |Remarks of SDPO |Remarks of the S.P |
| |done during the year |year |of duties | |and date |
|7 |8 |9 |10 |11 |12 |
STANDING ORDER NO. 560
No. A2.C. 300/61, Dated 22nd July 1961
Fixed Contingent grants to Police Stations,
Outposts and other subordinate Officers
Of the Department
* * * * *
Government in their Order No. HD 42 Statement 58 dated 28-6-1961 have sanctioned a scale of contingent grants to subordinate Police Officers in the State. A copy of the Government Order is enclosed. The following instructions are issued for the administration of the grant:-
i) The expenditure on this account will be debited to the grants under “29-Police (b) District Executive Force (A) Police Force Other Charges – Oil and petty Stationery for Thanas”.
ii) The claims on this account will be preferred on a “Detailed Contingent Bill – payable at Treasury” by the Supdt. of Police or Unit Officer concerned and the amount admissible as per scale prescribed remitted to the subordinate Officer every month, and proper acquittance obtained and recorded duly cancelled.
iii) The rates of the Contingent grants prescribed to various category of subordinate offices are as detailed below:-
a) Circle Inspector’s Officers; Reserve Inspectors Offices; Police Prosg, Officers of old Mysore, Hyderabad, and Coorg area and Police Prosecutors in Bombay-Karnataka area ……… Rs. 6/- pm.
b) Police Stations with a strength of 40 men and above and Reserve Sub Inspectors in charge of D.A. ……… Rs. 5/- p.m.
c) Police Stations with a strength of less than 40 men ……. Rs. 4/- p.m.
d) Police Stations with a strength of less than 20 men ……. Rs. 3/- p.m.
e) Police Outposts and Radio Stations in Districts ……….. Rs. 2/- p.m.
iv) The above rates will be applicable to the entire State and effective from 1-1-1961. The grant is intended for making purchases of petty stationery articles ordinarily required for the conduct of Office work in the sub0drinate Police Offices and the supply of stationery articles from the D.P.O. at present in vogue in some Districts will be discontinued from the above date. The Officer to whom this fixed grant is provided is at liberty to make purchase of any article required for Office use. The articles of petty stationery ordinarily required are white paper, pins, gum, thread, sealing wax, broom, kerosene oil, naphthalene balls, cover paper, matches, pencils, ink, nibs, colored pencils, drawing sheets. Etc., and the items required are to be purchased from this grant. (The purchase of kerosene oil for the Police Officers not provide with electric lights will not come under this charge).
v) A record of expenditure incurred form this grant should be maintained in each Office concerned in the following proforma:
|Date |Amount received |Date |Amount spent: |Amount |Balance |
| | | |Particulars | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
vi) Detailed Contingent Bills on this account will be prepared promptly and the prescribed grant remitted to the various Offices concerned before the 5th of the month to which the grants relate.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF MYSORE
Enhancement of contingent grants
To the Police Stations and Outposts
Ref: G.O. No. HA 1168-169/Police. 146
Dated 23-7-1949.
2. G.O. No. HA 3285-86/Pol. 123-56-2
Dated 2-8-1956.
3. Correspondence ending with letter No.
ADS 354/56 dated 5-6-61 from the IGP.,
MS., Bangalore.
ORDER NO. HD 42 Statement 58, dated, Bangalore, the
28th June 1961/ Ashada 7 S.E. 1883.
With a view to bringing about uniformity, the I.G.P. has submitted proposals for revising the rates of fixed contingent grants to the offices of the different Police Officers as per the Statement appended.
2. The approximate expenditure on this account works out to Rs. 4,156/- per mensem or Rs. 49,875/- per annum. The approximate extra expenditure will be Rs. 19,872/- per annum.
3. Sanction is accorded to the contingent grants to the Police Offices in the State at the rates specified in the Statement appended to this Order.
By Order and in the name of the Governor of Mysore
Sd/- G.S. Telang
Under Secy. To Govt., Home Dept.
APPENDIX to G O No. HD 42 STT 58, Dated, Bangalore, the
28th June 1961
Statement showing the approximate expenditure in respect of fixed amounts contingent grants proposed for Circle Inspector’s Offices, Police Stations, Outposts, etc.
|Sl. |No. of Offices |Details of Offices etc |Rate per mensem each |Total per mensem |
|No. | | | | |
|1 |127 |CIs. Offices |Rs. 6/- |Rs. 762/- |
| |23 |RI’s. Offices |6/- |138/- |
| |63 |Police Prog. Officers (of old Mysore, Hyderabad and Coorg | | |
| | | |6/- |378/- |
| |44 |Police Prosecutors in Bombay Karnataka area. | | |
| | |(To take effect as and when the existing office and |6/- |264/- |
| | |conveyance allowance is discontinued | | |
| |257 | | |1,542/- |
|2 |109 |Police Stations with a strength of 40 men and above. | | |
| | | |5/- |545/- |
| |7 |Reserve Sub Insprs. in charge of DARs. | | |
| | | |5/- |35/- |
| |116 | | |580/- |
|3 |169 |Police Stations with a strength of less than 40 men | | |
| | | |4/- |676/- |
|4 |228 |Police Stations with a strength of less than 20 men | | |
| | | |3/- |684/- |
|5 |296/- |Police Outposts |2/- |592/- |
|6 |41 |Radio Stations in the Districts |2/- |82/- |
Summary
|1 |CIs, RIs., Police Prosg. Officers and Police Prosecutors Offices-as shown at |1,542/- |
| |Sl. No. 1 | |
|2 |Police Stations with a strength of 40 men and Reserve S. Is in charge of |580/- |
| |DAR-as shown in serial Number2 | |
|3 |Police Stations with a strength of less than 40 men – as shown at Sl. No. 3 |676/- |
|4 |Police Stations with a strength of less than 20 men –as shown at Sl. No. 4 |684/- |
|5 |Police Outposts as shown at Sl. No. 5 |59/- |
|6 |Radio Station as shown at Sl. No. 6 |82/- |
| |Total expenditure per mensem …. OR |4,156/- |
| |Total Expenditure per annum |49,872/- |
| |Less amount provided in the Budget |30,000/- |
| |Approximate extra expenditure |19,872/- |
Sd/- G.S. Telang
Under Secy. to Govt., Home Dept.
Confidential
STANDING ORDER NO. 562
Dated 20th July 1961
Confidential Monthly Reports/ weekly Diary
of the Superintendents of Police and the
Deputy/ Assistant Superintendents
of Police
INTRODUCTION
1. In this Office Circular No. C2-14/57 dated 22-1-1957, a form has been prescribed for the preparation and transmission of part I of the Weekly Confidential Report. Instructions have also been issued in this Office STANDING ORDER Nos. 272 and 273 dated 22-6-1957 prescribing supplementary Statement to be appended to part I of the Weekly report of the Superintendents of Police of the Districts and the Assistant/ Deputy Superintendents of Police.
2. In addition, the Superintendents of Police and the Assistant/Deputy Superintendents of Police are required to send a monthly Tour Journal and a monthly Statement of Gambling and prohibition raids personally conducted by them. Detailed instructions have been laid down in this Office Standing Order No. 446 dated 27-2-1959, and circular Memo Number C5-388/59 dated 10-6-59 on these matters.
3. Despite clear instructions, I find that there is undue delay in preparation and transmission of the Weekly Part I Dairy and other Statements with the result that they do not serve the purpose for which they are meant. Further, as all the facts relating to the discharge of the duties of an Officer are not contained in one document, a comprehensive check of his work by the superior Officers is difficult.
4. The subject was discussed in the conference of the Dy. Is. G, and Ss.P. held at this Office on the 13th and 14th Jan 1961, and in accordance with the decisions taken there, the following instructions are issued, in supersession of those issued in the Circular Number C2-14/57 dated 22-1-57 so far as preparation and submission of Weekly Reports are concerned.
5. PREPARATION OF THE DIARY
i) The diary shall be in a bound book in the proforma attached and it shall be written in ink in the own handwriting of the Officer and each page initialed.
ii) The submission of the confidential Weekly Diary, Part I, by the Superintendents of Police is dispensed with in future, the Superintendents of Police will send only monthly reports. The Dy. Supdts./Asst. Supdts. Will, however send the reports weekly as heretofore.
iii) The entries in the original copy of the diary (i.e. the bound book) shall be made day to day; the entries for the previous day being made on the morning of the following day.
6. TRANSMISSION TO SUPERIOR OFFICERS Dy.S.P./ A.S.P.
i) The weekly Report of the Assistant/Deputy Supdts. Of Police will be a copy of the report written in the bound book, commencing from Monday of the week.
ii) On Monday each week, two copies of the Weekly Report will be prepared and submitted by A.S.P/ D.S.P. to the Supdt. of Police with a forwarding note and abstract in the enclosed form. The Superintendents of Police will retain one copy and forward the second copy to the Dy. Inspr. Genl. Of Police of the Range through the Deputy Commissioner. The Dy. Inspector General of Police such of the Weekly Reports which contain information that the Inspector General of Police should know.
Superintendent of Police
iii) The Monthly Report of the Superintendents of Police will also be a copy of the report written in the bound book commencing from the first day of the month.
iv) Two copies of the Monthly Report shall be made on the 1st of the following month with an abstract in the enclosed form. A copy of the monthly report will be submitted to the Inspector General of Police through the Dy Inspector General of Police with a forwarding note and abstract in the prescribed form. The second copy of the Monthly Report together with a copy of the forwarding note and abstract shall be submitted to the Deputy Inspector General of Police of the Range through the Deputy Commissioner of the District.
v) The copies of the Weekly Reports of the Deputy/ Assistant Supdts. Of Police and the Monthly Reports of the Superintendents of Police should be sent to the concerned Officers in a name cover with the superscription “Weekly/ Monthly Report” and they shall only be opened by the addressed and none else on their behalf.
7. CONTENTS OF THE WEEKLY DIARY/ MONTHLY REPORT.
The Diary should contain a day to day account of the movements and proceedings of the Officer, whether of a routine nature or not and whether at Head Quarters or on tour.
The Superintendents of Police should bear in mind his duties and responsibilities as head of the District Police force that he is responsible for all matters relating to its management. For the maintenance of its discipline, for the prevention and investigation of crimes, for the prosecution of cases, for maintenance of law and Order, for the enforcement of the Special and Local laws and other Social Legislations, etc. The Diary should contain the details of work attended to by him in these aspects. The Superintendents of Police should realise that apart from attending to the Office routine or attending to meetings, conference, etc. either of this Department or other Departments, their time is usefully spent in the discharge of their duties.
The duties of the Deputy/Assistant Superintendents of Police are similar, subject to their limitations, to those of the District Superintendents of Police. It should be the endeavour of the Officers to try and show something better month after month.
An exhaustive and categorical items of work to be done and recorded in the diary. By the Officers cannot be given. However, a few items are given below:-
i) Crime: Visitations to the scene of grave crimes, halts at those places the guidance given for the investigation of the cases, etc; if no halts were made at the scene of occurrence, the reasons therefor.
ii) Parades: The attendance at Drill, Parades, whether ceremonial or otherwise, while at Head Quarters.
iii) Night Rounds: The number of night rounds, the checking of the work of the beat duty PCs. and the incidents noted during the night rounds.
iv) Tours: While on tour, halting places the villages visited, the distance traveled, the manner performing the journey, the number of night halts. Etc.
v) Inspections: Inspections of Police Stations at Head Quarters or outside DAR and other branches of the Police, Circle Inspector’s Offices, Lines, Welfare activities of the Force, etc., checking of Treasury and other Guards.
vi) Surprise Checking: Surprise checking of Police Stations, Out Posts, etc. and results of such surprise checks.
vii) Motor Vehicle Checking: The number of vehicles checked while on tours or at Head Quarters, with result.
viii) Raids: Particulars of gambling raids and prohibition raids personally conducted.
ix) Petition Enquiry: Cases of petitions personally enquired into or supervised.
x) Departmental Enquiries: The Departmental enquiries conducted personally.
xi) Any other matter of interest whether pertaining to Police administration or otherwise.
8. REMARKS
The Officers who receive copies of the Weekly Diary/ Monthly Reports may make remarks on such Diaries/Reports and communicate them separately in a Memo to the Officer concerned. The D.I.G., if he makes any remark on the report received by him, shall communicate them direct to the Superintendents of Police on a Memo with a copy to the IGP. Which should accompany the report sent to the Inspector General of Police. The Deputy Commissioner also, if he makes any remarks on the copy of the report received by him, shall, likewise communicate the same to the Superintendents of Police on a Memo with copies endorsed to the I.G.P. and then transmit the report with the Memo of remarks to the DIG. The correspondence thereon should be treated as “Confidential”.
9. MAINTENANCE OF THE DIARY AND CONNECTED RECORDS
These are confidential records. The Officer who writes the Diary should keep it and the correspondence thereof in his personal custody. It should be treated as a permanent record and should be handed over to the successors under their proper acknowledgement so that they may be available for reference at any time.
The copies of the Weekly Reports of the DY.S.Ps/A.S.Ps. received by the S.P. and the DIG. And the copies of the Monthly Reports of Superintendents of Police received by the D.I.G and the I.G.P and the correspondence thereof should be treated as confidential and the records retained for a period of ten years.
10. SUPERSESSION:
These instructions will supersede the returns prescribed in the following Circulars/ Standing Orders:-
1. Chief Office Circular Number C2-14/59 dtd. 22-1-57. only part 1 is superseded.
2. Standing Order No. 272, dated 22-6-1957.
3. Standing Order No. 273 dated 22-6-1957.
4. Chief Office Circular No. CB 282/57 dated 15-4-1957.
5. Standing Order No 446 dated 22-2-1959.
6. Chief Office Circular Memo No C3-388/59 dtd 10-6-1959.
MYSORE STATE POLICE
CONFIDENTIAL
Dairy of Sri ………………………………………………………….. Superintendent/Assistant/Deputy Superintendent of Police, for the month ending ………………………………………………………………………...
|Date |Place of night halt mode of | |Brief particulars of work done (a day to day account of the |
| |travel and No of miles covered | |movements and proceedings, whether of a routine nature of not |
| | | |should be given) |
Signature/initials with date.
____________________________________________________________
Note:
1. The Diary shall be written in ink.
2. Each page should be initialed and after the last entry for the week or month, the Officer should affix his signature.
3. The Dy. Ss.P./ A.Ss.P. will close the diary at the end of every week and the Ss.P. will close at the end of the month.
4. For detailed instructions, Standing Order No may be referred.
MYSORE STATE POLICE
CONFIDENTIAL
FORWARDING NOTE
Monthly Diary of Shri ………………………………………………… Superintendents of Police, …………………………………………………… District is forwarded with the appended abstract.
Date (with initials) of dispatch to the Deputy
Commissioner/ Dy. Inspector General of Police.
Date (with initials) of Receipt by the Deputy
Commissioner/ Dy. Inspector General of Police.
Date (with initials) of dispatch to the Deputy
Commissioner/ Dy. Inspector General of Police.
Date (with initials) of receipt by the DIG/IGP
Date (with initials) of the DIG/IGP ordering filling of the Dairy.
Note:
Two copies of the Monthly Report shall be prepared One copy shall be routed to the D.I.G. through the Deputy Commissioner and another copy shall be routed to the IGP. through the DIG.
ABSTRACT OF THE MONTHLY REPORT OF THE
SUPDT. OF POLICE
|1. |No of days in Camp : |No of villages visited No of night halts outside Head Quarters (in his |
| | |jurisdiction) |
|2. |No of days in Hd. Qrs : |No of Parades attended |
| | |No of night rounds. |
|3. |Inspections - C.I,s. |P.Ss. O.Ps. Try. Others |
| |Offices |Guards (to be |
| | |specified) |
No in the district…..
No inspected during
the month.
No. inspected during
the year, upto the
end of the month.
No remaining to be
inspected.
No checked by surprise
|4 |Crime - |No of heinous cases reported |
| | |During the month. |
| | |No of places of heinous offences visited personally. |
| | |Duration of halt. |
|5 |Raids - |No of Prohibition raids personally |
| | |Conducted |
| | |No of gambling raids personally |
| | |Conducted. |
|6 |Departmental |No of D.Es. being personally |
| |Enquiries |Conducted and pending on the |
| | |1st of the month. |
| | |No taken up during the month |
| | |No completed during the month |
|7 |M.V. Checking |No of vehicles checked. |
MYSORE STATE POLICE
CONFIDENTIAL
FORWARDING NOTE
Weekly Diary of Shri ………………………………………………… Dy.S.P./ A.S.P ………………………….. Subject division ………………… District, is forwarded, with the appended abstract.
Date (with initials) of despatch by the Dy.S.P./ A.S.P
Date (with initials) of receipt by the Superintendent of Police
Date (with initials) of despatch by the Superintendents of Police
Date (with initials) of receipt by the Deputy Commissioner
Date (with initials) of despatch by the Deputy Commissioner
Date (with initials) of receipt by the D.I.G
Date (with initials) of the D.I.G ordering the filling of the Dairy.
ABSTRACT OF THE WEEKLY DIARY OF THE Dy.S.P/ A.S.P.
|1. |No. of days in Camp : |No. of villages visited |
| | |No. of night halts outside |
| | |Head Quarters (in his jurisdiction) |
|2. |No. of days in Hd. Qrs : |No. of Parades attended |
| | |No. of night rounds. |
|3. |Inspections - C.I,s. |P.Ss. O.Ps. Try. Other units |
| |Offices |Guards (to be |
| | |specified) |
No. in the Sub Dn.
No. inspected during
the week
No. inspected during
the year, upto the
end of the week.
No. remaining to be
inspected.
No. checked by surprise
|4 |Crime - |No. of heinous cases reported |
| | |During the week. |
| | |No of places of heinous offences visited personally. |
| | |Duration of halt. |
|5 |Raids - |No. of Prohibition raids personally |
| | |Conducted |
| | |No. of gambling raids personally |
| | |Conducted. |
|6 |Departmental |No. of D.Es. being personally |
| |Enquiries |Conducted and pending on the |
| | |1st day of the week. |
| | |No. taken up during the week |
| | |No. completed during the week |
|7 |M.V. Checking |No. of vehicles checked. |
STANDING ORDER NO. 565
No. C. 88/61, Dated 17th August 1961
Periodical Audit and Inspection of
accounts of Police Offices
* * * * *
1. Sanction of the Government was specially obtained for the creation of a Departmental Audit Staff comprising of one Superintendent and four 1 Division Clerks for taking up periodical audit and inspection of accounts of the various Police Offices of the Department, with a view to ensure that accounts are maintained properly and irregularities are brought to notice and immediate action taken to set right the defects and suitable action taken to prevent any recurrence of accounts irregularities. The audit conducted by the Departmental staff, will in no way, affect the statutory audit conducted by the outside Audit Department of the Office of the Accountant General Mysore, Bangalore.
2. It is the duty of the Audit Staff to conduct detailed audit of all subjects relating to accounts in addition to physical check of cash Government property. Stores and other valuable securities and inspection relating to the maintenance of records and Service Registers and other allied matters connected with service conditions of Government Servants. The progress of prompt settlements of pending audit objections of the Accountant General disposal of half margins, recoveries ordered by the Accountant General and other outside authorities, will also form an important item of work for scrutiny by the Audit Staff during audit inspections.
3. Heads of all Police Offices will afford all facilities in the production of cash, Government properties, records and registers etc., required by the Audit party. Generally, the programme of audit will be communicated well in time; but the audit of any Office may be taken up without any previous notice.
4. The audit party, will, during the course of audit of an Office, prepare notes in duplicate of the observations made, remaining one copy with them, the other being handed over to the ministerial head or the presiding Officer of the Office concerned, signed by the senior-most auditor of the party. The head of the Office should return the same to the auditor with the replies to the observations. These notes containing the replies will be consolidated and those items which have been satisfactorily explained and when no further action is necessary, will be deleted in the Audit Notes to be issued on completion of the audit. The Superintendent of the Audit Squad will review the replies and decide the items to be brought on the Audit Notes and finalise the audit notes and issue the same through the Chief Office. Any serious irregularities noticed during audit should be brought to the notice of the Inspector General of Police immediately, followed by a copy of the report to be furnished to the head of the Office for necessary action.
5. Replies to the observations made in the Audit Notes should be submitted within 15 days from the date of receipt of the notes. The Audit Notes will be sent in duplicate. The replies should be recorded in one of the copies and submitted to Chief Office. If there is any likelihood of delay in furnishing replies, a specific report explaining the reason for delay should be sent within the prescribed period. In the case of audit of Inspector’s Office, Sub-Divisional Police Offices; or other subordinate Offices, the Notes will be sent in triplicate to the Superintendents of Police concerned who may retain one copy and forward the duplicates to the Officer concerned for similar action as above. Replies on the further observations, if any issued, should be sent within one week from the date of receipt of the same. It must be specially understood that there should not be any delay in attending to the correspondence on the subject.
6. As the main object of the audit inspection is to ensure proper maintenance of accounts, the audit staff will, impart necessary instructions in the matter of procedure of maintaining accounts registers etc. during audit, so that a common procedure in all Offices could be ensured.
7. Ordinarily the audit inspections will embrace the following subject:-
i) Cash: Physical check in respect of Government funds as also Quasi Government Funds, such as, Sports Fund, The Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund and any other such Funds authorised and administered will be checked by the senior auditor as soon as the audit of an Office is taken up. Certificate of check, fully describing the denominations of the cash produced as compared with the book balance, will be recorded on the concerned cash registers themselves. Any differences noticed in this behalf should (in addition to being recorded in the Cash Book) be brought to the notice of the head of the Office for immediate action, as prescribed in Article 332 M.F.C. 1958.
ii) Cash Book: All the items of receipts and expenditure recorded in the Cash Book will be checked with reference to receipt Books, Register of Bills, Pay acquittance Rolls, T.A. Acquittance Rolls, Contingent Vouchers, Miscellaneous Acquittance Rolls, Reward Acquittance Rolls and other prescribed Registers to establish the correctness of the items of receipt and expenditure. Proper observance of the Provisions contained in Chapter XX of the Mysore Financial code will also be examined.
iii) Salary and Allowances: Records including service register relating to the preparation of claims on account of salary and allowances, prescribed subsidiary registers for recovery of advances, Funds Life Insurance Premier etc., draft pay bill and acquittances for all drawals, attendance register and other records to establish the claims, acquittances in respect of preparation of pay bills by the Circle Police and other Officers authorised in this behalf, sanctions and claims on account of reimbursement of Medical Expenses will be scrutinized.
iv) Travelling Allowance:- Scrutiny of Travelling Allowance claims with reference to the Tour Journals, Attendance Registers, Log Books Duty Abstracts etc. and the maintenance of the Travelling Allowance Acquittance and other prescribed Registers, Register of Travelling Allowance bills countersigned and prompt settlement of claims.
v) Contingencies:- Scrutiny of Contingent Register and Contingent Vouchers under the several Budget heads, such as, Ordinary Contingencies, Service Postage Labels, Up-Keep of vehicle etc. and orders of sanction. Proper maintenance of Log Book and other prescribed registers in respect of expenditure on Motor Vehicles will be examined critically to ensure that the vehicles have been used for the purposes prescribed and the payments on account of charges due are settled within the period prescribed.
Maintenance of necessary stock registers in respect of Furniture, Library Books, Stationery Equipment etc. and scrutiny by the Officers concerned will also be ensured.
vi) Scrutiny of the Registers for the preparation of bills relating to Rewards, Secret Service, Dieting and Moving Charges of accused in Police Custody, Fixed Contingencies (Oil and Petty Stationery for Thansa), petty construction and repairs, where such expenditure is incurred.
vii) Proper maintenance of Long Roll, allocation and increment register, leave and punishment Rolls, superannuation Register, Schedule of Establishment, Pension and Gratuity cases and other Service records will be examined and proper entries of leave, punishments, transfers etc. in the service registers, scrutinized.
viii) Audit of Sports Fund, Welfare Fund, Band Fund etc.
ix) Any other records and registers bearing on the maintenance of accounts, stores etc., will aslo be scrutinized.
8. The above items of work are only illustrative and not conclusive. The audit staff will look up to any other records and register that might be necessary to ensure that all requirements of accounts are observed.
STANDING ORDER NO. 567
No CB1-450/61, Dated 20th September 1961
Mode of addressing Demi-Official
Communications
* * * * *
It is noticed that there has been uniform procedure in the manner of addressing demi-official (D.O) communications by one Officer to another in the Department. Except in Rule NO. 197 of the Bombay Police Manual-Vol II, there are no specific rules in the Manuals of the other integrated areas. In order to lay down a common procedure in this matte, the following instructions are, issued.
1. Whenever Deputy Inspector General of Police or Superintendents of Police, address the Inspector General of Police the D.O. letter should begin with “Dear Sir”
2. Whenever Superintendents of Police address the Deputy Inspector General of Police or the Assistant Superintendents of Police / Deputy Superintendents of Police address the Superintendents of Police , the D.O. letter should began with “Dear Sir”
3. When a higher Officer addresses a lower Officer for example, the Inspector General of Police is addressing the Deputy Inspector General of Police or the Superintendents of Police and the Deputy Inspector General of Police addressing the Superintendents of Police, the salutation “Dear (name)” should be used. There is no need to address “Dear Sir or so & so”
4. Between Officers of equal rank the salutations “Dear Sri (name)” should be used if the addressee is senior and “Dear (name)” should be used if the address is of equal seniority of junior.
5. All the D.O. letters should close with “Yours sincerely”.
6. Except for social purposes or in reply to congratulatory messages etc. Assistant Superintendents of Police and Deputy Superintendents of Police, should not ordinarily address D.O. Letters to the Inspector General of Police or the Deputy Inspector General of Police.
7. There should be no D.O. correspondence between Superintendents of Police and Inspectors of Police
8. If the addressee is one outside the Department and superior in status, he should be addressed as “Dear Sir”.
9. If the addressee is one outside the Department and equal in status or junior in status, he should be addressed as “Dear Shri (name).
10. If the addressee is one outside the Department and is well acquainted, he may at the discretion of the addressor, be addressed as “Dear (name)”
11. while addressing Deputy Commissioners ordinarily “Dear Shri (name)” should be used unless the Officers are well known to each other in which case they may address as “Dear (name)”
STANDING ORDER NO. 560
No 63/SA4/61, Dated 25th September 1961
Furniture to the Police Station and
Out-posts Scale of supply of
* * * * *
In supersession of this office Memo No. 34/SA4/58, dated 3-7-1958, the following scales for the supply of furniture to Police Stations and Out-posts are prescribed.
POLICE STATIONS
Sub-Inspectors
One table and one chair for each Sub Inspector sanctioned in the reorganisation schemes.
Station Writers
Every station writer whether he is a Head Constable or a Police Constable, or Head Constable and Police Constable, as sanctioned in the Reorganisation schemes should have each a table and a chair.
Other Head Constables
One table and one chair for all Head Constables. Where the sanctioned strength of Head Constables is three and more, such Police Stations will have two chairs instead of one.
Other Articles:
1. One bench
2. One record box
3. One record rack
4. Two Hurricane Lanterns
5. One looking glass of size 36” X 18”
Police Out post:
1. One table
2. One Chair
3. One bench
4. One record box
5. One hurricane Lantern
The Superintendents of Police will take action for the supply requisite quantity of furniture to the Police Stations and Out-post according to the scale prescribed above. Wherever necessary, sanction of competent authority should be obtained for the purchase of furniture.
The specifications of the furniture articles as detailed in the annexure should be invariably insisted whenever quotations are call for from contractors, preference being given to articles manufacture at the Jails and Government Industrial Institutions. The rule of procedure prescribed in letter No. SPC. 47659-808 dated 17-10-56 of the Secretary, Stores Purchase Committee Bangalore, (copy of which was forwarded with this Office Memo No. A7.C.362 56 dated 19-11-1956) be followed while calling for quotations.
ANNEXURE
1. The articles should be manufactured according to the specifications detailed in the schedule out of well seasoned Mysore Teakwood free from all defects such as, Knots, bends, white sapewood, etc. If teak wood is not available, rosewood may be used for the manufacture of the articles.
2. The soundness of all the articles should be guaranteed for one year, during which period the defects that may be noticed by the Department will have to be rectified by the contractors at their cost.
SCHEDULE
1. Table for S.I.s and for out-posts
Teakwood table with two drawers and partitions complete with good locks and keys, size 4 X 2 ½ x 2 ½ turned or tapering legs 3” X 3”, thickness of planks I” not more than 3 planks to be used (without arch in the centre)
2. Table for Head Constables and Writers in Stations
Same as for (i) with size of 5” X 3” X 2 ½.
3. Chairs
Teakwood arm chairs bug-proof height of back 3” 2”, height in front 27” , plain plank seat 1” thick, 22 ½” in front and 11” behind 19” width; with plain legs. Not more than two planks to be used for the seats. Thickness of handles 2 ½ X 1” flat, and square handles 1 ½” square. The back should incline to there and should be curved in shape.
4. Benches:
Teakwood benches 6” X 1” X 18”, thickness of plank 1” 6 legs of 2” X 2” with cross bars of 1 3/4 “ X 1” with board putties 2 1/2 “ X 1” to support the planks.
5. Record Box
Teakwood boxes with iron hasp and staple, 3” X 2” X 1 1/2 “ thickness of planks 1” with bottom patties 2” X 8” and 4” iron or wooden handles (Two).
6. Record rack
Racks of size 75” X 36” X 15” with 5 shelves Steel racks of an equivalent size to be preferred.
STANDING ORDER NO. 570
No CB3-130/61, Dated 12th October 1961
Maintenance of Confidential Personal Files
Of Police Officers of and below the
Rank of Police Inspectors
Ref:- This Office Circulars Nos. CB3-5/58, dated
30-1-58, 4-2-58 and 11-3-58.
* * * * *
As laid down in this Office Circular No. CB3-5/58 dated 4-2-58, the Confidential Personal Files of Police Inspectors and corresponding ranks should be in the custody of the D.I.G. and those of S.I.s and corresponding ranks should be with the Ss.P. till recently the Confidential Personal Files of the Sub Inspectors of the Old Mysore area were maintained in this Office and they have been recently made over to the respective Ss.P. The Confidential Personal Files of Police Inspectors of the other areas have continued to be maintained in this Office. After examination of all aspects of the question, it has been decided that the Confidential Personal Files containing the periodical confidential reports on the Inspectors and Officers of corresponding ranks should, in future, be in the custody of the D.Is.G. and should be personally maintained by them. The files that are available in this Office will be sent to the concerned D.Is.G, shortly.
2. The D.Is.G. should immediately taken an account of the Confidential P.Fs of Police Inspectors in their Range and keep them in their personal custody.
3. During the last four years several diverse methods of maintaining the Confidential P.Fs of Police Officers have been noticed. It is also observed that they are not being maintained with as much care as this important work needs. This omission is partly due to the absence of definite instructions on certain points. Therefore, with a view to systematizing the maintenance of Confidential P.FS. of Police Officers (of the rank of P.Is and below), the following instructions are issued for the guidance of all the Reporting Officers and those who are required to maintain them:-
4. Filing
i) The Confidential Personal File of each Officer should contain.
a) Official Memorandum No. OSD 13 OMP 57 dated 13-7-1959.
b) Copies of all orders of punishment and commendations or appreciation of that work of the Officer.
c) A statement of rewards and punishments awarded to the Officer; and
d) Any other papers which are ordered to be filed in the Personal File of the Officer.
ii) All the papers in the Confidential Personal File should be serially page-numbered. The papers should be filed seriatim, the latest being field at the end.
iii) Two copies of the photo of the Officer should be pasted on a paper and it should be field ad the 2nd page of the Confidential Personal File; the first page being Form ‘C’ Prescribed in G.O. No. OSD 13 OMP 57 dated 13-7-57.
iv) The papers should be filed in thick and durable wrappers.
5. Number of copies of reports to be prepared
In this Office Circular dated 4-2-1958, instructions have been issued that the reports should be prepared in duplicate. As experience has shown that two copies are not necessary and as preparation of extra copies of Confidential documents leads to confusion etc. the reporting Officers will, in future, prepare only one copy of the periodical report and pass it on, through the prescribed channel to the Officer concerned who, after perusal, remarks, etc. will transmit it to the Officer who has to maintain the Confidential Personal File.
At present, there might be duplicate copies of the confidential reports or even duplicate personal files of some Officer with the Assistant/Deputy Superintendents of Police or Dy. Superintendents of Police or Deputy Inspector General of Police. These copies should be transmitted to the Officer who has to maintain the personal files, and who, on receipt, will file them along with the original, marking these as “copies”. In future the preparation of such duplicate copies or maintenance of duplicate P.Fs. should be discontinued.
6. Communication of adverse remarks:
The Officer who maintains the Confidential Personal Files is responsible to communicate the adverse remarks to the reported Office Officer. After the reports are received by them from the higher Officers they should communicate such of the adverse remarks which could be remedied and which are to be communicated. In this connection the attention of the D.Is.G. and the Ss.P. is drawn to this Officer Circular No. CB3-141/60 dated 8-12-1960 containing instructions is regard to the Communication of adverse remarks.
The receipt of the acknowledgement of the communication of the adverse remarks should be obtained and filed in the Confidential Personal File.
7. Abstracts of reports to be maintained.
The Ss.P. and the D.Is.G. should note a summary of the remarks for each period in the enclosed proforma and file the same at the top of the Confidential Personal File i.e., on top of the first page. Such a procedure was in force in the Old Mysore area and where such a summary already exists, no fresh summary need be prepared and the one existing may be continued. It is very necessary that these summaries are kept up-to-date as they give important information at a glance. The required number of forms will be supplied in due course.
8. Watch Register regarding receipt and disposal of Confidential Report.
As laid down in the Government Order No. OSD 13 OMP 57 dated 13-7-1957, a watch Register in the form prescribed by Government should be maintained by Ss.P. and D.Is.G it is observed that periodical Confidential reports are not promptly written up and transmitted. The Ss.P. and D.Is.G should see that a systematic follow up is made and the periodical reports are obtained or originated as the case may be and filed in the Confidential Personal File of each Officer.
9. Accounting of the Confidential Personal Files:
The Officers who are to maintain the Confidential Personal File should periodically check up the number of Confidential Personal Files in their custody, tally them with the number and names of Officers working in their jurisdiction. The differences should be promptly accounted for. For this purpose, a register in the proforma enclosed should be maintained by each Officer required to maintain Personal Confidential File.
10. Promotions from one rank to another:
On promotion of an Officer to a higher rank, whether officiating or substantive, the Personal Confidential File of the Officer should be forwarded forthwith duly stitched, to the Officer empowered to maintain the Confidential Personal Files of the higher rank. If the promotion is in the middle of a year, the Officer sending the Confidential Personal File should file a report therein in the prescribed form for the portion of the said year. The Confidential reports etc. relating to the period commencing from the date of promotion, should be filed in a fresh or new Confidential Personal File starting with form ‘C’ prescribed in the Government Order No. OSD 13 OMP 57 dated 13-7-1957. The Confidential Personal File relating to the lower rank should be neatly stitched and tagged to the new file, when the Officer is promoted to the gazetted rank, the Confidential Personal File should be sent to the Inspector General of Police.
11. Reversion to a lower rank:
When an officiating Dy.SP reverts, for want of a vacancy for other reasons, to his substantive appointment that portion of his Confidential Personal File relating to his non gazetted service (i.e., P.Is service) will be forwarded to the D.I.G. concerned and the portion relating to the Gazetted Service i.e., service as Dy. Superintendents of Police will be retained by the Inspector General of Police. Similarly when an Inspector General of Police Is reverted, his Confidential Personal File relating to the period of his service as Inspector shall be retained by the D.I.G. concerned etc.
12. Extracts of reports on Police Inspectors to be maintained in Chief Office.
The Asst. Inspector General of Police will keep in his personal custody a summary of the report for each of all the Police Inspectors and corresponding ranks in the State. These files will only contain a summary of the remarks made in the annual Confidential reports of the Police Inspectors and a statement of Good Service Entries or Rewards and Punishments awarded to the Inspector. The information required for complication of the summaries shall be extracted from the periodical Confidential reports received in Chief Office. The other information such as punishments etc,. shall be periodically ascertained from the D.Is.G. and the summaries kept up-to date.
As number or Confidential Personal Files are at present with in this Officer, the summaries in respect of such files shall be extracted and prepared before their despatch to the D.Is.G. in respect of files currently maintained by the D.I.s.G., the D.Is.G. concerned shall prepare and send summaries to the A.I.G.
13. As regards the writing of the periodical reports and their transmissions, the instruction issued in the Government Official Memorandum No. OSD 13 OMP 57 dated 13-7-57 and the supplementary instruction issued in this Office Circular No. CB3-141/60 dated 8-12-1960, Standing Order NO. 564 dated 9-8-61 and C.B. 1-382/61 dated 9-8-61 and 31-8-61 should be carefully studied and adhered to.
14. The receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged and compliance ensured.
Office of the ………………………..
MOVEMENT REGISTER OF CONFIDENTIAL PERSONAL FILES.
|Sl. No. |Name of the |Designation |From whom or to whom |Signature of the |Date of return |Signature of the |
| |Officer whose | |sent and when and in |DIG/SP |or filling with|DIG/SP |
| |P.F. has been | |what connection | |the other files| |
| |received or sent | | | | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |
STANDING ORDER NO. 574
No 12/Law/61, Dated 16th December 1961
Criminal Justice-Reciprocal arrangements
With the States regarding supply of copies
Of orders u/s 511 Cr.P.C., instructions
* * * * *
Section 511 of the Code of Criminal Procedure lays down that “In any enquiry, trial or other proceeding under this Code, a previous conviction or acquittal may be proved, in addition to any other mode provided by any law for the time being in force, by an extract certified under the hand of the Officer having the custody of the records f the Court in which such conviction or acquittal was had to be a copy of the sentence or order; or (b) in case of a conviction, either by a certificate signed by the Officer in-charge of the jail in which the punishment or any part thereof was inflicted, or by production of the warrant of commitment under which the punishment was suffered; together with, of the accused person with the person so convicted or acquitted”.
The Government of Andhra Pradesh in their letter No. HD 28/Police/61, dated 5-1-1961, moved the state Government for a reciprocal agreement for the free supply by the Police, of copies of orders under Section 511 of the Code of Criminal Procedure and according in their letter No. HD 29. CSP 61, dated 10-11-1961, addressed to the Government of Andhra Pradesh and copied to this Office, the State Government have entered into such agreement.
In their letter under advertence the State Government have stated that the High Court of Mysore, have agreed for the supply of copies of judgments, etc., free of cost by the Courts to the Police.
In view of the reciprocal agreement entered into by the Government of Mysore, with the Government of Andhra Pradesh, all the Superintendents of Police of the Districts are hereby informed that whenever documents as described in Clauses (a) and (b) of Section 511 of the Code of Criminal Procedure are required by the Police of Andhra Pradesh, they should see that the concerned Police obtain from the respective courts and the jails, such documents, and send them immediately to the Officer concerned, free of cost. Such “documents may also be obtained by the Police Officers of this State free of cost from the Andhra State Police, whenever necessary.
These instruction should strictly be adhered to.
STANDING ORDER NO. 575
No C.6-I02/60, Dated 3rd January 1962
Criminal Justice – Production of original
(document) complaint to the Court with
The FIR
* * * * *
In Sessions case No. 125 of 1960, the Sessions Judge, Belgaum has observed that the Police have not been sending with the FIR , the original complaint to the Court as soon as it is received by them, retaining with them a copy of it, and failure to do so is dangerous as the original complaint retained by the Police could be altered or re-written.
According toe Rules 95 and 106 of the Bombay Police Manual, Vol. III, a mere forwarding of the copy of the FIR, to the Jurisdictional Magistrate is sufficient as Section 157 of the Code of Criminal Procedure no where lays down that the original complaint should be forwarded to the Magistrate. The practice in the Bombay Karnataka area, therefore, appears to be that the original complaint is retained by the Police and a copy of it is sent to the Court along with the First Information Report form.
The rules in the Manuals governing this subject vary from region to region.
According to Rule 196 of the Mysore Police Manual, one copy of the FIR, will be retained in the Station and another will be forwarded direct without delay to the Magistrate having Jurisdiction except in cases coming under Clause (b) of the provision to Section 157of the Code of Criminal Procedure, which will be forwarded to the District or SDPO through the Inspector. The copies will be made by carbon process.
In the form prescribed by the erstwhile State of Mysore, for sending the FIR, the First Information is being recorded in the column printed therein the signature seal, or mark of the informant is affixed at the foot of the information and attested by the signature of the Officer recording it, and if original complaint is received in writing, it will be sent to the Court with the FIR.
According to Madras Police Standing Order No. 574, ordinarily one copy of the FIR will be retained in the Station and another will be forwarded without delay in the usual course of the Magistrate having jurisdiction, and a third with the Station House General Diary to the Superintendents of Police or SDPO through the Circle Police Inspector. The copies are made by carbon process.
In the form prescribed the erstwhile Government of Madras, there is, however, no indication as to what should be done when the complaint is given in writing to the Station House Officer, but according to the foot-note, the signature, seal or mark of the informant should be affixed at the foot of the information. The same procedure is laid down in Coorg Police Standing Order No. 197.
According to the Rule 146 of the Hyderabad Police Manual, if a written report regarding the commission of an offence is received, an exact copy will be made in the FIR, but the signature or thumb impression of the person who brought the report need not be taken. In all cases the Officer-in-charge of the Police Station will himself sign each copy of the FIR, and will seal it with the Police Station seal. One copy of the report will remain in the FIR Book, one copy will be given to the person who makes or brings the report, one copy will be sent forthwith to the District Superintendent of Police and the forth copy will be forwarded to the Magistrate concerned with the original written report if any attached.
Rule 95 of the Bombay Police Manual Vol. III, lays down that if the informant appears and gives information orally, it should be taken down verbatim on the reverse side of the left hand foil of the first available blank form in the First Information Book maintained at the Police Station. If the space on one form is insufficient for recording the information in full, it should be continued in the same manner on the reverse side of the next form and so on until the information has been recorded in full, and is should be authenticated by the signature or thumb impression of the informant. If the information is given in writing, it should be written in the First information Book, as aforesaid and got signed by the informant. The portion authenticated by the information should be retained in the Police Station and the other dispatched to the Magistrate as the First information required by the Section 157 Cr. P.C. If any additional copies of the F.I.Rs are required for the case papers of the Police Investigation or to be sent to the Out-Post, etc. they should be made on plain paper.
According to Rule 106 of the Bombay Police Manual Vol. III, the FIR has to be sent to the Magistrate before the Investigating Officer proceeds to investigate the facts & circumstances of the case & ordinarily this report will take the form of a copy of the First information recorded in the First information Report Book and should be sent to the Magistrate the object being that he must be orally informed and be in a position to act if necessary u/s 159 Cr. P.C. whenever a written complaint is presented it should be copied in the First information report Book and presenter’s signature or thumb impression as the case may be will have to be affixed to that copy. In other words a true copy will have to be made and the presenter’s attestation taken. The Rules prevailing in the Bombay Karnataka area do not lay down that the original complain presented to a Station House Officer should be forwarded to the Magistrate having jurisdiction but permits the Investigating Officer to retain it with him.
This diversity of procedure in the different integrated regions has now necessitated the introduction of uniformity.
It need hardly be said that a First information Report being the foundation of a case, is the most important document and it should in original reach, at the earliest possible time, the Magistrate having jurisdiction.
In the integrated areas of erstwhile Mysore, Hyderabad and Madras areas the original complaint itself is attached to the F.I.R. form and sent to the Court. Besides when First information is given orally at the Police Station, it is reduced to writing in the First Information Report form by carbon process in the Mysore, Coorg and Madras areas. But there is no provision in the Bombay Police Manual that when information is given orally to a Station House Officer the First Information Report should be prepared by carbon process. According to explanation (2) of Section 62 of the Evidence act, where a number of documents are made by one uniform process, as in the case of printing, lithography or photography etc., each is primary evidence of the contents of the rest but, where they are all copies of a common original, they are not primary evidence of the contents of the original.
It is, therefore, of utmost importance that First Information Reports should be prepared by carbon process.
Therefore the following instructions are hereby issued in the matter of the preparation of First Information Reports:
i) Where information relating to the commission of a cognisable offence is given to an Officer-in-charge of a Police Station orally, it should be reduced to writing in the First Information Report form in the space provided for it.
ii) When information relating to the commission of a cognisable offence is given in writing, it should be copied in the First Information Report form and to the copy of the First Information Report which is sent to Court, the original complaint given in writing should be affixed.
iii) The required copies of the First Information Report forms should be prepared by carbon process.
STANDING ORDER NO. 576
No C6 R.110/58, Dated 12th February 1962
Meetings of border Police Officers for
Effecting co-operation in connection
with the control of organized crime
and of criminals
* * * * *
In the draft Mysore Police Manual Volume I, Rule 617 (2) (a) to (d) Provisions were proposed for arranging meetings of border Police Officers for the purpose of effecting co-operation in connection with the control of organized crime and of criminals. The Government have in their letter No. HD 246 PEG.60 dated 6-12-1961 have approved the arrangements proposed in the draft Police Manual. The following instructions are therefore issued in the matter:
a) In order to secure satisfactory co-operation between the Police of neighbouring areas for the purpose of control of organized crime and of criminals, all Executive Officers from the rank of Sub-Inspectors to the District Superintendent of Police, both of the District and of Railway Police, should keep up frequent and confidential intercourse by correspondence and meetings with Officers of corresponding ranks in the areas bordering their jurisdiction, whether within or outside the state of Mysore. Meetings should take place when there is current matter for personal discussions and may be held on the frontier or elsewhere as found convenient. They should take place as often as is necessary for the purpose for which they are intended and no year should be allowed to pass without atleast one meeting.
b) Similar meetings should also be effected by range Deputy Inspector General of Police with bordering Deputy Inspector General of Police within the state and with Officers of corresponding ranks of bordering areas beyond the state when necessary for co-ordinating steps to be taken in regard to the control of crime and criminals. The meetings should be held every year in the bordering states and this state by rotation.
c) Sub-Divisional Officers and District Superintendents of Police should see that the meetings contemplated above are effected by Officers of the rank of Sub-Inspector and Police Inspector serving under them. Range Deputy Inspector General of Police should see that similar meetings are effected by the Gazetted Officers serving under them and send a report to the Inspector General of Police on the 15th January each year as to whether this rule has been complied with. In this report they should also state what meetings they have themselves effected during the preceding calendar year with the bordering Deputy Inspector General of Police.
d) Except in cases of emergency, the Officers subordinate to the District Superintendents of Police must obtain his permission before proceeding out of the District and District Superintendents of Police and Deputy Inspector General of Police must obtain the permission of the Inspector General of Police before they visit another state for the purpose of such meetings. If owing to emergency an Officer leaves his District or proceeds to another state without obtaining previous permission, the journey should be subsequently get sanctioned and ratified by the authority competent to grant permission.”
2. All the Deputy Inspector General of Police and Superintendents of Police see that the border meetings contemplated under paras (a) and (b) are arranged from this year onwards. The Deputy Inspector General of Police should also send the first report in the matter on 15th January 1963 and further reports on 15th January of each year.
3. The receipt of this Standing Order may please be acknowledged.
STANDING ORDER NO. 577
No Pen-C1-14/62, Dated 13th February 1962
Prompt settlement of pension, Provident
fund , insurance and other claims of
Ex-Government Servants – Submission of
A.B.C. and D. Monthly statements
* * * * *
The attention of all Deputy Inspector General of Police and Superintendents of Police and other Unit Office or the Department is drawn to Government Order No. FD. 335 PEN 61 dated 25-10-61 published in Part I of the Mysore Gazette dated 23-11-1961 containing detailed instructions for the speedy disposal of all pension and D.C.R.G. Provident fund, Insurance and other claims of Ex-Government servants.
2. All Officers should in future, furnish the A.B.C. and D. statements now prescribed by the Government so as to reach this Office on or before the 20th of every month to enable this Office too send the statements to the Government on the 25th of each month. The detailed instructions for the preparation of these statements contained in the G.O. should be carefully followed and the statements in duplicate in the prescribed proforma neatly prepared in a complete form should be sent to this Office, so as to reach this Office on or before the due date without fail. The statements for January, 1962 due on 20-2-1962 should be sent immediately.
3. The attention of all Officers is also invited to para 7 of the G.O. according to which an official of sufficient experience integrity and initiative should be entrusted with the processing of such cases. The action taken in this behalf should be reported to this office immediately.
4. They are also informed that they will be held personally responsible for the compliance of instructions contained in the G.O.
5. The statements prescribed in O.M. No. F.D. 60 PID. 60 dated 1-11-1960, communicated with this Office endorsement No. Pen. C1-220/60 dated 4-1-1961 may hereafter be discontinued.
STANDING ORDER NO. 579
No C6 R.110/58, Dated 12th February 1962
Maintenance and accounting of furniture
and other articles of Office equipment
in the Chief Office Detailed
instructions issued for the
* * * * *
The following instructions are issued for proper accounting and maintenance of Furniture and other related Office equipment in the Office of the Inspector General of Police:-
2. All items of furniture and Office equipment received from any source i.e., by direct purchase in the open market or through the S.P.C contractors, or by manufacture by Departmental carpenters or by transfer from other Offices etc., should be immediately brought to account in the Register of Furniture, prescribed in from 34-A under article 166 M.F.C. 1958 and full details of the article – date of purchase, amount paid and the reference to the bill under which payment is made, the Office from which the article is received, the cost of raw materials in respect of articles manufacture Departmentally etc., should be recorded against each item.
3. Simultaneously, with the making of the entry in the Register of Furniture, action should be taken to have the identification serial No. painted on each item of article. The identification numbers should be preceded by letters ‘Inspector General of Police’ indicating the Office of the Inspector General of Police. No article should be allotted to any Section, without the identification number being painted.
4. An entry should also be made under relevant Folio of the “Stock Book of Stores and Dead Stock” in From 34 prescribed under article 165 M.F.C.
5. For facilitating watching, stock taking, transfer, condemnation etc., an Index Register known as “Register of Classified Index of Furniture: in the proforma noted below should be maintained. This index Register gives at a glance the present location, condition of the article and provides for a remarks column to note transfers, repairs condemnation etc.
PROFORMA
|Sl. |IGP |Section |Remarks |
|No. |No. | | |
| | | | |
6. Before the bill for the supply of an article of furniture or Office equipment is passed for payment, a certificate that the article has been duly entered in the Furniture Register under Sl. No. …….. and allotted IGP No ………… should be furnished in the bill by the official in charge of Furniture.
7. A list of articles of furniture and Office equipment in each of the Sections of the Office and chambers of the Officers should be prepared and pasted on a board in a conspicuous place in each Section or room. The Superintendent or the senior official in charge of the Section is held responsible for the safety of the articles noted therein. The officials of the section who use the articles are responsible for the proper upkeep and use of the article.
8. The Jamedar, Daffedar and the Dalayats in attendance in the chambers of the Officers will be held responsible for the safety of all articles in the respective chambers. They should daily check each article while cleaning the chambers.
9. The Jamedar of the Office is responsible for the furniture and other articles left in the open in the Office premises (visitors’ room – Fire extinguishers etc)., He should see that Dalayats on duty account for these articles daily, during their periods of duty.
10. A copy of section-wise lists of Furniture shall be bound and maintained by the official in charge of furniture.
11. No article should be removed, exchanged or replaced without the specific orders in writing from the Manager. When an order is passed for the transfer or removal of an item, the same should be effected after making necessary entries in the lists of the concerned sections and also in the consolidated list.
12. Whenever any furniture article require repairs, the Superintendent of the Section concerned should report the fact furnishing the identification number of the article and the nature of repairs needed etc. the official in charge of furniture should take action by preparing a consolidated list of articles requiring repairs and obtain necessary orders for effecting repairs. Such repairs should be effected at least once a quarter.
13. All articles of wooden furniture should be got periodically polished, say once a year, through Departmental carpenters by purchasing the required varnish, brush etc.
14. Every half year, a list of furniture articles and Office equipment which have become unserviceable etc., shall be prepared and orders obtained for their condemnation disposal etc.
15. The stock of furniture articles should be verified once a year in April, as required under article 169 Mysore Financial Code the stock verification should be conducted by a Gazette Officer and a certificate of verification recorded in the Furniture Register.
16. The official in charge of the Furniture should frequently check the items in each Section and ensure that no articles is removed or displaced.
17. All articles intended for repairs and condemnation should be stocked in the dead stock room pending repairs or disposal as per rules. This room should be under the charge of the Furniture Clerk.
18. On occasions when seats have to be arranged for Conferences and meetings in the Office, a list of furniture taken from each of the Section should be made and the articles returned to those Sections after the meeting is over.
19. All officials are required to use the furniture articles provided to them with utmost care and keep them neat and clean, they should particularly avoid spoiling the tables by spilling ink, gum etc., They should fully co-operate with the Furniture Clerk in the arrangement and removal of furniture articles.
20. The official in charge of furniture should freely avail the services of Attenders and the Jamedars and Daffedars of the Office during conferences and meetings and while shifting furniture articles from one room to the other.
21. A copy of this Standing Order is also sent to all Deputy Inspector General of Police, Superintendents of Police and Unit Officers. Though the instructions are ment for the Chief Office, they are made known to others for adoption with such local modification and simplification as is necessary for proper accounting and maintenance of Furniture and Office equipment.
STANDING ORDER NO. 580
No . 15/Law/62, Dated 6th April 1962
Suspension of Arms licence held by
Officers under suspension
* * * * *
Government have ordered that Officers who are placed under suspension pending departmental enquiry should not be allowed to hold government arms and ammunition and also that the personal licences granted in their favour should be suspended, as there is likelihood of the arms and ammunition being misused.
According to Rule 23 under the Schedule to the IPS Uniform Rule revolver or (at the option of each Officer) an automatic pistol forms part of the uniform of the IPS or IP Officers. Similarly under Rule 17 of Schedule 11 of the Mysore State Police Service Uniform Rules, revolver or at the option of each officer an automatic pistol forms part of the uniform of a Gazetted Police Officer of the Service. No separate licence is obtained by these Officers to possess the weapons. In addition to the revolver or the automatic pistol which they may possess, and Officer may have weapons covered b personal licences. As far as Non-Gazetted Police Officers are concerned, there are no such provisions as mentioned above. But they may be in possession of Government arms and ammunitions.
The following instructions are issued for the guidance all, Officers in the matter of surrendering of arms by officers placed under suspension.
1) All Government arms and ammunition issued to an Officer Gazetted or other wise should be surrendered to Govt. the moment such an officer ceases to function as such (i.e. suspension, dismissal, etc.) as the arms and ammunition issued to him are for the purpose of his duties as a Police officer.
ii) As regards the question on surrendering/depositing arms owned by an Officer, which forms part of his uniform, the Officer concerned should be asked to deposit them in case they are of prohibited bore.
As regards the question of suspension or cancellation of licences granted for the possession of arms, attention of the SsP. is drawn to Sec.18 of the Indian Arms Act, according to which a licence may be cancelled or suspended by the appropriate authority. If he considers it necessary for the security of the public peace that such cancellation or suspension is necessary. Rule 41 B of the Indian Arms Rules lays down that the appropriate authority canceling or suspending a licence under Clause (a) of Section. 18 should record in writing his reasons for refusal or cancellation and a copy of the reasons furnished on request to the person affected, unless he considers that the disclosure of such reasons is prejudicial to public interest. It will thus be seen from the above that the criteria for such cancellation or suspension are that they should contribute for the security of the public peace. The case of each Officer, will, therefore, depend upon its own circumstances and so long as it is necessary to maintain the public peace, action should be taken to move the appropriate authority for the cancellation suspension of such licences as the case may be.
The above instruction should be strictly followed.
STANDING ORDER NO. 581
No. 87/CSI/62, 5th June 1962
* * * * *
1. According to Articles. 173 Mysore Financial code 1958, all books and periodicals received in an Office will be dealt with as laid down in the Manual of General Circulars and Standing Orders and entered an a register Form 36.
2. Rule 45 of the Manual of General Circulars and Standing Orders lays down that:-
1) All books and periodicals belonging to the library of each office should be placed under the charge of the Head Clerk or some responsible official, and kept, where practicable, in a separate cabinet almirah or room.
2) A catalogue of the office library should be prepared and revised from time to time.
3) No book should be lent to strangers without the permission of the Head of the Office, and
4) A receipt may be taken from any person removing a book, to be returned to him or cancelled when the book is returned.
i) According to Rule 26 the Librarian should take charge of all books and publications made over to him.
ii) Maintain the Library Catalogue up-to-date by entering therein all receipts immediately.
iii) Label correctly all receipts and deposit them in their appropriate places.
iv) Keep series of serial publications in a separate file till they are complete for being bound and take orders for binding collections.
v) Insert correction slips in volumes of enactements, rules, etc.
vi) Report loss or injury and promptly obtain orders about replacement or repair.
vii) Submit monthly reports of books removed and not returned..
viii) And maintain a register of books and publications received.
Rule 47 lays down that the library should be examined by a responsible officer once in five years and all obsolete and unnecessary books removed the Library catalogue being suitable amended at the same time.
Rule 48 requires that every officer on receiving charge of an office to which a Library is attached must satisfy himself as to that State of the library and unless he then reports that the books are cut of order, it will be assumed that he received the library in good order and he will be held thenceforward personally responsible for any defect.
3. In accordance with the general principles laid down in the Mysore Financial Code and the Manual of General Circulars and Standing Orders referred to above the library of the office of the Inspector General of Police will function as per directions contained herein:-
4. All books and publications (excepting periodicals and periodical journals) whether paid from Government or not, should be entered chronologically in the library register in from 1, as and when received. The entries in the register should contain full particulars of the publication such as name of the book. The General serial number of the register should be marked on the book or publication clearly. All entries in the register should be got attested by the head of the Office. In the remarks column the serial number and classification symbol should be entered.
5. All books and publications entered in the library register shall be classified according to subjects and entered in the register Form 11, and separate catalogues maintained for each classification. For the present the following classification symbols will be adopted.
i) “ACT” - All Acts and Rules will come under this classification. In the catalogue, the publications will be entered in the alphabetical order, For example all copied of Criminal procedure Code will come under letter “C”, copies of Motor Vehicle Act under “M” and so on, and the classification serials noted against each.
ii) “ JNL” – All Law journals, Digests, Indian Law Reports and such publications come under this classification, and the catalogue will be according to the alphabetical order, of the publication, indicating classification Sl. No. of the publications.
iii) “POL” - All books dealing with Police and crime either directly or indirectly will be brought under this classification. Al journals like the Indian Pl Journals, International Police Journal etc., will be brought in this classification when the journals are bound and brought on the library register. The catalogue will be prepared according to alphabetical order and classification serial number indicated.
iv)“MNL”-All Police and other Departmental Manuals including Books on Accounts, service Registers etc., will be brought under this classification and the catalogue prepared in the alphabetical order noting the classification Sl. No. against each.
v) MIS” - All books in fiction, poetry, biography , history etc., which do not deal with Police and Crime will be brought under this classification. In this classification all books on general subjects will be entered and the catalogue prepared in alphabetical order showing classification Sl. No.
vi) “GEN” :- All books of General reference, such as Administration reports, civil Lists, Gazettes, Dictionaries etc., will come under this classification, and the catalogue will be prepared according to alphabetical order of the publication and classification Sl. No. noted against each.
It will be possible to bring in all books and publications received in the office under one or the other of the above six classifications.
6. Separate Registers should be maintained for each classification in form 11 and the books entered there in and the General serial number of the register noted clearly.
In the remarks column particulars or disposal of the item when made may be recorded.
7. Separate catalogue of books under each classification shall be maintained and the publications entered in Alphabetical order.
8. The books and publications will be arranged according to the classification symbol in chronological order, according to serial numbers and each book should clearly indicate the Library general Number, Classification and serial number, date of registration and cost. For this purpose a rubber stamp will be used as per specimen noted below.
Police Department
Chief Office Library
General No …………..
Classification &
Serial Number …………
Date of Registeration…………….
Cost………….
Librarian
9. An issue Register will be maintained where in details of the books or publication issued shall be entered. The official or officer requiring any library books for use shall give a requisition slip in form 111 furnishing the name of the book of publication required under his full signature. The requisition slip will contain full information of the library No. Classification serial number and name of the book. The details of the book, date of issue, and the officer to whom the book is issued will be entered in the Issue register in Form 1V and the signature of the receiving official obtained. No book shall be retained for a period of more than 15 days from the date of issue and I n cases where the book is necessary for retention beyond the period, the requisition s be renewed for further periods, necessary when a book or publication has already been issued and not available in the Library, a remark to this effect will be made in the Requisition Slip and returned to the indentor. The issue slip after the issued of the book will be placed in the relevant place in the library almirah and removed on the replacement by the book. The requisition slip on return of the book will be returned to the indentor with note of the return, with date initials of the Librarian.
10. In respect of periodical journals and other periodicals, a separate register will be maintained in Form V. One or two pages as may be necessary may be set apart for each publication and the periodical as and when received entered and kept separately. Proper receipt of the periodicals as they become due should be watched and the concerned addressed for supply in case of non-receipt in time. After the close of that year and when the periodical for the full year is received, they should be got bound after obtaining the necessary orders and brought on the library register and deal with. A note should be made in the periodical register.
11. The librarian will be responsible for the proper custody and care of the library and should arrange for the physical verification of the Library on the 31st March every year as required in Act 173 M. F. C. 1958. He should also maintain the catalogue of books upto date by revising it from time to time as and when books are added to that library. He should submit monthly statements of books issued and not returned within the stipulated time, and obtain necessary orders. He should also prepare list of books of publications which are either obsolete or unnecessary or unserviceable and obtain orders for their disposal. Entries should be made in the library general registers and Classification Register before actual disposal.
12. All action for the purchase of books and publications will be dealt by the Librarian and the Cash Section will arrange payments on a certificate from the librarian. All loses or damages should be reported promptly and necessary orders obtained.
FORM-NO. I
Library Register of the Office of the Inspector General of
Police, Mysore State, Bangalore.
|Library |From whom received |Date of receipt |Name of Book, Name of the author|
|General | | |and year of publication |
|Number | | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |
FORM NO. III
Chief Office Library
Requisition Slip
1. Sl. No. in the Issue Register.
2. Name or Book of Publication
Required with classification
Sl. No.
3. Name and designation of the
Indentor
4. Signature with date of Indentor
5. Date of Issue with the initials of
Librarian
6. Date of return and initials of
Librarian
7. Remarks
FORM NO. IV
Register of issue of Library Books from Chief Office Library.
|Sl. No. |To whom issued (name & |Name of book or |Classification and Sl. |Date of issue |
| |designation) |Publication |No. of the Book | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |
STANDING ORDER NO. 582
No. C. 3-83/62, Dated 16th June 1962
Factious murders and other Offences
Prevention of instructions issued
* * * * *
Despite repeated and clear instruction issued time to time, for the adoption of measures for the prevention offences, are view of the grave crime n my Office, has revealed tat the preventive action taken in the District for the timely prevention of factious murders and other offences, is neither satisfactory nor prompt. In several either no action was taken or if action was taken, it was belated. In the latter class, the proceedings instituted in the Courts unduly protracted, defeating their very object, and in some cases, the proceedings have been dropped as a result of the expiry of the bonds fixed under Section 112 of the Code of Criminal procedure. This is not satisfactory. The following instructions are hereby issued for the strict guidance of all concerned.
1) The Superintendents of Police should at once personally satisfy themselves that every Station House Officer in their jurisdictions has maintained :
i) a list of villages in which either factions existed : or exist and
ii) a rowdy check register.
1) If the list and the register are incomplete, they should at once be brought up-to-date.
2) The instruction conveyed in Standing Order Nos. 328 and 376 h strictly be followed and a close watch maintained over the activities of rival parties and other rowdies.
3) Proceedings under section 107 of the Code of Criminal Procedure against any rowdy oar member of a factious party, should promptly and at the right time, be instituted.
4) Before the institution of such proceedings prompt action should be taken under section 151 of the Code of Criminal Procedure and all persons, rowdies or members of a factious party deigning to commit cognizable offences, should be arrested.
5) Immediately after such arrests, they should be produced before the jurisdictional Magistrate along with the final report for action under section 107 of the Code of Criminal Procedure.
6) In cases in which is not possible to invoke the said of the provisions of Sections 151 of the Code of Criminal Procedure (i.e. where the offences designed are non-cognizable, by the commission of which, a breach of the peace ensues or is likely to ensue) the Investigating Officer should on the very day he institutes proceedings under Section107 of the Code of Criminal Proceedings under Section 107 of the Code of Criminal Procedure move the Court and obtain a warrant of arrest under the proviso to Section 114 of the Code, arrest the person or persons concerned, and produce them before the Court.
In addition to taking action as described in Paras (3) to (7), the Investigation Officer instituting Prosecuting Officer, file an application moving the court to bind over under Sub-section (3) of Section 117 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, the person or person proceeded against, pending completion of the enquiry under Sub-section (1) of the said section.
8) Whenever an order sub-section (3) of Section 117 of the Code of Criminal Procedure for interim security is passed by a Court, the Investigating and Prosecuting Officer should personally satisfy and are able to exercise control over those, for whom they have offered themselves as sureties. Otherwise the Prosecuting Officer should promptly move the Court for the rejection of the sureties.
9) Whenever interim security is furnished and the persons proceeded against closely watch their movements and activities and bring to the notice of the Prosecuting Officer all incidents which amount to a violation of the terms of the interim security bond. The Prosecuting Officer should then move the Court for taking action to forfeit the interim bonds and to remand them to custody.
10) The investigation & Prosecuting Officers should on no account protract the proceedings in the Court. They should take all such action as is necessary for the successful and expeditious termination of the proceedings.
11) In cases instituted either under Sections 109 or 110 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, similar action as indicated in Paras 3 to 10 and Section 55 of the Code of Criminal Procedure should be taken.
These instruction should be strictly adhered to
STANDING ORDER NO. 582-A
No. C. 3-83/62, Dated 9th June 1962
Factious murders and other Offences
Prevention of instructions issued
* * * * *
In the place of instruction No. 5 substitutes the following:-
5) Immediately after such arrests they should be produced before the jurisdictional Magistrate along with the final report for action under Section 107 of the Code of Criminal Procedure.
Note:-
i) If the offences for the prevention of which arrests are made, are bailable offences, the persons arrested should be questioned whether they are willing to furnish bail, if they furnish satisfactory bail, they should forthwith be released; otherwise they should be produce before the jurisdictional Magistrate as indicated above.
ii) In proof of having questioned the accused as above said, a record should be made in the diary.
STANDING ORDER NO. 583
No.33/LAW/1-J/61, Dated 17th June 1962
Judicial strictures on Investigations and
Prosecutions – Avoidance of instructions
issued
* * * * *
Despite clear instruction issued in Standing Order No. 457 and Paragraphs 4 and 5 of Standing Order No. 284 the review of judgments in criminal cases ending in discharge or acquittal, by the Superintendents of Police, is not satisfactory. From the fact that the same defects and lapses are being pointed out in several judgments of the Sessions and High Courts, delivered from time to time, it is evident that no proper instructions are being issued by the Superintendents of Police for their avoidance or rectification.
In Super session of Standing Order No. 457 and Paragraphs 4 and 5 of Standing Order No. 284, the following revised instructions are hereby issued for the guidance of all concerned:-
1) As soon as a judgment in a criminal case filed by the Police is pronounced in the Court of a Magistrate, the concerned Prosecuting Officer and Investigating Officer should study the judgment and find out if there are any strictures or other remarks. Either generally on the investigation or prosecution of the case; or specifically against any Police Officer or other Government servant.
2) If in any judgment there are such strictures or remarks, the Prosecuting Officer should at once obtain a copy of the judgment and send it with his remarks to the Superintendents of Police through the Investigating officer who should add his own comments. The Superintendents of Police should examine the judgment and forward it to the concerned Deputy Inspector-General of Police with his report, mentioning the instructions issued for their avoidance in the subsequent cases and the action taken against the defaulting Police Officers. The concerned Deputy Inspector-General of Police should review the judgment vis-a-vis the Superintendent’s report and transmit the records to the Chief Office with his remarks.
3) As soon as a judgment in a criminal case is pronounced in the Court of a sessions judge, the Investigating Officer should go through the judgment and if it contains any strictures or remarks a aforesaid, he should in writing request the Public Prosecutor to obtain a copy of the judgment and forward it to the Superintendents of Police with his remarks. In Proof of having done so, the Investigating Officer should send a report to the Superintendents of Police in which he should also furnish his remarks on the judgment. On receipt of the judgment copy, the Superintendents of Police and the Deputy Inspector General of Police should take action as indicated in paragraph (2).
4) In the case of judgments pronounced by the High Court containing strictures or remarks, the Government have already been addressed to instruct the Advocate-General to send with his comments a copy of the judgment to the concerned Superintendents of Police. On its receipt, ate Superintendents of Police and the concerned Deputy Inspector General of Police should take action as indicated in Paragraph (2), after obtaining, if necessary, the remarks of the concerned investigating and prosecuting officers.
5) The Superintendents of Police, while furnishing his remarks required under Paragraph (2) should specifically mention whether or not the strictures or remarks are justified; and if unjustified what action he has taken for their expunction. The Deputy Inspector General of Police should also furnish his specific opinion on this point.
6) Whenever a Superintendents of Police find that any strictures or other animadversion, either against a Police Officer or generally on the investigation or prosecution of the case, are wholly unjustified or excessive and deserve expunction, he should take prompt action to move the Additional District Magistrate for obtaining the opinion of the Advocate-General and for addressing the Government for sanction to move the High Court, for expunction.
7) If the Advocate-General makes a recommendation and the Government sanction the filing of a revision for the expunction of the strictures or other remarks, the Superintendents of Police should at once send to this office a copy of the Government Order and make available to the Advocate-General all the records he may require in this behalf for filing the revision.
(8) If the Advocate-General does not make a recommendation and the Government refuse to take action, the opinion of the Advocate-General and the orders of the strictures or other remarks are justified. The Superintendents of Police should ten take appropriate action against the defaulting Police Officers.
(9) In either of the cases mentioned in paragraphs (7) and (8) the Superintendents of Police should send a copy of the Order of the Government to the Chief Office.
(10) Whenever a revision is filed in the high Court for the expunction of the strictures or other adverse remarks, the Superintendents of Police should obtain from the Advocate-General a copy of the judgment and send it to this office.
(11) If the High Court decline to expunge the strictures r other remarks and maintain that they are justified, the Superintendents of Police should take appropriate action for their avoidance in the subsequent cases and also institute departmental proceedings against the defaulting Police Officers. He should send a report of action taken to this office.
(12) Every Deputy Inspector General of Police and Superintendents of Police should maintain a Register of judicial strictures in which he should note:-
a) Station Crime Number;
b) Court Case Number;
c) Date of judgment;
d) A brief description of the judicial strictures;
e) Action taken on the strictures; and
f) Instructions issued for rectification or avoidance.
The Register is useful for the officers to have an overall impression of the judicial appreciation of the standards of investigation and prosecution in a District.
13) The Inspecting Officers at the time of their inspections should particularly satisfy themselves that this Register has been properly maintained by the Deputy Inspector General of Police/Superintendents of Police and that he has issued correct and appropriate instructions for improving the investigation and prosecution in his District. The inspecting Officers should make specific mention about their having checked the Register, in their Inspection Notes.
14) Every judgment sent under this Standing Order should reach the Chief Office within one month from the date of its pronouncement.
These instructions are in addition to the instructions conveyed in Standing Order No. 361 and should be strictly adhered to.
Copy to All Sections in the Chief Office.
15) As soon as a copy of the judgment with the remarks of the officers as indicated in paragraphs (2),(3) and (4) is received in the Chief Office, the Crime Branch should at once examine it (with reference to the relevant grave crime file, if it is a judgment in grave crime) and pass on the file to the law section obtaining the orders of the concerned Assistant Inspector General of Police.
16) The Law Section should examine the judgment and the remarks furnished by the various officers and take action for the issued of appropriate instructions for the rectification of the defects and lapses pointed out in the judgment.
17) Whenever a copy of the judgment is received in the other Sections of the Chief Office and it contains strictures or remarks against any Police Officer or on the investigation or prosecution of a case, the concerned section Superintendent should obtain the orders of the Assistant Inspector General of Police and send the judgment to the Law Section. The Law Section should take action as indicated in paragraph (16).
18) Whenever a copy of the judgment referred to in Paragraph (10) is received in the Chief Office the Crime Branch should endorse it to the Law Section and the Law Section should examine the judgment and take appropriate action.
19) On receipt of a copy of the order referred to in Paragraph (9), the Crime Branch should immediately endorse a copy to the Law Section and the Law Section should examine the order and take action to issue suitable instructions.
20) Whenever any subject or other important matter is required to be examined in the Law Section, the Section Superintendents of the other Sections should whenever require by the Deputy Superintendent of Police, Law Section, supply him with all the information and the relevant files he may need in that behalf.
21) Whenever the Inspection Notes of a District. Police Office is received in the Chief Office, the Crime Branch should examine it and see whether the instructions conveyed in Paragraph (3) have been complied with and refer any points of interest to the Law Section for further action.
22) All departmental action arising out of judicial strictures in the judgments of Courts should be pursued by the Crime Branch of the Chief Office till final disposal.
23) The Law Section in the Chief Office should maintain a Register of judicial Strictures as indicated in Instruction No. 12.
STANDING ORDER NO. 584
No 331/Law/59(PMS) Dated 3rd November 1962
Constitution of Band Fund in the
Armed Reserve
* * * * *
1. With a view to giving colour, proper tempo and music for Police Parades on Ceremonial occasions and also for providing buglars, bands, have been sanctioned in the re-organisation schemes by Government in certain districts where sufficient Armed Police strength exists.
2. Proposals were sent to Government for the constitution of Band Fund at District Head-quarters and M.A.R.P., Bangalore and the rules for the administration of Band Fund. The Government, in their Order No. HD. 24 PPA 61 dated 21-8-1962 annexed to this Standing Order have approved the same.
3. The following supplementary instructions are issued for implementing the Band Rules approved by the Government.
(1) The rules prescribed in G.O.No. HD 24 PPA 61 dated 21-8-1962 will not apply to the Mysore Government Orchestra and the M.S.R.P. Bands.
(2) The personnel of the Band should be found from the sanctioned strength of the active platoons of the Armed Reserve, as no separate staff is sanctioned for the purpose. It shall consist of a Band Master, Assistant Band Master and the required number of bandsmen.
(3) In the District where bands are actually functioning the Superintendents of Police concerned should bring the strength to the required strength.
(4) In the District where bands have been sanctioned but not yet organized, the Superintendents of Police concerned will take action for the formation of Band by selecting suitable persons from the Armed Reserve.
(5) Where all the instruments already exist, no action is called for. However, where there are no instruments or there are deficiencies in the instruments, the cost of the initial supply will be borne by the Government as provided in Rule 3 of the Band Rules. All such initial purchases shall be made after obtaining competent sanction and following the prescribed purchase procedure.
(6) A separate stock register of Band articles existing should be opened and details of the instruments, cost at the time of purchase authority for purchase etc., should be recorded. Further purchases and disposals should be recorded in this Register. When bands are newly created, a similar register should be opened and dealt with.
(7) As provided in Rule 6, ordinarily, initial training will be Imparted either at M.A.R.P Palace Guards, Mounted company, Mysore or a M.A.R.P. Bangalore. Arrangements should be made for such training in consultation with the concerned trough the Deputy Inspector General of Police of the Range.
(8) Similarly as provided for in Rule 7, arrangements should be made to give training in Refresher course in consolation with the Commandant, Mounted Company or Superintendents of Police, M.A.R.P. through the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police.
(9) The Commandant, Palace Guards, Mounted Company, and the Sp M.A.R.P., should jointly draw up syllabus for the initial training as well as Refresher Courses and adopt tem while imparting training.
(10) The Band personnel detailed for training either for initial training or for refresher course are eligible for a local allowance of Rs. 20/ in addition to their pay and single railway fare or bus fare for the TO and Fro journey. The pay and allowances in addition to the local allowance should be drawn in the Districts from which the person is detailed and sent to the training Centre for disbursement during the period of training.
11) A “Band Fund” should be constituted in all Districts and M.A.R.P for the general maintenance and repairs to Band Instruments. 50% of the hire charges realized should be credited to the newly opened accounts under “T” Deposit and advances Part 11 Deposit not bearing interest. ‘C’ other deposit and accounts, other miscellaneous funds- B-other funds-Band Fund”. The Deposits in this fund is to be utilized for purchase of new instruments required in replacement of the existing old ones.
12) Fifty percent of the hire charges recovered from parties may be distributed to the Band personnel in such ratio as the Superintendents of Police decides under proper acknowledgment.
13) A separate Cash Book shall be maintained for recording all financial transactions of the Fund. The balance, if any, at the credit of similar funds in existence will be taken as opening balance of the new Funds and the cash book and records of the Funds in existence prior to the opening of the new Funds kept in safe custody and produced when necessary.
14) The rate of hire charges for the services of the Band shall be fixed by the Superintendents of Police in consultation with the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police and reviewed once a year. The rates shall be fixed taking into account the demand for the Band, the rates charged by the professional local bandsmen and the cost of the band instruments. The Range Deputy Inspector General of Police shall ensure that the rates fixed are reasonably uniform and adequate. They will see that separate fees are fixed for attendance not exceeding one hour, for attendance of over one hour but not exceeding two hours, and for attendance of over two h ours but not exceeding 3 hours etc.
15) When Bands are hired for service outside headquarters. Traveling allowance due as per rules in M.C.S.Rs should be recovered and credited to the Treasury and the T.A. for the staff claimed from Government funds and a certificate that that e amount claimed has been recovered and credited to Treasury, recorded in the bill. When Police vehicles are used for transport of the Band, transport charges at 84 Np per mile subject to a minimum of Rs. 10/- should be recovered and credited to Treasury to :X1X Police (g) Miscellaneous”.
16) All hire charges including T.A. and D.A., if any, and Transport charges should be recovered in advance and the terms and conditions of hiring Band as prescribed in the Rules should be adhered to.
17) The account of the Fund is subject to audit by the Chief Office-Audit Squad once a year and proper accounts should be maintained and produced for audit.
18) The Band Rules will come into effect immediately in all /Districts where Bands are sanctioned.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF MYSORE
Constitution of Band and Band Fund in the
Armed Police-Rules for
REFERENCE:
Correspondence ending with letter No. 331/ Law/59 (MPS) dated 8-6-1962 from the Inspector General of Police, Mysore State, Bangalore.
Order No. HD 24 PPA 61, Bangalore Dated,
21st August 1962, Shravana 30 Saka era 1884.
The Band Unit is an essential part of the armed Police. There already exist in several units of the Armed Police of the State Brass Band, pipe Band and Bugle Band. It is considered necessary to have a set of rules to administer the Band units in all the units of the District Armed Reserve Police and the M.A.R.P., Bangalore and to constitute Band Funds. The Inspector General of Police has sent a set of draft rules accordingly. The draft rules have been considered and approved by Government with the necessary modifications. The approved rules are appended to this order.
By Order and in the name of
The Governor of Mysore,
Sd/-G.S.Telang,
Under Secretary to Government,
Home department.
RULES FOR THE ADMINISTRATION OF BAND FUND AND
BANDS IN THE DISTRICT ARMED RESERVE AND THE
M.A.R.P.OF THE POLECE DEPARTMENT
* * * * *
1. General:- These rules shall come into force immediately in all Districts and M.A.R.P., Bangalore where a Band is already existing and in such district where Bands are sanctioned from time to time. These rules will not apply to the Mysore Government Orchestra and the M.S.R.P. Bands.
2. Object:- With a view to giving colour, proper tempo and music for Police parades on ceremonial occasions and also to provide Buglers to give caution to the men by means of bugle-calls, a Band is maintained at the Head-Quarters of the Districts and in the M.A.R.P., Bangalore consisting of either Brass Band or Pipe Band.
3. Band instruments:- The initial expenditure on purchase of Band Instruments will be met by Government (after obtaining appropriate sanctions).
4. Strength of Band:- The strength of the Band shall consist of, a Band Master, Assistant Band Master and the required number of Bandsmen, as sanctioned by Government from time to time. The staff of the Band forms part of the strength of the active platoons of the Armed Reserve.
5. Appointment:- Selected men of the Armed Reserve with a good aptitude for the art, shall be appointed as Band Master, Assistant Band Master and Bandsmen by the Superintendents of Police.
6. Training:- Ordinarily, on appointment, they will be sent either to the Palace Guards, Mounted company, Mysore or the M.A.R.P., Bangalore, for training in the Brass Band or in the Bag Pipe Band, as the case may be for a period of not more than six months. The training will be arranged in consultation with the Commandant, Palace Guards. Mounted Company, Mysore or, the Superintendents of Police. M.A.R.P. Bangalore, as the case may be, through the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police.
Refresher Course:- A special course of training in music will be arranged for a period of one month in a year by the Commandant, Palace Guards, Mounted company, Mysore and the Superintendents of Police, MARP., Bangalore in which the Bandsmen will be given training to refresh themselves, so as to maintain the DAR Bands in an up-to-date standard of music. The Superintendents of Police will detail selected men of the Band for undergoing the refresher course in consultation with the Commandant, Palace Guards, Mounted Company, Mysore, or the Supdt. Of Police, MARP., Bangalore as the case may be, through the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police.
8. Local Allowance:- During the period of training referred to in Rules 6 and 7 the Bandsmen will be paid local allowance of Rs. 20/- per mensum under Rule 61 of MCSR, in addition to the traveling allowance at single Railway fare or bus fare under Rule 571 of MCSRs. for the to and from journeys.
9. Pay and Allowances:- The Bandsmen belong to the District Armed Reserve Police or the Mysore Armed Reserve Police as the case may be, and they shall draw pay and allowances of the rank they hold in the District Armed Reserve or the Mysore Armed reserve Police Unit as the case may be.
10. Exemption from Attending to Parades :- Bandsmen shall take their turn of duty at Headquarters and attend drill and parades. They shall be treated in all respects like the rest of the force. If efficient in drill and parades, they may be exempted from attending them for three days in a week for band practices.
11. Uniform:- The Bandsmen will wear the uniform prescribed for the rank to which they belong in the DAR or the MARP., as the case may be. In addition they shall wear the badges of their rank in the Band Section e.g., the Band Master shall wear the badge of the Band of the Band Master etc. The MARP Bandsmen shall wear ceremonial dress, as sanctioned by Government from time to time, on ceremonial occasions to give colour to the function they attend.
12. Constition of Band Fund :- A fund to be termed as “Band Fund” shall be constituted in every District and in MARP for the purpose of General maintenance and repairs to the Band Instruments. New instruments required in replacement of the existing old instruments may be purchases from this Fund.
The hire charges of the Band collected from the parties shall be credited to Government under the following head of account to be newly opened.
‘T’ Deposit and Advances, part 11 Deposit not bearing interest, C. other deposit accounts, other Misc. Funds, B other Funds, Band Fund.
13. Management of the Band Fund and the Band:- The management of the Band and the Band Fund shall be entirely in the hands of the Supdt. Of Police, subject to the general control of the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police. The Band Fund shall be operated personally by the Superintendents of Police. The Band accounts shall be maintained by the Cashier of the D.P.O. and the MARP.
14. Hiring of Band:_ The Band may be hired out when free from Government duties for private functions subject to the following conditions:-
a) The functions must be secular and non-Political in character. Permission may be refused if the function is considered objectionable by Government .
b) The Bandsmen must wear the prescribed uniform.
c) The function must be at a particular place and in no case the Bandsmen shall accompany processions.
d) Any damage that may be done to Band Instruments, shall be made good by he person or persons responsible, for the hiring of the instruments.
e) No instruments other them those sanctioned shall be played.
15. Permission to Hire the Band:_ Permission to hire Band for public or private functions, shall be granted by the Sp. In the absence of the Superintendents of Police from Headquarters, and when the matter is urgent permission to hire the Band may be granted by the Personal Assistant to the Superintendents of Police or the Headquarters, S.D.P.O., where there is no personal Assistant. the action taken being reported at once to the Sp for ex-post facto sanction. The maximum duration for which the Band may be spared shall be three hours.
16. Hire Charges:- The fees for the hiring of the Band shall be fixed by the Superintendents of Police in consultation with the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police of Police by taking into consideration the demand for Band, the rates charged by the professional local Bandsmen and the increase in the cost of Band instruments. Separate fees for the hiring of the Band shall be fixed for attendance not exceeding one hour for attendance of over one hour but not exceeding two hour and for attendance of over two hours but not exceeding three hours. The rates so fixed shall be reviewed once a year with a view to making necessary charges in the rates after taking into consideration the prevailing conditions in consultation with the range Deputy Inspector General of Police.
17. Travelling Allowance:- When the function is to be held out of the Headquarters traveling allowance admissible as per rules for the Band staff shall be paid in addition to the hire charges of the Band. The T.A and D.A. so collected from the parties shall be credited to Government under the head of account “X1X Police b Police supplied to the Public Departments, Private Companies and persons”. The T.A. and D.A. admissible to the Bandsmen shall be paid from the consolidate Fund as per rules.
18. Transport Charges :- In case the Police vehicles are provided for the transport of the Band instruments the transport charges at 84 NP., per mile or a minimum of Rs. 10/- whichever is more, shall be levied in addition to the hire charges of the Band and credited to Government under the head of account X1X Police g Misc”.
I9. All fees and other charges in connection with the hiring out of the Band shall always be paid in advance.
20. The fees and other charges received shall not ordinarily be refunded except in the following cases.
(a) If the services of the band are not made available for the function on account of other engagements of the band subsequently fixed or if the band personnel could not participate in the function due to unforeseen circumstances.
(b) If the person to whom the Band is hired out gives three days prior notice for cancellation of the engagement already fixed, with reasonable grounds for such cancellation.
21. The Superintendents of Police may be cancel the engagement fixed with or without notice in the following cases:-
(a) If the fees and other charges are not paid in advance.
(b) If the services of the Band are required in connection with any unforeseen Government functions.
(C) If any unforeseen occurrence or circumstances do not allow the personnel of the Band to participate in the function already fixed.
22. 50% of the fees received as hire charges for the Band on occasion shall be paid to the staff of the Band section in such ratio as the Sp may decide, as remuneration and the remaining 50% credited to the Band Fund. The ratio of the remuneration to be paid shall be fixed to each member of the Band staff on each occasion and debited to the Cash Book when paid.
23. Disbursement of remuneration to Bandsmen shall be made by the Superintendents of Police through the Reserve Inspector. Who will submit to the Sp vouchers duly signed by the payees concerned.
24. Books :- The following books shall be maintained in connection with the Band Fund:-
i) Cash Book
ii) Receipt Book
iii) Credit Book
iv Debit voucher file
Keeping of any other account book, official or private, is strictly prohibited.
25. Strictest economy must be exercised in the management of the Band Fund.
26. Audit – the Band Fund Account shall invariably be audited by the Audit Squad once a year and a certificate furnished to that effect which shall be submitted to the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police for his information. The Range Deputy Inspector General of Police shall also inspect the accounts of the Fund during his inspection of the D. P. O. and satisfy himself of the proper maintenance of the Band Fund & the Band.
Sd/- G.S Telang
Under Secretary to Government Home Dept.
STANDING ORDER NO. 587
No. 2/MPM/63, Dated 11th January 1963
Police-Drill & Parade-Common Police
Drill Manual-Supply of- (Part 1 &11)
* * * * *
At present, there is no Common Drill Manual for the Police Department in the New Mysore State. Each Region after integration due to the re-organisation of the State has got its won Drill Manual which are different from each other.
The question of bringing out a Common Drill Manual for all the State in India was considered in the Conference of all the Inspector General of Police held during the year 1954. The Sub-Committee appointed by this Conference has drafted a Common Drill Manual as decided. The Drill Committee appointed by the Inspector General of Police on 5-2-1959 to draft a Common Drill Manual for the department considered Drill Manual recommended by the Conference of all the Inspector General of Police along with the various other Drill Manuals existing in the neighbour States including the Army Drill Manuals. The Drill Committee, after making a comparative studies of all the above Manuals, have recommended a Common Drill Manual which is now approved with suitable modifications and additions.
The approved Drill Manual contains tow Parts viz., part 1 & 11. The Part 1 contains Instructions for various Drill and Parade and Part 11 contains General Instruction on the maintenance of weapons, target practice etc. The main feature of this Manual is that the drill will be hereafter in “Column if Threes”. All the Superintendents of Police & Unit Officers will please study the Drill Manual and follow the instructions contained therein strictly.
The number of stenciled copies of the Drill Manual allotted to each D.P.O. and Unit is shown in the list attached. They should be neatly bound and kept for reference and guidance.
The receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged by return of post.
DISTRIBUTION LIST
|1. |Dy. Inspector General of Police , |C.I.D & Rlys., Bangalore. |- |2 |
|2. |- do - |C.R. Bangalore |- |2 |
|3. |- do - |S.R. Mysore |- |2 |
|4. |- do - |N.R. Belgaum |- |2 |
|5. |S.P, Bangalore District |- |- |5 |
|6. |S.P, Bangalore North |- |- |5 |
|7. |S.P, Bangalore South |- |- |5 |
|8. |S.P, Mysore District |- |- |5 |
|9. |S.P, Mandya |- |- |5 |
|10. |S.P, Hassan |- |- |5 |
|11. |S.P, Shimoga |- |- |5 |
|12. |S.P, Chickmagalur |- |- |5 |
|13. |S.P, Chitradurga |- |- |5 |
|14. |S.P, Tumkur |- |- |5 |
|15. |S.P, Kolar |- |- |5 |
|16. |S.P, K.G.F. |- |- |5 |
|17. |S.P, Belgaum |- |- |6 |
|18. |S.P, Bijapur |- |- |6 |
|19. |S.P, Dharwar |- |- |6 |
|20. |S.P, North Kanara (Karwar) |- |- |6 |
|21. |S.P, South Kanara (Mangalore) |- |- |6 |
|22. |S.P, Gulbarga |- |- |5 |
|23. |S.P, Raichur |- |- |5 |
|24. |S.P, Bidar |- |- |5 |
|25. |S.P, Coorg |- |- |5 |
|26. |S.P, Bellary |- |- |6 |
|27. |Superintendent Govt. Railway Police, |- |- |5 |
| |Bangalore. | | | |
|28. |S.P, Mysore Armed Reserve Police, |- |- |10 |
| |Bangalore. | | | |
|29. |Spl. S.P, Police Radio Office, Bangalore. |- |- |4 |
|30. |Commandant, MARP. P.G. Mtd. Coy Mysore |- |- |2 |
|31. |Commandant, MARP. P.G. DisMtd. Coy Mysore |- |- |2 |
|32. |Principal, P.T.C., Mysore |- |- |20 |
|33 |Principal, C.R.S., Bidar |- |- |15 |
|34. |Commandant, MSRP, B’lore |- |- |10 |
|35. |Asst. Commandant, MSRP, Bidar |- |- |4 |
|36. |Asst. Commandant, MSRP, Belgaum |- |- |4 |
| | |Total |- |200 |
STANDING ORDER NO. 591
No. A5-C. 484/63, Dated 25th September 1963
Recovery of Insurance premia on Policies
Issued by L.I.C.(including MGID-P.Br
* * * * *
A case of misappropriation of Insurance Premia of non-Gazetted staff has come to notice. Which disclosed that the same was due to the non-observance of the correct procedure in the deduction and accounting in the Establishment pay Bills. To ensure correct and uniform procedure in this behalf, the following instructions are issued for strict guidance.
1. Extract of G.O. No. FD. 30 ACB 57 dated 20-4-57 is reproduced below:-
“Premia and other amounts due on the policies held by the Government. Servants, may as heretofore be deducted from their pay, such recoveries should not appear in the body of the pay bill but to avoid needles handling of cash, the drawing officers will make an endorsement on the pay bill itself after receipting the contents as follows:-
Pay Rs …………………… in cash Pay Rs …………………… to credit of the life Insurance corporation of India (vide detailed statement enclosed). Recovery statements furnishing full particulars, also challans, in triplicate, should be enclosed to the pay bill in all such cases”.
2. In respect of recoveries to be effected in the Establishment pay bills which do not require counter signature, the Life Insurance Premia of the L.I.C. should be shown in the office copy of the Acquittance Roll, after the column “Net amount” and the actual amount of payable to the Government servant entered in the subsequent column, by adding two more columns to make these entries. In the bill to be presented to the treasury these two columns referred to above should not be entered……. but the net amount of the bill excluding these recoveries should be shown. The required pay order along with triplicate challans and detailed recovery statement as prescribed in para 1 above should be attached to the pay bill to be presented to the Treasury. In the Office copy of the pay bill also, full details of the pay order should be recorded and attested with the full signature of the Drawing Officer.
3. In the case of Establishment pay bills drawn by the C.Is. and other subordinate officers, whose bills require counter signature of the Supdt. of Police, or other higher authority, the following procedure should be adopted:
a) In the office copy of the pay bill and the duplicate Acquittance roll full details of that recovery by showing the same after the col. “Net amount” by adding two more columns as enunciated in para 2 above, should be furnished.
b) In the bill to be presented to the Treasury only net amount excluding the L.I.C.; premia need be entered and the requisite pay order should be recorded along with triplicate challans and recovery statement as prescribed in para 2 above.
c) The counter signing Officer should satisfy the correctness of the detailed entries made in the Acquittance copy and ensuring that the total amount of premia as per detailed statement tally, countersign the bill as follows:-
“Countersigned for Rs. ……………… for payment of Rs ………………. In cash and Rs. ……….. by transfer credit of the L.I.C.”.
The amounts should invariably be recorded in words as well as figures.
d) Full details of the recoveries towards L.I.C. premia should be recorded in the long Roll maintained in the D.P.O. and the scrutiny of the correctness of the claims as also recoveries, invariably checked with the entries in the Long Roll before counter signature. It is of utmost importance that long Rolls should be posted up-to-date and all entries relating to orders affecting the pay are entered therein concurrently as orders are passed to ensure proper check of the pay bills received for counter signature.
e) In cases where there are no recoveries towards L.I.C. a certificate tat there are no recoveries towards L.I.C., premia in the bill should be attached by the drawing Officer.
f) Recovery of L.I.C. premia in the shape of cash is entirely forbidden.
4. The Superintendents of Police and unit Officers will particularly bear this in mind while preparing or countersigning the Estt. Pay bills and see that these instructions are scrupulously adhered to.
STANDING ORDER NO. 592
No. Pun. C(1) 306/62, Dated 11thNovember 1963
Guarding of sick prisoners in victoria or
Bowring Hospitals or in any other
Hospitals in Bangalore by the
City Armed Reserve Police,
Bangalore instructions issued.
* * * * *
An instance has come to my notice that a sick prisoner in Police custody, admitted into the Victoria Hospital, Bangalore, for three days by the guarded continuosly for three days by the District Civil Police and the prisoner escaped from lawful custody. When he was being taken to the Operation Theatre. The Deputy Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve, Bangalore, reports that whenever there is a requisition from the Superintendents of Police of District for arranging a guar to such prisoners admitted into Hospitals, in Bangalore, he sends a regular guard to the hospitals for guarding the prisoners.
2. In order to have an effective and common Procedure regarding the guarding of sick prisoners in Police custody, admitted into hospitals in Bangalore, from the District, either for expert treatment or otherwise, the following instructions are issued for strict guidance, in future.
1) Whenever a sick prisoner in Police custody is to be brought to Bangalore from Districts, for admission into any of the hospitals, the Supdt. of Police of the District concerned should, well in advance, intimate the Deputy Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve, Bangalore, as to when the prisoner would be escorted from the Districts to Bangalore for admission into the hospitals, furnishing full particulars such as the name of the prisoner, name of the hospital where to be admitted for treatment, Probable time of arrival at the hospital with the prisoner and the name of the Commander of the escort party escorting the prisoner.
2) On receipt of the intimation referred to above, the Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR, Bangalore, should provide necessary guard at the hospital for guarding the prisoner.
3) On arrival at the hospital, the District Escorting Party should hand over the prisoner to the Guard Commander of the CAR, Bangalore, provided at the hospital, under proper acknowledgement and the District Escorting Party should immediately get back to the District.
4) The C.A.R. Bangalore, shall be responsible for guarding the prisoner in the hospital till the prisoner is discharged from the hospitals.
5) The C.A.R., Bangalore, should ascertain from the Medical Officer concerned as to when the prisoner would be discharged from the hospital and thereafter he should immediately send intimation to the Supdt. of Police of the District concerned as to when the prisoner would be discharged from the hospitals.
6) The Superintendents of Police of the Dist. Concerned immediately on receipt of the intimation referred to (5) above, should send his District Guard Party to Bangalore for escorting the prisoner.
7) On arrival, the District Guard Party should take charge of the prisoner at the hospital from the guard Commander of the C.A.R.; Bangalore under proper acknowledgement and should immediately proceed back to the District concerned with the prisoner.
8) The Sp of the District concerned should intimate the Deputy Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve, Bangalore immediately the Escort Party with the prisoner arrives there.
9) In cases of the sick prisoners in Police custody to be admitted into the District Head-Quarters Hospitals, for treatment, the Sp of the District concerned should arrange for the guarding of such prisoners in the hospitals by the District Armed reserve Police only, in the manner as detailed above. In no case such prisoners should be allowed to be guarded by the Civil Police, except when absolutely necessary under some special or extraordinary circumstances.
STANDING ORDER NO. 594
No. 107/STS/11. 3/63, Dated 29th January 1964
Furniture to the writer P.Cs. of
Circle Inspectors-Scale of supply of
* * * * *
Reference is made to S.o 569 prescribing a scale of furniture to Police Stations and Out Posts.
The following articles and scale of furniture are prescribed to the Writer Police Constables allotted to Circle Inspectors:-
Writer P.C. Allotted to circle Inspectors’ Officers:-
1. One Table : Teak wood with two drawers and partitions complete with good locks and Keys, size 4’ x2 ½ x2 ½” turned or tapering legs 3’x3’ thickness of planks 1” not more then 3 Planks to be used (without arch in the Centre).
2. One Chair: Teakwood arm chair bug-proof of back 3’ 2” height in front 27”, plain plank seat 1” thick 22 ½ ” in front and 11” behind 19” width: with plain legs. Not more than two planks to be used for the seats. Thickness of handles 2 ½ “ x 1” flat, and square handles 1 ½ ” square. The back should incline to the rear and should be curved in shape.
3. One Pigeon hole for sorting tap pals:
The Superintendents of Police will be take action for the supply of the above articles of furniture to all the Circle Inspector’s Offices according to the above scale subject to the general orders of the Government on the purchase of furniture. Wherever necessary sanction of competent authority should be obtained for the purchase of furniture.
STANDING ORDER NO. 596
No SA1-213/60, Dated 18th March 1964
Rules for the purchase, condemnation,
Maintenance, upkeep, accounting and use of
Motor Vehicles of the Department
* * * * *
Reference is made to Standing Order No. 162 issue on 10-3-1955 showing the purposes for which the Departmental Vehicles could be used After the States Re-organisation; Standing Order No. 424 was issued on 7th November 1958, laying down instructions as to the accounting procedure to be followed in respect of the operation and use of Police Motor Vehicles.
2. The Government in their Order No. FD2-WSE/60, dated 2-11-1960 issued certain instructions about the use of Government vehicles in the light or recommendations made by a Committee appointed for this purpose. After issue of this Government Order it was felt necessary to frame a set of rules for the use of Government vehicles in the Police Department. After giving careful consideration to the subject, a set of rules for the use of Police Motor Vehicles was drawn up and forwarded to Government.
3. The Government in their Order No. HD-10 pmv/61, dated 5-3-1964, have approved the rules in respect of use of Police Motor Vehicles, a copy of Government Order dated 5-3-1964 is enclosed. The rules as approved by Govt. will be published in the Police Gazette.
4. Briefly stated the rules deal with, purchase, condemnation replacement, accounting procedure etc., as per rules now approved by the Govt. Inspector General of Police, is competent to sanction the purchase of one set of tyres and tubes after the tyres have done 15,000/- miles or 24,000 K.Ms. from the lase date of their renewal or supply. The Government have been separately addressed to delegate those powers to the Superintendents of Police/ Unit Officers and Orders of the Govt. are awaited. The present rules in this behalf may be followed until further orders. The financial powers delegated to the Inspector General of Police Dy. Inspector General of Police, Superintendents of Police / Unit Officers, on purchase of petrol and oil is Rs. 3,000/- Rs. 2,000/- and Rs. 2,000/- respectively. The question of increasing the financial limits in respect of petrol and oil is engaging the consideration of the Government. However, the present financial powers may be continued until further orders are received from the Government in this behalf.
5. In the present rules, the powers delegated to the commissioner of Police, Bangalore, have not been mentioned as the draft rules were prepared prior to the Reorganisation of Bangalore City Police Force. However, the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore, could exercise the Financial powers prescribed for the Dy. Inspector General of Police. This Standing Order supercedes all the previous Standing Order and instructions issued in this behalf.
6. Receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF MYSORE
Rules for Police Motor Transport Approved
Reference:-
Correspondence ending with letter No. SA 1/213/60 dated 16th October 1963 from the Inspector General of Police, Mysore State, Bangalore.
Order No. HD 10 PMV 61, dated Bangalore the 5th March 1964. S.E. 1885.
With a view to have uniform procedure in the matter of purchase, condemnation, maintenance, upkeep, accounting and use of Motor Vehicles in the Police Department, the Inspector General of Police has forwarded for approval of Government a set of Rules on the Subject;
The Rules appended to this Order are approved.
By Order and in the name of the Governor of Mysore
Sd/- Bhim Rao,
Under Secy. To Govt. Home Department.
Rules for the purchase, Condemnation, Maintenance,
Up-keep, Accounting and use of Motor Vehicles
in the Police Department
1. Purchase:- The purchase of Motor Vehicles either for replacement of unserviceable Motor Vehicles or for additional Vehicles for the Department, requires the sanction of Government. All expenditure on account of purchase of Motor Vehicles including body building on new chassis is debitable to “23 Police (b) (c) v. Police Motor Transport – 5. Other Charges-Purchase of Motor Vehicles”. Payment for purchase of Motor Vehicles will be arranged by the Inspector General of Police, whereas payment towards cost of materials, etc., required for body building entrusted to the P.C.M.T. Workshop Belgaum, will be made by the Superintendents of Police Belgaum, direct out of the funds allotted to him.
2. Condemnation and Replacement:- At the end of October each year, the Superintendents of Police, and other Unit Officers of the Department, shall present for inspection all Government Motor Vehicles under their charge by either the M.V. Inspector of the Transport Department, or by the P.I. Foreman of the P.C.M.T. Workshop, Belgaum, or by a Superintendents of Police who may be specially appointed in this behalf. The Superintendents of Police, and the Unit Officers shall forward a list of Motor Vehicles which have become unserviceable and require to be replaced, furnishing the following particulars:
1. Serial Number,
2. Register Number of the Vehicles,
3. Make and Type of the Vehicles,
4. Year of Manufacture,
5. Date of Purchase of the Vehicles,
6. Original cost of the Vehicles, including cost of body building,
7. Expenditure incurred on repairs to the Vehicles during its entire life,
8. Date and Cost of last repairs,
9. Total mileage done during its entire life,
10. Opinion of the M.V. Inspector or P.I. Foreman,
11. Remarks of the Superintendents of Police/ Unit Officer,
12. Remarks of the Dy. Inspector General of Police of the Range.
Separate Statement should be sent in respect of each Vehicles.
3. The Chief Office shall examine the recommendation of the Superintendents of Police and the Unit Officers and forward appropriate proposals to the Government for Orders for condemnation and replacement, after examining the budgetary position.
4. Disposal of condemned Vehicles:- (a) On receipt of orders of Government for the condemnation of a Motor Vehicles the Superintendents of Police or the other Unit Officer concerned should immediately taken action for the disposal of the Vehicles by public auction giving wide publicity including publication of the Notification, in the Mysore Gazette in three successive issues.
(b) The Notification should clearly specify the conditions of the sale, earnest money to be paid and the terms and conditions of sale.
(c) The sale by Public auction is subject to the confirmation by the Inspector General of Police.
(d) Where Sales-tax is recoverable as per rules, the same should be recovered in addition to the final bid amount.
(e) The sale proceeds of the Vehicles should be credited to the Treasury under ‘XIX. Police – Miscellaneous Receipt” and that of Sales Tax to the appropriate Treasury Head.
(f) The details of challan Number, date of credit and name of the Treasury, etc. should be reported to the Chief Office.
5. Registration:- On allotment of a new Vehicles, the Superintendents of Police or the Unit Officer concerned shall take immediate action to have the Vehicles registered in his official Designation without which the Vehicles shall not be used.
6. Insurance:- (a) All Motor Vehicles should be insured with the Mysore Government Insurance Department (Motor Branch) for third Party risk only.
(b) The Superintendents of Police or the Unit Officer is responsible to see that the insurance Policy is obtained and kept current and the ‘No claim bonus and other concessions allowed by the Insurance Department for keeping the Policy in force are fully availed of.
(c) Payment for Insurance Premia shall be made by the Superintendents of Police or the Unit Officer concerned without any sanction form the higher authorities.
(d) No Government Vehicles should be put on the road without requisite Insurance.
7. Petrol and Oil:- i) Purchase of Petrol for use of Departmental Motor Vehicles should be made from petrol bunks located nearest to the place of location of the vehicles.
ii) In case where petrol pumps are operated by the Police Department, the requirements of petrol should be drawn from the Departmental Bunk.
iii) Advantage of highest rates of rebate if any allowed, should always be availed of when petrol is drawn from local dealers.
iv) Indents in from ‘C’ should invariably be used while obtaining supplies of petrol and oil, duly signed by the Superintendents or the Unit Officer.
v) All purchases of petrol and oil whether on indent or otherwise, shall invariably be entered in the Log Book.
8. i) In Units where there are a large number of Motor Vehicles, engine oil for the use of the Vehicles may, with advantage, be purchased in bulk from the firms with whom the Stores Purchase Committee, or the Director General of Supplies and Disposals, have entered into Rate contract or those selling at competitive rates.
ii) When such purchases are made in bulk, proper account of receipt and issue to each vehicles should be maintained and proportionate expenditure debited to the Vehicles concerned while calculating monthly expenditure.
9. i) The Deputy Inspector General of Police, and the Superintendents of Police, and the Unit Officers of the Rank of Superintendents of Police, are empowered to sanction the purchase of petrol and oil to Police vehicles up to annual limit of Rs. 2,000 per vehicles.
ii) The Superintendents of Police, and the Unit Officers should so arrange the use of the vehicles under their charges that the limits prescribed in para (i) above, are not exceeded as far as possible.
iii) The Inspector General of Police, is empowered to sanction expenditure on purchase of petrol and oil up to an annual limit of Rs. 3,000 per vehicles.
iv) In cases where the expenditure on a vehicles on account of petrol and oil exceeds the limit of Rs. 2,000 proposals should be sent to the Chief Office furnishing information in the following proforma.
|Sl. |Regn. No of the vehicles.|Total expenditure on petrol and oil incurred from |Expenditure in excess |Reasons for Excess |
|No | |1st April of the year |over the limit of Rs. | |
| | | |2,000 | |
v) In cases where the total expenditure exceeds Rs. 3,000 the sanction of Government shall be obtained by the Inspector General of Police.
vi) When petrol is drawn at the petrol pumps operated by the Department, by any Unit of the Department, the cost of the same will be met from the funds at the disposal of the Unit Officers under whom the pump is operated, and only the cost intimated to the Unit concerned for note in the concerned records.
10. Repairs:- i) Whenever any defect is noticed in the working of a Government vehicles, the Officer in charge of the vehicle, should immediately get the vehicle examined by the M.T. Mechanic of the District, and if the defect is very minor, and could be rectified without any need for replacement of the parts, it should be got done immediately, and a report of the defects noticed, action taken and the expenditure involved together with the bill of cost sent to the District Police Officer for necessary sanction and arranging payment.
ii) In case a vehicle is in need of replacement of parts due to long wear and tear or other justifiable reasons, the opinion of the local workshop should be got as to the parts to be replaced and the cost thereof.
iii) Where replacement proposed is substantial, the opinion of the M.V. Inspector of the P.I. Foreman of the P.C.M.T. Workshop, Belgaum, should be obtained and competitive quotations from reputed firms obtained. The repairs should only be got executed after obtaining the sanction of the competent authority.
iv) Under no circumstances, should the engine be split open to obtain an opinion.
V) Whenever major repairs are required to be made, the opinion of the P.I. Foreman of the P.C.M.T. Workshop shall, as far as possible, be obtained and the possibility of getting the vehicle repaired in the Departmental workshop considered before entrusting the work of private firms.
vi) When major repairs are proposed for a vehicle, full details of the date of purchase of the vehicle the mileage done, the total expenditure incurred on repairs from the date of purchase the date and cost of last repairs, should invariably accompany the proposals.
11. Whenever repairs are got executed in the Departmental workshop at Belgaum, all expenditure on purchase of spare parts, etc., will be paid for form the funds placed at the disposal of the Superintendents of Police, Belgaum, and the details of expenditure will be sent to the Superintendents of Police or the Unit Officers concerned for note the concerned records.
12 i) The financial powers of Departmental Officers in respect of repairs excluding cost of spare parts, are as follows:-
|1. Superintendents of Police |Rs. 100 per vehicle |
|Unit Officers |Per annum. |
|2. Dy. Inspector General of Police |Rs. 200 per vehicle |
| |Per annum. |
|3. Inspector General of Police |Rs. 300 at a time |
| |Per vehicle. |
ii) The financial powers in respect of purchase of spare parts required during repairs are as follows:-
|1. Superintendents of Police |Not exceeding Rs. 250 per vehicle |
|Unit Officers |Per annum. |
|2. Dy. Inspector General of Police |Not exceeding Rs. 400 per vehicle |
| |Per annum. |
|3. Inspector General of Police |Not exceeding Rs. 500 per vehicle at a |
| |time and not exceeding Rs. 5,000 per |
| |annum. |
13. Tyres and Tubes:- i) Tyres from an important part of the vehicle. They should be maintained in good condition and checked before taking out a vehicle.
ii) Every tyre is given the Company’s serial Number which should invariably be noted in the log book and other concerned records.
iii) Tyres should not be changed from one vehicle to the other without specific written instructions from the Superintendents of Police, or the Unit Officers. All changes of tyres when so authorised and done, should immediately be noted in the log book and other concerned records.
iv) The tyre should periodically inspected and as far as possible, the Tyre should be got retraded well in time. The retreading of the same tyre could be got done twice or thrice.
v) The cost of retreading is treated us an item of repair, and the financial limits noted at para 12(i) are applicable in this case also.
vi) Where retarding is not possible, competent sanction should be obtained for condemnation and purchase of new tyres and tubes.
a) Where a tyre and tube have done more than 15,000 miles, the condemnation and replacement can be sanctioned by the Inspector General of Police. In other cases, the sanction of Government is necessary.
b) Proposals for retrading of tyres and condemnation and purchase of new tyre with tube, shall be made in the following form:
1. Register Number of the vehicle
2. Class of vehicle
3. Size of the tyre/s and tube/s
4. Type No/s proposed for retreading/condemnation
5. Date on which the tyre/tube/s were supplied
6. Number of miles run from the date of supply
7. Date on which the tyre was last retreaded
8. Number of miles run after
a) first retrading
b) second retreading
c) third retreading
In case of condemnation, the following certificate should be furnished by the Superintendents of Police or the Unit Officers:
Certified that the tyre/s has/ have been retreaded ………………….. time/s and are unfit for further retreading. The Tyres and tubes may be condemned and replace by new one/s.
Signature of the
Superintendents of Police /
Unit Officer
C) Separate proposals should be sent in respect of each vehicles.
14. Maintenance of vehicles:- (i) The Superintendents of Police/ Unit Officer concerned is responsible for the proper maintenance and upkeep of the Government vehicle under his charge.
(ii) for this purpose, he shall conduct periodical personal inspection of the vehicles in his charge.
(iii) The Superintendents of Police/Unit Officer shall nominate an Officer to be in charge of the Government vehicles. Where there is a Reserve Inspector, he will be the Officer-in-charge of the vehicles are attached to the Armed Reserve.
(iv) Where vehicles are attached to a Sub-Division, the Dy. Superintendents of Police, will be the Officer-in-charge and shall be in direct immediate charge of the vehicles.
(v) The Officer-in-charge of the vehicles will be that the vehicles are kept greased, oiled and kept in perfect order and bring to the notice of the Superintendents of Police or the Unit Officer concerned, of all the defects immediately.
(vi) The Officer-in-charge of the vehicle will be responsible for all the trips made by the Government vehicle.
(vii) All requisitions for the use of the Government vehicle should be made to the Officer-in-charge of the vehicle who will comply with them when otherwise not engaged.
(viii) The Officer-in-charge of the vehicle shall also maintain all connected records subject to the supervision by the Superintendents of Police/ Unit Officer.
(ix) No person other than the driver appointed for the purpose, should be allowed to drive any Government vehicle except in case of emergency with the prior order of the Superintendents of Police/Unit Officer. He shall always be in uniform (except while driving vehicles of the Special Branch and the C.I.D) and hold a current valid driving licence for the type of vehicle driven by him.
(x) In order that motor vehicles are maintained in a sound mechanical condition, they should be run about a minimum distance of 25 miles a week. The object of such a trip is that no motor vehicle is allowed remain idle for 7 days continuously as it causes deterioration of tyres, tubes mechanical parts and battery. On the 7th day, following 6 days of continuous non-use, the vehicle should be taken out and made to run about 25 miles and such Journeys may be shown as maintenance trips.
15. Registers:- i) The Officer-in-charge of Government vehicles shall maintain a register in Form ‘A’ appended hereto it shall contain such particulars as, Make Type, Cost, Date of supply and other details.
ii) A register in Form A-I should be maintained for recording details of all expenditure on the maintenance of each vehicle.
Sufficient number or pages may be set apart for each vehicle and the total expenditure on the vehicle under each category for a month entered.
iii) The entries for each month should show the expenditure for the particular month irrespective of whether the expenditure has actually been paid or not.
iv) The total expenditure for each half year should be struck in red ink.
16. Log Book:- i) A Log Book should be maintained for each vehicle in Form ‘B’ consisting of three parts-Part I, Par II and III.
ii) In part I, the details of all journeys performed as well as purchase of petrol, oil or grease should be entered. In Parts II and III, all servicing, repairs purchase of accessories.
................
................
In order to avoid copyright disputes, this page is only a partial summary.
To fulfill the demand for quickly locating and searching documents.
It is intelligent file search solution for home and business.
Related download
- climate action plan
- the contents of this article were produced by savage arms
- days for urgent letters and 3 days for immediate and top
- dc phb section 6 table s6 1
- sept fincher
- tri city gun club inc home
- standing order no
- dc phb section 6
- thompson coe cousins irons llp — at our core we are
- the town of newborn
Related searches
- investing for immediate monthly income
- current rates for immediate annuities
- quality urgent care and wellness
- 3 days after tooth extraction
- letters and symbols copy and paste
- 3 days detox cleanse
- dr oz 3 days detox
- 3 days in maine
- 8 weeks and 3 days ultrasound
- 3 days for closing disclosure
- 3 weeks 3 days pregnant
- cd 3 days before closing